BANK ONE CORPORATION
 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 8-K

CURRENT REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

     
Date of Report:

  Commission file number

 
May 18, 2004   1-15323  

BANK ONE CORPORATION


(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

     
Delaware

  31-0738226

 
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
 

     
One Bank One Plaza, Chicago, IL

  60670

 
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)  

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (312) 732-4000


 

Item 5. Other Events

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co., a Delaware corporation (“JPMorgan Chase”), and Bank One Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Bank One”), have entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 14, 2004 (the “Merger Agreement”). The Merger Agreement provides for the merger of Bank One with and into JPMorgan Chase (the “Merger”). The Merger will be treated as a purchase business combination by JPMorgan Chase under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Completion of the Merger is subject to various conditions, including the receipt of all required regulatory approvals and the approval of the Merger by the stockholders of both JPMorgan Chase and Bank One.

Upon completion of the Merger, which is expected to occur in mid-2004, each share of common stock of Bank One, $0.01 par value per share, outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger, will be converted into 1.32 shares of JPMorgan Chase common stock, $1.00 par value per share.

Certain financial information for JPMorgan Chase and pro forma combined financial information for the combined entity giving effect to the Merger is set forth below.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of the Financial Condition and Results of Operations for JPMorgan Chase

Reproduced below is management’s discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations for JPMorgan Chase prepared by JPMorgan Chase and included in its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

INTRODUCTION

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. (“JPMorgan Chase” or the “Firm”) is a leading global financial services firm with assets of $801 billion and operations in more than 50 countries. The Firm is a leader in investment banking, financial services for consumers and businesses, financial transaction processing, investment management, private banking and private equity. JPMorgan Chase serves more than 30 million consumers nationwide and many of the world’s most prominent corporate, institutional and government clients. The Firm’s wholesale businesses are known globally as “JPMorgan,” and its national consumer and middle market businesses are known as “Chase.” The wholesale businesses comprise four segments: the Investment Bank (“IB”), Treasury & Securities Services (“TSS”), Investment Management & Private Banking (“IMPB”) and JPMorgan Partners (“JPMP”). IB provides a full range of investment banking and commercial banking products and services, including advising on corporate strategy and structure, capital raising, risk management, and market-making in cash securities and derivative instruments in all major capital markets. The three businesses within TSS provide debt servicing, securities custody and related functions, and treasury and cash management services to corporations, financial institutions and governments. The IMPB business provides investment management services to institutional investors, high-net-worth individuals and retail customers and also provides personalized advice and solutions to wealthy individuals and families. JPMP, the Firm’s private equity business, provides equity and mezzanine capital financing to private companies. The Firm’s national consumer and middle market businesses, which provide lending and full-service banking to consumers and small and middle market businesses, comprise Chase Financial Services (“CFS”).

OVERVIEW

 
                                         
Financial Performance of JPMorgan Chase                           First quarter change
(in millions, except per share and ratio data)   1Q 2004     4Q 2003     1Q 2003     4Q 2003     1Q 2003  
 
                             
Revenue
  $ 8,977     $ 8,068     $ 8,406       11 %     7 %
Noninterest expense
    6,059       5,220       5,541       16       9  
Provision for credit losses
    15       139       743       (89 )     (98 )
Net income
    1,930       1,864       1,400       4       38  
Net income per share – diluted
    0.92       0.89       0.69       3       33  
Average common equity
    45,818       44,177       41,858       4       9  
Return on average common equity (“ROCE”)
    17 %     17 %     13 %     bp     400 bp  
Common dividend payout ratio
    38       38       50             (1,200 )
Effective income tax rate
    34       31       34       300        
Overhead ratio
    67       65       66       200       100  
 
Tier 1 capital ratio
    8.4 %     8.5 %     8.4 %     (10 )bp     bp  
Total capital ratio
    11.4       11.8       12.2       (40 )     (80 )
Tier 1 leverage ratio
    5.9       5.6       5.0       30       90  
 

The momentum in global economic growth seen in 2003 carried into the first quarter of 2004, while business optimism continued to build, supported by attractive financial conditions, ongoing strong productivity and unprecedented recovery in corporate profits. Nevertheless, financial markets were volatile in the first quarter, reflecting uncertainty about the U.S. employment outlook and the actions the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve Board”) might take on interest rates. Investors entered 2004 braced for rising interest rates, but with hiring slack, the economy far below potential and inflation benign, a market consensus developed in the quarter that the Federal Reserve Board’s policy would remain on hold for most of the year.

These factors created a favorable capital markets environment for JPMorgan Chase, which contributed to earnings growth in the Firm’s IB and IMPB segments to their highest levels in over three years, and provided opportunities for JPMP to realize gains. The strength in capital markets-related businesses more than offset an earnings decline at CFS, which reflected the slowdown in the mortgage refinancing market. As a result of improved credit quality in the commercial portfolio and ongoing portfolio management activities utilizing credit derivatives and loan sales, the Firm improved its credit risk profile.

Net income for JPMorgan Chase of $1.9 billion, or $0.92 per share, was the highest quarterly result since the December 2000 merger of The Chase Manhattan Corporation and J.P. Morgan & Co. Incorporated.

24


 

Total revenue of $9.0 billion grew by 7% over the first quarter of 2003 and 11% over the fourth quarter. IB trading revenues benefited from favorable fixed income market and currency conditions: corporate credit spreads remained narrow, bond yields declined and the dollar continued to weaken against most major currencies. Equity market values rose and equity issuance increased, adding to the strength in trading and contributing to the increase in private equity gains at JPMP and in fees and commissions at IB, IMPB and TSS. Countering these favorable market conditions was a decline in Global Treasury’s revenues (securities gains and net interest income) and in mortgage origination volumes across the industry. At Chase Home Finance (“CHF”), total mortgage originations declined by 39% compared with the first quarter of 2003.

Total expenses of $6.1 billion increased by 9% year-over-year and 16% over the fourth quarter level. The fourth quarter of 2003 had an unusually low base of expenses due to an adjustment to incentive accruals, which reduced compensation costs to reflect full-year incentives. Incentive accruals were higher relative to prior periods because of higher revenues. The largest expense increases compared with the first quarter of 2003 were in CHF, within CFS, and TSS. As a result of the unprecedented refinancing boom during 2003, CHF increased staff throughout the year to keep pace with volumes; expenses remained comparable to fourth quarter 2003 levels. Management expects expenses in both CHF and TSS to moderate in future quarters to reflect the reduction in business volumes at CHF, and the realization of synergies from acquisitions at TSS.

The first quarter of 2004 Provision for credit losses of $15 million declined significantly from both comparable periods and was $429 million lower than net charge-offs in the quarter. Most of the reduction in the allowance for credit losses was due to improvement in the quality of the commercial portfolio. During the first quarter of 2004, the Firm’s commercial nonperforming loans declined by 45% and criticized exposure levels declined by 49% compared with the first quarter of 2003. At the same time, the consumer portfolio had lower delinquencies and net charge-offs versus both comparable periods. As improvements in the quality of the commercial portfolio taper off and demand for commercial loans picks up, reductions in the allowance for credit losses should moderate and credit costs could increase from the first quarter 2004 level.

The Firm’s capital position at March 31, 2004, was strong. Tier 1 capital of $44.7 billion increased by 16% from the first quarter and 4% from the fourth quarter of 2003 as retained earnings increased. A rise in risk-weighted assets (as defined by banking regulators) resulted in a Tier 1 ratio that was flat compared with the year-ago level and lower than the year-end ratio. The regulatory weightings do not distinguish between the risk ratings of credit exposure. At the same time, the Firm’s internal measure of risk in the businesses, the amount of allocated capital, declined by 11% from the first quarter and 2% from the fourth quarter of 2003, as IB reduced credit risk and JPMP reduced private equity investments.

The table below shows JPMorgan Chase’s segment results. These results reflect the manner in which the Firm’s financial information is currently evaluated by management and are presented on an operating basis. For a discussion of the Firm’s Segment results, including more information about operating results, see pages 32–50 of this Form 10-Q. Prior-period segment results have been adjusted to reflect the alignment of management accounting policies or changes in organizational structure among businesses.

                                                                         
 
Segment results – Operating basis                                                   Return on average
    Operating revenue   Operating earnings   allocated capital
            First quarter change           First quarter change           First quarter change
(in millions, except ratios)   1Q 2004     4Q 2003     1Q 2003     1Q 2004     4Q 2003     1Q 2003     1Q 2004     4Q 2003     1Q 2003  
 
                                                     
Investment Bank
  $ 3,979       31 %     (1 )%   $ 1,110       29 %     24 %     28 %     800 bp     1,100 bp
Treasury & Securities Services
    1,106       3       19       119       (17 )     6       15       (600 )     (100 )
Investment Management & Private Banking
    824             29       115       15       326       8       100       600  
JPMorgan Partners
    249       137       NM       115       400       NM       9       800       NM  
Chase Financial Services
    3,414       (5 )     (8 )     427       (24 )     (34 )     18       (700 )     (1,300 )
Support Units and Corporate
    (122 )     1       (3 )     44       (75 )     NM       NM       NM       NM  
 
                                                                   
JPMorgan Chase
  $ 9,450       11       7     $ 1,930       4       38       17             400  
 

IB reported operating earnings of $1.1 billion for the first quarter of 2004, its best performance in three years, up 24% and 29% from the first and fourth quarters of 2003, respectively. The low–interest rate environment, volatility in credit markets, and improvement in equity markets produced increased client and portfolio management revenue in fixed income and equities. This coupled with negative credit costs (i.e., a benefit to income) drove results.

TSS operating earnings of $119 million for the quarter were up 6% compared with the first quarter of 2003 and down 17% compared with the fourth quarter of 2003; the fourth quarter result included a $41 million pre-tax gain on the sale of a nonstrategic business. Acquisitions in Institutional Trust Services and Treasury Services drove revenue and expense growth in TSS. Higher global equity values resulted in increased fees in Investor Services, as pricing is tied to asset levels. Average deposits for TSS were up 33% from

25


 

the first quarter of 2003, though spreads on deposits were low given the low level of interest rates. At 15%, Return on average allocated capital for TSS was negatively affected by goodwill from acquisitions.

IMPB increased operating earnings and assets under supervision in the first quarter of 2004 compared with the year-ago and prior quarters, aided by increased equity market valuations in client portfolios and increased brokerage activity. Net inflows in the quarter were at their highest levels in more than two years; strong inflows from the retail segment were coupled with net positive institutional inflows for the first time in more than a year, a reflection of improved investment performance.

JPMP performance improved significantly, with a positive $526 million increase in private equity gains from the first quarter of 2003. Net gains on direct private equity investments, at $304 million, benefited from higher sales ($302 million in realized gains) and liquidity events such as initial public offerings and much lower negative net valuation adjustments ($23 million) of companies in the portfolio.

CFS operating earnings declined by $221 million from the first quarter of 2003, 92% of which was due to the decline in earnings at CHF. Strong production results in many of the businesses – including increased purchase volume at Chase Cardmember Services, deposit growth at Chase Regional Banking and Chase Middle Market, and higher home equity originations at CHF – were more than offset by deposit spread compression, weak automobile leasing results and higher severance and related costs.

Business outlook

Toward the end of the first quarter, U.S. economic data began showing a gradual strengthening in hiring and improvement in business conditions. Management expects higher interest rates some time in the second half of 2004. Rising interest rates may negatively affect the Firm’s Home Finance and Global Treasury results compared with 2003. However, rising rates may be indicative of robust economic growth, which is beneficial for many other businesses in the Firm. IB had a stronger pipeline for fees than in December or March of last year. In addition, client trading activity is independent of the direction of rate moves (although trading revenues in future quarters may be lower, as the first quarter is usually seasonally strong). IMPB, Investor Services and JPMP are expected to benefit from rising equity markets. Loan demand should increase as the economy continues to improve and corporations increase investments. The level of deposits may decline as rates rise (although the interest rate spread could widen). Commercial net charge-off ratios may be lower, but credit costs may rise as the reduction in the Allowance for credit losses slows. Consumer loan losses may decline, but the interest rate spread on consumer loans may narrow.

Business events

Agreement to merge with Bank One Corporation

On January 14, 2004, JPMorgan Chase and Bank One Corporation (“Bank One”) announced an agreement to merge. The merger agreement, which has been approved by the boards of directors of both companies, provides for a stock-for-stock merger in which 1.32 shares of JPMorgan Chase common stock will be exchanged, on a tax-free basis, for each share of Bank One common stock; cash will be paid for fractional shares. JPMorgan Chase stockholders will keep their shares, which will remain outstanding and unchanged as shares of JPMorgan Chase following the merger. The merger will be accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. The purchase price to complete the proposed merger is approximately $58 billion.

The merged company, headquartered in New York, will be known as J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. and will have combined assets of $1.1 trillion, a strong capital base, 2,300 branches in 17 states and top-tier positions in retail banking and lending, credit cards, investment banking, asset management, private banking, treasury and securities services, middle markets and private equity. It is expected that cost savings of approximately $2.2 billion (pre-tax) will be achieved by 2007. Merger-related costs are expected to be approximately $3 billion (pre-tax).

Immediately following the announcement of the agreement to merge, integration planning was initiated. To date, detailed integration plans have been developed, with more than 2,000 milestones centrally monitored; decisions have been made on most of the technology platforms that will be used by the combined firm. For further information concerning the merger, see Note 2 on page 7 of this Form 10-Q.

26


 


 

 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
The following section provides a discussion of JPMorgan Chase’s results of operations on a reported basis.
 
                                         
Revenue                           First quarter change
(in millions)   1Q 2004     4Q 2003     1Q 2003     4Q 2003     1Q 2003  
 
                             
Investment banking fees
  $ 692     $ 846     $ 616       (18 )%     12 %
Trading revenue
    1,720       754       1,298       128       33  
Fees and commissions
    2,933       2,871       2,488       2       18  
Private equity gains (losses)
    306       163       (221 )     88       NM  
Securities gains
    126       29       485       334       (74 )
Mortgage fees and related income
    244       140       433       74       (44 )
Other revenue
    126       254       92       (50 )     37  
Net interest income
    2,830       3,011       3,215       (6 )     (12 )
 
                                 
Total revenue
  $ 8,977     $ 8,068     $ 8,406       11       7  
 
                                 
 

Investment banking fees

For a discussion of Investment banking fees, which are primarily recorded in IB, see IB segment results on pages 34–37 of this Form 10-Q.

Trading revenue

For a discussion of Trading revenue, which is primarily recorded in IB, see the IB segment results on pages 34–37 of this Form 10-Q.

Fees and commissions

The table below provides the significant components of fees and commissions:
                                         
 
                            First quarter change
(in millions)   1Q 2004     4Q 2003     1Q 2003     4Q 2003     1Q 2003  
 
                             
Investment management and service fees
  $ 668     $ 618     $ 545       8 %     23 %
Custody and institutional trust service fees
    442       431       358       3       23  
Credit card fees
    734       825       692       (11 )     6  
Brokerage commissions
    401       316       259       27       55  
Lending-related service fees
    139       172       124       (19 )     12  
Deposit service fees
    274       279       285       (2 )     (4 )
Other fees
    275       230       225       20       22  
 
                                 
Total
  $ 2,933     $ 2,871     $ 2,488       2       18  
 
                                 
 

The increases from both periods for Investment management and service fees and Custody and institutional trust service fees were primarily due to higher equity valuations of Assets under supervision (which includes assets under custody); organic growth in the businesses including net inflows of assets under supervision; and to the acquisitions of the Bank One corporate trust business in November 2003 (which contributed $22 million) and JPMorgan Retirement Plan Services (“RPS”) in June 2003 (which contributed $21 million). Credit card fees rose by 6% from the first quarter of 2003, reflecting higher servicing fees on the $1.5 billion growth in average securitized credit card receivables; higher fees earned from the retained credit card portfolio as a result of the more robust customer purchase volume; and the favorable impact of changes in the pricing of several card products and services. The decline in Credit card fees from the immediately preceding quarter reflected the seasonal decrease in purchase volume.

Brokerage commissions increases from both periods were driven by the higher activity levels in the global equities market. Lending-related service fees were up from the first quarter of 2003 as a result of the growth in business volume, including a $3.3 billion, or 85%, growth in the automobile loan servicing portfolio. The decline in Lending-related service fees from the prior quarter was principally attributable to a lower volume of standby letters of credit negotiated in the quarter. The decrease in Deposit service fees compared with the first quarter of 2003 reflected higher balances maintained by institutional customers in their deposit accounts, which reduced fees in lieu of compensating balances or balance deficiency fees. The increase in Other fees was largely due to the acquisition of the Electronic Financial Services (“EFS”) business from Citigroup in January 2004, which contributed $55 million.

For additional information on Fees and commissions, see the segment discussions of IMPB for investment management fees on pages 38–40, TSS for custody and securities processing fees on pages 37–38, and CFS for consumer-related fees on pages 43–49 of this Form 10-Q.

27


 

Private equity gains (losses)

For a discussion of the factors that fueled the improvement in the Firm’s private equity investment results, which are primarily recorded in JPMP, see the JPMP segment discussion on pages 41–42 of this Form 10-Q.

Securities gains

Securities gains decreased by 74% from the first quarter of 2003 due to substantial gains realized last year as rates declined. Most of the gains were realized by Global Treasury in connection with its management of the Firm’s interest rate risk exposure. CHF uses AFS securities to manage the economic risk of changes in the value of mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”). In the 2004 first quarter, CHF realized a loss of $4 million on its investment securities portfolio, compared with gains of $96 million and $13 million in the 2003 first and fourth quarters, respectively.

Mortgage fees and related income

Mortgage fees and related income decreased by 44% from the first quarter of 2003 principally due to lower mortgage originations. Originations were down 39% from the same quarter of last year. The increase of 74% from the prior linked quarter reflected better origination margins and higher mortgage applications, as rates decreased from the fourth quarter. For a further discussion of total mortgage-related revenues, see the segment discussion for CHF on pages 45–46.

Other revenue

Other revenue rose 37% when compared with the 2003 first quarter, primarily the result of higher gains on credit card and commercial mortgage loan securitizations. Net gains related to credit card securitizations (consisting of new and revolving securitizations) was $39 million, up $26 million from the first quarter of the prior year; the gain on commercial mortgage loan securitizations was $28 million, up $10 million from the 2003 first quarter. In addition, the 2003 first quarter included the recognition of certain nonoperating charges at American Century Companies, Inc. (“American Century”) that reduced equity income. The decline of 50% from the 2003 fourth quarter was attributable to gains of $106 million (versus $24 million in the first quarter of 2004) from sales of securities acquired in loan satisfactions; a gain of $41 million from the sale of a nonstrategic business in TSS; and a gain of $20 million from the sale of a building in Geneva.

Net interest income

The declines of 6% from the fourth quarter and 12% from the first quarter of last year were the result of a lower volume of commercial loans and lower volumes and lower spreads on available-for-sale investment securities. The decrease in commercial loans in IB was driven by softer demand and the Firm’s strategic initiative to improve its credit risk profile; the reduction in available-for-sale investment securities reflected sales in 2003 in anticipation of higher interest rates. Also contributing to the declines was the compression in the overall spread on interest earning assets, including trading assets. Deposits at Chase Regional Banking, Chase Middle Market and TSS realized lower NII from compressed spreads despite an increase in volume.

On an aggregate basis, the Firm’s total average interest-earning assets for the first quarter of 2004 were $601 billion, relatively stable in comparison with the $598 billion recorded in the first quarter of last year. The net interest yield on these assets, on a fully taxable-equivalent basis, was 1.90% in the 2004 first quarter, 29 basis points lower than in the same period last year.

NONINTEREST EXPENSE

The following table presents the components of Noninterest expense:
                                         
 
Noninterest Expense                           First quarter change
(in millions)   1Q 2004     4Q 2003     1Q 2003     4Q 2003     1Q 2003  
 
                             
Compensation expense
  $ 3,370     $ 2,577     $ 3,174       31 %     6 %
Occupancy expense
    431       482       496       (11 )     (13 )
Technology and communications expense
    819       756       637       8       29  
Other expense
    1,439       1,405       1,234       2       17  
 
                                 
Total noninterest expense
  $ 6,059     $ 5,220     $ 5,541       16       9  
 
                                 
 

Compensation expense

The increase from the 2003 first quarter was attributable to salary raises and higher employee benefit costs including social security–related taxes. The 31% rise from the 2003 fourth quarter was largely due to higher performance-related incentive accruals, principally in IB. The increase was partially offset by the transfer, beginning April 1, 2003, of approximately 2,800 employees to IBM in connection with a technology infrastructure outsourcing agreement; the related expenses of these employees, recognized in the prior year in Compensation expense, were approximately $70 million. See Note 5 on page 9 for a discussion of the impact on 2004 expenses of a $1.1 billion contribution to the plan in April 2004. In addition, severance-related costs of $103 million were recognized in the first quarter of 2004, compared with $76 million in the first quarter of 2003 and $102 million in the fourth quarter of 2003.

28


 

The Firm had 93,285 full-time equivalent employees at March 31, 2004, compared with 93,878 at March 31, 2003, and 93,453 at December 31, 2003. The reduction in the number of employees in staff areas was mitigated by increases in growing businesses.

Occupancy expense

The declines in Occupancy from both periods were primarily driven by charges for unoccupied excess real estate of $78 million in the first quarter of 2003 and $71 million in the fourth quarter of 2003. Partially offsetting the decline from the fourth quarter was the recognition of slightly higher property taxes and other building administration costs.

Technology and communications expense

The increase in Technology and communications expense from the first quarter of last year was primarily due to the shift to this category of expenses as a result of the aforementioned IBM outsourcing agreement; last year approximately $70 million of these expenses were recognized in Compensation expense, and $45 million of these expenses were recognized in Other expense. (The IBM agreement was implemented in April 2003.) The increase was also affected by higher amortization of capitalized software development costs, as well as higher market data and IBM-related expenses, the latter items associated with the growing requirements of several business segments. The increase from the fourth quarter also reflected growth in business volume.

Other expense

The following table presents the components of other expense:
                                         
 
                            First quarter change
(in millions)   1Q 2004     4Q 2003     1Q 2003     4Q 2003     1Q 2003  
 
                             
Professional services
  $ 372     $ 394     $ 325       (6 )%     14 %
Outside services
    376       311       272       21       38  
Marketing
    199       200       164       (1 )     21  
Travel and entertainment
    118       128       89       (8 )     33  
Amortization of intangibles
    79       74       74       7       7  
All other
    295       298       310       (1 )     (5 )
 
                                 
Total other expense
  $ 1,439     $ 1,405     $ 1,234       (2 )     17  
 
                                 
 

For Professional services, the increase from last year’s first quarter was associated with higher counsel fees, related to growth in securities underwriting transactions; whereas the decrease from the 2003 fourth quarter reflected lower litigation-related legal expenses. The increase in Outside services from both the first and fourth quarters of 2003 was primarily attributable to greater utilization of third-party vendors for processing activities in TSS and CFS. The expense increase at TSS was affected by the acquisition of a business in the first quarter of 2004, which contributed $26 million. The increase in Marketing from the first quarter of 2003 reflects higher direct marketing campaigns in credit card and advertising by Regional Banking.

Provision for credit losses

The 2004 first quarter Provision for credit losses was $15 million compared with $743 million in the 2003 first quarter and was down $124 million from the 2003 fourth quarter, reflecting improvement in the quality of the commercial loan portfolio. The decline from the first quarter of 2003 was also due to a higher volume of credit card securitizations. For further information on the Provision for credit losses and the Firm’s management of credit risk, see the discussions of net charge-offs associated with the commercial and consumer loan portfolios and the Allowance for credit losses, on pages 64–66 of this Form 10-Q.

Income tax expense

Income tax expense was $973 million in the first quarter of 2004, compared with $722 million in the first quarter and $845 million in the fourth quarter of 2003. The effective tax rates were 33.5% for the first quarter of 2004, 34.0% for the first quarter of 2003 and 31.2% for the fourth quarter of 2003. The differences in the tax rates were primarily reflective of the changes in the proportion of income subject to federal, state and local taxes.

29


 


 

 
EXPLANATION AND RECONCILATION OF THE FIRM’S USE OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
 

The Firm prepares its Consolidated financial statements using GAAP. The Consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP appear on pages 3–6 of this Form 10-Q. That presentation, which is referred to as “reported basis,” provides the reader with an understanding of the Firm’s results that can be consistently tracked from year to year and enables a comparison of the Firm’s performance with other companies’ GAAP financial statements.

In addition to analyzing the Firm’s results on a reported basis, management reviews the line-of-business results on an “operating basis,” which is a non-GAAP financial measure. The definition of operating basis starts with the reported GAAP results. In the case of IB, operating basis includes in Trading revenue the NII related to trading activities. Trading activities generate revenues which are recorded for GAAP purposes in two line items on the income statement: trading revenues, which include the mark-to-market gains or losses on trading positions; and net interest income, which includes the interest income or expense related to those positions. Combining both the trading revenues and related net interest income enables management to evaluate IB’s trading activities by considering all revenue related to these activities and facilitates operating comparisons to other competitors. For a further discussion of Trading-related revenue, see IB on page 34–37 of this Form 10-Q. In the case of Chase Cardmember Services, operating or managed basis excludes the impact of credit card securitizations on revenue, the provision for credit losses, net charge-offs and receivables. JPMorgan Chase uses the concept of “managed receivables” to evaluate the credit performance of the underlying credit card loans, both sold and not sold: as the same borrower is continuing to use the credit card for ongoing charges, a borrower’s credit performance will impact both the receivables sold under SFAS 140 and those not sold. Thus, in its disclosures regarding managed receivables, JPMorgan Chase treats the sold receivables as if they were still on the balance sheet in order to disclose the credit performance (such as net charge-off rates) of the entire managed credit card portfolio. The operating basis for all other lines of business is the same as reported basis. For a further discussion of credit card securitizations, see Chase Cardmember Services on pages 46–47 of this Form 10-Q.

30


 

The following summary table provides a reconciliation from the Firm’s reported to operating results:

 
Reconciliation from reported to operating basis
                                         
Consolidated income statement                           First quarter change
(in millions)   1Q 2004     4Q 2003     1Q 2003     4Q 2003     1Q 2003  
 
                             
Reported
                                       
Revenue:
                                       
Investment banking fees
  $ 692     $ 846     $ 616       (18 )%     12 %
Trading revenue
    1,720       754       1,298       128       33  
Fees and commissions
    2,933       2,871       2,488       2       18  
Private equity gains (losses)
    306       163       (221 )     88       NM  
Securities gains
    126       29       485       334       (74 )
Mortgage fees and related income
    244       140       433       74       (44 )
Other revenue
    126       254       92       (50 )     37  
Net interest income
    2,830       3,011       3,215       (6 )     (12 )
 
                                 
Total revenue
    8,977       8,068       8,406       11       7  
Noninterest expense
    6,059       5,220       5,541       16       9  
 
                                 
Operating margin
    2,918       2,848       2,865       2       2  
Provision for credit losses
    15       139       743       (89 )     (98 )
 
                                 
Income before income tax expense
    2,903       2,709       2,122       7       37  
Income tax expense
    973       845       722       15       35  
 
                                 
Net income
  $ 1,930     $ 1,864     $ 1,400       4       38  
 
                                 
 
Reconciling items(a)
                                       
Revenue:
                                       
Trading-related revenue(b)
  $ 576     $ 518     $ 683       11 %     (16 )%
Fees and commissions(c)
    (149 )     (184 )     (169 )     19       12  
Other revenue
    (39 )     (29 )     (4 )     (34 )     NM  
Net interest income:
                                       
Trading-related(b)
    (576 )     (518 )     (683 )     (11 )     16  
Credit card securitizations(c)
    661       675       630       (2 )     5  
 
                                 
Total net interest income
    85       157       (53 )     (46 )     NM  
Total revenue
    473       462       457       2       4  
Noninterest expense
                             
Operating margin
    473       462       457       2       4  
Securitized credit losses(c)
    473       462       457       2       4  
 
                                 
Income before income tax expense
                             
Income tax expense
                             
Net income
  $     $     $       NM       NM  
 
                                 
 
Operating results
                                       
Revenue:
                                       
Investment banking fees
  $ 692     $ 846     $ 616       (18 )%     12 %
Trading-related revenue (including trading NII)
    2,296       1,272       1,981       81       16  
Fees and commissions
    2,784       2,687       2,319       4       20  
Private equity gains (losses)
    306       163       (221 )     88       NM  
Securities gains
    126       29       485       334       (74 )
Mortgage fees and related income
    244       140       433       74       (44 )
Other revenue
    87       225       88       (61 )     (1 )
Net interest income (excluding trading NII)
    2,915       3,168       3,162       (8 )     (8 )
 
                                 
Total operating revenue
    9,450       8,530       8,863       11       7  
Noninterest expense
    6,059       5,220       5,541       16       9  
 
                                 
Operating margin
    3,391       3,310       3,322       2       2  
Credit costs
    488       601       1,200       (19 )     (59 )
 
                                 
Income before income tax expense
    2,903       2,709       2,122       7       37  
Income tax expense
    973       845       722       15       35  
 
                                 
Operating earnings
  $ 1,930     $ 1,864     $ 1,400       4       38  
 
                                 
 

31


 

 
(a)  
Represents only those line items in the Consolidated income statement affected by the reclassification of trading-related net interest income and the impact of credit card securitizations.
(b)  
The reclassification of trading-related net interest income from Net interest income to Trading revenue primarily affects the Investment Bank segment results. See pages 34–37 of this Form 10-Q for further information.
(c)  
The impact of credit card securitizations affects Chase Cardmember Services. See pages 46–47 of this Form 10-Q for further information.
 

Management uses the SVA framework as its primary measure of profitability for the Firm and each of its business segments. To derive SVA, the Firm applies a cost of capital to each business segment. The capital elements and resultant capital charges provide the businesses and investors with a financial framework by which to evaluate the trade-off between the use of capital by each business unit versus its return to shareholders. JPMorgan Chase varies the amount of capital attributed to lines of business based on its estimate of the economic risk capital required by the line of business as a result of the credit, market, operational and business risk for each particular line of business and private equity risk for JPMorgan Partners. JPMorgan Chase believes this risk-adjusted approach to economic capital compensates for differing levels of risk across businesses, and therefore a constant 12% cost of capital can be applied across businesses with differing levels of risk. The cost of capital for JPMorgan Partners is 15%, because JPMorgan Chase believes that the business risk for JPMP is so sufficiently differentiated that, even after risk-adjustment, a higher cost of capital is warranted. Capital charges are an integral part of the SVA measurement for each business. Under the Firm’s model, average common equity is either underallocated or overallocated to the business segments, as compared with the Firm’s total common stockholders’ equity. The revenue and SVA impact of this over/under allocation is reported under Support Units and Corporate. See segment results on pages 27–28 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report for a further discussion of SVA, and the Glossary of Terms on pages 74–75 of this Form 10-Q for a definition of SVA.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the Firm’s operating earnings to SVA on a consolidated basis:

 
                                         
                            First quarter change
(in millions)   1Q 2004     4Q 2003     1Q 2003     4Q 2003     1Q 2003  
 
                             
Shareholder value added
                                       
Operating earnings
  $ 1,930     $ 1,864     $ 1,400       4 %     38 %
Less: preferred dividends
    13       13       13              
 
                                 
Earnings applicable to common stock
    1,917       1,851       1,387       4       38  
Less: cost of capital
    1,367       1,337       1,239       2       10  
 
                                 
Total Shareholder value added
  $ 550     $ 514     $ 148       7       272  
 
                                 
 

In addition, management uses certain non-GAAP financial measures at the segment level. Management believes these non-GAAP financial measures provide information to investors in understanding the underlying operational performance and performance trends of the particular business segment and facilitate a comparison with the performance of competitors. These include Total return revenue in IB, Tangible shareholder value added and Tangible allocated capital in IMPB, and managed receivables and managed assets in Chase Cardmember Services. For a discussion of these line of business–specific non-GAAP financial measures, see the respective segment disclosures in segment results on pages 32–50 of this Form 10-Q.

Management measures its exposure to derivative receivables and commercial lending–related commitments on an “economic credit exposure” basis. See Credit risk management in this Form 10-Q on pages 54–62.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the Firm’s average assets to average managed assets, a non-GAAP financial measure on a consolidated basis:

 
                                         
                            First quarter change
(in millions)   1Q 2004     4Q 2003     1Q 2003     4Q 2003     1Q 2003  
 
                             
Average assets
  $ 771,318     $ 778,519     $ 778,238       (1 )%     (1 )%
Average credit card securitizations
    33,357       33,445       31,834             5  
 
                                 
Average managed assets
  $ 804,675     $ 811,964     $ 810,072       (1 )     (1 )
 
                                 
 

 
SEGMENT RESULTS
 

JPMorgan Chase’s lines of business are segmented based on the products and services provided or the type of customer serviced and reflect the manner in which financial information is currently evaluated by the Firm’s management. Revenues and expenses directly associated with each segment are included in determining that segment’s results. Management accounting and other policies exist to allocate those remaining expenses that are not directly incurred by the segments.

The segment results also reflect revenue- and expense-sharing agreements between certain lines of business. Revenue and expenses attributed to shared activities are recognized in each line of business, and any double counting is eliminated at the segment level.

32


 

These arrangements promote cross-selling and management of shared client expenses. They also ensure that the contributions of both businesses are fully recognized. Prior-period segment results have been adjusted to reflect alignment of management accounting policies or changes in organizational structure among businesses. Restatements of segment results may occur in the future. See Note 22 on pages 22–23 of this Form 10-Q for further information about JPMorgan Chase’s five business segments.

Contribution of businesses for the first quarter of 2004

(OPERATED REVENUES PIE CHART)

(OPERATED EARNINGS PIE CHART)

As of March 31, 2004, the overhead ratio for each business segment was: IB, 59%; TSS, 83%; IMPB, 77%; and CFS, 59%. Overhead ratios provide comparability for a particular segment with its respective competitors; they do not necessarily provide comparability among the business segments themselves, as each business segment has its own particular revenue and expense structure.

33


 

INVESTMENT BANK

For a discussion of the business profile of the IB, see pages 29-31 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report. The following table sets forth selected IB financial data:
 
                                         
Selected financial data                           First quarter change
(in millions, except ratios and employees)   1Q 2004     4Q 2003     1Q 2003     4Q 2003     1Q 2003  
 
                             
Revenue
                                       
Investment banking fees
  $ 682     $ 834     $ 620       (18 )%     10 %
Trading-related revenue (a)
    2,270       1,207       1,931       88       18  
Net interest income
    374       463       690       (19 )     (46 )
Fees and commissions
    485       437       378       11       28  
Securities gains
    129       13       383     NM       (66 )
All other revenue
    39       92       8       (58 )     388  
 
 
                                       
Total operating revenue
    3,979       3,046       4,010       31       (1 )
 
 
                                       
Expense
                                       
Compensation expense
    1,401       827       1,312       69       7  
Noncompensation expense
    943       944       871             8  
Severance and related costs
    18       67       105       (73 )     (83 )
 
                                 
Total operating expense
    2,362       1,838       2,288       29       3  
Operating margin
    1,617       1,208       1,722       34       (6 )
Credit costs
    (188 )     (241 )     245       22     NM  
Corporate credit allocation
    2       (5 )     (12 )   NM     NM  
 
                                 
Income before income tax expense
    1,807       1,444       1,465       25       23  
Income tax expense
    697       582       568       20       23  
 
                                 
Operating earnings
  $ 1,110     $ 862     $ 897       29       24  
 
                                 
 
 
                                       
Shareholder value added
                                       
Operating earnings
  $ 1,110     $ 862     $ 897       29       24  
Less: Preferred dividends
    5       5       6             (17 )
 
                                 
Earnings applicable to common stock
    1,105       857       891       29       24  
Less: cost of capital
    477       513       618       (7 )     (23 )
 
                                 
Total shareholder value added
  $ 628     $ 344     $ 273       83       130  
 
                                 
 
                                       
Average allocated capital
  $ 15,973     $ 16,966     $ 20,871       (6 )     (23 )
Average assets
    513,983       511,342       525,773       1       (2 )
Return on average allocated capital
    28 %     20 %     17 %   800 bp   1,100 bp
Overhead ratio
    59       60       57       (100 )     200  
Compensation expense as % of operating revenue (b)
    35       27       33       800       200  
Full-time equivalent employees
    14,810       14,567       14,398       2 %     3 %
 
 
                                       
Business revenue
                                       
Investment banking fees
                                       
Equity underwriting
  $ 177     $ 254     $ 107       (30 )%     65 %
Debt underwriting
    358       423       353       (15 )     1  
 
                                 
Total underwriting
    535       677       460       (21 )     16  
Advisory
    147       157       160       (6 )     (8 )
 
                                 
Total investment banking fees
    682       834       620       (18 )     10  
 
                                 
Capital markets and lending
                                       
Fixed income
    2,065       1,368       1,966       51       5  
Equities
    673       341       431       97       56  
Credit portfolio
    347       360       394       (4 )     (12 )
 
                                 
Total capital markets and lending
    3,085       2,069       2,791       49       11  
 
                                 
 
                                       
Total revenue (excluding Global Treasury)
    3,767       2,903       3,411       30       10  
Global Treasury
    212       143       599       48       (65 )
 
                                 
Total revenue
  $ 3,979     $ 3,046     $ 4,010       31       (1 )
 
                                 
Memo
                                       
Global Treasury
                                       
Total revenue
  $ 212     $ 143     $ 599       48       (65 )
Total-return adjustments
    (229 )     79       (64 )   NM       (258 )
 
                                 
Total-return revenue (c)
  $ (17 )   $ 222     $ 535     NM     NM  
 
                                 
 

34


 

 
(a)  
Includes net interest income of $576 million, $513 million and $683 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004, December 31, 2003, and March 31, 2003, respectively.
(b)  
Excludes severance and related costs.
(c)  
Total return revenue (“TRR”), a non-GAAP financial measure, represents revenue plus the change in unrealized gains or losses on investment securities and hedges (included in Other comprehensive income) and internally transfer-priced assets and liabilities. TRR is a supplemental performance measure used by management to analyze performance of Global Treasury on an economic basis. Management believes the TRR measure is meaningful, because it measures all positions on a mark-to-market basis, thereby reflecting the true economic value of positions in the portfolio. This performance measure is consistent with the manner in which the portfolio is managed, as it removes the timing differences that result from applying the various GAAP accounting policies.
 

IB operating earnings were $1.1 billion in the first quarter, compared with $897 million in the first quarter of 2003 and $862 million in the fourth quarter of 2003. Earnings performance was driven by higher equity and fixed income capital markets results including record trading revenues compared with the first and fourth quarters of 2003. A significant improvement in commercial credit quality, offset in part by the anticipated reduction in Global Treasury, also contributed to the increase over the first quarter of 2003. Return on average allocated capital was 28% for the quarter, compared with 17% and 20% for the first and fourth quarters of 2003, respectively.

Operating revenues of $4.0 billion were 1% lower than in the first quarter of 2003 and up 31% from the fourth quarter of 2003. Investment banking fees were $682 million, up 10% from the 2003 first quarter on higher equity and bond underwriting fees, which were driven by increased market volumes, and partially offset by lower loan syndication and advisory fees. These fees were down 18% from a strong 2003 fourth quarter, due primarily to lower equity underwriting, loan syndication and advisory fees. The decline in equity underwriting compared with the fourth quarter of 2003 reflected lower market volumes of rights issues in Europe; the decline in loan syndication fees reflected lower volumes in new commercial loan syndications. According to Thomson Financial, the Firm maintained its No. 1 ranking in global syndicated loans and No. 2 ranking in global investment-grade bonds. For the first quarter of 2004 compared with full-year 2003, the Investment Bank increased its ranking in global announced M&A to No. 3 from No. 5, while its ranking in U.S. equity and equity-related declined to No. 7 from No. 4. However, in U.S. initial public offerings, the Firm improved its ranking from No. 14 for full-year 2003 to No. 4.

Composition of Capital Markets & Lending Revenue and Global Treasury:

                                         
    Trading-related revenue     Fees and commissions     Securities gains     NII and other     Total revenue  
 
(in millions)                                        
First quarter 2004                                        
 
Fixed income
  $ 1,877     $ 82     $ 10     $ 96     $ 2,065  
Equities
    333       325             15       673  
Credit portfolio
    56       78             213       347  
 
                             
Capital markets & lending revenue
    2,266       485       10       324       3,085  
Global Treasury
    4             119       89       212  
 
                             
 
                                       
Total
  $ 2,270     $ 485     $ 129     $ 413     $ 3,297  
 
 
                                       
Fourth quarter 2003
                                       
 
Fixed income
  $ 1,154     $ 71     $ 3     $ 140     $ 1,368  
Equities
    94       258             (11 )     341  
Credit portfolio
    (50 )     108       1       301       360  
 
                             
Capital markets & lending revenue
    1,198       437       4       430       2,069  
Global Treasury
    9             9       125       143  
 
                             
 
                                       
Total
  $ 1,207     $ 437     $ 13     $ 555     $ 2,212  
 

35


 

                                         
    Trading-related revenue     Fees and commissions     Securities gains     NII and other     Total revenue  
 
(in millions)                                        
First quarter 2003                                        
 
Fixed income
  $ 1,735     $ 102     $ 6     $ 123     $ 1,966  
Equities
    199       200       6       26       431  
Credit portfolio
    (13 )     76             331       394  
 
                             
Capital markets & lending revenue
    1,921       378       12       480       2,791  
Global Treasury
    10             371       218       599  
 
                             
 
                                       
Total
  $ 1,931     $ 378     $ 383     $ 698     $ 3,390  
 

IB’s capital markets and lending activities include fixed income and equities revenue and revenue from the Firm’s credit portfolio, which includes corporate lending and credit risk management activities. The capital markets and lending revenue includes both client (i.e., market-making) revenue and portfolio management revenue; the latter reflects net gains or losses, exclusive of client revenue, generated from managing residual risks in the portfolios, as well as gains or losses related to proprietary risk-taking activities to capture market opportunities. IB evaluates its capital markets activities by considering all revenue related to these activities, including Trading-related revenue, Fees and commissions, Securities gains, lending-related NII and other revenue.

Capital markets and lending revenue (excluding Global Treasury) for the quarter was $3.1 billion, up 11% and 49% from the first and fourth quarters of 2003, respectively, due to substantial gains in equities as well as continued strong performance in fixed income. Equity capital markets revenue of $673 million increased substantially, up 56% and 97% over the first and fourth quarters of 2003, respectively. Results were driven by higher trading revenue in both equity derivatives and convertibles, reflecting higher client revenues in derivatives and increased portfolio management in an upward-moving market environment. Higher brokerage fees and commissions within the equity cash business were driven by higher market volumes. Fixed income revenue of $2.1 billion increased by 5% from the first quarter and 51% from the fourth quarter of 2003, driven by increased trading revenues. The increases in trading revenue reflected strength in both client and portfolio management activities, driven by the continued favorable interest rate environment. Client-related trading revenues were up in both the credit markets and interest rates businesses. In particular, foreign exchange posted record results, driven by increased volumes in foreign exchange options. Credit Portfolio revenue of $347 million was down 12% and 4% from the first and fourth quarters of 2003, respectively, driven primarily by lower loan volume and a continued decline in credit risk capital, resulting in lower NII for the period. The lower NII was partially offset by an increase in Trading revenue due to spread widening on credit derivatives that are used to manage risk in the loan portfolio. For additional information, see the Credit risk management discussion on credit derivatives on pages 61–62 of this Form 10-Q.

Global Treasury’s operating revenue was $212 million, down 65% from the first quarter of 2003 and up 48% from the fourth quarter of 2003. The decrease from the year-ago quarter reflected lower levels of NII, driven by lower coupon reinvestment rates compared with the prior year. Securities gains decreased by 68% from the first quarter of 2003 due to substantial realized gains last year in the Firm’s AFS investment securities portfolio. The increase in securities gains from the fourth quarter of 2003 was attributable to the higher volume of sales in connection with Global Treasury’s repositioning activities to manage, in part, the Asset/liability exposure of the Firm. Global Treasury is managed on a total-return revenue basis, which includes revenue plus the change in unrealized gains or losses on investment securities and risk management activities (included in Other comprehensive income) and internally transfer-priced assets and liabilities. Global Treasury’s total-return revenue was negative $17 million for the first quarter of 2004, down from $535 million in the first quarter and $222 million in the fourth quarter of 2003. The decline was driven by spread widening on mortgage-backed securities, which are used to help manage the Firm’s overall interest rate exposure. Global Treasury’s activities complement, and offer a strategic balance and diversification benefit to, the Firm’s trading and fee-based activities. For a reconciliation of Global Treasury’s total revenue to total-return revenue, see page 34 of this Form 10-Q.

Operating expense of $2.4 billion was up 3% from the first quarter and 29% from the fourth quarter of 2003. The increase from the year-ago quarter was attributable to higher compensation expenses, as a result of salary increases, higher employer taxes on a higher level of restricted stock vestings, and increased travel and entertainment and legal costs. The increase over the prior quarter was largely due to higher compensation expenses, reflecting higher incentives on stronger business performance. Partially offsetting these increases were lower severance and related costs. The overhead ratio for the first quarter of 2004 was 59%, an increase of 200 basis points over the first quarter of 2003, driven by the expense increases mentioned above.

Credit costs were negative $188 million for the quarter, compared with credit costs of $245 million for the first quarter of 2003 and negative $241 million for the fourth quarter of 2003. The reduction in credit costs from the prior-year quarter was primarily attributable to a reduction in the allowance for credit losses as credit quality improved. For additional information, see Credit risk management on pages 64–66 of this Form 10-Q.

36


 

Outlook: IB is expected to continue to benefit from the improved economic environment. IB fees and client trading activity are largely independent of the direction of interest rate moves, although trading revenue in subsequent quarters may be lower as the first quarter is usually seasonally strong. Commercial credit costs may rise, reflecting an increase in demand for loans and lower recoveries.

 
                                 
    First quarter   Full-year
Market Share/Rankings (a)   2004   2003
         
Global syndicated loans
    14 %     # 1       17 %     # 1  
Global investment-grade bonds
    8       # 2       8       # 2  
Global equity & equity-related
    5       # 8       8       # 4  
U.S. equity & equity-related
    6       # 7       11       # 4  
Global announced M&A (b)
    34       # 3       15       # 5  
 
(a)  
Derived from Thomson Financial Securities Data, which reflect subsequent updates to prior-period information. Global announced M&A is based on rank value; all other rankings are based on proceeds, with full credit to each book manager/equal if joint. Because of joint assignments, market share of all participants will add up to more than 100%.
(b)  
First quarter 2004 ranking and market share reflect the announced merger between JPMorgan Chase and Bank One Corporation. Excluding this transaction, the market share would have been 25%, and the ranking would have been No. 4.
 

TREASURY & SECURITIES SERVICES

For a discussion of the profiles for each business within TSS, see pages 32–33 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report. The following table sets forth selected financial data of TSS:
 
                                         
Selected financial data                           First quarter change
(in millions, except ratios and employees)   1Q 2004     4Q 2003     1Q 2003     4Q 2003     1Q 2003  
 
                             
Revenue
                                       
Fees and commissions
  $ 745     $ 676     $ 598       10 %     25 %
Net interest income
    313       304       290       3       8  
All other revenue
    48       91       38       (47 )     26  
 
                                 
Total operating revenue
    1,106       1,071       926       3       19  
Expense
                                       
Compensation expense
    343       320       312       7       10  
Noncompensation expense
    571       503       449       14       27  
Severance and related costs
    7       23       4       (70 )     75  
 
                                 
Total operating expense
    921       846       765       9       20  
Operating margin
    185       225       161       (18 )     15  
Credit costs
    1             1     NM        
Corporate credit allocation
    (2 )     5       12     NM     NM  
 
                                 
Operating income before income tax expense
    182       230       172       (21 )     6  
Income tax expense
    63       86       60       (27 )     5  
 
                                 
Operating earnings
  $ 119     $ 144     $ 112       (17 )     6  
 
                                 
 
Shareholder value added
                                       
Operating earnings
  $ 119     $ 144     $ 112       (17 )%     6 %
Less: Preferred dividends
    1       1       1              
 
                                 
Earnings applicable to common stock
    118       143       111       (17 )     6  
Less: cost of capital
    96       82       82       17       17  
 
                                 
Shareholder value added
  $ 22     $ 61     $ 29       (64 )     (24 )
 
                                 
 
                                       
Average allocated capital
  $ 3,196     $ 2,734     $ 2,773       17       15  
Average assets
    19,757       20,525       17,508       (4 )     13  
Average deposits
    98,951       89,647       74,524       10       33  
Return on average allocated capital
    15 %     21 %     16 %   (600 )bp   (100 )bp
Overhead ratio
    83       79       83       400        
Assets under custody (in billions)
  $ 8,001     $ 7,597     $ 6,269       5 %     28 %
Full-time equivalent employees
    14,738       14,518       14,201       2       4  
 
 
                                       
Revenue by business
                                       
Treasury Services
  $ 535     $ 485     $ 474       10 %     13 %
Investor Services
    399       381       341       5       17  
Institutional Trust Services (a)
    258       252       199       2       30  
Other (a)(b)
    (86 )     (47 )     (88 )     (83 )     2  
 
                                 
Total Treasury & Securities Services
  $ 1,106     $ 1,071     $ 926       3       19  
 
                                 
 

37


 

 
(a)  
Includes a portion of the $41 million gain on the sale of a nonstrategic business in the fourth quarter of 2003: $1 million in Institutional Trust Services and $40 million in Other.
(b)  
Includes the elimination of revenues related to shared activities with Chase Middle Market.
 

TSS reported operating earnings of $119 million, a 6% increase from the first quarter of 2003 and a 17% decrease from the fourth quarter of 2003. Return on average allocated capital for the quarter was 15%, compared with 16% for the first quarter and 21% for the fourth quarter of 2003.

Operating revenue was $1.1 billion in the first quarter of 2004, an increase of 19% and 3% from the first and fourth quarters of 2003, respectively. Fees and commissions were up 25% and 10% from the first and fourth quarters of 2003, respectively, primarily driven by the acquisition of Citigroup’s Electronic Financial Services business by Treasury Services, and by Institutional Trust Services’ acquisitions of Bank One’s corporate trust business and of Financial Computer Software, L.P. In addition, Fees and commissions were higher due to increased debt and equity market appreciation, coupled with increased organic growth (i.e., new business and volume growth of existing clients) at Investor Services and Institutional Trust Services. Excluding the acquisitions, Fees and commissions would have increased by 11% from the first quarter of 2003. Net interest income increased by 8% and 3% from the first and fourth quarters of 2003, respectively, due to higher U.S. and non-U.S. deposits, partially offset by lower interest rate spreads on deposits, attributable to the low–interest rate environment. All other revenue was 26% higher than in the first quarter of 2003, primarily driven by higher foreign exchange revenue, which is the result of increased transaction volume at Investor Services. All other revenue was 47% lower than in the fourth quarter of 2003, which included a $41 million gain on the sale of a nonstrategic business.

Operating expense increased by 20% and 9% from the first and fourth quarters of 2003, respectively. Compensation expense was up 10% and 7% from the first and fourth quarters of 2003, respectively, primarily driven by the aforementioned acquisitions, coupled with staff increases to support the new business and volume growth, as well as higher incentives. Noncompensation expense was up 27% and 14% from the first and fourth quarters of 2003, reflecting the impact of the aforementioned acquisitions, higher professional services for strategic investments and technology projects, and increased costs to support new business and higher volumes. Severance costs were up $3 million from the first quarter of 2003 and down $12 million from the fourth quarter of 2003. In addition, fourth quarter 2003 severance and related costs included $4 million in charges to provide for losses on subletting unoccupied excess real estate. The first quarter 2004 overhead ratio was 83%, compared with 83% and 79% for the first and fourth quarters of 2003, respectively. The increase from the fourth quarter was the result of the aforementioned gain on the sale of a nonstrategic business recorded in the fourth quarter of 2003. Excluding the gain on the aforementioned sale, the fourth quarter 2003 overhead ratio would have been 82%.

Assets under custody of $8.0 trillion in the first quarter of 2004 were 28% and 5% higher than in the first and fourth quarter of 2003, respectively, due to increases in the debt and equity markets as well as new business and organic growth.

Outlook: Management anticipates improving overhead ratios for TSS over the balance of the year, as the expense synergies from the acquisitions by Treasury Services and Institutional Trust Services materialize and as revenues in Investor Services benefit from improving equity markets.

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT & PRIVATE BANKING

For a discussion of the business profile of IMPB, see pages 34-35 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report. The following table reflects selected financial data of IMPB:
 
                                         
Selected financial data                           First quarter change
(in millions, except ratios and employees)   1Q 2004     4Q 2003     1Q 2003     4Q 2003     1Q 2003  
 
                             
Revenue
                                       
Fees and commissions
  $ 657     $ 617     $ 510       6 %     29 %
Net interest income
    117       118       116       (1 )     1  
All other revenue
    50       87       15       (43 )     233  
 
                                 
Total operating revenue
    824       822       641             29  
Expense
                                       
Compensation expense
    321       299       283       7       13  
Noncompensation expense
    314       317       296       (1 )     6  
Severance and related costs
    1       19       7       (95 )     (86 )
 
                                 
Total operating expense
    636       635       586             9  
Operating margin
    188       187       55       1       242  
Credit costs
    10       36       6       (72 )     67  
 
                                 
Operating income before income tax expense
    178       151       49       18       263  
Income tax expense
    63       51       22       24       186  
 
                                 
Operating earnings
  $ 115     $ 100     $ 27       15       326  
 
                                 
 

38


 

                                         
Shareholder value added
                                       
Operating earnings
  $ 115     $ 100     $ 27       15 %     326 %
Less: preferred dividends
    2       2       2              
 
                                 
Earnings applicable to common stock
    113       98       25       15       352  
Less: cost of tangible allocated capital
    36       37       37       (3 )     (3 )
 
                                 
Tangible shareholder value added (a)
    77       61       (12 )     26     NM  
Less: cost of goodwill capital
    127       129       125       (2 )     2  
 
                                 
Total shareholder value added
  $ (50 )   $ (68 )   $ (137 )     26       64  
 
                                 
 
                                       
Average tangible allocated capital
  $ 1,316     $ 1,318     $ 1,338             (2 )
Average goodwill capital
    4,152       4,148       4,145              
Average allocated capital
    5,468       5,466       5,483              
Average assets
    35,259       34,108       33,634       3       5  
Return on tangible allocated capital (a)
    36 %     30 %     8 %   600 bp   2,800 bp
Return on average allocated capital
    8       7       2       100       600  
Overhead ratio
    77       77       91             (1,400 )
Full-time equivalent employees
    7,922       7,853       7,647       1 %     4 %
 
(a)  
The Firm uses return on tangible allocated capital and tangible SVA, non-GAAP financial measures, as two of several measures to evaluate the economics of the IMPB business segment. Return on tangible allocated capital and tangible SVA measure return on an economic capital basis (that is, on a basis that takes into account the operational, business, credit and other risks to which this business is exposed, including the level of assets) but excludes the capital allocated for goodwill. The Firm utilizes these measures to facilitate operating comparisons of IMPB to other competitors.
 

IMPB reported operating earnings of $115 million in the first quarter of 2004, an increase of 326% from the first quarter and 15% from the fourth quarter of 2003. Return on average allocated capital for the first quarter of 2004 was 8%, compared with 2% in the first quarter of 2003 and 7% in the fourth quarter of 2003. Return on tangible allocated capital was 36%, compared with 8% in the first quarter of 2003 and 30% in the fourth quarter of 2003. For further information on tangible allocated capital, see footnote (a) in the table above.

Operating revenue was $824 million, 29% higher than in the first quarter of 2003 and flat to the fourth quarter of 2003. Global equity markets continued to improve during the first quarter of 2004 (as exemplified by the S&P 500 index, which rose by 33% since the first quarter of 2003, and the MSCI World index, which rose by 41%). The increase from the prior-year quarter in Fees and commissions primarily reflected global equity market appreciation; the impact of the acquisition of American Century Retirement Plan Services Inc., renamed JPMorgan Retirement Plan Services (“RPS”), in June 2003; and increased brokerage activity. Higher earnings from the Firm’s investment in American Century, in addition to the impact of accounting for the RPS joint venture prior to the acquisition, drove the increase in All other revenue. Additionally, Other revenue for the first quarter of 2003 included a gain on the sale of a Brazilian investment management business, offset by charges incurred at American Century. The increase in Fees and commissions from the prior quarter reflected global equity market appreciation and AUS net inflows, offset by a decline in All other revenue associated with real estate gains recorded in the fourth quarter of 2003.

Operating expense of $636 million was 9% higher compared with the first quarter of 2003 and flat compared with the fourth quarter of 2003. The increase from the year-ago quarter reflected the impact of the acquisition of RPS on compensation and noncompensation expense, as well as higher compensation expense reflecting strong earnings and increased marketing expense; these were offset by real estate and software write-offs taken in the first quarter of 2003. The increase from the prior quarter reflected higher compensation and marketing expense, offset by real estate and software write-offs taken in the fourth quarter of 2003. Credit costs were $10 million, up from $6 million in the prior-year quarter and down from $36 million in the prior quarter, reflecting provisions taken in the fourth quarter of 2003 and the first quarter of 2004.

The overhead ratio for the quarter ending March 31, 2004, was 77%, a decrease from 91% for the quarter ended March 31, 2003, and flat compared with the fourth quarter of 2003. The decrease reflected improved operating leverage, as the beneficial impact of higher market valuations on revenues outpaced growth in expenses.

39


 

                                         
Assets under supervision(a)                           First quarter change
    March 31,     December 31,     March 31,     December 31,     March 31,  
(in billions)   2004     2003     2003     2003     2003  
 
                             
Asset class
                                       
Liquidity
  $ 164     $ 160     $ 144       3 %     14 %
Fixed income
    144       144       144              
Equities and other
    276       255       207       8       33  
 
                                 
Assets under management
    584       559       495       4       18  
Custody/brokerage/administration/deposits
    213       199       127       7       68  
 
                                 
Total assets under supervision
  $ 797     $ 758     $ 622       5       28  
 
                                 
 
                                       
Client segment
                                       
Retail
                                       
Assets under management
  $ 112     $ 101     $ 72       11       56  
Custody/brokerage/administration/deposits
    78       71       17       10       359  
 
                                 
Assets under supervision
    190       172       89       10       113  
Private Bank
                                       
Assets under management
    141       138       125       2       13  
Custody/brokerage/administration/deposits
    135       128       110       5       23  
 
                                 
Assets under supervision
    276       266       235       4       17  
Institutional
                                       
Assets under management
    331       320       298       3       11  
 
                                 
Total assets under supervision
  $ 797     $ 758     $ 622       5       28  
 
                                 
 
                                       
Geographic region
                                       
Americas
                                       
Assets under management
  $ 370     $ 360     $ 350       3       6  
Custody/brokerage/administration/deposits
    183       170       99       8       85  
 
                                 
Assets under supervision
    553       530       449       4       23  
Europe, Middle East & Africa and Asia/Pacific
                                       
Assets under management
    214       199       145       8       48  
Custody/brokerage/administration/deposits
    30       29       28       3       7  
 
                                 
Assets under supervision
    244       228       173       7       41  
 
                                 
Total assets under supervision
  $ 797     $ 758     $ 622       5       28  
 
                                 
 
                                       
Assets under supervision rollforward:
                                       
Beginning balance
  $ 758     $ 720     $ 644       5       18  
Net asset flows
    14       (2 )     (8 )   NM     NM  
Market/other impact (b)
    25       40       (14 )     (38 )   NM  
 
                                 
Ending balance
  $ 797     $ 758     $ 622       5       28  
 
                                 
 
(a)  
Excludes AUM of American Century.
(b)  
Other includes the acquisition of RPS in the second quarter of 2003.
 

Total Assets under supervision at March 31, 2004, of $797 billion were 28% higher than at March 31, 2003, and up 5% from December 31, 2003. Assets under supervision increased from the first quarter of 2003, reflecting market appreciation and, to a lesser extent, the acquisition of RPS and AUS net inflows. The increase from the fourth quarter of 2003 reflected market appreciation and AUS net inflows. Not reflected in Assets under management is the Firm’s 44% equity interest in American Century, whose Assets under management were $90 billion at quarter-end, compared with $71 billion as of the first quarter of 2003 and $87 billion as of the fourth quarter of 2003.

Outlook: IMPB is expected to benefit from improving equity markets, which should result in new inflows while increasing the value of assets under supervision.

40


 

JPMORGAN PARTNERS

For a discussion of the business profile of JPMP, see pages 36–37 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report. The following table sets forth selected financial data of JPMorgan Partners:
                                         
 
Selected financial data                           First quarter change
(in millions, except employees)   1Q 2004     4Q 2003     1Q 2003     4Q 2003     1Q 2003  
 
                             
Revenue
                                       
Direct investments
                                       
Realized gains
  $ 302     $ 202     $ 46       50 %   NM  
Write-ups / (write-downs / write-offs)
    (23 )     (52 )     (176 )     56       87 %
MTM gains (losses) (a)
    25       48       (6 )     (48 )   NM  
 
                                 
Total direct investments
    304       198       (136 )     54     NM  
Private third-party fund investments
    (8 )     (39 )     (94 )     79       91  
 
                                 
Total private equity gains (losses)
    296       159       (230 )     86     NM  
Net interest income (loss)
    (59 )     (65 )     (71 )     9       17  
Fees and other revenue
    12       11       14       9       (14 )
 
                                 
Total operating revenue
    249       105       (287 )     137     NM  
 
                                       
Expense
                                       
Compensation expense
    38       33       34       15       12  
Noncompensation expense
    32       38       29       (16 )     10  
 
                                 
Total operating expense
    70       71       63       (1 )     11  
 
                                 
Operating income (loss) before income tax expense
    179       34       (350 )     426     NM  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    64       11       (127 )     482     NM  
 
                                 
Operating earnings (loss)
  $ 115     $ 23     $ (223 )     400     NM  
 
                                 
 
                                       
Shareholder value added
                                       
Operating earnings (loss)
  $ 115     $ 23     $ (223 )     400     NM  
Less: Preferred dividends
    2       2       2              
 
                                 
Earnings (loss) applicable to common stock
    113       21       (225 )     438     NM  
Less: cost of capital
    182       210       221       (13 )     (18 )
 
                                 
Shareholder value added
  $ (69 )   $ (189 )   $ (446 )     63       85  
 
                                 
 
                                       
Average allocated capital
  $ 4,899     $ 5,541     $ 5,985       (12 )     (18 )
Average assets
    7,780       8,199       9,428       (5 )     (17 )
Return on average allocated capital
    9 %     1 %   NM     800 bp   NM  
Full-time equivalent employees
    302       316       342       (4 )%     (12 )%
 
 
(a)  
Includes mark-to-market gains (losses) and reversals of mark-to-market gains (losses) due to public securities sales.
 

JPMP reported operating earnings of $115 million for the 2004 first quarter, compared with an operating loss of $223 million in the first quarter of 2003 and operating earnings of $23 million in the fourth quarter of 2003.

Total private equity gains in the first quarter were $296 million, compared with losses of $230 million in the first quarter of 2003 and gains of $159 million in the fourth quarter of 2003. During the first quarter, JPMP’s direct private equity investments recorded net gains of $304 million, compared with a net loss of $136 million in the first quarter of 2003 and a net gain of $198 million in the fourth quarter of 2003. JPMP’s direct private equity results included $302 million in realized gains, mark-to-market gains of $25 million on direct public investments, and net write-downs and write-offs of $23 million taken on direct private investment positions. Limited partner interests in third-party funds resulted in net losses of $8 million, compared with net losses of $94 million and $39 million in the first and fourth quarters of 2003, respectively. First quarter results include a significant realized gain attributable to a private sale completed in the Consumer Retail & Services sector. Overall, JPMP’s performance benefited from active public and private capital markets during the period, which generated opportunities for liquidity events and value recognition through sales, recapitalizations and initial public offerings.

41


 

JPMP investment portfolio

The carrying value of the JPMP private equity portfolio at March 31, 2004, was $6.8 billion, a 6% decrease from December 31, 2003, and a 16% decrease from March 31, 2003. JPMP has exited selected investments that are not central to its portfolio strategy, with the goal to reduce, over time, JPMP’s private equity portfolio to approximately 10%, as adjusted, of the Firm’s common stockholders’ equity. As of March 31, 2004, the portfolio has been reduced to approximately 14%.

The private equity business is highly cyclical, and JPMP’s results are subject to significant volatility associated with the public equity markets, availability of high-yield financing for leveraged buyout transactions and investor appetite for private equity. With improving economic conditions, JPMP may have increased opportunities to exit profitably direct investments as well as make new investments that are anticipated to generate high returns.

JPMP invested $162 million in direct private equity for the Firm’s account during the first quarter of 2004, primarily in buyouts in the Consumer Retail & Services sector.

The following table presents the carrying value and cost of the JPMP investment portfolio for the dates indicated:

 
                                                 
    March 31, 2004   December 31, 2003   March 31, 2003
    Carrying             Carrying             Carrying        
(in millions)   Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost  
 
                                   
Public securities (46 companies) (a)(b)
  $ 697     $ 520     $ 643     $ 451     $ 478     $ 624  
Private direct securities (791 companies) (b)
    5,177       6,562       5,508       6,960       5,912       7,439  
Private third-party fund investments (234 funds) (b)(c)
    961       1,512       1,099       1,736       1,780       2,360  
 
                                   
Total investment portfolio
  $ 6,835     $ 8,594     $ 7,250     $ 9,147     $ 8,170     $ 10,423  
 
                                   
% of portfolio to the Firm’s common equity
    15 %             16 %             19 %        
 
                                         
% of portfolio to the Firm’s common equity –
as adjusted (d)
    14 %             15 %             20 %        
 
                                         
 
(a)  
The quoted public value was $1.1 billion at March 31, 2004, $994 million at December 31, 2003, and $685 million at March 31, 2003.
(b)  
Represents the number of companies and funds at March 31, 2004.
(c)  
Unfunded commitments to private equity funds were $1.2 billion at March 31, 2004, $1.3 billion at December 31, 2003, and $1.8 billion at March 31, 2003.
(d)  
For purposes of calculating this ratio, the carrying value excludes the post-December 31, 2002 impact of public MTM valuation adjustments, and the Firm’s common equity excludes SFAS 115 equity balances. The market appreciation or depreciation (i.e., MTM) of public securities since December 31, 2002, has been eliminated, because it would cause the numerator of the ratio to increase or decrease without there having been any additional acquisition or disposition of investments by JPMP. The SFAS 115 equity adjustment has been eliminated because it would cause the amount of JPMorgan Chase’s stockholders’ equity to increase or decrease as a result of changes in the value of the Firm’s AFS securities and thus cause the denominator of the ratio to increase or decrease as a result of changes in the carrying values of securities that have no relation to JPMP’s business. Making these adjustments allows JPMP to track, on a consistent basis, its progress in reducing the carrying values of its investments so that they do not constitute more than 10% of JPMorgan Chase’s total common stockholders’ equity.
 

Outlook: JPMP’s performance is expected to improve as a result of improving equity markets and higher merger activity.

42


 

CHASE FINANCIAL SERVICES

For a description of CFS and a discussion of the profiles for each of its businesses, see pages 38–43 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report. For information regarding loans and residual interests sold and securitized, see Note 11 on pages 12–14 of this Form 10-Q. The following table reflects selected financial data of CFS:
 
                                         
Selected financial data                           First quarter change
(in millions, except ratios and employees)   1Q 2004     4Q 2003     1Q 2003     4Q 2003     1Q 2003  
 
                             
Revenue
                                       
Net interest income
  $ 2,245     $ 2,447     $ 2,300       (8 )%     (2 )%
Fees and commissions
    876       948       825       (8 )     6  
Securities gains
          18       102     NM    NM 
Mortgage fees and related income
    241       137       432       76       (44 )
All other revenue
    52       59       33       (12 )     58  
 
                                 
Total operating revenue
    3,414       3,609       3,692       (5 )     (8 )
Expense
                                       
Compensation expense
    766       698       720       10       6  
Noncompensation expense
    1,170       1,114       1,064       5       10  
Severance and related costs
    63       53       14       19       350  
 
                                 
Total operating expense
    1,999       1,865       1,798       7       11  
Operating margin
    1,415       1,744       1,894       (19 )     (25 )
Credit costs
    748       855       877       (13 )     (15 )
 
                                 
Operating income before income tax expense
    667       889       1,017       (25 )     (34 )
Income tax expense
    240       330       369       (27 )     (35 )
 
                                 
Operating earnings
  $ 427     $ 559     $ 648       (24 )     (34 )
 
                                 
 
Shareholder value added
                                       
Operating earnings
  $ 427     $ 559     $ 648       (24 )%     (34 )%
Less: preferred dividends
    3       3       3              
 
                                 
Earnings applicable to common stock
    424       556       645       (24 )     (34 )
Less: cost of capital
    283       271       251       4       13  
 
                                 
Total shareholder value added
  $ 141     $ 285     $ 394       (51 )     (64 )
 
                                 
Reconciliation of Average reported assets to Average managed assets
Average reported assets
  $ 174,218     $ 184,215     $ 170,570       (5 )     2  
Average credit card securitization
    33,357       33,445       31,834             5  
 
                                 
Average managed assets
  $ 207,575     $ 217,660     $ 202,404       (5 )     3  
 
                                 
Reconciliation of Average reported loans to Average managed loans
Average reported loans
  $ 153,416     $ 158,923     $ 142,209       (3 )     8  
Average credit card securitization
    33,357       33,445       31,834             5  
 
                                 
Average managed loans
  $ 186,773     $ 192,368     $ 174,043       (3 )     7  
 
                                 
Average allocated capital
  $ 9,472     $ 8,972     $ 8,489       6       12  
Average deposits
    111,228       108,703       105,972       2       5  
Return on average allocated capital
    18 %     25 %     31 %   (700 )bp   (1,300 )bp
Overhead ratio
    59       52       49       700       1,000  
Full-time equivalent employees
    45,306       46,111       44,264       (2 )%     2 %
 

CFS reported first quarter 2004 operating earnings of $427 million, a decrease of 34% and 24% from the first and fourth quarters of 2003, respectively. Return on average allocated capital for the first quarter was 18%, compared with 31% for the first quarter and 25% for the fourth quarter of 2003. Average allocated capital increased by 12% from the first quarter of 2003 and 6% from the fourth quarter of 2003, primarily due to an increase in market risk capital that is associated with the MSR risk management activities of Chase Home Finance.

Operating revenue was $3.4 billion, a decrease of 8% and 5% from the first and fourth quarters of 2003, respectively. The national consumer credit businesses, which includes Chase Home Finance, Chase Cardmember Services and Chase Auto Finance, contributed 74% of first quarter 2004 operating revenue. The declines in revenue were primarily driven by the anticipated slowdown in the mortgage refinance business, as well as the continued negative impact of the low–interest rate environment on the deposit businesses. Net interest income of $2.2 billion was down 2% and 8% from the first and fourth quarters of 2003, respectively, primarily due to lower interest on a lower level of AFS securities used to manage the interest rate risk associated with MSRs and lower spreads as a result of low interest rates. Fees and commissions increased by 6% from the first quarter of 2003, driven by higher credit card interchange fees due to higher consumer purchases, and decreased by 8% from the fourth quarter of 2003 due to seasonally lower

43


 

credit card revenue. Securities gains declined from the first and fourth quarters of 2003, primarily due to fewer securities sales associated with MSR risk management activities. Mortgage fees and related income of $241 million decreased from $432 million in the first quarter of 2003 and increased from $137 million in the fourth quarter of 2003. First quarter 2004 mortgage originations were lower when compared with both the first and fourth quarters of 2003, due to the decline in the mortgage refinance market. First quarter 2004 MSR hedging revenue improved over the fourth quarter of 2003.

Operating expense of $2.0 billion was up 11% and 7% compared with the first and fourth quarters of 2003, respectively. Compensation expense increased from both the first and fourth quarters of 2003. The increase from the year-ago quarter was primarily due to higher home equity production, as well as increases in the sales force for home equity and other higher-margin distribution channels. The increase in compensation expense from the fourth quarter was primarily due to higher salaries, benefits and incentives. Noncompensation expense increased from the prior periods primarily due to higher marketing costs, professional services and volume-related expenses. Severance and related costs increased from the prior periods due to restructuring in various lines of businesses, particularly in Chase Regional Banking; costs incurred to move certain credit card facilities to a lower-cost location; and, to a lesser extent, severance related to the anticipated merger with Bank One. CFS’s overhead ratio was 59%, compared with 49% for the first quarter of 2003 and 52% for the fourth quarter of 2003, reflecting a decline in revenue and the higher level of expenses. Savings generated by Six Sigma and other productivity efforts continued to partially offset the growth in expenses.

Credit costs of $748 million were down 15% from the first quarter and 13% from the fourth quarter of 2003. The declines reflected lower net charge-offs of 5% and 3% compared with the first and fourth quarters of 2003, respectively, and a reduction in the allowance for loan losses, reflecting improved credit quality. Delinquency rates in the consumer loan portfolios decreased compared with the first and fourth quarters of 2003.

The following table sets forth certain key financial performance measures of the businesses within CFS:

 
                                         
(in millions)                           First quarter change
Operating revenue   1Q 2004     4Q 2003     1Q 2003     4Q 2003     1Q 2003  
 
                             
Home Finance(a)
  $ 813     $ 867     $ 1,148       (6 )%     (29 )%
Cardmember Services
    1,562       1,620       1,461       (4 )     7  
Auto Finance
    166       207       198       (20 )     (16 )
Regional Banking
    635       653       630       (3 )     1  
Middle Market
    343       359       362       (4 )     (5 )
Other consumer services(b)
    (105 )     (97 )     (107 )     (8 )     2  
 
                                 
Total operating revenue
  $ 3,414     $ 3,609     $ 3,692       (5 )     (8 )
 
                                 
Operating expense
                                       
Home Finance
  $ 478     $ 484     $ 382       (1 )     25  
Cardmember Services
    605       561       539       8       12  
Auto Finance
    81       77       68       5       19  
Regional Banking
    635       645       576       (2 )     10  
Middle Market
    219       211       216       4       1  
Other consumer services(b)
    (19 )     (113 )     17       83     NM 
 
                                 
Total operating expense
  $ 1,999     $ 1,865     $ 1,798       7       11  
 
                                 
Credit costs
                                       
Home Finance
  $ (9 )   $ 13     $ 107     NM    NM 
Cardmember Services
    706       792       695       (11 )     2  
Auto Finance
    36       41       68       (12 )     (47 )
Regional Banking
    28       18       8       56       250  
Middle Market
    (13 )     (9 )     (1 )     (44 )   NM  
Other consumer services(b)
                    NM    NM 
 
                                 
Total credit costs
  $ 748     $ 855     $ 877       (13 )     (15 )
 
                                 
Operating earnings (losses)
                                       
Home Finance
  $ 221     $ 237     $ 424       (7 )     (48 )
Cardmember Services
    162       172       146       (6 )     11  
Auto Finance
    30       53       37       (43 )     (19 )
Regional Banking
    (15 )     (5 )     27       (200 )   NM  
Middle Market
    80       92       87       (13 )     (8 )
Other consumer services(b)
    (51 )     10       (73 )   NM       30  
 
                                 
Total operating earnings
  $ 427     $ 559     $ 648       (24 )     (34 )
 
                                 
 
(a)  
Includes Mortgage fees and related income, Net interest income and Securities gains.
(b)  
Includes the elimination of revenues and expenses related to the shared activities with Treasury Services, and support services.
 

44


 

Outlook: CHF revenues and operating earnings are expected to decline for the remainder of the year as higher interest rates are likely to depress mortgage originations; however, management expects expenses at CHF to moderate in future quarters to reflect the reduced origination volume. CFS’ credit quality in consumer lending is expected to remain stable for the next several quarters.

Chase Home Finance

The following table sets forth key revenue components of Chase Home Finance’s business:
 
                                         
(in millions)                           First quarter change
Revenue   1Q 2004     4Q 2003     1Q 2003     4Q 2003     1Q 2003  
 
                             
Home Finance:
                                       
Operating revenue (excluding MSR hedging revenue)
  $ 820     $ 950     $ 1,062       (14 )%     (23 )%
MSR hedging revenue:
                                       
MSR valuation adjustments(a)
    (685 )     229       (473 )   NM       (45 )
Hedging gains (losses)(b)
    678       (312 )     559     NM      21  
 
                                 
Total MSR hedging revenue
    (7 )     (83 )     86       92     NM 
 
                                 
Total revenue(c)
  $ 813     $ 867     $ 1,148       (6 )     (29 )
 
                                 
 
(a)  
See MSR valuation adjustment table on page 46 of this Form 10-Q.
(b)  
Hedging gains (losses) includes SFAS 133 qualifying hedges of $546 million, $(465) million and $386 million for the first quarter of 2004, fourth quarter of 2003 and first quarter of 2003, respectively.
(c)  
Includes Mortgage fees and related income, Net interest income and Securities gains.
 

After a record performance in 2003, Chase Home Finance (“CHF”) reported operating earnings of $221 million, a decrease of 48% and 7% from the first and fourth quarters of 2003, respectively. For the first quarter of 2004, total revenue of $813 million decreased by 29% and 6% from the first and fourth quarters of 2003, respectively. During the first quarter, CHF operating revenue declined by 23% and 14% from the first and fourth quarters of 2003, respectively, as higher interest rates and a smaller refinance market lowered mortgage originations and margins. As described below, MSR hedging revenue declined relative to the first quarter of 2003 but increased by 92% relative to the fourth quarter of 2003.

CHF manages and measures its results from two key perspectives: its operating businesses (Production, Servicing and Portfolio Lending) and revenue generated through managing the interest rate risk associated with MSRs. The following table reconciles management’s perspective on CHF’s results to the reported GAAP line items shown on the Consolidated statement of income and in the related Notes to consolidated financial statements:

 
                                                                         
    Operating basis revenue      
    Operating   MSR hedging   Reported
(in millions)   1Q 2004     4Q 2003     1Q 2003     1Q 2004     4Q 2003     1Q 2003     1Q 2004     4Q 2003     1Q 2003  
 
                                                     
Net interest income
  $ 539     $ 634     $ 485     $ 38     $ 80     $ 134     $ 577     $ 714     $ 619  
Securities gains
                      (4 )     13       96       (4 )     13       96  
Mortgage fees and related income
    281       316       577       (41 )     (176 )     (144 )     240       140       433  
 
Total
  $ 820     $ 950     $ 1,062     $ (7 )   $ (83 )   $ 86     $ 813     $ 867     $ 1,148  
 

On an operating basis, Net interest income of $539 million declined from the fourth quarter of 2003, as CHF’s average loans declined. Offsetting the decline and driving the increase in Net interest income over the first quarter of 2003 was an increase in home equity balances, driven by origination growth of 60% over the first quarter of 2003. Home equity originations were down 8% compared with the fourth quarter of 2003, although applications were up 36%. Mortgage fees and related income were down compared with the first and fourth quarters of 2003, driven by lower origination volume of $38 billion versus $62 billion and $51 billion, respectively, in the first and fourth quarters of 2003. The declines reflect the smaller refinance market and price competition. Increases in servicing revenues of 7% and 14% over the first and fourth quarters of 2003, respectively, partially offset the decline in production revenue. Servicing balances as of March 31, 2004, were $475 billion, an increase of 10% from March 31, 2003, and 1% from December 31, 2003, the result of lower prepayments.

In its risk management activities, CHF uses a combination of derivatives and AFS securities to manage changes in the market value of MSRs. The intent is to offset any changes in the market value of MSRs with changes in the market value of the related risk management instrument. During the first quarter of 2004, negative MSR valuation adjustments of $685 million were partially offset by $678 million of aggregate derivative gains and net interest earned on AFS securities. Unrealized losses on AFS securities were $71 million at March 31, 2004, and $144 million at December 31, 2003. The decline in the Net interest income and Securities gains components of MSR revenue from the first and fourth quarters of 2003 is primarily due to a lower level of AFS securities used to

45


 

manage the interest rate risk associated with MSRs. The improvement in the Mortgage fees and related income component of MSR revenue from the first and fourth quarters of 2003 reflects the mix of instruments used to manage the interest rate risk associated with MSRs at any point in time and the impact of market conditions on those instruments rather than a particular trend. For a further discussion of the most significant assumptions used to value MSRs, please see “MSRs and certain other retained interests” in the Critical Accounting Estimates used by the Firm section and in Notes 13 and 16 on pages 100–103 and 107–109 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report.

The following table reconciles the amounts shown as MSR valuation adjustments of CHF’s business:

 
                 
MSR Valuation Adjustments   Three months ended March 31,
(in millions)   2004     2003  
 
           
Reported amounts:
               
SFAS 133 hedge valuation adjustments
  $ (586 )   $ (175 )
SFAS 140 impairment (recovery) adjustments
    (34 )     (130 )
Purchased servicing acquisition losses(a)
    (9 )     (44 )
Management accounting adjustments(b)
    (56 )     (124 )
 
           
MSR valuation adjustments
  $ (685 )   $ (473 )
 
           
 
(a)  
Reflects valuation adjustments on purchased servicing, through the settlement date, that are included in MSR additions in the table in Note 14 on pages 17–18 of this Form 10-Q.
(b)  
Reflects management accounting adjustments to properly attribute MSR hedging revenue between CHF’s operating business and management of the mortgage servicing asset.
 

Operating expense of $478 million increased by 25% from the first quarter of 2003 and decreased by 1% from the fourth quarter of 2003. The increase compared with the year-ago quarter was due to higher home equity production, as well as increases in the sales force for home equity and other higher-margin distribution channels. In the first two months of the first quarter of 2004, application volumes dropped dramatically but then rebounded in March; expenses, however, remained stable throughout the quarter. Higher expenses coupled with lower operating revenues increased CHF’s overhead ratio to 59%, as compared with 33% in the first quarter of 2003. Lower operating revenues drove the increase in CHF’s overhead ratio as compared with 56% in the fourth quarter of 2003.

Credit costs of negative $9 million decreased from both the first and fourth quarters of 2003. The decline from the prior-year quarter was primarily a result of weakness in the manufactured housing market in the beginning of 2003. The decrease from the fourth quarter of 2003 was due to a lower overall level of both actual and expected net charge-offs, which drove a reduction in the allowance for loan losses. Credit quality remained strong as the net charge-off rate for the first quarter of 2004 was 0.16%, down from 0.20% and 0.19% in the first and fourth quarters of 2003, respectively.

Chase Cardmember Services

Operating earnings at Chase Cardmember Services (“CCS”) of $162 million increased by 11% from the first quarter of 2003 and decreased by 6% from the fourth quarter of 2003. The increase from the first quarter of last year was driven by higher revenue, partly offset by higher marketing and severance-related costs. The decrease from the fourth quarter of last year was attributable to seasonally lower purchase volume and higher marketing and severance-related costs, partly offset by lower credit costs.

CCS’s operating results exclude the impact of credit card securitizations on revenue, the provision for credit losses, net charge-offs and receivables. Securitization does not change CCS’s reported net income versus operating earnings; however, it does affect the classification of items on the Consolidated statement of income. The financial information presented below reconciles reported basis and managed basis to disclose the effect of securitizations.

 
                                                                         
    1Q 2004   4Q 2003   1Q 2003
            Effect of                     Effect of                     Effect of        
(in millions)   Reported     securitization     Operating     Reported     securitization     Operating     Reported     securitization     Operating  
 
                                                     
Revenue
  $ 1,089     $ 473     $ 1,562     $ 1,158     $ 462     $ 1,620     $ 1,004     $ 457     $ 1,461  
Expense
    605             605       561             561       539             539  
Credit costs
    233       473       706       330       462       792       238       457       695  
Operating earnings
    162             162       172             172       146             146  
 
Average loans
  $ 18,216     $ 33,357     $ 51,573     $ 17,610     $ 33,445     $ 51,055     $ 19,024     $ 31,834     $ 50,858  
Average assets
    18,524       33,357       51,881       18,171       33,445       51,616       19,763       31,834       51,597  
 

46


 

Operating revenue was $1.6 billion, up 7% from the first quarter of 2003 and down 4% from the fourth quarter of 2003. The increase in revenue from last year reflected growth in both net interest and noninterest revenue. Net interest revenue increased by 5%, reflecting lower funding costs and growth in average managed loans. Average managed loans increased by 1% from a year ago, due partly to lower balance transfer volume and to higher payment rates, which reflected high consumer liquidity. Consumer liquidity remained high because of increased use of home equity products as well as lower tax rates. As a consequence, the volume of purchases increased during the quarter, and the rate of payments was high. Noninterest revenue increased by 10%, reflecting higher interchange fees primarily due to 15% growth in purchase volume. The increase in purchase volume also reflects the continued strategic shift in the portfolio towards higher-volume, rewards-based products, as well as organic growth. CCS added more than one million new accounts in the first quarter, the sixth consecutive quarter of account additions at this level. The decline in revenue from the fourth quarter of 2003 was due to seasonally higher fourth quarter consumer purchases associated with the holiday season.

Operating expense of $605 million increased by 12% from the first quarter and 8% from the fourth quarter of 2003. The increase in expenses from both periods primarily reflected higher marketing expenses and higher severance and related costs, including expenses related to moving certain operations to lower cost locations. The overhead ratio increased to 39% from 37% and 35% in the first and fourth quarters of 2003, respectively. The increase in the overhead ratio from the first quarter of last year was primarily attributed to increased marketing costs to attract and retain customers. The increase from the fourth quarter of last year primarily reflects lower seasonal revenue as well as increased marketing costs.

Credit costs increased by 2% from the first quarter of 2003 and declined by 11% from the fourth quarter of 2003. Credit quality improved, with the managed net charge-off rate declining to 5.80% in the first quarter of 2004 from 5.95% in the first quarter of 2003. The decline in credit costs from the fourth quarter reflected a decrease in the allowance for loan losses. The managed net charge-off rate increased from 5.76% in the fourth quarter of 2003, due primarily to seasonality associated with higher delinquencies in the second half of last year. The 30+ day delinquency rate improved from first and fourth quarter levels.

Chase Auto Finance

Results at Chase Auto Finance (“CAF”) consist of the Auto Finance and Education Finance businesses. CAF’s operating earnings of $30 million decreased by 19% from the first quarter and 43% from the fourth quarter of 2003. The decrease in operating earnings was driven primarily by a $40 million write-off of prepaid premiums for residual risk insurance, which resulted in a reduction of leasing revenue recognized during the current quarter, and higher operating expenses, partially offset by lower credit costs. The write-off was a result of a review in which it was determined that there was an accelerated pace of lease payments and terminations. CAF’s operating revenue declined by 16% from the first quarter and 20% from the fourth quarter of 2003, due to the reduction in leasing revenue mentioned above and lower portfolio spreads, partially mitigated by higher average loans outstanding. Despite an extremely competitive marketing environment, CAF’s auto origination volume increased by 24% compared with the fourth quarter of 2003, and market share remained stable to year-end 2003 at 6.1%.

Operating expense of $81 million was up 19% from the first quarter and 5% from the fourth quarter of 2003. The increase from the year-ago quarter was driven by higher compensation expense, due to volume growth and corresponding increases in staff, and higher performance-based incentives. The increase from the fourth quarter of 2003 was driven primarily by continued portfolio growth, higher compensation expense and slightly higher technology costs. The overhead ratio increased to 49% in the first quarter, up from 34% and 37% in the first and fourth quarters of 2003, respectively, primarily due to the reduction in leasing revenue and higher expenses.

Credit costs of $36 million decreased by 47% from the first quarter and 12% from the fourth quarter of 2003, due to lower net charge-offs and a lower allowance for loan losses as a result of improved credit quality. The net charge-off rate was 0.36% in the first quarter of 2004, down from 0.48% in the first quarter and 0.39% in the fourth quarter of 2003. The 30+ day delinquency rate decreased to 1.10% in the first quarter of 2004, from 1.27% in the first quarter and 1.46% in the fourth quarter of 2003. The 30+ day delinquency rate was the lowest since June 30, 2002.

Chase Regional Banking

Chase Regional Banking (“CRB”) reported an operating loss of $15 million in the first quarter, down from operating earnings of $27 million in the first quarter of 2003 and an operating loss of $5 million in the fourth quarter of 2003. The decrease from the year-ago quarter primarily resulted from higher expense and credit costs, partially offset by slightly higher revenue. The decrease from the fourth quarter of 2003 was primarily due to lower revenue and higher credit costs, partially offset by lower expense.

Operating revenue of $635 million increased by 1% from the first quarter of 2003 and decreased by 3% from the fourth quarter of 2003. Despite lower spreads, growth in average deposits of 10% from the first quarter of 2003 resulted in Net interest income being up slightly. The decline in revenue from the fourth quarter of 2003 was due to narrower spreads and lower noninterest revenue

47


 

related to seasonal declines in deposit service fees, and lower debit card and investment revenues. Average deposits increased by 4% from the fourth quarter of 2003.

Operating expense was up 10% from the comparable 2003 period and down 2% from the fourth quarter of 2003. The increase from the prior-year quarter reflected higher severance and related costs primarily due to restructuring, and higher compensation costs. The decrease from the fourth quarter of 2003 was primarily related to the timing of marketing and professional services expenses. The overhead ratio for the quarter was 100%, up from 91% and 99% in the first and fourth quarters of 2003, respectively. The increase from the first quarter of 2003 was due to higher expenses, while the increase from the fourth quarter was due to lower revenue.

Credit costs of $28 million were up from $8 million and $18 million, respectively, in the first and fourth quarters of 2003. The increase from the prior-year quarter was the result of a higher allowance for loan losses. The increase from the fourth quarter of 2003 was due to a higher allowance for loan losses, partially offset by lower net charge-offs.

As of March 31, 2004, CRB’s deposit mix was 18% demand, 14% interest checking, 47% savings, 11% money market and 10% time (CDs). At March 31, 2003, the deposit mix was 18% demand, 14% interest checking, 46% savings, 9% money market and 13% time (CDs). As of March 31, 2004, core deposits (total deposits less time deposits) grew by 13% from March 31, 2003, and 4% from December 31, 2003.

Chase Middle Market

Chase Middle Market (“CMM”) operating earnings of $80 million were down 8% from the first quarter and 13% from the fourth quarter of 2003. The decrease from both periods was primarily attributable to lower revenues, partially offset by improved credit quality.

Operating revenue of $343 million decreased by 5% from the first quarter and 4% from the fourth quarter of 2003. The decrease from the year-ago quarter was primarily due to lower Net interest income, driven by a 4% decrease in average loans and narrower loan and deposit spreads, partially offset by an 11% increase in average deposits. The decrease from the fourth quarter was due to lower Net interest income, reflecting narrower loan and deposit spreads, partially offset by a 2% increase in average loans and a 9% increase in average deposits.

Operating expenses of $219 million in the quarter were up 1% from the first quarter and 4% from the fourth quarter of 2003. The increase from the first quarter of 2003 was driven by higher performance-based incentives, partially offset by lower severance and related costs. The increase from the fourth quarter was driven by higher incentives and higher severance and related costs. The overhead ratio for the quarter was 64%, up from 60% and 59% in the first and fourth quarters of 2003, respectively, due to the decline in revenue and increase in expenses.

Lower net charge-offs and a reduction in the allowance for loan losses compared with the first and fourth quarters of 2003 resulted in credit costs of negative $13 million.

48


 

CHASE FINANCIAL SERVICES
QUARTERLY BUSINESS-RELATED METRICS

                                         
                            First quarter change
(in billions, except ratios and where otherwise noted)   1Q 2004     4Q 2003     1Q 2003     4Q 2003     1Q 2003  
 
                             
Chase Home Finance
                                       
Origination volume by channel:
                                       
Retail, wholesale and correspondent
  $ 30.1     $ 37.0     $ 40.8       (19 )%     (26 )%
Correspondent negotiated transactions
    7.7       14.0       21.2       (45 )     (64 )
 
                                 
Total
    37.8       51.0       62.0       (26 )     (39 )
Origination volume by product:
                                       
First mortgage
  $ 31.1     $ 43.7     $ 57.8       (29 )     (46 )
Home equity
    6.7       7.3       4.2       (8 )     60  
 
                                 
Total
    37.8       51.0       62.0       (26 )     (39 )
Loans serviced
    475       470       432       1       10  
End-of-period outstandings
    75.0       73.7       67.3       2       11  
Total average loans owned
    72.1       79.4       64.4       (9 )     12  
Number of customers (in millions)
    4.1       4.1       4.0             2  
MSR carrying value
    4.2       4.8       3.2       (13 )     31  
30+ day delinquency rate
    1.32 %     1.81 %     2.31 %   (49 )bp   (99 )bp
Net charge-off ratio
    0.16       0.19       0.20       (3 )     (4 )
Overhead ratio
    59       56       33       300       2,600  
 
Chase Cardmember Services – Reported Basis
                                       
Average outstandings
  $ 17.2     $ 16.6     $ 19.0       4 %     (9 )%
30+ day delinquency
    3.18 %     3.34 %     3.41 %   (16 )bp   (23 )bp
Net charge-off ratio
    6.33       6.68       6.17       (35 )     16  
Overhead ratio
    56       48       54       800       200  
 
Chase Cardmember Services–Managed Basis
                                       
End-of-period outstandings
  $ 51.0     $ 52.3     $ 50.6       (2 )%     1 %
Average outstandings
    51.6       51.1       50.9       1       1  
Total volume(a)
    22.0       23.9       20.7       (8 )     6  
New accounts (in millions)
    1.0       1.0       1.1             (9 )
Active accounts (in millions)
    16.5       16.5       16.5              
Total accounts (in millions)
    30.8       30.8       29.8             3  
Credit cards issued
    35.4       35.3       33.9             4  
30+ day delinquency rate
    4.43 %     4.68 %     4.59 %   (25 )bp   (16 )bp
Net charge-off ratio
    5.80       5.76       5.95       4       (15 )
Overhead ratio
    39       35       37       400       200  
 
Chase Auto Finance
                                       
Loan and lease receivables
  $ 44.0     $ 43.2     $ 41.1       2 %     7 %
Average loan and lease receivables
    44.3       43.5       39.6       2       12  
Automobile origination volume
    6.8       5.5       7.4       24       (8 )
Automobile market share (year-to-date)
    6.1 %     6.1 %     6.7 %   bp   (60 )bp
30+ day delinquency rate
    1.10       1.46       1.27       (36 )     (17 )
Net charge-off ratio
    0.36       0.39       0.48       (3 )     (12 )
Overhead ratio
    49       37       34       1,200       1,500  
 
Chase Regional Banking
                                       
Total average deposits
  $ 79.9     $ 77.1     $ 72.6       4 %     10 %
Total client assets(b)
    118.4       111.1       105.3       7       12  
Number of branches/banking centers
    532       529       527       1       1  
Number of ATMs
    1,718       1,730       1,870       (1 )     (8 )
Overhead ratio
    100 %     99 %     91 %   100 bp   900 bp
 
Chase Middle Market
                                       
Total average loans
  $ 13.8     $ 13.5     $ 14.4       2 %     (4 )%
Total average deposits
    31.6       28.9       28.4       9       11  
Nonperforming average loans as a % of total average loans
    0.91 %     1.00 %     1.41 %   (9 )bp   (50 )bp
Net charge-off ratio
    (0.03 )     0.16       0.75       (19 )     (78 )
Overhead ratio
    64       59       60       500       400  
 
(a)  
Sum of total customer purchases, cash advances and balance transfers.
(b)  
Deposits, money market funds and/or investment assets (including annuities).
 

49


 

 
SUPPORT UNITS AND CORPORATE
 
                                         
                            First quarter change
(in millions, except employees)   1Q 2004     4Q 2003     1Q 2003     4Q 2003     1Q 2003  
 
                             
Operating revenue
  $ (122 )   $ (123 )   $ (119 )     1 %     (3 )%
Operating expense
    71       (35 )     41     NM      73  
Credit costs
    (83 )     (49 )     71       (69 )   NM  
 
                                 
Pre-tax loss
    (110 )     (39 )     (231 )     (182 )     52  
Income tax benefit
    (154 )     (215 )     (170 )     28       9  
 
                                 
Operating earnings (loss)
  $ 44     $ 176     $ (61 )     (75 )   NM  
 
                                 
Average allocated capital
  $ 6,810     $ 4,498     $ (1,743 )     51     NM 
Average assets
    20,321       20,130       21,325       1       (5 )
Shareholder value added
    (122 )     81       35     NM    NM 
Full-time equivalent employees
    10,207       10,088       13,026       1       (22 )
 

The Support Units and Corporate sector includes technology, legal, audit, finance, human resources, risk management, real estate management, procurement, executive management and marketing groups within Corporate. For a further discussion of the business profiles of these Support Units as well as a description of Corporate, see page 44 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report.

Support Units and Corporate reflects the application of the Firm’s management accounting policies at the corporate level. These policies allocate the costs associated with technology, operational and staff support services to the business segments, with the intent to recover all expenditures associated with these services. Other items are retained within Support Units and Corporate based on policy decisions, such as the over/under allocation of average allocated capital, the residual component of credit costs and taxes. Business segment revenues are reported on a tax-equivalent basis, with the offset reflected in Support Units and Corporate; see Note 22 on pages 22–23 of this Form 10-Q.

For the first quarter of 2004, Support Units and Corporate reported operating earnings of $44 million, compared with an operating loss of $61 million in the first quarter of 2003 and operating earnings of $176 million in the fourth quarter of 2003. Operating earnings in the first quarter of 2004 were driven primarily by higher capital and lower credit costs.

In allocating the allowance (and provision) for credit losses, each business is responsible for its credit costs. Although the Support Units and Corporate sector has no traditional credit assets, the residual component of the allowance, which is available for losses in any business segment, is maintained at the corporate level. For a further discussion of the residual component, see Summary of changes in the Allowance for credit losses on pages 65–66 of this Form 10-Q.

Average allocated capital was $8.6 billion higher than in the first quarter of 2003 and $2.3 billion higher than in the fourth quarter, reflecting a reduction in credit risk capital allocated to the business segments and an increase in common stockholders’ equity.

The Firm’s operating expenses reflected a shift of $115 million from Compensation and Other expense to Technology and communications expense due to the technology infrastructure outsourcing that took effect on April 1, 2003. For additional disclosure, see Results of operations on page 28–29 of this Form 10-Q.

 

RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

 
JPMorgan Chase is in the business of managing risk to create shareholder value. The major risks to which the Firm is exposed are credit, market, operational, business, fiduciary, liquidity and private equity risk. For a discussion of these risks and definitions of terms associated with managing these risks, see pages 45–74 and the Glossary of terms in JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report.

50


 

 
CAPITAL AND LIQUIDITY MANAGEMENT
 

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

 
The following discussion of JPMorgan Chase’s capital management focuses primarily on developments since December 31, 2003, and should be read in conjunction with pages 46–47 and Note 26 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report.
                 
Available versus required capital   Quarterly Averages
(in billions)   1Q 2004     1Q 2003  
 
           
Common stockholders’ equity
  $ 45.8     $ 41.9  
Economic risk capital:
               
Credit risk
    9.5       15.1  
Market risk
    5.6       4.2  
Operational risk
    3.4       3.5  
Business risk
    1.7       1.7  
Private equity risk
    4.6       5.4  
 
           
Economic risk capital
    24.8       29.9  
Goodwill / Intangibles
    9.5       8.9  
Asset capital tax
    3.9       4.0  
 
           
Capital against nonrisk factors
    13.4       12.9  
 
           
Total capital allocated to business activities
    38.2       42.8  
 
               
Diversification effect
    (5.3 )     (5.0 )
 
           
Total required internal capital
  $ 32.9     $ 37.8  
 
           
Firm capital in excess of required capital
$ 12.9     $ 4.1  
 
           
 

Economic risk capital:

JPMorgan Chase assesses capital adequacy utilizing internal risk assessment methodologies. The Firm assigns economic capital based primarily on five risk factors: credit risk, market risk, operational risk and business risk for each business, and private equity risk, principally for JPMP. The methodologies quantify these risks and assign capital accordingly. These methodologies are discussed in the risk management sections of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report.

Capital also is assessed against business units for certain nonrisk factors. Businesses are assessed capital equal to 100% of any goodwill and 50% for certain other intangibles generated through acquisitions. Additionally, the Firm assesses an “asset capital tax” against managed assets and some off–balance sheet instruments. These assessments recognize that certain minimum regulatory capital ratios must be maintained by the Firm. JPMorgan Chase also estimates the portfolio effect on required economic capital, based on correlations of risk across risk categories. This estimated diversification benefit leads to a reduction in required economic capital for the Firm.

The Firm’s capital in excess of that which is internally required as of March 31, 2004, increased by $8.8 billion over March 31, 2003. The change was primarily due to an increase in average common stockholders’ equity of $3.9 billion, a $5.6 billion reduction in credit risk capital and a $0.8 billion reduction in private equity capital, partially offset by a $1.4 billion increase in market risk capital. The decrease in credit risk capital from the prior year was primarily due to a reduction in commercial exposures and improvement in the credit quality of the commercial portfolio. Private equity risk decreased primarily as a result of the reduction in JPMP’s private equity portfolio. Market risk capital increased, due to growth in the MSR portfolio in CHF as well as higher average trading VAR in IB.

Regulatory capital

JPMorgan Chase’s risk-based capital ratios at March 31, 2004, were well in excess of minimum regulatory guidelines. At March 31, 2004, Tier 1 and Total capital ratios were 8.4% and 11.4%, respectively, and the Tier 1 leverage ratio was 5.9%. At March 31, 2004, the total capitalization of JPMorgan Chase (the sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital) was $60.9 billion, an increase of $1.1 billion from December 31, 2003. This increase was principally driven by a $1.5 billion increase in Tier 1 capital, reflecting $1.2 billion in retained earnings (net income less common and preferred dividends) generated during the period and net stock issuance of $0.5 billion related to employee benefit plans, partially offset by a decrease in the allowance for credit losses component of Tier 2 capital.

51


 

During 2003, the Firm adopted FIN 46 and, as a result, deconsolidated the trusts that issue trust preferred securities. If banking regulators were to exclude these securities from Tier 1 capital, it could significantly reduce the Tier 1 capital ratio of the Firm. On July 2, 2003, the Federal Reserve Board issued a supervisory letter instructing banks and bank holding companies to continue to include trust preferred securities in Tier 1 capital. Based on the terms of this letter and in consultation with the Federal Reserve Board, the Firm continues to include its trust preferred securities in Tier 1 capital.

Stock repurchase

The Firm did not repurchase any shares of its common stock during the first quarter of 2004 or all of 2003. At the time the Firm and Bank One announced their proposed merger, managements at the two firms announced their intention to repurchase shares in an aggregate amount of approximately $3.5 billion annually in 2004, 2005 and 2006 (in addition to shares repurchased to provide common stock required for both firms’ respective dividend-reinvestment and employee equity-based plans). The aforementioned repurchase program was made based on both firms’ respective managements’ determinations that, based upon market conditions, current business plans and expectations for the combined company, stock repurchases present an attractive use of excess capital. The actual amount of shares repurchased will be subject to the discretion of the combined company’s Board of Directors considering factors which include: market conditions; legal considerations; the combined company’s capital position (taking into account purchase accounting adjustments); internal capital generation; and alternative potential investment opportunities over that time frame.

Dividends

In the first quarter of 2004, JPMorgan Chase declared a quarterly cash dividend on its common stock of $0.34 per share, payable April 30, 2004, to stockholders of record at the close of business April 6, 2004.

LIQUIDITY MANAGEMENT

The following discussion of JPMorgan Chase’s liquidity management focuses primarily on developments since December 31, 2003, and should be read in conjunction with pages 47–48 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report. In managing liquidity, management considers a variety of liquidity risk measures as well as market conditions, prevailing interest rates, liquidity needs and the desired maturity profile of its liabilities.

Consistent with its liquidity management policy, the Firm has raised funds at the holding company sufficient to cover maturing obligations over the next 12 months. Long-term funding needs for the parent holding company over the next several quarters are expected to be consistent with prior periods. The Firm manages its liquidity through a combination of short- and long-term sources of funds to support its balance sheet and its businesses. Under the Firm’s liquidity risk management framework, the Firm maintains sufficient levels of long-term liquidity through a combination of long-term debt, preferred stock, common equity and core deposits to support the less liquid assets on its balance sheet. The Firm’s primary source of short-term funds, excluding unsecured borrowings, includes more than $40 billion of securities available for repurchase agreements and approximately $30 billion of credit card, automobile and mortgage loans available for securitization.

Credit ratings

The credit ratings of JPMorgan Chase’s parent holding company and JPMorgan Chase Bank as of April 30, 2004, were as follows:
 
                 
    JPMorgan Chase   JPMorgan Chase Bank
    Short-term debt   Senior long-term debt   Short-term debt   Senior long-term debt
Moody’s
   P-1    A1    P-1    Aa3
S&P
  A-1   A+   A-1+   AA-
Fitch
  F1   A+   F1   A+
 

Upon the announcement of the proposed merger with Bank One, Moody’s and Fitch placed the ratings of the Firm under review for possible upgrade, while S&P affirmed the Firm’s ratings.

The cost and availability of unsecured financing are influenced by credit ratings. A reduction in these ratings could adversely impact the Firm’s access to liquidity sources, increase the cost of funds, trigger additional collateral requirements and decrease the number of investors and counterparties willing to lend. If the Firm’s ratings were downgraded by one notch, the Firm estimates that the incremental cost of funds to be in the range of 5 basis points to 30 basis points, reflecting a range of terms from three to five years, and the potential loss of funding to be negligible. Additionally, the Firm estimates the additional funding requirements for SPE and

52


 

other third-party commitments to be relatively modest. In the current environment, the Firm believes the likelihood of a downgrade is remote. For additional information on the impact of a credit ratings downgrade on funding requirements for SPEs, and on derivatives and collateral agreements, see Off-balance Sheet Arrangements below and page 61, respectively, of this Form 10-Q.

Balance sheet

The Firm’s total assets increased by $30.2 billion from December 31, 2003, to $801.1 billion at March 31, 2004, largely due to an increase in deposits placed with banks and investment securities. Debt and equity trading assets were also higher due to growth in IB business activities. Commercial loans declined by $3.9 billion, mostly as a result of the deconsolidation of a Firm-sponsored asset-backed commercial paper conduit which had been previously consolidated on the Firm’s balance sheet under the guidance of FIN 46. Consumer loans increased by $2.0 billion, led by increases in home equity loans. Credit card loans declined modestly due to seasonal factors and lower volumes; loan volumes in the quarter were affected by increased securitization activity, partially offset by strong purchase volumes. Automobile loans increased slightly, helped by higher origination volumes over the fourth quarter of last year. Effective January 1, 2004, the Firm elected to net cash paid and received under credit-support annexes to legally enforceable master netting agreements; thereby reducing Derivative receivables by $28.7 billion and Derivative payables by $19.7 billion. The Firm’s liabilities also increased in an amount consistent with the above asset growth, through a combination of continued growth in deposits, which contributed to the growth in investment securities, and higher securities sold under repurchase agreements.

Issuance

During the three months ended March 31, 2004, JPMorgan Chase issued approximately $4.9 billion of long-term debt; during the same period, $2.8 billion of long-term debt matured or was redeemed. In addition, the Firm securitized approximately $2.7 billion of residential mortgage loans, $1.5 billion of credit card loans and $1.6 billion of automobile loans, resulting in pre-tax gains (losses) on securitizations of $48 million, $10 million and $(3) million, respectively. For a further discussion of loan securitizations, see Note 11 of this Form 10-Q and Note 13 on pages 100–103 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report.

Off–balance Sheet Arrangements

Special-purpose entities (“SPEs”), special-purpose vehicles (“SPVs”) or variable-interest entities (“VIEs”), are an important part of the financial markets, providing market liquidity by facilitating investors’ access to specific portfolios of assets and risks. JPMorgan Chase is involved with SPEs in three broad categories of transactions: loan securitizations (through “qualifying” SPEs), multi-seller conduits, and client intermediation. Capital is held, as appropriate, against all SPE-related transactions and related exposures such as derivative transactions and lending-related commitments. For a further discussion of SPEs and the Firm’s accounting for SPEs, see Notes 11 and 12 of this Form 10-Q and Note 1 on pages 86–87, Note 13 on pages 100–103 and Note 14 on pages 103–106 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report.

For certain liquidity commitments to SPEs, the Firm could be required to provide funding if the credit rating of JPMorgan Chase Bank were downgraded below specific levels, primarily P-1, A-1 and F1 for Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s and Fitch, respectively. The amount of these liquidity commitments was $32.3 billion at March 31, 2004. If JPMorgan Chase Bank were required to provide funding under these commitments, the Firm could be replaced as liquidity provider. Additionally, with respect to the multi-seller conduits and structured commercial loan vehicles for which JPMorgan Chase Bank has extended liquidity commitments, the Bank could facilitate the sale or refinancing of the assets in the SPE in order to provide liquidity.

Of its $32.3 billion in liquidity commitments to SPEs, $31.1 billion is included in the Firm’s total Other unfunded commitments to extend credit, included in the table on the following page. As a result of the consolidation of multi-seller conduits in accordance with FIN 46, $1.2 billion of these commitments are excluded from the table, as the underlying assets of the SPE have been included on the Firm’s Consolidated balance sheet.

The following table summarizes certain revenue information related to VIEs with which the Firm has significant involvement, and qualifying SPEs:

                         
Quarter ended March 31, 2004           “Qualifying”        
(in millions)   VIEs(a)     SPEs     Total  
 
Revenue
  $ 23       $265     $ 288  
 
(a)  
Includes all VIE-related revenue (i.e., revenue associated with consolidated and nonconsolidated VIEs).
 

The revenue reported in the table above primarily represents servicing and custodial fee income. The Firm also has exposure to certain VIE vehicles arising from derivative transactions with VIEs; these transactions are recorded at fair value on the Firm’s Consolidated balance sheet with changes in fair value (i.e., mark-to-market gains and losses) recorded in Trading revenue. Such MTM gains and losses are not included in the revenue amounts reported in the table above.

53


 

The following table summarizes JPMorgan Chase’s off–balance sheet lending-related financial instruments by remaining maturity at March 31, 2004:

                                         
Off–balance sheet lending-related financial instruments
    Under     1–3     4–5     After        
(in millions)   1 year     years     years     5 years     Total  
 
Consumer-related
  $ 161,060     $ 480     $ 666     $ 27,012     $ 189,218  
Commercial-related:
                                       
Other unfunded commitments to extend credit(a)(b)
    95,487       50,960       25,081       3,617       175,145  
Standby letters of credit and guarantees(a)
    18,141       13,370       5,783       1,564       38,858  
Other letters of credit(a)
    1,632       457       2,164       31       4,284  
 
Total commercial-related
    115,260       64,787       33,028       5,212       218,287  
 
Total lending-related commitments 
  $ 276,320     $ 65,267     $ 33,694     $ 32,224     $ 407,505  
 
     
(a)  
Net of risk participations totaling $17 billion at March 31, 2004.
(b)  
Includes unused advised lines of credit totaling $20 billion at March 31, 2004, which are not legally binding. In regulatory filings with the Federal Reserve Board, unused advised lines are not reportable.
 

 
CREDIT RISK MANAGEMENT
 
The following discussion of JPMorgan Chase’s credit portfolio as of March 31, 2004, focuses primarily on developments since December 31, 2003, and should be read in conjunction with pages 51–65, pages 74–77 and Notes 11, 12, 29 and 30 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report.

The Firm assesses its consumer credit exposure on a managed basis, including credit card securitizations. For a reconciliation of credit costs on an operating, or managed, basis to reported results, see pages 30–32 of this Form 10-Q.

The Firm allocates credit risk capital to the lines of business based upon its assessment of “economic credit exposure,” a non-GAAP financial measure that, in the Firm’s view, represents actual future credit exposure. The principal difference between The Firm’s credit exposure on a reported basis and its economic view of credit exposure relates to the way the Firm views its credit exposure to derivative receivables and lending-related commitments. For further information, refer to pages 60 and 62 of this Form 10-Q.

54


 

 
CREDIT PORTFOLIO
 
The following table presents a summary of the Firm’s credit portfolio for the dates indicated:

Commercial and consumer credit portfolio

                                                 
                                    Approximate allocated
    Credit exposure   Economic credit exposure   credit capital
(in millions)   Mar. 31, 2004   Dec. 31, 2003   Mar. 31, 2004   Dec. 31, 2003   Mar. 31, 2004   Dec. 31, 2003
 
Commercial loans:
                                               
Loans–U.S.(a)
  $ 47,273     $ 52,024     $ 47,273     $ 52,024                  
Loans–Non-U.S.
    31,942       31,073       31,942       31,073                  
 
Total commercial loans(b)
    79,215       83,097       79,215       83,097                  
Consumer loans – reported(b)
    138,415       136,421       138,415       136,421                  
 
Total loans – reported
    217,630       219,518       217,630       219,518                  
Credit card securitizations(c)
    34,478       34,856       34,478       34,856                  
 
Total loans – managed
    252,108       254,374       252,108       254,374                  
Derivative receivables(d)
    58,434       83,751       33,383       34,130                  
Other receivables
    108       108       108       108                  
Commercial lending-related commitments(b)(e)
    218,287       215,758 (j)     106,855       106,872                  
Consumer lending-related commitments
    189,218       176,923       189,218       176,923                  
 
Total credit portfolio
  $ 718,155     $ 730,914     $ 581,672     $ 572,407     $ 10,200     $ 11,600  
 
Memo:
                                               
Total credit portfolio by category
                                               
Total commercial exposure(f)
  $ 356,044     $ 382,714     $ 219,561     $ 224,207                  
Total consumer exposure(g)
    362,111       348,200       362,111       348,200                  
 
Total credit portfolio
  $ 718,155     $ 730,914     $ 581,672     $ 572,407                  
 
Credit derivative hedges notional(h)
  $ (37,107 )   $ (37,282 )   $ (37,107 )   $ (37,282 )   $ (1,200 )   $ (1,300 )
Collateral held against derivative receivables(i)
  $ (9,876 )   $ (36,214 )   NA     NA                  
 
(a)  
Includes $1.7 billion and $5.8 billion at March 31, 2004, and December 31, 2003, respectively, of exposure related to consolidated VIEs in accordance with FIN 46, of which $4.8 billion, at December 31, 2003, is associated with multi-seller asset-backed commercial paper conduits. None of this exposure at March 31, 2004 is associated with multi-seller asset-backed commercial paper conduits.
(b)  
Amounts are presented gross of the allowance for credit losses.
(c)  
Represents securitized credit cards. For a further discussion of credit card securitizations, see Chase Cardmember Services on pages 46–47 of this Form 10-Q.
(d)  
Effective January 1, 2004, derivative receivables Credit exposure takes into account net cash received under credit support annexes to legally enforceable master netting agreements.
(e)  
Includes unused advised lines of credit totaling $20 billion at March 31, 2004, and $19 billion at December 31, 2003, which are not legally binding. In regulatory filings with the Federal Reserve Board, unused advised lines are not reportable.
(f)  
Represents Total commercial loans, derivative receivables, other receivables and commercial lending-related commitments.
(g)  
Represents Total consumer loans, credit card securitizations and consumer lending-related commitments.
(h)  
Represents the notional amount of single-name and portfolio credit derivatives used to manage the credit risk of commercial credit exposure; these derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting under SFAS 133.
(i)  
Effective January 1, 2004, Credit exposure excludes net cash received under credit support annexes to legally enforceable master netting agreements. On an Economic credit exposure basis, collateral is considered “NA” as it is already accounted for in Derivative receivables.
(j)  
Total commitments related to asset-backed commercial paper conduits consolidated in accordance with FIN 46 were $9.8 billion at December 31, 2003, of which $3.5 billion is included in Lending-related commitments. The remaining $6.3 billion of commitments to these VIEs were excluded, as the underlying assets are reported as follows: $4.8 billion in Loans and $1.5 billion in Available-for-sale securities.
 

55


 

JPMorgan Chase’s total credit exposure (including $34 billion of securitized credit cards) totaled $718 billion at March 31, 2004, a decline from $731 billion at year-end 2003. The decrease reflected a 7% reduction in commercial exposure, offset by a 4% increase in consumer exposure.

 
COMMERCIAL CREDIT PORTFOLIO
 
Total commercial exposure was $356 billion at March 31, 2004, compared with $383 billion at December 31, 2003. The $27 billion decline was mainly due to a $25 billion decline in derivative receivables, because, effective January 1, 2004, the Firm elected to net cash paid and received under credit support annexes to legally enforceable master netting agreements. Loans decreased by $4 billion as a result of the deconsolidation of a Firm-sponsored asset-backed commercial paper conduit which was previously consolidated on the Firm’s balance sheet under the guidance of FIN 46; the conduit was deconsolidated due to a restructuring. Lending-related commitments increased by $3 billion; $4 billion was attributable to the deconsolidation of an asset-backed commercial paper conduit, offset by a $1 billion decrease due to deal flow.

Below are summaries of the maturity and ratings profiles of the commercial portfolio as of March 31, 2004, and December 31, 2003. The ratings scale is based on the Firm’s internal risk ratings and is presented on an S&P-equivalent basis.

                                                                                                 
Commercial Exposure   Maturity profile(a)   Ratings profile
                        Investment-grade (“IG”) Noninvestment-grade                 Total %
                                                                        of IG –
                                                    Economic
At March 31, 2004                       AAA   A+   BBB+   BB+   CCC+       Total %   credit
(in billions, except ratios)   <1 year   1–5 years   > 5 years   Total   to AA-   to A-   to BBB-   to B-   & below   Total   of IG   exposure
     
Loans(b)
    51 %     34 %     15 %     100 %   $ 19     $ 10     $ 21     $ 24     $ 5     $ 79       63 %     63 %
Derivative receivables
    20       42       38       100       31       10       9       8       1       59       85       91  
Lending-related commitments(c)
    53       45       2       100       83       61       49       23       2       218       89       88  
     
Total exposure(d)
    47 %     42 %     11 %     100 %   $ 133     $ 81     $ 79     $ 55     $ 8     $ 356       82 %     79 %
     
Credit derivative hedges notional(e)
    21 %     71 %     8 %     100 %   $ (9 )   $ (13 )   $ (12 )   $ (3 )   $     $ (37 )     92 %     92 %
     
                                                                                                 
    Maturity profile(a)   Ratings profile
                        Investment-grade (“IG”) Noninvestment-grade                 Total %
                                                                        of IG –
                                                    Economic
At December 31, 2003                       AAA   A+   BBB+   BB+   CCC+       Total %   credit
(in billions, except ratios)   <1 year   1–5 years   > 5 years   Total   to AA-   to A-   to BBB-   to B-   & below   Total   of IG   exposure
     
Loans(f)
    49 %     37 %     14 %     100 %   $ 20     $ 13     $ 21     $ 23     $ 6     $ 83       65 %     65 %
Derivative receivables
    20       41       39       100       47       15       12       9       1       84       88       91  
Lending-related commitments(c)(g)
    52       45       3       100       80       57       52       25       2       216       88       88  
     
Total exposure(d)
    44 %     43 %     13 %     100 %   $ 147     $ 85     $ 85     $ 57     $ 9     $ 383       83 %     80 %
     
Credit derivative hedges notional(e)
    16 %     74 %     10 %     100 %   $ (10 )   $ (12 )   $ (12 )   $ (2 )   $ (1 )   $ (37 )     92 %     92 %
     
 
(a)  
The maturity profile of loans and lending-related commitments is based upon the remaining contractual maturity. The maturity profile of derivative receivables is based upon the maturity profile of Average exposure. See page 53 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report for a further discussion.
(b)  
Includes $1.7 billion of exposure related to consolidated VIEs in accordance with FIN 46, none of which is associated with multi-seller asset-backed commercial paper conduits. Excluding the impact of FIN 46, the total percentage of investment-grade would remain 63%.
(c)  
Based on Economic credit exposure, the maturity profile for the <1 year, 1–5 years and >5 years would have been 38%, 58% and 4%, respectively, as of March 31, 2004, and December 31, 2003. See page 53 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report for a further discussion of Economic credit exposure.

56


 

 
(d)  
Based on Economic credit exposure, the maturity profile for <1 year, 1–5 years and >5 years would have been 40%, 47% and 13%, respectively, as of March 31, 2004, and 36%, 46% and 18%, respectively, as of December 31, 2003. See page 53 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report for a further discussion.
(e)  
Ratings are based on the underlying referenced assets.
(f)  
Includes $5.8 billion of exposure related to consolidated VIEs in accordance with FIN 46, of which $4.8 billion is associated with multi-seller asset-backed commercial paper conduits. Excluding the impact of FIN 46, the total percentage of investment-grade would have been 62%.
(g)  
Total commitments related to asset-backed commercial paper conduits consolidated in accordance with FIN 46 are $9.8 billion, of which $3.5 billion is included in Lending-related commitments. The remaining $6.3 billion of commitments to these VIEs is excluded, as the underlying assets are reported as follows: $4.8 billion in Loans and $1.5 billion in Available-for-sale securities.
 

(COMMERICAL EXPOSURE RATINGS PROFILE BAR CHART)

As of March 31, 2004, the commercial exposure ratings profile remained relatively stable compared with December 31, 2003.

Commercial Exposure – selected industry concentration
The Firm continues to focus on the management and diversification of its industry concentrations, with particular attention paid to industries with actual or potential credit concerns. The only significant change in reported industry exposure since December 31, 2003, relates to the Firm’s exposure to Commercial banks, which decreased by $19 billion, or 40%, from December 31, 2003, to $28 billion as of March 31, 2004. The decline was primarily the result of the Firm’s election to net cash received under credit support annexes to legally enforceable master netting agreements, which affected derivative receivables. A significant portion of the Firm’s derivatives portfolio is transacted with customers in the commercial banking industry.

57


 

Commercial Criticized Exposure
Exposures deemed criticized generally represent a ratings profile similar to a rating of CCC+/Caa1 and lower, as defined by Standard & Poors/Moody’s. Continuing the trend experienced during 2003, the criticized component of the portfolio declined by $1.5 billion, or 17%, during the first quarter of 2004. The decrease was due to debt repayments and facility upgrades as a result of client recapitalizations, additional security and collateral taken in refinancings, client upgrades from improved financial performance and a lack of migration of new exposures into the portfolio. Also contributing to the decrease were gross charge-offs of $0.2 billion.

(COMMERICAL CRITICIZED EXPOSURE TREND BAR CHART)

Enron-related exposure
The Firm’s exposure to Enron and Enron-related entities was reduced from $609 million at December 31, 2003, to $545 million at March 31, 2004. The decrease was primarily due to the reduction of debtor-in-possession financing. At March 31, 2004, secured exposure of $207 million is performing and reported on an amortized cost basis.

Country Exposure
The selection of countries is based on the materiality of the Firm’s exposure and its view of actual or potentially adverse credit conditions. Exposure amounts are adjusted for credit enhancements (e.g., guarantees and letters of credit) provided by third parties located outside the country if the enhancements fully cover the country risk, as well as the commercial risk. In addition, the benefit of collateral, credit derivatives used to manage commercial exposure, and short debt or equity trading positions are taken into account. Total exposure includes exposure to both government and private-sector entities in a country.

The exposure to Brazil was $2.4 billion and $2.0 billion at March 31, 2004, and December 31, 2003, respectively. The exposure to Mexico was $2.4 billion and $1.5 billion at March 31, 2004, and December 31, 2003, respectively. The increase in exposure to Brazil and Mexico over the prior year-end was due to trading positions, both cross-border and local.

The Firm’s exposures to other countries disclosed in JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report have had immaterial changes in exposure since year-end 2003. Likewise, during the quarter, the credit conditions in these countries remained stable or improved.

58


 

Derivative Contracts
For a further discussion of the derivative contracts utilized by JPMorgan Chase in connection with its trading and end-user activities, see Note 19 of this Form 10-Q, and pages 58–61 and Note 28 on pages 116–117 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report.

The following table summarizes the aggregate notional amounts and the reported derivative receivables (i.e., the MTM or fair value of the derivative contracts after taking into account the effects of legally enforceable master netting agreements) at each of the dates indicated:

Notional amounts and derivative receivables MTM

                                 
    Notional amounts(a)   Derivative receivables MTM
    March 31,     December 31,     March 31,     December 31,  
(in billions)   2004     2003     2004     2003  
 
Interest rate contracts
  $ 32,914     $ 31,252     $ 42     $ 60  
Foreign exchange contracts
    1,653       1,582       5       10  
Equity
    376       328       7       9  
Credit derivatives
    623       578       3       3  
Commodity
    29       24       2       2  
 
Total notional and credit exposure
  $ 35,595     $ 33,764     $ 59 (b)   $ 84  
Collateral held against derivative receivables
  NA     NA       (10) (b)     (36 )
 
Exposure net collateral
  $ 35,595     $ 33,764     $ 49     $ 48  
 
(a)  
The notional amounts represent the gross sum of long and short third-party notional derivative contracts, excluding written options and foreign exchange spot contracts.
(b)  
The Firm held $39 billion of collateral against derivative receivables as of March 31, 2004, consisting of $29 billion in net cash received under credit support annexes to legally enforceable master netting agreements, and $10 billion of other highly liquid collateral. The benefit of the $29 billion is reflected within the $59 billion of derivative receivables MTM. Excluded from these collateral amounts is $9 billion of collateral delivered by clients at the initiation of transactions; this collateral secures exposure that could arise in the existing portfolio of derivatives should the MTM of the client’s transactions move in the Firm’s favor. Also excluded are credit enhancements in the form of letter of credit and surety receivables.
 

The $36 trillion of notional principal of the Firm’s derivative contracts outstanding at March 31, 2004, significantly exceeds, in the Firm’s view, the possible credit losses that could arise from such transactions. For most derivative transactions, the notional principal amount does not change hands; it is simply used as a reference to calculate payments. In terms of current credit risk exposure, the appropriate measure of risk is, in the Firm’s view, the MTM value of the contract. The MTM exposure represents the cost to replace the contracts at current market rates should the counterparty default. When JPMorgan Chase has more than one transaction outstanding with a counterparty, and a legally enforceable master netting agreement exists with the counterparty, the MTM exposure, less collateral held, represents, in the Firm’s view, the appropriate measure of current credit risk with that counterparty as of the reporting date. At March 31, 2004, the MTM value of derivative receivables (after taking into account the effects of legally enforceable master netting agreements and the impact of net cash received under credit support annexes to such legally enforceable master netting agreements) was $59 billion. Further, after taking into account $10 billion of other highly liquid collateral held by the Firm, the net current MTM credit exposure was $49 billion. As of March 31, 2004, based on the MTM value of its derivative receivables and after taking into account the effects of legally enforceable master netting agreements and collateral held, the Firm did not have a concentration to any single derivative receivable counterparty greater than 5%.

While useful as a current view of credit exposure, the net MTM value of derivative receivables does not capture the potential future variability of that credit exposure. To capture this variability, the Firm calculates, on a client-by-client basis, three measures of potential derivatives-related credit loss: Peak, Derivative Risk Equivalent and Average exposure. These measures all incorporate netting and collateral benefits where applicable. The last measure, Average exposure (“AVG”), is used as the basis for the Firm’s Economic view of its credit exposure, upon which it allocates credit capital to the various lines of business. For more information, see page 53 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report. The amount of these measures did not change significantly since December 31, 2003.

59


 

The following table reconciles Derivative receivables on a MTM basis with the Firm’s Economic credit exposure, a non-GAAP financial measure, for the dates indicated:

                 
Reconciliation of Derivative Receivables to Economic Credit Exposure
(in billions)   March 31, 2004     December 31, 2003  
             
Derivative receivables:
               
Derivative receivables MTM
  $ 59     $ 84  
Collateral held against derivatives
    (10 )     (36 )
 
           
Derivative receivables – net current exposure
    49       48  
Reduction in exposure to 3-year average exposure(a)
    (16 )     (14 )
 
           
Economic credit exposure
  $ 33     $ 34  
 
           
 
(a)  
For a discussion of the three year average exposure, see page 53 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report.
 

The MTM value of the Firm’s derivative receivables incorporates a Credit Valuation Adjustment (“CVA”) to reflect the credit quality of counterparties. The CVA was $657 million at March 31, 2004, a slight increase from $635 million at December 31, 2003. The CVA is based on the Firm’s AVG to a counterparty, and on the counterparty’s credit spread in the credit derivatives market. The primary components of changes in CVA are credit spreads, new deal activity or unwinds, and changes in the underlying market environment. For a discussion of the impact of CVA on Trading revenue, see portfolio management activity on page 61 of this Form 10-Q.

The following table summarizes the ratings profile of the Firm’s Consolidated balance sheet derivative receivables MTM, net of cash and other highly liquid collateral, for the dates indicated:

                                 
Ratings profile of derivatives receivables MTM
    March 31, 2004   December 31, 2003
(in millions)   Exposure Net     % of Exposure     Exposure Net     % of Exposure  
Rating equivalent   of Collateral(a)     Net of Collateral     of Collateral     Net of Collateral  
 
AAA to AA-
  $ 25,623       53 %   $ 24,697       52 %
A+ to A-
    8,443       17       7,677       16  
BBB+ to BBB-
    7,509       16       7,564       16  
BB+ to B-
    6,304       13       6,777       14  
CCC+ and below
    679       1       822       2  
 
Total
  $ 48,558       100 %   $ 47,537       100 %
 
(a)  
The Firm held $39 billion of collateral against derivative receivables as of March 31, 2004, consisting of $29 billion in net cash received under credit support annexes to legally enforceable master netting agreements, and $10 billion of other highly liquid collateral. The benefit of the $29 billion is reflected within the $59 billion of derivative receivables MTM. Excluded from these collateral amounts is $9 billion of collateral delivered by clients at the initiation of transactions; this collateral secures exposure that could arise in the existing portfolio of derivatives should the MTM of the client’s transactions move in the Firm’s favor. Also excluded are credit enhancements in the form of letter of credit and surety receivables.
 

The Firm actively pursues the use of collateral agreements to mitigate counterparty credit risk in derivatives. The percentage of the Firm’s derivatives transactions subject to collateral agreements decreased slightly to 75% as of March 31, 2004, from 78% at December 31, 2003. The Firm held $39 billion of collateral as of March 31, 2004 (including $29 billion of net cash received under credit support annexes to legally enforceable master netting agreements), compared with $36 billion as of December 31, 2003. The Firm posted $28 billion of collateral as of March 31, 2004, compared with $27 billion at the end of 2003.

60


 

Certain derivative and collateral agreements include provisions that require both the Firm and the counterparty, upon specified downgrades in their respective credit ratings, to post collateral for the benefit of the other party. The impact on required collateral of a single-notch ratings downgrade to JPMorgan Chase Bank, from its current rating of AA- to A+, would have been an additional $1.3 billion of collateral as of March 31, 2004. The impact of a six-notch ratings downgrade to JPMorgan Chase Bank (from AA- to BBB-) would have been $3.9 billion of additional collateral as of March 31, 2004. Certain derivative contracts also provide for termination of the contract, generally upon JPMorgan Chase Bank being downgraded, at the then-existing MTM value of the derivative receivables.

Use of credit derivatives
The following table presents the Firm’s notional amounts of credit derivatives protection bought and sold as of March 31, 2004, and December 31, 2003:

                                         
Credit derivatives positions
    Portfolio management   Dealer/Client      
    Notional amount   Notional amount      
    Protection     Protection     Protection     Protection        
(in millions)   bought(a)     sold     bought     sold     Total  
 
March 31, 2004
  $ 37,107     $     $ 292,948     $ 292,791     $ 622,846  
December 31, 2003
    37,349       67       264,389       275,888       577,693  
 
(a)  
Includes $2 billion at March 31, 2004, and December 31, 2003, respectively, of portfolio credit derivatives.
 

JPMorgan Chase has limited counterparty exposure as a result of credit derivatives transactions. Of the $59 billion of total derivative receivables at March 31, 2004, approximately $3 billion, or 5%, was associated with credit derivatives, before the benefit of highly liquid collateral. The use of credit derivatives to manage exposures does not reduce the reported level of assets on the balance sheet or the level of reported off–balance sheet commitments.

Portfolio management activity
In managing its commercial credit exposure, the Firm purchases single-name and portfolio credit derivatives. As of March 31, 2004, the notional outstanding amount of protection purchased via single-name and portfolio credit derivatives was $35 billion and $2 billion, respectively. The Firm also diversifies its exposures by providing (i.e., selling) small amounts of credit protection, which increases exposure to industries or clients where the Firm has little or no client-related exposure. This activity is not material to the Firm’s overall credit exposure: at March 31, 2004, no credit protection had been sold, and credit protection sold totaled $67 million in notional exposure at December 31, 2003.

                 
Use of single-name and portfolio credit derivatives   Notional amount of protection bought
(in millions)   March 31, 2004     December 31, 2003  
 
Credit derivatives used to manage risk related to:
               
Loans and lending-related commitments
  $ 23,839     $ 22,471  
Derivative receivables
    13,268       14,878  
 
Total
  $ 37,107     $ 37,349  
 

The credit derivatives used by JPMorgan Chase for its portfolio management activities do not qualify for hedge accounting under SFAS 133, and therefore, effectiveness testing under SFAS 133 is not performed. These derivatives are marked to market in Trading revenue. The MTM value incorporates both the cost of credit derivative premiums and changes in value due to movement in spreads and credit events, whereas the loans and lending-related commitments being risk managed are accounted for on an accrual basis in Net interest income and assessed for impairment in the Provision for credit losses. This asymmetry in accounting treatment, between loans and lending-related commitments and the credit derivatives utilized in portfolio management activities, causes earnings volatility that is not representative of the true changes in value of the Firm’s overall credit exposure. The MTM treatment of both the Firm’s credit derivatives used for managing credit exposure (“short” credit positions) and the CVA, which reflects the credit quality of derivatives counterparty exposure (“long” credit positions), provides some natural offset.

Additionally, commercial credit exposure is actively managed through secondary loan and commitment sales that are not associated with loan syndication activity or securitization activity as described in Note 11 of this Form 10-Q. During the first quarter of 2004, proceeds from the sale of $774 million of loans and $700 million of commitments resulted in a net loss of $8 million. During the same period in 2003, the sale of $607 million of loans and $450 million of commitments resulted in a net loss of $12 million.

61


 

Portfolio management activity in the first quarter of 2004 resulted in $58 million of gains included in Trading revenue. These gains included $26 million related to credit derivatives used to manage the Firm’s credit exposure; of this amount, approximately $21 million was associated with credit derivatives used to manage the risk of accrual lending activities, and the remaining was associated with credit derivatives used to manage the overall derivatives portfolio. The gains were driven by a widening of high-yield credit spreads. Additionally, there were $32 million of gains related to the change in the MTM value of the CVA.

Trading revenue from portfolio management in the first quarter of 2003 resulted in losses of $27 million. The losses consisted of $110 million related to credit derivatives used to manage the Firm’s credit exposure; of this amount, $71 million was associated with credit derivatives used to manage the risk of accrual lending activities, and the remaining was associated with credit derivatives used to manage the risk of the overall derivatives portfolio. The losses were due to an overall global tightening of credit spreads. These losses were offset by $83 million in gains resulting from a decrease in the MTM value of the CVA, the result of spread tightening.

Dealer client activity
As of March 31, 2004, the total notional amounts of protection purchased and sold by the dealer business were both $293 billion. Although the notional amounts were equal as of March 31, 2004, at other times there may be mismatches between these amounts. The mismatch would be the result of the Firm selling protection on large, diversified, predominantly investment-grade portfolios (including the most senior tranches) and then hedging these positions by buying protection on the more subordinated tranches of the same portfolios. In addition, the Firm may use securities to hedge certain derivative positions. Consequently, while there could be a mismatch in notional amounts of credit derivatives, in the Firm’s view, the risk positions are largely matched.

Lending-related commitments
The contractual amount of commercial lending-related commitments was $218 billion at March 31, 2004, compared with $216 billion at December 31, 2003. In the Firm’s view, the total contractual amount of these instruments is not representative of the Firm’s actual credit risk exposure or funding requirements. In determining the amount of credit risk exposure the Firm has to commercial lending-related commitments, which is used as the basis for allocating credit-risk capital to these instruments, the Firm has established a “loan equivalent” amount for each commitment; this represents the portion of the unused commitment or other contingent exposure that is likely, based on average portfolio historical experience, to become outstanding in the event of a default by an obligor.

The following table reconciles the reported contractual amounts of the Firm’s lending-related commitments on a GAAP basis with the Firm’s Economic credit exposure, a non-GAAP financial measure, as of the dates indicated:

                 
Reconciliation of Commercial Lending-Related Commitments to Economic Credit Exposure
(in billions)   March 31, 2004     December 31, 2003  
Commercial lending-related commitments:
               
Reported amount
  $ 218     $ 216  
Loan equivalent (“LEQ”) adjustment(a)
    (111 )     (109 )
 
           
Economic credit exposure
  $ 107     $ 107  
 
           
 
(a)  
For a discussion of LEQ, see page 53 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report.
 

62


 

 
CONSUMER CREDIT PORTFOLIO
 
JPMorgan Chase’s consumer portfolio consists primarily of 1-4 family residential mortgages, credit cards and automobile financings. The consumer portfolio is predominantly U.S.-based. The Firm’s managed consumer portfolio totaled $362 billion at March 31, 2004, an increase of 4% from December 31, 2003. Consumer lending-related commitments increased by 7% to $189 billion at March 31, 2004. The following table presents a summary of consumer credit exposure on a managed basis:
 
                 
Consumer portfolio            
(in millions)   March 31, 2004     December 31, 2003  
 
U.S. consumer:
               
1–4 family residential mortgages – first liens
  $ 54,284     $ 54,460  
Home equity
    21,617       19,252  
 
Total 1–4 family residential mortgages
    75,901       73,712  
Credit card – reported
    15,975       16,793  
Automobile financings
    39,118       38,695  
Other consumer(a)
    7,421       7,221  
 
Total consumer loans-reported
    138,415       136,421  
 
Credit card securitizations(b)
    34,478       34,856  
Consumer lending-related commitments:
               
1–4 family residential mortgages
    35,765       28,846  
Credit cards
    146,116       141,143  
Automobile financings
    2,858       2,603  
Other consumer
    4,479       4,331  
 
Total lending-related commitments
    189,218       176,923  
 
Total consumer credit portfolio
  $ 362,111     $ 348,200  
 
(a)  
Consists of manufactured housing loans, installment loans (direct and indirect types of consumer finance), student loans, unsecured revolving lines of credit and non-U.S. consumer loans.
(b)  
Represents the portion of JPMorgan Chase’s credit card receivables that have been securitized.
 

The following discussion relates to the specific loan and lending-related commitment categories within the consumer portfolio:

Residential Mortgages: Residential mortgage loans are primarily secured by first mortgages and were $75.9 billion at March 31, 2004, a $2.2 billion increase from year-end 2003. At March 31, 2004, the Firm had $2.6 billion of sub-prime residential mortgage loans, of which $2.1 billion were held for sale. At December 31, 2003, sub-prime residential mortgage loans outstanding were $1.9 billion, of which $1.4 billion were held for sale. Lending-related commitments on 1–4 family residential mortgages increased by $6.9 billion, or 24%, due to new business.

Credit Cards: JPMorgan Chase analyzes its credit card portfolio on a managed basis, which includes credit card receivables on the Consolidated balance sheet and those that have been securitized. Managed credit card receivables were approximately $50.5 billion at March 31, 2004, a decrease of 2% compared with year-end 2003. The lower amount of receivables primarily reflects seasonal factors. Lending-related commitments on credit cards increased by $5.0 billion, or 4%, due to new business.

Automobile Financings: Automobile financings increased by $423 million at March 31, 2004, when compared with year-end 2003. This increase was driven by originations of $6.8 billion during the first quarter of 2004, a 24% increase over originations in the fourth quarter of 2003.

Other Consumer: Other consumer loans of $7.4 billion at March 31, 2004, increased by 3% compared with year-end levels.

63


 

Commercial and consumer nonperforming exposure and net charge-offs

The following table presents a summary of credit-related nonperforming, past due and net charge-off information for the dates indicated:

                                                                                 
    Nonperforming   Nonperforming assets   Past due 90 days and                   Average annual
    assets   as a % of total   over and accruing   Net charge-offs   net charge-off rate
    Mar. 31,     Dec. 31,     Mar. 31,     Dec. 31,     Mar. 31,     Dec. 31,     First quarter   First quarter
(in millions, except ratios)   2004     2003     2004     2003     2004     2003     2004     2003     2004     2003  
 
Commercial loans:
                                                                               
Loans–U.S.
  $ 976     $ 1,092       2.06 %     2.10 %   $ 56     $ 41     $ 11     $ 118       0.09 %     0.86 %
Loans–Non-U.S.
    839       947       2.63       3.05       26       5       91       174       1.18       2.07  
 
Total commercial loans(a) (b)
    1,815       2,039       2.29       2.45       82       46       102       292       0.50       1.32  
 
Consumer loans
                                                                               
U.S. consumer:
                                                                               
1–4 family residential mortgages – first liens
    285       291       0.53       0.53                   2       5       0.02       0.04  
Home equity
    59       58       0.27       0.30                   3       2       0.06       0.05  
 
Total residential loans
    344       349       0.45       0.47                   5       7       0.03       0.04  
Credit card – reported(c)
    10       11       0.06       0.07       230       248       257       275       6.30       6.17  
Automobile financings
    107       119       0.27       0.31                   40       46       0.41       0.53  
Other consumer(d)
    58       66       0.78       0.91       19       21       40       50       2.06       2.54  
 
Total consumer loans
    519       545       0.37       0.40       249       269       342       378       1.01       1.21  
 
Total loans reported(b)
    2,334       2,584       1.07       1.18       331       315       444       670       0.82       1.26  
 
Derivative receivables
    240       253       0.41       0.30                   NA       NA       NA       NA  
Other receivables
    108       108       100       100       NA       NA       NA       NA       NA       NA  
Assets acquired in loan satisfactions(e)
    200       216       NA       NA       NA       NA       NA       NA       NA       NA  
 
Total credit-related assets
    2,882       3,161       1.04       1.04       331       315       444       670       0.82       1.26  
Credit card securitizations(f)
                            854       879       473       457       5.53       5.82  
 
Total(g)
  $ 2,882     $ 3,161       0.93 %     0.93 %   $ 1,185     $ 1,194     $ 917     $ 1,127       1.46 %     1.85 %
 
Purchased held for sale commercial loans(h)
  $ 331     $ 22       NA       NA                   NA       NA       NA       NA  
 
Credit derivatives hedges notional(i)
  $ (123 )   $ (123 )     NA       NA       NA       NA       NA       NA       NA       NA  
 
(a)  
Average annual net charge-off rate would have been 0.53% for the quarter ended March 31, 2004, excluding the impact of the adoption of FIN 46.
(b)  
Excludes purchased HFS commercial loans.
(c)  
In connection with charge-offs, during the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003, $107 million and $90 million, respectively, of accrued credit card interest and fees were reversed and recorded as a reduction of interest income and fee revenue.
(d)  
Consists of manufactured housing loans, installment loans (direct and indirect types of consumer finance), student loans, unsecured revolving lines of credit and non-U.S. consumer loans.
(e)  
At March 31, 2004, and December 31, 2003, includes $9 million and $9 million, respectively, of commercial assets acquired in loan satisfactions, and $191 million and $207 million, respectively, of consumer assets acquired in loan satisfactions.
(f)  
Represents securitized credit cards. For a further discussion of credit card securitizations, see page 41 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report.
(g)  
At March 31, 2004, and December 31, 2003, excludes $2.1 billion and $2.3 billion, respectively, of residential mortgage receivables in foreclosure status that are insured by government agencies. These amounts are excluded as reimbursement is proceeding normally.
(h)  
Represents distressed commercial loans purchased as part of IB’s proprietary investing activities.
(i)  
Represents the notional amount of single-name and portfolio credit derivatives used to manage the credit risk of commercial credit exposure; these derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting under SFAS 133.
 
Total nonperforming assets (excluding purchased held-for-sale commercial loans) were $2.9 billion at March 31, 2004, a decline of $279 million, or 9%, from December 31, 2003. The decline was primarily in the commercial portfolio, as a result of gross charge-offs of $184 million taken during the quarter. Commercial loan net charge-offs for the three months ended March 31, 2004, were

64


 

$102 million, including $82 million of recoveries, compared with $292 million of net charge-offs for the three months ended March 31, 2003. The charge-off rate for commercial loans was 0.50% for the first quarter of 2004, compared with 0.04% for the fourth quarter of 2003 and 1.32% for the first quarter of 2003. Commercial net charge-offs in 2004 are expected to decline, but at a slower pace than the decline experienced in the second half of 2003.

For Credit Card loans on a reported basis, the net charge-off rate for the first quarter of 2004 was 6.30%, compared with 6.17% for the first quarter of 2003 and down from 6.66% for the fourth quarter of 2003. Although net charge-offs in the first quarter of 2004 were lower than in the prior-year period, the increase in the net charge-off rate was driven by a lower average balance. Likewise, the credit card loan net charge-off rate on the securitized credit card portfolio for the three months ended March 31, 2004, was 5.53%, down from 5.82% in the first quarter of 2003. The decrease was due to an average balance that increased at a rate greater than the increase in net charge-offs during the first quarter of 2004. Management expects consumer net charge-off rates to remain stable for the next several quarters.

Summary of changes in the allowance for credit losses

                                                                 
    2004   2003
(in millions)   Commercial     Consumer     Residual     Total     Commercial     Consumer     Residual     Total  
 
Loans:
                                                               
Beginning balance at January 1
  $ 1,371     $ 2,257     $ 895     $ 4,523     $ 2,216     $ 2,360     $ 774     $ 5,350  
Net charge-offs
    (102 )     (342 )           (444 )     (292 )     (378 )           (670 )
Provision for loan losses
    (141 )     262       (79 )     42       194       411       65       670  
Other
    (1 )                 (1 )           (138 )(c)     3       (135 )
 
Ending balance at March 31
  $ 1,127 (a)   $ 2,177     $ 816     $ 4,120     $ 2,118 (a)   $ 2,255     $ 842     $ 5,215  
 
Lending-related commitments:
                                                               
Beginning balance at January 1
  $ 277     $     $ 47     $ 324     $ 324           $ 39     $ 363  
Provision for lending- related commitments
    (27 )                 (27 )     65             8       73  
 
Ending balance at March 31
  $ 250 (b)   $     $ 47     $ 297     $ 389 (b)         $ 47     $ 436  
 
(a)  
Includes $716 million and $411 million of commercial specific and commercial expected loss components, respectively, at March 31, 2004. Includes $1,528 million and $590 million of commercial specific and commercial expected loss components, respectively, at March 31, 2003.
(b)  
Includes $146 million and $104 million of commercial specific and commercial expected loss components, respectively, at March 31, 2004. Includes $305 million and $84 million of commercial specific and commercial expected loss components, respectively, at March 31, 2003.
(c)  
Represents the transfer of the allowance for accrued fees on securitized credit card loans.
 
                                                                 
Credit costs            
For the three months            
ended March 31,   2004   2003
(in millions)   Commercial     Consumer     Residual     Total     Commercial     Consumer     Residual     Total  
 
Provision for loan losses
  $ (141 )   $ 262     $ (79 )   $ 42     $ 194     $ 411     $ 65     $ 670  
Provision for lending- related commitments
    (27 )                 (27 )     65             8       73  
Securitized credit losses
          473             473             457             457  
 
Total managed credit costs
  $ (168 )   $ 735     $ (79 )   $ 488     $ 259     $ 868     $ 73     $ 1,200  
 

Overall: The allowance for credit losses decreased from December 31, 2003, to March 31, 2004 reflecting declines across all components of the allowance.

Loans: JPMorgan Chase’s allowance for loan losses is intended to cover probable credit losses as of March 31, 2004, for which either the asset is not specifically identified or the size of the loss has not been fully determined. The allowance has both specific and expected loss components and a residual component. As of March 31, 2004, management deemed the allowance to be adequate (i.e., sufficient to absorb losses that currently may exist but are not yet identifiable). The allowance for loan losses declined by $403 million from year-end 2003 and $1.1 billion from March 31, 2003.

65


 

The commercial specific loss component of the allowance was $716 million at March 31, 2004, a decrease of $201 million, or 22%, from year-end 2003. The decrease was primarily attributable to reduced credit exposure as well as charge-offs taken.

The commercial expected loss component of the allowance was $411 million at March 31, 2004, a decrease of $43 million, or 9%, from year-end 2003. The decrease reflected improvement in credit quality.

The consumer expected loss component of the allowance was $2.2 billion at March 31, 2004, a decline of $80 million, or 4%, from year-end 2003. The decrease was primarily attributable to reduced credit card balances, which experienced seasonal highs at year-end 2003, as well as lower manufactured housing net charge-off rates.

The residual component of the allowance was $816 million at March 31, 2004, a decrease of $79 million from year-end 2003. The reduction was a result of complying with the Firm’s internal policy of maintaining the residual component within a target range of 10% to 20% of the total allowance, including the residual component. At March 31, 2004, the residual component represented approximately 20% of the total allowance for loan losses. The formula-based commercial specific and expected components do not consider uncertainties in the economic environment or the impact of concentrations in the commercial loan portfolio. These uncertainties are addressed by the residual component of the allowance, which incorporates management’s judgment. If current trends in commercial loan quality continue, the Firm’s policies may require a further reduction in the overall allowance, including the residual component.

Lending-related commitments: To provide for the risk of loss inherent in the Firm’s process of extending credit, management also computes specific and expected loss components, as well as a residual component, for commercial lending-related commitments. These are computed using a methodology similar to that used for the commercial loan portfolio, modified for expected maturities and probabilities of drawdown. This allowance, which is reported in Other liabilities, was $297 million, $324 million and $436 million at March 31, 2004, December 31, 2003, and March 31, 2003, respectively. The allowance for lending-related commitments decreased by $27 million during the three months ended March 31, 2004, due to improvement in the credit quality of the portfolio.

 
MARKET RISK MANAGEMENT
 

Risk management process

For a discussion of the Firm’s market risk management organization, see pages 66-67 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report.

Value-at-Risk

JPMorgan Chase’s statistical risk measure, VAR, gauges the potential loss from adverse market moves in an ordinary market environment and provides a consistent cross-business measure of risk profiles and levels of risk diversification. Each business day, the Firm undertakes a comprehensive VAR calculation that includes both trading and nontrading activities, including the private equity business. The Firm calculates VAR using a one-day time horizon and a 99% confidence level. This means the Firm would expect to incur losses greater than that predicted by VAR estimates only once every 100 trading days, or about 2.5 times a year. For the quarter ended March 31, 2004, there were no days on which actual Firmwide market risk-related losses exceeded corporate VAR. For a further discussion of the Firm’s VAR methodology, see pages 67-68 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report.

The table below shows trading VAR by risk type. Details of the VAR exposures are discussed in the Trading Risk section below.

 

Trading VAR by risk type

                                 
    Three Months Ended March 31, 2004      
    Average     Minimum     Maximum        
(in millions)   VAR     VAR     VAR     At March 31, 2004  
 
                       
By risk type:
                               
Interest rate
  $ 84.0     $ 58.8     $ 108.6     $ 58.8  
Foreign exchange
    22.2       11.5       32.5       28.4  
Equities
    40.6       27.8       57.8       27.8  
Commodities
    2.5       1.4       3.9       1.5  
Hedge fund investment(a)
    5.7       5.5       5.8       5.6  
Less: portfolio diversification
    (49.5 )     NM (c)     NM (c)     (38.1 )
 
                       
Total Trading VAR(b)
  $ 105.5     $ 84.0     $ 134.1     $ 84.0  
 
                       

66


 


 

 
                                 
    Three Months Ended December 31, 2003      
    Average     Minimum     Maximum        
(in millions)   VAR     VAR     VAR     At December 31, 2003  
 
                       
By risk type:
                               
Interest rate
  $ 75.8     $ 56.8     $ 101.4     $ 83.7  
Foreign exchange
    20.3       15.8       27.5       23.5  
Equities
    40.9       9.3       51.6       45.6  
Commodities
    2.7       1.7       4.8       3.3  
Hedge fund investments(a)
    5.4       4.8       5.6       5.5  
Less: portfolio diversification
    (50.6 )     NM (c)     NM (c)     (58.4 )
 
                       
Total Trading VAR(b)
  $ 94.5     $ 65.8     $ 114.7     $ 103.2  
 
                       
 
(a)  
Represents investment in numerous hedge funds that are diversified by strategic goals, investment strategies, industry concentrations, portfolio size and management styles. They are passive, long-term investments made by JPMorgan Chase, generally as a limited partner, and are marked to market. Individual hedge funds may have exposure to interest rate, foreign exchange, equity and commodity risk within their portfolio risk structures.
(b)  
Amounts exclude VAR related to the Firm’s private equity business. For a discussion of Private equity risk management, see page 74 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report.
(c)  
Designated as NM because the minimum and maximum may occur on different days for different risk components, and hence it is not meaningful to compute a portfolio diversification effect. In addition, JPMorgan Chase’s average and period-end VARs are less than the sum of the VARs of its market risk components, due to risk offsets resulting from portfolio diversification.
 

Trading risk

The largest contributor to trading VAR in the first quarter of 2004 was interest rate risk, which includes credit spread risk. Before portfolio diversification, interest rate risk accounted for roughly 54% of the average Trading Portfolio VAR. The diversification effect, which on average reduced the daily average Trading Portfolio VAR by $49.5 million in the first quarter, reflects the fact that the largest losses for different positions and risks do not typically occur at the same time. The risk of a portfolio of positions is therefore usually less than the sum of the risks of the positions themselves. The degree of diversification is determined both by the extent to which different market variables tend to move together, and by the extent to which different businesses have similar positions.

Average trading VAR rose to $105.5 million from $94.5 million in the previous quarter. The increase was driven by a rise in interest rate VAR, primarily due to increased risk positions, greater market volatility and higher correlation between lines of business.

In contrast, period-end VAR declined to $84.0 million at March 31, 2004, from $103.2 million at December 31, 2003, primarily driven by a decrease in interest rate VAR due to reduced risk positions and lower correlation between lines of business.

For a complete discussion of the Firm’s Trading Risk, see page 70 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report.

VAR backtesting

To evaluate the soundness of its VAR model, the Firm conducts daily backtesting of VAR against actual financial results, based on daily market risk-related revenue. Market risk-related revenue is defined as the daily change in value of the mark-to-market trading portfolios plus any trading-related net interest income, brokerage commissions, underwriting fees or other revenue.

The Firm’s definition of market risk-related revenue is consistent with the Federal Reserve Board’s implementation of the Basel Committee’s market risk capital rules. The histogram below illustrates the Firm’s daily market risk-related revenue for trading businesses for the first quarter of 2004. The chart shows that the Firm posted positive daily market risk-related revenue on 61 out of 64 days in the first quarter, with five days exceeding $100 million. The inset graph looks at those days on which the Firm experienced trading losses and depicts the amount by which the VAR exceeded the actual loss on each of those days. Losses were sustained on three days, with no loss greater than $10.6 million, below the losses predicted by the VAR measure.

67


 

(BAR CHART)

Economic-value stress testing

While VAR reflects the risk of loss due to unlikely events in normal markets, stress testing captures the Firm’s exposure to unlikely but plausible events in abnormal markets. JPMorgan Chase performs a number of different scenario-based stress tests monthly. Three corporate-wide stress tests are performed on all business lines with trading activity. Scenarios are continually reviewed and updated to reflect changes in the Firm’s risk profile and economic events.

The following table represents the worst-case potential economic-value stress-test loss (pre-tax) in the Firm’s trading portfolio as predicted by stress-test scenarios:

Trading economic value stress-test loss results – pre-tax

                                                                 
For the three months                          
ended   March 31, 2004           December 31, 2003      
          At         At  
(in millions)   Avg.   Min.   Max.   March 11   Avg.   Min.   Max.   Dec. 4
 
Stress-test loss – pre-tax
  $ (779 )   $ (522 )   $ (1,158 )   $ (1,158 )   $ (459 )   $ (366 )   $ (574 )   $ (436 )
 

The worst-case results of the three corporate-wide stress tests are shown above. These scenarios are based on historical events and incorporate economic relationships among market prices. The March 11, 2004 and the first quarter 2004 maximum and minimum results are from the “Equity Market Collapse” stress scenario, which is broadly modeled on the events of October 1987. Under this scenario, there is a significant equity sell-off along with a decline in credit prices and interest rates rally in major currencies. Results from March 11 reflect equity cash underwriting and options positions held by the Firm on that date, which led to losses under the “Equity Market Collapse” stress scenario. Positions that drove the stress-test results subsequently declined and were materially lower at the end of the first quarter of 2004.

The December 4, 2003, results are also from the “Equity Market Collapse” scenario. The fourth quarter 2003 maximum and minimum results are from the “Bond Market Collapse” stress scenario. Under this stress scenario, interest rates rise sharply in major currencies, accompanied by moderate credit spread widening and equity price declines. For a further discussion of the Firm’s stress testing methodology, see pages 68-69 of the 2003 Annual Report.

68


 

The Firm conducts simulations of NII for its nontrading activities under a variety of interest rate scenarios, which are consistent with the scenarios used for economic-value stress testing. NII stress tests measure the potential change in the Firm’s NII over the next 12 months. These stress tests highlight exposures to various rate-sensitive factors, such as the rates themselves (e.g., the prime lending rate), pricing strategies on deposits and changes in product mix. The stress tests also take into account forecasted balance sheet changes, such as asset sales and securitizations, as well as prepayment and reinvestment behavior.

The following table shows the change in the Firm’s NII over the next 12 months that would result from uniform increases or decreases of 100 basis points in all interest rates. For the quarter ended March 31, 2004, JPMorgan Chase’s largest potential NII stress-test loss was estimated at $209 million, primarily the result of increased funding costs associated with a +100 basis-points parallel change. JPMorgan Chase’s NII stress-test loss of $102 million for a -100 basis-points parallel change is primarily the result of potential compression in deposit spreads associated with a further interest rate decline in a low rate environment.

Nontrading NII stress-test loss results – pre-tax

                 
March 31, (in millions)   2004     2003  
 
+ 100bp parallel change
  $ (209 )   $ 24  
- 100bp parallel change
    (102 )     (292 )
 

However, JPMorgan Chase believes that the standard +100/-100 basis-points parallel change stress-test scenarios do not adequately reflect the actual complexity of markets. To that end, the Firm also applies several additional scenarios to test how NII would change in response to unlikely but plausible events in abnormal markets. The worse-case stress-test loss scenario simulates the yield curve and spread changes that occurred during 1994, when the Federal Open Market Committee raised interest rates six times for a total of 250 basis points. This scenario indicates that the Firm’s U.S. dollar NII stress-test loss would be approximately $125 million.

Other statistical and nonstatistical risk measures

For a discussion of the Firm’s other risk measures, see page 69 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report.

Capital allocation for market risk

For a discussion of the Firm’s capital allocation for market risk, see page 71 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report.

Risk monitoring and control

For a discussion of the Firm’s risk monitoring and control process, including limits, qualitative risk assessments, model review, and policies and procedures, see pages 71-72 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report.

 
OPERATIONAL RISK MANAGEMENT
 
For a discussion of JPMorgan Chase’s operational risk management, refer to pages 72-74 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report.

 
PRIVATE EQUITY RISK MANAGEMENT
 
For a discussion of JPMorgan Chase’s private equity risk management, refer to page 74 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report. While JPMorgan Chase computes VAR on its public equity holdings, the potential loss calculated by VAR may not be indicative of the loss potential for these holdings due to the fact that most of the positions are subject to sale restrictions and, often, represent significant concentration of ownership. Because VAR assumes that positions can be exited in a normal market, JPMorgan Chase believes that the VAR for public equity holdings does not necessarily represent the true value-at-risk for these holdings.

 
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
 
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the Supervision and Regulation section on pages 1-5 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Form 10-K.

Dividends

JPMorgan Chase’s bank subsidiaries could pay dividends to their respective bank holding companies, without the approval of their relevant banking regulators, in amounts up to the limitations imposed upon such banks by regulatory restrictions. These limitations, in the aggregate, totaled approximately $5.1 billion at March 31, 2004.

69


 


 

 
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES USED BY THE FIRM
 

The Firm’s accounting policies and use of estimates are integral to understanding the reported results. The Firm’s most complex accounting estimates require management’s judgment to ascertain the valuation of assets and liabilities. The Firm has established detailed policies and control procedures intended to ensure that valuation methods, including any judgments made as part of such methods, are well controlled, independently reviewed and applied consistently from period to period. In addition, the policies and procedures are intended to ensure that the process for changing methodologies occurs in an appropriate manner. The Firm believes its estimates for determining the valuation of its assets and liabilities are appropriate. For a further description of the Firm’s critical accounting estimates involving significant management valuation judgments, see pages 74-77 and the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report.

Allowance for Credit Losses

The Firm’s allowance for loan losses is sensitive to the risk rating assigned to a loan. Assuming, for all commercial loans, a one-notch downgrade in the Firm’s internal risk ratings, the allowance for loan losses for commercial loans would increase by approximately $450 million at March 31, 2004. Furthermore, assuming a 10% increase in the loss severity on all downgraded noncriticized loans, the allowance for commercial loans would increase by approximately $50 million at March 31, 2004. These sensitivity analyses are hypothetical and should be used with caution. The purpose of these analyses is to provide an indication of the impact risk ratings and loss severity have on the estimate of the allowance for loan losses for commercial loans. It is not intended to imply management’s expectation of future deterioration in risk ratings or changes in loss severity. Given the process the Firm follows in determining risk ratings of its loans and assessing loss severity, management believes the risk ratings and loss severity currently assigned to commercial loans are appropriate. Furthermore, the likelihood of a one-notch downgrade for all commercial loans within a short time frame is remote.

Trading and Available-for-Sale Portfolios

The following table summarizes the Firm’s trading and available-for-sale portfolios by valuation methodology at March 31, 2004:

 
                                         
    Trading Assets   Trading Liabilities      
    Securities             Securities             AFS  
    purchased(a)     Derivatives(b)     sold(a)     Derivatives(b)     securities  
 
Fair value based on:
                                       
Quoted market prices
    91 %     3 %     94 %     2 %     93 %
Internal models with significant observable market parameters
    8       96       4       97       3  
Internal models with significant unobservable market parameters
    1       1       2       1       4  
 
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
 
(a)  
Reflected as debt and equity instruments on the Firm’s Consolidated balance sheet.
(b)  
Based on gross mark-to-market valuations of the Firm’s derivatives portfolio prior to netting positions pursuant to FIN 39, as cross-product netting is not relevant to an analysis based upon valuation methodologies.
 

MSRs and certain other retained interests

For a discussion of the most significant assumptions used to value these retained interests, as well as the applicable stress tests for those assumptions, see Notes 13 and 16 on pages 100-103 and 107-109, respectively, of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report.

 
ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING DEVELOPMENTS
 

Consolidation of variable interest entities

In December 2003, the FASB issued a revision to FIN 46 (“FIN 46R”) to address various technical corrections and implementation issues that have arisen since the issuance of FIN 46. Effective March 31, 2004, JPMorgan Chase implemented FIN 46R for all variable interest entities (VIEs), excluding certain investments made by JPMP. For further details regarding FIN 46, refer to Note 12 on pages 14-16 of this Form 10-Q.

Impairment of available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities

In March 2004, the EITF reached a consensus on EITF Issue 03-1, determining the meaning of other-than-temporary impairment and its application to investments classified as either available-for-sale or held-to-maturity under SFAS 115 (including individual securities and investments in mutual funds) and to investments accounted for under the cost method. The provisions of this EITF are effective for reporting periods beginning after June 15, 2004; thus, the Firm will implement the new provisions effective July 1,

70


 

2004. The Firm does not believe that the application of EITF Issue 03-1 will have a material impact on the Firm’s Consolidated financial statements.

Accounting for certain loans or debt securities acquired in a transfer

In December 2003, the AICPA issued Statement of Position 03-3 (“SOP 03-3”), Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer. SOP 03-3 provides guidance on the accounting for differences between contractual and expected cash flows from the purchaser’s initial investment in loans or debt securities acquired in a transfer, if those differences are attributable, at least in part, to credit quality. Among other things, SOP 03-3: (1) prohibits the recognition of the excess of contractual cash flows over expected cash flows as an adjustment of yield, loss accrual or valuation allowance at the time of purchase; (2) requires that subsequent increases in expected cash flows be recognized prospectively through an adjustment of yield; and (3) requires that subsequent decreases in expected cash flows be recognized as an impairment. In addition, SOP 03-3 prohibits the creation or carrying over of a valuation allowance in the initial accounting of all loans within its scope that are acquired in a transfer. SOP 03-3 becomes effective for loans or debt securities acquired in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2004.

Accounting for interest rate lock commitments (“IRLCs”)

IRLCs associated with mortgages to be held for sale represent commitments to extend credit at specified interest rates. On March 9, 2004, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 105 – Application of Accounting Principles to Loan Commitments (“SAB 105”), which summarizes the views of the SEC staff regarding the application of GAAP to loan commitments accounted for as derivative instruments. SAB 105 states that the value of the servicing asset should not be included in the estimate of fair value of IRLCs. SAB 105 is applicable for all IRLCs accounted for as derivatives and entered into on or after April 1, 2004.

Prior to April 1, 2004, JPMorgan Chase recorded IRLCs at estimated fair value. The fair value of IRLCs included an estimate of the value of the loan servicing right inherent in the underlying loan, net of the estimated costs to close the loan. Beginning April 1, 2004, and as a result of SAB 105, there will be no fair value assigned to IRLCs on the date they are entered into, with any initial expected gain being recognized upon the sale of the resultant loan. Also in connection with SAB 105, the Firm will record any changes in the value of the IRLCs excluding the servicing asset component due to changes in interest rates after they are locked. Adopting SAB 105 will not have a material impact on the Firm’s Consolidated financial statements.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

In June 2003, the Securities and Exchange Commission adopted final rules under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Section 404”). Commencing with its 2004 Annual Report, JPMorgan Chase will be required to include a report of management of the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting.

The internal control report must include a statement: of management’s responsibility for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Firm; of management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting as of year-end; of the framework used by management to evaluate the effectiveness of the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting; and that the Firm’s independent accounting firm has issued an attestation report on management’s assessment of the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting, which report is also required to be filed as part of the Annual Report. The Firm intends to be in compliance with the requirements of Section 404 when they become effective in 2004.

71


 

J.P. MORGAN CHASE & CO.
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
(in millions, except per share data, ratios and employees)

                                         
                            First quarter change
Selected income statement data   1Q 2004     4Q 2003     1Q 2003     4Q 2003     1Q 2003  
 
                             
Revenue
  $ 8,977     $ 8,068     $ 8,406       11 %     7 %
Provision for credit losses
    15       139       743       (89 )     (98 )
Noninterest expense
    6,059       5,220       5,541       16       9  
Income tax expense
    973       845       722       15       35  
Net income
  $ 1,930     $ 1,864     $ 1,400       4       38  
Per common share:
                                       
Net income per share
                                       
Basic
  $ 0.94     $ 0.92     $ 0.69       2       36  
Diluted
    0.92       0.89       0.69       3       33  
Cash dividends declared
    0.34       0.34       0.34              
Book value at period end
    22.62       22.10       20.73       2       9  
Average common shares outstanding:
                                       
Basic
    2,032.3       2,016.2       1,999.8       1       2  
Diluted
    2,092.7       2,079.3       2,021.9       1       4  
Common shares at period-end
    2,081.7       2,042.6       2,030.0       2       3  
Financial ratios(a)
                                       
Return on average assets
    1.01 %     0.95 %     0.73 %     6 bp     28 bp
Return on average common equity
    17       17       13             400  
Common dividend payout ratio
    38       38       50             (1,200 )
Effective income tax rate
    34       31       34       300        
Overhead ratio
    67       65       66       200       100  
Capital ratios
                                       
Tier 1 capital ratio
    8.4 %     8.5 %     8.4 %     (10) bp     bp
Total capital ratio
    11.4       11.8       12.2       (40 )     (80 )
Tier 1 leverage ratio
    5.9       5.6       5.0       30       90  
Selected balance sheet items:
                                       
Net loans
  $ 213,510     $ 214,995     $ 212,256       (1 )%     1 %
Total assets
    801,078       770,912       755,156       4       6  
Deposits
    336,886       326,492       300,667       3       12  
Long-term debt(b)
    56,794       54,782       48,290       4       18  
Common stockholders’ equity
    47,092       45,145       42,075       4       12  
Total stockholders’ equity
    48,101       46,154       43,084       4       12  
Full-time equivalent employees
    93,285       93,453       93,878             (1 )
Share price:(c)
                                       
High
  $ 43.84     $ 36.99     $ 28.29       19       55  
Low
    36.30       34.45       20.13       5       80  
Close
    41.95       36.73       23.71       14       77  
 
(a)  
Based on annualized amounts.
(b)  
Includes Junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures held by trusts that issued guaranteed capital debt securities and Guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in capital debt securities issued by consolidated trusts. Excludes $2.9 billion and $2.4 billion of FIN 46 long-term beneficial interests at March 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003, respectively, included in Beneficial interests issued by consolidated variable interest entities on the Consolidated balance sheet.
(c)  
JPMorgan Chase’s common stock is listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange, the London Stock Exchange Limited and the Tokyo Stock Exchange. The high, low and closing prices of JPMorgan Chase’s common stock are from the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transaction Tape.
 

72


 

J.P. MORGAN CHASE & CO.
CONSOLIDATED AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET, INTEREST AND RATES
(Taxable-Equivalent Interest and Rates; in millions, except rates)

                                                 
    First Quarter 2004   First Quarter 2003
    Average             Rate     Average             Rate  
    Balance     Interest     (Annualized)     Balance     Interest     (Annualized)  
 
                                   
ASSETS
                                               
Deposits with Banks
  $ 21,535     $ 87       1.62 %   $ 9,998     $ 63       2.58 %
Federal Funds Sold and Securities Purchased under Resale Agreements
    82,555       307       1.49       87,657       474       2.19  
Securities Borrowed
    48,609       94       0.77       38,654       97       1.02  
Trading Assets – Debt and Equity Instruments
    166,389       1,800       4.35       161,753       1,850       4.64  
Securities: Available-for-sale
    63,726       667       4.21 (a)     83,864       955       4.62 (a)
Held-to-maturity
    266       3       4.43       390       8       8.78  
Loans
    217,478       2,533       4.69       215,882       2,835       5.32  
 
                                       
Total Interest-Earning Assets
    600,558       5,491       3.68       598,198       6,282       4.26  
Allowance for Loan Losses
    (4,486 )                     (5,498 )                
Cash and Due from Banks
    20,255                       16,718                  
Trading Assets – Derivative Receivables
    58,956                       86,447                  
Other Assets
    96,035                       82,373                  
 
                                           
Total Assets
  $ 771,318                     $ 778,238                  
 
                                           
LIABILITIES
                                               
Interest-Bearing Deposits
  $ 238,206     $ 814       1.37 %   $ 225,389     $ 1,068       1.92 %
Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold under Repurchase Agreements
    145,370       448       1.24       191,163       726       1.54  
Commercial Paper
    13,153       31       0.96       14,254       46       1.30  
Other Borrowings(b)
    80,388       913       4.57       68,453       842       4.99  
Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs(c)
    9,764       39       1.60       NA       NA       NA  
Long-Term Debt
    53,574       403       3.02       46,001       366       3.23  
 
                                       
Total Interest-Bearing Liabilities
    540,455       2,648       1.97       545,260       3,048       2.27  
 
                                           
Noninterest-Bearing Deposits
    76,147                       74,345                  
Trading Liabilities – Derivative Payables
    53,223                       67,156                  
All Other Liabilities, Including the Allowance for Lending- Related Commitments
    54,666                       48,610                  
 
                                           
Total Liabilities
    724,491                       735,371                  
 
                                           
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                                               
Preferred Stock
    1,009                       1,009                  
Common Stockholders’ Equity
    45,818                       41,858                  
 
                                           
Total Stockholders’ Equity
    46,827                       42,867                  
 
                                           
Total Liabilities, Preferred Stock of Subsidiary and Stockholders’ Equity
  $ 771,318                     $ 778,238                  
 
                                           
INTEREST RATE SPREAD
                    1.71 %                     1.99 %
 
                                           
NET INTEREST INCOME AND NET YIELD ON INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS
          $ 2,843       1.90 %           $ 3,234       2.19 %
 
                                       
 
(a)  
For the three months ended March 31, 2004, and March 31, 2003, the annualized rate for available-for-sale securities based on amortized cost was 4.22% and 4.70%, respectively.
(b)  
Includes securities sold but not yet purchased.
(c)  
Not applicable for periods prior to the Firm’s adoption of FIN 46 on July 1, 2003.
 

73


 

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

AICPA: American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

Asset capital tax: Capital allocated to each business segment based on its average asset level and certain off–balance sheet credit-related exposures; reflects the need for the Firm to maintain minimum leverage ratios to meet bank regulatory definitions of “well capitalized.”

Assets under management: Represent assets managed by Investment Management & Private Banking on behalf of institutional, retail and private banking clients.

Assets under supervision: Represent assets under management as well as custody, brokerage, administration and deposit accounts.

Average allocated capital: Represents the portion of average common stockholders’ equity allocated to the business segments, based on their respective risks. The total average allocated capital of all business segments equals the total average common stockholders’ equity of the Firm.

Average goodwill capital: The Firm allocates capital to businesses equal to 100% of the carrying value of goodwill. Average goodwill capital is equal to the average carrying value of goodwill.

Average managed assets: Includes credit card receivables that have been securitized.

Average tangible allocated capital: Average allocated capital less the average capital allocated for goodwill.

bp: Denotes basis points; 100 bp equals 1%.

Credit derivatives are contractual agreements that provide protection against a credit event of one or more referenced credits. The nature of a credit event is established by the protection buyer and protection seller at the inception of a transaction, and such events include bankruptcy, insolvency and failure to meet payment obligations when due. The buyer of the credit derivative pays a periodic fee in return for a payment by the protection seller upon the occurrence, if any, of a credit event.

Credit risk: Risk of loss from obligor or counterparty default.

Criticized: An indication of credit quality based on JPMorgan Chase’s internal risk assessment system. “Criticized” assets generally represent a risk profile similar to a rating of a CCC+/Caa1 or lower, as defined by the independent rating agencies.

EITF: Emerging Issues Task Force.

EITF Issue 03-1: “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments.”

FASB: Financial Accounting Standards Board.

FIN 39: FASB Interpretation No. 39, “Offsetting of Amounts Related to Certain Contracts.”

FIN 45: FASB Interpretation No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirement for Guarantees, including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others.”

FIN 46: FASB Interpretation No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51.”

Foreign exchange contracts are contracts that provide for the future receipt and delivery of foreign currency at previously agreed-upon terms.

Interest rate options, including caps and floors, are contracts to modify interest rate risk in exchange for the payment of a premium when the contract is initiated. A writer of interest rate options receives a premium in exchange for bearing the risk of unfavorable changes in interest rates. Conversely, a purchaser of an option pays a premium for the right, but not the obligation, to buy or sell a financial instrument or currency at predetermined terms in the future.

Investment-grade: An indication of credit quality based on JPMorgan Chase’s internal risk assessment system. “Investment-grade” generally represents a risk profile similar to a rating of a BBB-/Baa3 or better, as defined by independent rating agencies.

Liquidity risk: The risk of being unable to fund a portfolio of assets at appropriate maturities and rates, and the risk of being unable to liquidate a position in a timely manner at a reasonable price.

Managed credit card receivables: Refers to credit card receivables on the Firm’s balance sheet plus credit card receivables that have been securitized.

Mark-to-market exposure: Mark-to-market exposure is a measure, at a point in time, of the value of a derivative or foreign exchange contract in the open market. When the mark-to-market value is positive, it indicates the counterparty owes JPMorgan

74


 

Chase and, therefore, creates a repayment risk for the Firm. When the mark-to-market value is negative, JPMorgan Chase owes the counterparty. In this situation, the Firm does not have repayment risk.

Market risk: The potential loss in value of portfolios and financial instruments caused by movements in market variables, such as interest and foreign exchange rates, credit spreads, and equity and commodity prices.

Master netting agreement: An agreement between two counterparties that have multiple derivative contracts with each other that provides for the net settlement of all contracts through a single payment, in a single currency, in the event of default on or termination of any one contract. See FIN 39.

NA: Not applicable.

Net yield on interest-earning assets: The average rate for interest-earning assets less the average rate paid for all sources of funds.

NM: Not meaningful.

Operating (Managed) Basis or Operating Earnings: In addition to analyzing the Firm’s results on a reported basis, management looks at results on an “operating basis,” which is a non-GAAP financial measure. The definition of operating basis starts with the reported U.S. GAAP results. In the case of the Investment Bank, the operating basis includes the reclassification of net interest income related to trading activities to Trading revenue. In the case of Chase Financial Services and Chase Cardmember Services, “operating” or “managed” basis excludes the impact of credit card securitizations. These adjustments do not change JPMorgan Chase’s reported net income.

Operational risk: The risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed processes or systems, human factors or external events.

Other Consumer Loans: Consists of manufactured housing loans, installment loans (direct and indirect types of consumer finance), student loans, unsecured revolving lines of credit and non-U.S. consumer loans.

Overhead ratio: Noninterest expense as a percentage of revenue before provision for credit losses.

Return on Tangible Allocated Capital: Operating earnings less preferred dividends as a percentage of average allocated capital, excluding the capital allocated for goodwill.

SFAS: Statement of Financial Accounting Standards.

SFAS 107: “Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments.”

SFAS 115: “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities.”

SFAS 123: “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.”

SFAS 133: “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.”

SFAS 140: “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities – a replacement of FASB Statement No. 125.”

Shareholder value added (“SVA”): Represents operating earnings minus preferred dividends and an explicit charge for capital.

Six Sigma: Represents a business management approach that enables firms to improve the quality of products and services delivered to clients through understanding client priorities, and then eliminating process defects and failures. “Sigmas” (or standard deviations) are statistical measures of the defects or failures generated by a business process.

Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) 105: “Application of Accounting Principles to Loan Commitments.”

Statement of Position (“SOP”) 03-3: “Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer.”

Stress testing: A scenario that measures market risk under unlikely but plausible events in abnormal markets.

Tangible shareholder value added: SVA less the impact of goodwill on operating earnings and capital charges.

Unaudited: The financial statements and information included throughout this document are unaudited, and have not been subjected to auditing procedures sufficient to permit an independent certified public accountant to express an opinion.

U.S. GAAP: Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Value-at-Risk (“VAR”): A measure of the dollar amount of potential loss from adverse market moves in an ordinary market environment.

75


 

Reproduced below is management’s discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations for JPMorgan Chase prepared by JPMorgan Chase and included in its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.

Management’s discussion and analysis

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

Overview

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. is a leading global financial services firm with assets of $771 billion and operations in more than 50 countries. The Firm serves more than 30 million consumers nationwide through its retail businesses, and many of the world’s most prominent corporate, institutional and government clients through its global wholesale businesses.

Financial performance of JPMorgan Chase

                         
As of or for the year ended December 31,                  
(in millions, except per share and ratio data)   2003     2002     Change  
 
Revenue
  $ 33,256     $ 29,614       12 %
Noninterest expense
    21,688       22,764       (5 )
Provision for credit losses
    1,540       4,331       (64 )
Net income
    6,719       1,663       304  
Net income per share – diluted
    3.24       0.80       305  
Average common equity
    42,988       41,368       4  
Return on average common equity (“ROCE”)
    16 %     4 %   1,200 bp
 
Tier 1 capital ratio
    8.5 %     8.2 %   30 bp
Total capital ratio
    11.8       12.0       (20 )
Tier 1 leverage ratio
    5.6       5.1       50  
 

In 2003, global growth strengthened relative to the prior two years. The U.S. economy improved significantly, supported by diminishing geopolitical uncertainties, new tax relief, strong profit growth, low interest rates and a rising stock market. Productivity at U.S. businesses continued to grow at an extraordinary pace, as a result of ongoing investment in information technologies. Profit margins rose to levels not seen in a long time. New hiring remained tepid, but signs of an improving job market emerged late in the year. Inflation fell to the lowest level in more than 40 years, and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”) declared that its long-run goal of price stability had been achieved.

Against this backdrop, J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. (“JPMorgan Chase” or the “Firm”) reported 2003 Net income of $6.7 billion, compared with Net income of $1.7 billion in 2002. All five of the Firm’s lines of business benefited from the improved economic conditions, with each reporting increased revenue over 2002. In particular, the low–interest rate environment drove robust fixed income markets and an unprecedented mortgage refinancing boom, resulting in record earnings in the Investment Bank and Chase Financial Services.

Total revenue for 2003 was $33.3 billion, up 12% from 2002. The Investment Bank’s revenue increased by approximately $1.9 billion from 2002, and Chase Financial Services’ revenue was $14.6 billion in 2003, another record year.

Total Noninterest expense was $21.7 billion, down 5% from the prior year. In 2002, the Firm recorded $1.3 billion of charges, principally for Enron-related surety litigation and the establishment of litigation reserves; and $1.2 billion for Merger and restructuring costs related to programs announced prior to January 1, 2002. Excluding these costs, expenses rose by 7% in 2003, reflecting higher performance-related incentives; increased costs related to stock-based compensation and pension and other postretirement expenses; and higher occupancy expenses. The Firm began expensing stock options in 2003. Restructuring costs associated with initiatives announced after January 1, 2002, were recorded in their relevant expense categories and totaled $630 million in 2003, down 29% from 2002.

The 2003 Provision for credit losses of $1.5 billion was down $2.8 billion, or 64%, from 2002. The provision was lower than total net charge-offs of $2.3 billion, reflecting significant improvement in the quality of the commercial loan portfolio. Commercial nonperforming assets and criticized exposure levels declined 42% and 47%, respectively, from December 31, 2002. Consumer credit quality remained stable.

Earnings per diluted share (“EPS”) for the year were $3.24, an increase of 305% over the EPS of $0.80 reported in 2002. Results in 2002 were provided on both a reported basis and an operating basis, which excluded Merger and restructuring costs and special items. Operating EPS in 2002 was $1.66. See page 28 of this Annual Report for a reconciliation between reported and operating EPS.

Summary of segment results

The Firm’s wholesale businesses are known globally as “JPMorgan,” and its national consumer and middle market businesses are known as “Chase.” The wholesale businesses comprise four segments: the Investment Bank (“IB”), Treasury & Securities Services (“TSS”), Investment Management & Private Banking (“IMPB”) and JPMorgan Partners (“JPMP”). IB provides a full range of investment banking and commercial banking products and services, including advising on corporate strategy and structure, capital raising, risk management, and market-making in cash securities and derivative instruments in all major capital markets. The three businesses within TSS provide debt servicing, securities custody and related functions, and treasury and cash management services to corporations, financial institutions and governments. The IMPB business provides investment management services to institutional investors, high net worth individuals and retail customers and also provides personalized advice and solutions to wealthy individuals and families. JPMP, the Firm’s private equity business, provides equity and mezzanine capital financing to private companies. The Firm’s national consumer and middle market businesses, which provide lending and full-service banking to consumers and small and middle market businesses, comprise Chase Financial Services (“CFS”).



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

22


 

Segment results – Operating basis (a)

                                                 
    Operating revenue (loss)     Operating earnings (losses)        
Year ended December 31,   Change from     Change from     Return on allocated capital  
(in millions, except ratios)   2003     2002     2003     2002     2003     2002  
   
Investment Bank
  $ 14,440       16 %   $ 3,685       183 %     19 %     6 %
Treasury & Securities Services
    3,992       3       520       (16 )     19       23  
Investment Management & Private Banking
    2,878       1       268       3       5       5  
JPMorgan Partners
    (190 )     81       (293 )     64     NM     NM  
Chase Financial Services
    14,632       9       2,495       8       28       27  
Support Units and Corporate
    (626 )           44     NM     NM     NM  
   
JPMorgan Chase
  $ 35,126       13 %   $ 6,719       99 %     16 %     8 %
   
(a)  
Represents the reported results excluding the impact of credit card securitizations and, in 2002, merger and restructuring costs and special items.

The table above shows JPMorgan Chase’s segment results. These results reflect the manner in which the Firm’s financial information is currently evaluated by management and is presented on an operating basis. Prior-period segment results have been adjusted to reflect alignment of management accounting policies or changes in organizational structure among businesses.

IB reported record earnings of $3.7 billion for 2003, up 183% from 2002, driven by strong growth in capital markets revenues and equity underwriting fees, coupled with a significant decline in credit costs. The low–interest-rate environment, improvement in equity markets and volatility in credit markets produced increased client and portfolio management revenue in fixed income and equities, as well as strong returns in Global Treasury. Market-share gains in equity underwriting contributed to the increase in Investment banking fees over 2002. IB’s return on allocated capital was 19% for the year.

TSS earnings of $520 million for the year were down 16% compared with 2002. Revenues were $4.0 billion for the full year, up 3% from 2002. Institutional Trust Services and Treasury Services posted single-digit revenue growth. Investor Services revenue declined year-over-year but showed an improving trend over the last four consecutive quarters. Return on allocated capital for TSS was 19% for the year.

IMPB increased earnings and assets under supervision in 2003. Earnings of $268 million for the full year were up 3% from 2002, reflecting an improved credit portfolio, slightly higher revenues and the benefits of managed expense growth. The increase in revenues reflected the acquisition of Retirement Plan Services, and increased average equity market valuations in client portfolios and brokerage activity, mostly offset by the impact of institutional net outflows. Investment performance in core institutional products improved, with all major asset classes in U.S. institutional fixed income and equities showing above-benchmark results. Return on allocated capital was 5% for the year; return on tangible allocated capital was 20%.

JPMP performance improved significantly, with private equity gains of $27 million, compared with private equity losses of $733 million for 2002. Results for the direct investments portfolio improved by $929 million from 2002, driven by realized gains on sales and declining write-downs in the second half of 2003.

JPMP revenue was impacted in 2003 by losses on sales and writedowns of private third-party fund investments. JPMP decreased its operating loss for the year by 64% compared with 2002.

CFS posted record earnings of $2.5 billion, driven by record results and origination volumes at each of the national credit businesses –mortgage, credit card and auto. Record revenues for CFS of $14.6 billion were up 9% from 2002, driven by record revenues in Chase Home Finance. Despite significant deposit growth, Chase Regional Banking revenues decreased due to deposit spread compression. CFS’s return on allocated capital was 28% for the year.

In 2003, JPMorgan Chase revised its internal management reporting policies to allocate certain revenues, expenses and tax-related items that had been recorded within the Corporate segment to the other business segments. There was no impact on the Firm’s overall earnings.

For a discussion of the Firm’s Segment results, see pages 27–44 of this Annual Report.

Capital and liquidity management

JPMorgan Chase increased capital during 2003. At December 31, 2003, the Firm’s Tier 1 capital was $43.2 billion, $5.6 billion higher than at December 31, 2002. The Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5% was well in excess of the minimum regulatory guidelines, it was 8.2% at year-end 2002. The Firm maintained the quarterly dividend of $0.34 per share on its common stock. JPMorgan Chase did not repurchase shares of its common stock in 2003. Management expects to recommend to the Board of Directors that the Firm resume its share repurchase program after the completion of the pending merger with Bank One Corporation (see Business events below).

The Firm’s liquidity management is designed to ensure sufficient liquidity resources to meet all its obligations, both on- and off–balance sheet, in a wide range of market environments. The Firm’s access to the unsecured funding markets is dependent upon its credit rating. During 2003, the Firm maintained senior debt ratings of AA-/Aa3/A+ at JPMorgan Chase Bank and A+/A1/A+ at the parent holding company. Upon the announcement of the proposed merger with Bank One Corporation, Moody’s and Fitch placed the Firm’s ratings on review for an



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

23


 

Management’s discussion and analysis

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

upgrade, and S&P affirmed all of the Firm’s ratings. See Business events below.

Risk management

The Firm made substantial progress in lowering its risk profile in 2003.

Total commercial credit exposure, which includes loans, derivative receivables, lending-related commitments and other assets, declined by $30.2 billion, or 7%, from December 31, 2002. Increased financings in the public markets, reduced loan demand and loan sales drove the decline. In 2003, the Firm implemented a more stringent exposure-review process and lower absolute exposure limits for industry and single-name concentrations, including investment-grade obligors. The Firm was also more active in managing commercial credit by selling higher-risk loans and commitments and entering into single-name credit default swap hedges.

Total consumer loans on a managed basis, which includes both reported and securitized loans, increased by $15.7 billion, or 10%, from December 31, 2002. The consumer portfolio is predominantly U.S.-based. The largest component, 1–4 family residential mortgage loans, which are primarily secured by first mortgages, comprised 43% of the total consumer portfolio at December 31, 2003.

JPMP’s private equity portfolio declined by 12% to $7.3 billion at December 31, 2003, from $8.2 billion at December 31, 2002. At year-end 2003, the portfolio was diversified across industry sectors and geographies – with a higher percentage invested in more mature leveraged buyouts and a lower percentage in venture investments than at year-end 2002. The carrying value of JPMP’s portfolio has decreased year-over-year, consistent with management’s goal to reduce, over time, the capital committed to private equity.

The Firm uses several tools, both statistical and nonstatistical, to measure market risk, including Value-at-Risk (“VAR”), Risk identification for large exposures (“RIFLE”), economic value stress tests and net interest income stress tests. The Firm calculates VAR daily on its trading and nontrading activities. Average trading VAR decreased for full-year 2003. The year-end trading VAR increased compared with year-end 2002 due to higher VAR for equity activities. In 2003, trading losses exceeded VAR on only one day, a result that is consistent with the 99% confidence level. Average, maximum, and December 31 nontrading VAR increased in 2003, primarily due to the increase in market volatility during the 2003 third quarter and to the rise in interest rates in the second half of 2003. There was an additional day in 2003 in which losses exceeded VAR; this was attributable to certain positions in the mortgage banking business.

The Firm is also committed to maintaining business practices of the highest quality. The Fiduciary Risk Committee is responsible for overseeing that businesses providing investment or risk management products and services perform at the appropriate standard in their relationships with clients. In addition, the Policy Review Office oversees the review of transactions with clients in terms of appropriateness, ethical issues and reputation risk, with

the goal that these transactions are not used to mislead investors or others.

During the year, the Firm revised its capital allocation methodologies for credit, operational, business and private equity risk. This resulted in the reallocation of capital among the risk categories and the business segments; the reallocation did not result in a significant change in the amount of total capital allocated to the business segments as a whole.

For a further discussion of Risk management and the capital allocation methodology, see pages 45-74 of this Annual Report.

Business outlook

Global economic conditions and financial markets activity are expected to continue to improve in 2004. While rising interest rates may negatively affect the mortgage and Global Treasury businesses; on the positive side, gains in market share, rising equity values and increased market activity may benefit many of the Firm’s other businesses.

The Firm expects to see a different mix of earnings in 2004. IB is targeting higher issuer and investor client revenue, but securities gains and net interest income may be lower. Mortgage earnings are likely to decline from the record set in 2003, and growth in other retail businesses may not be sufficient to offset the decline in mortgage revenue. Improved equity markets and increased M&A activity may provide increased exit opportunities in private equity and could result in higher fees in IMPB and in the custody business of TSS. Commercial net charge-off ratios may be lower, but credit costs may rise as the reduction in the Allowance for credit losses slows. The Firm expects stable consumer net charge-off ratios in 2004.

Business events

Agreement to merge with Bank One Corporation

On January 14, 2004, JPMorgan Chase and Bank One Corporation (“Bank One”) announced an agreement to merge. The merger agreement, which has been approved by the boards of directors of both companies, provides for a stock-for-stock merger in which 1.32 shares of JPMorgan Chase common stock will be exchanged, on a tax-free basis, for each share of Bank One common stock.

The merged company, headquartered in New York, will be known as J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. and will have combined assets of $1.1 trillion, a strong capital base, 2,300 branches in 17 states and top-tier positions in retail banking and lending, credit cards, investment banking, asset management, private banking, treasury and securities services, middle markets and private equity. It is expected that cost savings of $2.2 billion (pre-tax) will be achieved over a three-year period. Merger-related costs are expected to be $3 billion (pre-tax).

The merger is subject to approval by the shareholders of both institutions as well as U.S. federal and state and non-U.S. regulatory authorities. It is expected to be completed in mid-2004.

For further information concerning the merger, see Note 2 on page 87 of this Annual Report.



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

24


 

Results of operations

This section discusses JPMorgan Chase’s results of operations on a reported basis. The accompanying financial data conforms with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and prevailing industry practices. The section should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated financial statements and Notes to consolidated financial statements beginning on page 82 of this Annual Report.

Revenues

                         
Year ended December 31,                  
(in millions)   2003     2002     Change  
 
Investment banking fees
  $ 2,890     $ 2,763       5 %
Trading revenue
    4,427       2,675       65  
Fees and commissions
    10,652       10,387       3  
Private equity gains (losses)
    33       (746 )   NM  
Securities gains
    1,446       1,563       (7 )
Mortgage fees and related income
    892       988       (10 )
Other revenue
    579       458       26  
Net interest income
    12,337       11,526       7  
 
Total revenue
  $ 33,256     $ 29,614       12 %
 

Investment banking fees

Investment banking fees of $2.9 billion rose 5% from 2002. For a discussion of Investment banking fees, which are primarily recorded in IB, see IB segment results on pages 29–31 of this Annual Report.

Trading revenue

Trading revenue in 2003 of $4.4 billion was up 65% from the prior year. Fixed income and equity capital markets activities drove growth in both client and portfolio management revenues. Portfolio management, in particular, was up significantly from 2002 as a result of gains in credit, foreign exchange and equity derivatives activities. Trading revenue, on a reported basis, excludes the impact of Net interest income (“NII”) related to IB’s trading activities, which is reported in NII. However, the Firm includes trading-related NII as part of Trading revenue for segment reporting purposes to better assess the profitability of IB’s trading business. For additional information on Trading revenue, see IB segment discussion on pages 29–31 of this Annual Report.

Fees and commissions

Fees and commissions of $10.7 billion in 2003 rose 3% from the prior year as a result of higher credit card servicing fees associated with $5.8 billion in growth in average securitized credit card receivables. Also contributing to the increase from 2002 were higher custody, institutional trust and other processing-related service fees. These fees reflected the more favorable environment for debt and equity activities. For a table showing the components of Fees and commissions, see Note 4 on pages 88–89 of this Annual Report.

For additional information on Fees and commissions, see the segment discussions of TSS for Custody and institutional trust service fees, IMPB for Investment management and service fees, and CFS for consumer-related fees on pages 32–33, 34–35 and 38–43, respectively, of this Annual Report.

Private equity gains (losses)

Private equity gains of $33 million in 2003 reflect significant improvement from losses of $746 million in 2002. For a discussion of Private equity gains (losses), which are primarily recorded in JPMP, see JPMP results on pages 36–37.

Securities gains

In 2003, Securities gains of $1.4 billion declined 7% from the prior year. The decline reflected lower gains realized from the sale of government and agency securities in IB and mortgage-backed securities in Chase Home Finance (“CHF”), driven by the increasing interest rate environment beginning in the third quarter of 2003. IB uses available-for-sale investment securities to manage, in part, the asset/liability exposures of the Firm; CHF uses these instruments to economically hedge the value of mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”). For a further analysis of securities gains, see IB and CHF on pages 29–31 and 39–40, respectively, of this Annual Report.

Mortgage fees and related income

Mortgage fees and related income of $892 million in 2003 declined 10% from 2002. The decline reflects lower mortgage servicing fees and lower revenues from MSR hedging activities; these were offset by higher fees from origination and sales activity and other fees derived from volume and market-share growth. Mortgage fees and related income, on a reported basis, excludes the impact of NII and securities gains and losses related to Chase Home Finance’s mortgage banking activities. For a further discussion of mortgage-related revenue, see the segment discussion for Chase Home Finance on pages 39–40 and Note 4 on page 89 of this Annual Report.

Other revenue

Other revenue of $579 million in 2003 rose 26% from the prior year. The increase was a result of $200 million in gains from the sale of securities acquired in loan satisfactions (compared with $26 million in 2002), partly offset by lower net results from corporate and bank-owned life insurance policies. Many other factors contributed to the change from 2002, including $73 million of write-downs taken in 2002 for several Latin American investments.

Net interest income

NII of $12.3 billion was 7% higher than in 2002. The increase reflected the positive impact of lower interest rates on consumer loan originations and related funding costs. Average mortgage loans in CHF rose 32% to $74.1 billion, and average automobile loans and leases in Chase Auto Finance increased 32% to



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

25


 

Management’s discussion and analysis

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

$41.7 billion. NII was reduced by a lower volume of commercial loans and lower spreads on investment securities. As a component of NII, trading-related net interest income of $2.1 billion was up 13% from 2002 due to a change in the composition of, and growth in, trading assets.

The Firm’s total average interest-earning assets in 2003 were $590 billion, up 6% from the prior year. The net interest yield on these assets, on a fully taxable-equivalent basis, was 2.10%, compared with 2.09% in the prior year.

Noninterest expense

                         
Year ended December 31,                  
(in millions)   2003     2002     Change  
 
Compensation expense
  $ 11,695     $ 10,983       6 %
Occupancy expense
    1,912       1,606       19  
Technology and communications expense
    2,844       2,554       11  
Other expense
    5,137       5,111       1  
Surety settlement and litigation reserve
    100       1,300       (92 )
Merger and restructuring costs
          1,210     NM  
 
Total noninterest expense
  $ 21,688     $ 22,764       (5 )%
 

Compensation expense

Compensation expense in 2003 was 6% higher than in the prior year. The increase principally reflected higher performance-related incentives, and higher pension and other postretirement benefit costs, primarily as a result of changes in actuarial assumptions. For a detailed discussion of pension and other postretirement benefit costs, see Note 6 on pages 89–93 of this Annual Report. The increase pertaining to incentives included $266 million as a result of adopting SFAS 123, and $120 million from the reversal in 2002 of previously accrued expenses for certain forfeitable key employee stock awards, as discussed in Note 7 on pages 93–95 of this Annual Report. Total compensation expense declined as a result of the transfer, beginning April 1, 2003, of 2,800 employees to IBM in connection with a technology outsourcing agreement. The total number of full-time equivalent employees at December 31, 2003 was 93,453 compared with 94,335 at the prior year-end.

Occupancy expense

Occupancy expense of $1.9 billion rose 19% from 2002. The increase reflected costs of additional leased space in midtown Manhattan and in the South and Southwest regions of the United States; higher real estate taxes in New York City; and the cost of enhanced safety measures. Also contributing to the increase were charges for unoccupied excess real estate of $270 million; this compared with $120 million in 2002, mostly in the third quarter of that year.

Technology and communications expense

In 2003, Technology and communications expense was 11% above the prior-year level. The increase was primarily due to a shift in expenses: costs that were previously associated with Compensation and Other expenses shifted, upon the commencement of the IBM outsourcing agreement, to Technology and communications expense. Also contributing to the increase were higher costs related to software amortization. For a further discussion of the IBM outsourcing agreement, see Support Units and Corporate on page 44 of this Annual Report.

Other expense

Other expense in 2003 rose slightly from the prior year, reflecting higher Outside services. For a table showing the components of Other expense, see Note 8 on page 96 of this Annual Report.

Surety settlement and litigation reserve

The Firm added $100 million to the Enron-related litigation reserve in 2003 to supplement a $900 million reserve initially recorded in 2002. The 2002 reserve was established to cover Enron-related matters, as well as certain other material litigation, proceedings and investigations in which the Firm is involved. In addition, in 2002 the Firm recorded a charge of $400 million for the settlement of Enron-related surety litigation.

Merger and restructuring costs

Merger and restructuring costs related to business restructurings announced after January 1, 2002, were recorded in their relevant expense categories. In 2002, Merger and restructuring costs of $1.2 billion, for programs announced prior to January 1, 2002, were viewed by management as nonoperating expenses or “special items.” Refer to Note 8 on pages 95–96 of this Annual Report for a further discussion of Merger and restructuring costs and for a summary, by expense category and business segment, of costs incurred in 2003 and 2002 for programs announced after January 1, 2002.

Provision for credit losses

The 2003 Provision for credit losses was $2.8 billion lower than in 2002, primarily reflecting continued improvement in the quality of the commercial loan portfolio and a higher volume of credit card securitizations. For further information about the Provision for credit losses and the Firm’s management of credit risk, see the discussions of net charge-offs associated with the commercial and consumer loan portfolios and the Allowance for credit losses, on pages 63–65 of this Annual Report.

Income tax expense

Income tax expense was $3.3 billion in 2003, compared with $856 million in 2002. The effective tax rate in 2003 was 33%, compared with 34% in 2002. The tax rate decline was principally attributable to changes in the proportion of income subject to state and local taxes.



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

26


 

Segment results

JPMorgan Chase’s lines of business are segmented based on the products and services provided or the type of customer serviced and reflect the manner in which financial information is currently evaluated by the Firm’s management. Revenues and expenses directly associated with each segment are included in determining that segment’s results. Management accounting and other policies exist to allocate those remaining expenses that are not directly incurred by the segments.

Overview

The wholesale businesses of JPMorgan Chase are known globally as “JPMorgan” and comprise the Investment Bank, Treasury & Securities Services, Investment Management & Private Banking and JPMorgan Partners. The national consumer and middle market businesses are known as “Chase” and collectively comprise Chase Financial Services.

Basis of presentation

The Firm prepares its consolidated financial statements, which appear on pages 82–85 of this Annual Report, using U.S. GAAP and prevailing industry practices. The financial statements are presented on a “reported basis,” which provides the reader with an understanding of the Firm’s results that can be consistently tracked from year to year and enables a comparison of the Firm’s performance with other companies’ U.S. GAAP financial statements.

In addition to analyzing the Firm’s results on a reported basis, management looks at results on an “operating basis,” which is a non-GAAP financial measure, to assess each of its lines of business and to measure overall Firm results against targeted goals. The definition of operating basis starts with the reported U.S. GAAP results and then excludes the impact of credit card securitizations. Securitization does not change JPMorgan Chase’s reported versus operating net income; however, it does affect the classification of items in the Consolidated statement of income. For a further discussion of credit card securitizations, see Chase Cardmember Services on page 41 of this Annual Report.

Prior to 2003, the Firm excluded from its operating results the impact of merger and restructuring costs and special items, as these transactions were viewed by management as not part of the Firm’s normal daily business operations or unusual in nature and, therefore, not indicative of trends. To be considered a special item, the nonrecurring gain or loss had to be at least $75 million or more during 2002. Commencing in 2003, management determined that many of the costs previously considered nonoperating were to be deemed operating costs. However, it is possible that in the future, management may designate certain material gains or losses incurred by the Firm to be “special items.”

The segment results also reflect revenue- and expense-sharing agreements between certain lines of business. Revenue and expenses attributed to shared activities are recognized in each line of business, and any double counting is eliminated at the segment level. These arrangements promote cross-selling and management of shared client expenses. They also ensure that the contributions of both businesses are fully recognized.

Prior-period segment results have been adjusted to reflect alignment of management accounting policies or changes in organizational structure among businesses. Restatements of segment results may occur in the future.

See Note 34 on pages 126-127 of this Annual Report for further information about JPMorgan Chase’s five business segments.

Capital allocation

The Firm allocates capital to its business units utilizing a risk-adjusted methodology, which quantifies credit, market, operational and business risks within each business and additionally, for JPMP, private equity risk. For a discussion of those risks, see the risk management sections on pages 45–74 of this Annual Report. The Firm allocates additional capital to its businesses incorporating an “asset capital tax” on managed assets and some off–balance sheet instruments. In addition, businesses are allocated capital equal to 100% of goodwill and 50% for certain



(FLOW CHART)

JPMorgan is the brand name.JPMorgan ChaseChase is the brand name.Investment Treasury &InvestmentJPMorgan Chase Financial BankSecurities Management &PartnersServices ServicesPrivate BankingProduct type:Businesses:Businesses:Business:Businesses:•Advisory• Institutional Trust• Investment• Private equity• Home Finance•Debt and equityServicesManagementinvestments• Cardmember Services underwriting• Investor Services• Private Banking•Auto Finance•Market-making,• Treasury Services• Regional Banking trading and investing:• Middle Market — Fixed income - Treasury — Equities•Corporate lending

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

27


 

Management’s discussion and analysis

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

The accompanying summary table provides a reconciliation between the Firm’s reported and operating results.

                                                         
    2003 2002
Year ended December 31,   Reported     Credit     Operating     Reported     Credit     Special     Operating  
(in millions, except per share data and ratios)   results(a)     card(b)     basis     results(a)     card(b)     items(c)     basis  
 
Consolidated income statement
                                                       
Total revenue
  $ 33,256     $ 1,870     $ 35,126     $ 29,614     $ 1,439     $     $ 31,053  
Noninterest expense:
                                                       
Compensation expense (d)
    11,695             11,695       10,983                   10,983  
Noncompensation expense (d)
    9,993             9,993       10,571             (1,398 )     9,173  
Merger and restructuring costs
                      1,210             (1,210 )      
 
Total noninterest expense
    21,688             21,688       22,764             (2,608 )     20,156  
Provision for credit losses
    1,540       1,870       3,410 (e)     4,331       1,439             5,770 (e)
 
Income before income tax expense
    10,028             10,028       2,519             2,608       5,127  
Income tax expense
    3,309             3,309       856             887       1,743  
 
Net income
  $ 6,719     $     $ 6,719     $ 1,663     $     $ 1,721     $ 3,384  
 
Earnings per share – diluted
  $ 3.24     $     $ 3.24     $ 0.80     $     $ 0.86     $ 1.66  
 
Return on average common equity (f)
    16 %             16 %     4 %                     8 %
 
(a)  
Represents condensed results as reported in JPMorgan Chase’s financial statements.
(b)  
Represents the impact of credit card securitizations. For securitized receivables, amounts that normally would be reported as Net interest income and as Provision for credit losses are reported as Noninterest revenue.
(c)  
There were no special items in 2003. For 2002, includes merger and restructuring costs. For a description of special items, see Glossary of terms on page 131 of this Annual Report.
(d)  
Compensation expense includes $294 million and $746 million of severance and related costs at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Noncompensation expense includes $336 million and $144 million of severance and related costs at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.
(e)  
Represents credit costs, which is composed of the Provision for credit losses as well as the credit costs associated with securitized credit card loans.
(f)  
Reflects the return on average common equity as it relates to the Firm. Return on allocated capital is a similar metric used by the business segments.

other intangibles generated through acquisitions. The Firm estimates the portfolio effect on required economic capital based on correlations of risk across risk categories. This estimated diversification benefit is not allocated to the business segments.

Performance measurement

The Firm uses the shareholder value added (“SVA”) framework to measure the performance of its business segments. To derive SVA, a non-GAAP financial measure, for its business segments, the Firm applies a 12% (after-tax) cost of capital to each segment, except JPMP – this business is charged a 15% (after-tax) cost of capital. The capital elements and resultant capital charges provide each business with the financial framework to evaluate the trade-off between using capital versus its return to sharehold-

ers. Capital charges are an integral part of the SVA measurement for each business. Under the Firm’s model, economic capital is either underallocated or overallocated to the business segments, as compared with the Firm’s total common stockholders’ equity. The revenue and SVA impact of this over/under allocation is reported under Support Units and Corporate. See Glossary of terms on page 131 of this Annual Report for a definition of SVA and page 44 of this Annual Report for more details.

JPMorgan Chase’s lines of business utilize individual performance metrics unique to the respective businesses to measure their results versus those of their peers. For a further discussion of these metrics, see each respective line-of-business discussion in this Annual Report.



(PIE CHART)

Contribution of businesses in 2003 Operating revenue (loss)Consumer 42%Wholesale and other 58%Consumer includes:Wholesale and other includes:Chase Home Finance12% Investment Bank41% Chase Cardmember Services 18% Treasury & Securities Services 12% Chase Auto Finance2% Investment Management & Private Banking8% Chase Regional Banking7% Chase Middle Market4% JPMorgan Partners(1)% Other consumer services(1)% Support Units and Corporate (2)%

(PIE CHART)

Operating earnings (losses) Consumer 37%Wholesale and other 63%Consumer includes:Wholesale and other includes:Chase Home Finance20% Investment Bank55% Chase Cardmember Services 10% Treasury & Securities Services 8% Chase Auto Finance3% Investment Management & Private Banking4% Chase Regional Banking1% Chase Middle Market5% JPMorgan Partners(4)% Other consumer services(2)% Support Units and Corporate —%


J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

28


 

Investment Bank

JPMorgan Chase is one of the world’s leading investment banks, as evidenced by the breadth of its client relationships and product capabilities. The Investment Bank has extensive relationships with corporations, financial institutions, governments and institutional investors worldwide. The Firm provides a full range of investment banking and commercial banking products and services, including advising on corporate strategy and structure, capital raising in equity and debt markets, sophisticated risk management, and market-making in cash securities and derivative instruments in all major capital markets. The Investment Bank also commits the Firm’s own capital to proprietary investing and trading activities.

                         
Selected financial data                  
Year ended December 31,                  
(in millions, except ratios                  
and employees)   2003     2002     Change  
 
Operating revenue:
                       
Investment banking fees
  $ 2,855     $ 2,696       6 %
Capital markets and lending revenue:
                       
Trading-related revenue(a)
    6,418       4,479       43  
Net interest income
    2,277       2,642       (14 )
Fees and commissions
    1,646       1,619       2  
Securities gains
    1,065       1,076       (1 )
All other revenue
    179       (14 )   NM  
 
                   
Total capital markets and lending revenue
    11,585       9,802       18  
 
                   
Total operating revenue
    14,440       12,498       16  
Operating expense:
                       
Compensation expense
    4,527       3,974       14  
Noncompensation expense
    3,596       3,451       4  
Severance and related costs
    347       587       (41 )
 
                   
Total operating expense
    8,470       8,012       6  
Operating margin
    5,970       4,486       33  
Credit costs
    (181 )     2,393     NM  
Corporate credit allocation
    (36 )     (82 )     56  
Operating earnings
  $ 3,685     $ 1,303       183  
 
                   
Shareholder value added:
                       
Operating earnings less preferred dividends
  $ 3,663     $ 1,281       186  
Less: cost of capital
    2,295       2,390       (4 )
 
                   
Shareholder value added
  $ 1,368     $ (1,109 )   NM  
 
                   
Average allocated capital
  $ 19,134     $ 19,915       (4 )
Average assets
    510,894       495,464       3  
Return on allocated capital
    19 %     6 %   1,300 bp
Overhead ratio
    59       64       (500 )
Compensation as % of revenue(b)
    31       32       (100 )
Full-time equivalent employees
    14,772       15,145       (2 )%
 
(a)  
Includes net interest income of $2.1 billion and $1.9 billion in 2003 and 2002, respectively.
(b)  
Excludes severance and related costs.

(BAR CHARTS)

Operating revenue Operating earnings (in millions)(in millions, except ratios)Return on allocated capital

Financial results overview

The 2003 performance of IB was positively influenced by a low interest-rate environment, a more favorable equities market and an improving credit market, partially offset by continued weakness in M&A activity.

In 2003, IB reported record operating earnings of $3.7 billion, an increase of 183% compared with 2002. Revenue growth of 16% far outpaced expense growth of 6%. Credit costs were negative $181 million in 2003, compared with $2.4 billion in 2002. Return on allocated capital for the year was 19%.

Operating revenue of $14.4 billion consisted of investment banking fees for advisory and underwriting services; capital markets revenue related to market-making, trading and investing; and revenue from corporate lending activities.

                         
Year ended December 31,                  
(in millions)   2003     2002     Change  
 
Investment banking fees
                       
Advisory
  $ 640     $ 743       (14 )%
Equity underwriting
    697       470       48  
Debt underwriting
    1,518       1,483       2  
 
Total
  $ 2,855     $ 2,696       6 %
 

Investment banking fees of $2.9 billion were up 6%. While Advisory fees declined by 14%, reflecting depressed levels of M&A activity, debt underwriting fees were up 2%. This 2% increase is primarily due to growth in high yield underwriting and structured finance fees and reflects a partial offset of lower loan syndication fees. The key contributor to the overall increase in IB fees was equity underwriting revenue, which was up 48%, reflecting increases in market share and underwriting volumes.



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

29


 

Management’s discussion and analysis

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

Market shares and rankings(a)

            2003   2002
December 31,   Market share     Ranking     Market share     Ranking  
 
     
Global syndicated loans
    18 %     #1       23 %     #1  
     
Global investment-grade bonds
    8       #2       9       #2  
     
Euro-denominated corporate international bonds
    5       #6       6       #4  
     
Global equity & equity-related
    9       #4       4       #8  
     
U.S. equity & equity-related
    11       #4       6       #6  
     
Global announced M&A
    16       #5       14       #5  
 
(a)  
Derived from Thomson Financial Securities Data, which reflects subsequent updates to prior-period information. Global announced M&A based on rank value; all others based on proceeds, with full credit to each book manager/equal if joint. Because of joint assignments, market share of all participants will add up to more than 100%.

The Firm improved its ranking in global equity and equity-related underwriting to No. 4 from No. 8 in 2002. It also maintained its No. 2 ranking in underwriting global investment-grade bonds, its No. 1 ranking in global loan syndications and its No. 5 ranking in global announced M&A.

Capital markets revenue includes Trading revenue, Fees and commissions, Securities gains, related Net interest income and Other revenue. These activities are managed on a total-return revenue basis, which includes operating revenue plus the change in unrealized gains or losses on investment securities and hedges (included in Other comprehensive income) and internally transfer-priced assets and liabilities. Capital markets revenue includes client and portfolio management revenues. Portfolio management reflects net gains or losses from IB’s proprietary trading and revenue from risk positions in client-related market-making activities.

Capital markets and lending total-return revenue of $11.6 billion was up 22% from last year due to strong client and portfolio management revenue. Excluding Global Treasury, Capital markets and lending total-return revenue was $9.9 billion, up 25% from the prior year.

Fixed income revenue of $7.0 billion was up 28% from last year. The increase was driven by strong client driven activity in European and emerging markets, as well as increased portfolio management revenue in credit and foreign exchange markets. Global Treasury reported record revenue of $1.7 billion, up 11%



Reconciliation of Capital markets and lending operating revenue to total-return revenue

                                                 
    Trading-related     Fees and     Securities     NII and     Total operating     Total-return  
Year ended December 31, 2003 (in millions)   revenue     commissions     gains     other     revenue     revenue(a)  
 
Fixed income
  $ 5,991     $ 342     $ 56     $ 550     $ 6,939     $ 7,001  
Global Treasury
    64       1       1,002       659       1,726       1,684  
Credit portfolio
    (185 )     368       1       1,237       1,421       1,421  
Equities
    548       935       6       10       1,499       1,499  
 
Total
  $ 6,418     $ 1,646     $ 1,065     $ 2,456     $ 11,585     $ 11,605  
 
Year ended December 31, 2002 (in millions)
                                               
 
Fixed income
  $ 4,589     $ 345     $ 11     $ 542     $ 5,487     $ 5,466  
Global Treasury
    22             1,061       732       1,815       1,513  
Credit portfolio
    (143 )     358       3       1,288       1,506       1,506  
Equities
    11       916       1       66       994       994  
 
Total
  $ 4,479     $ 1,619     $ 1,076     $ 2,628     $ 9,802     $ 9,479  
 
(a)  
Total-return revenue, a non-GAAP financial measure, represents operating revenue plus the change in unrealized gains or losses on investment securities and hedges (included in Other comprehensive income) and internally transfer-priced assets and liabilities.

IB’s Capital markets and lending activities are comprised of the following:

Fixed income includes client and portfolio management revenue related to both market-making and proprietary risk-taking across global fixed income markets, including government and corporate debt, foreign exchange, interest rate and commodities markets.

Global Treasury manages the overall interest rate exposure and investment securities portfolio of the Firm. It creates strategic balance by providing a diversification benefit to the Firm’s trading, lending and fee-based activities.

Credit portfolio revenue includes net interest income, fees and loan sale activity for IB’s commercial credit portfolio. Credit portfolio revenue also includes gains or losses on securities received as

part of a loan restructuring, and changes in the credit valuation adjustment (“CVA”), which is the component of the fair value of a derivative that reflects the credit quality of the counterparty. See page 59 of the Credit risk management section of this Annual Report for a further discussion of the CVA. Credit portfolio revenue also includes the results of single-name and portfolio hedging arising from the Firm’s lending and derivative activities. See pages 60–61 of the Credit risk management section of this Annual Report for a further discussion on credit derivatives.

Equities includes client and portfolio management revenue related to market-making and proprietary risk-taking across global equity products, including cash instruments, derivatives and convertibles.



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

30


 

from last year, driven by positioning to benefit from interest rate movements and mortgage basis volatility. Credit portfolio revenue of $1.4 billion was down 6% the result of tightening of credit spreads in the second quarter of 2003, as well as lower NII, which reflected lower levels of commercial loans. Equities revenue of $1.5 billion was up 51% from last year due to higher client activity and portfolio management results in derivatives and convertibles.

Operating expense increased 6% from 2002, reflecting higher incentives related to improved financial performance and the impact of expensing stock options. Noncompensation costs were up 4% from the prior year due to increases in technology and occupancy costs. Severance and related costs of $347 million were down 41%. The overhead ratio for 2003 was 59%, compared with 64% in 2002.

Credit costs were negative $181 million, $2.6 billion lower than in the prior year, reflecting improvement in the overall credit quality of the commercial portfolio and the restructuring of several nonperforming commercial loans.

Corporate credit allocation
In 2003, IB assigned to TSS pre-tax earnings and allocated capital associated with clients shared with TSS. Prior periods have been revised to reflect this allocation. The impact to IB of this change decreased pre-tax operating results by $36 million and

Client and Nonclient Revenue

 
Year ended December 31,                  
(in millions)   2003     2002     Change  
 
Client revenue:
                       
Investment banking fees
  $ 2,855     $ 2,696       6 %
Capital markets revenue:
                       
Trading revenue
    4,485       3,840       17  
Other capital markets revenue
    2,904       2,875       1  
 
Total client revenue
    10,244       9,411       9  
 
Nonclient revenue:
                       
Treasury revenue
    1,726       1,815       (5 )
Portfolio management revenue
    2,470       1,272       94  
 
Total nonclient revenue
    4,196       3,087       36  
 
Operating revenue
  $ 14,440     $ 12,498       16 %
 

average allocated capital by $712 million, and it increased shareholder value added by $65 million.

Business outlook
In 2004, the composition of IB’s revenues is expected to change. Growth in client-related revenue may be offset by potentially lower securities gains and NII. NII may be lower due to decreased spreads on investment securities and lower loan volumes. The IB credit outlook is stable, although credit costs may be higher than the unusually low levels seen in 2003.



(PIE CHARTS)

IB Dimensions of 2003 revenue diversification By business revenueBy client segment By geographic regionFixed income capital markets 48%Financial institutions 54%North America 56% Treasury 12%Diversified industries 12% Europe/Middle East Debt underwriting 11%31% TMT 11%and Africa Equity capital markets 10% Natural resources 8% Credit portfolio 10%Asia/Pacific 8% Equity underwriting 5%Governments 7% Advisory 4%Consumer/healthcare 5%Latin America 5% Real estate 3%

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

31


 

Management’s discussion and analysis

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

Treasury & Securities Services

Treasury & Securities Services, a global leader in transaction processing and information services to wholesale clients, is composed of three businesses. Institutional Trust Services provides a range of services to debt and equity issuers and broker-dealers, from traditional trustee and paying-agent functions to global securities clearance. Investor Services provides securities custody and related functions, such as securities lending, investment analytics and reporting, to mutual funds, investment managers, pension funds, insurance companies and banks worldwide. Treasury Services provides treasury and cash management, as well as payment, liquidity management and trade finance services, to a diversified global client base of corporations, financial institutions and governments.

Selected financial data

                         
Year ended December 31,                  
(in millions, except ratios                  
and employees)   2003     2002     Change  
 
Operating revenue:
                       
Fees and commissions
  $ 2,562     $ 2,412       6 %
Net interest income
    1,219       1,224        
All other revenue
    211       256       (18 )
 
                   
Total operating revenue
    3,992       3,892       3  
Operating expense:
                       
Compensation expense
    1,261       1,163       8  
Noncompensation expense
    1,895       1,814       4  
Severance and related costs
    61       17       259  
 
                   
Total operating expense
    3,217       2,994       7  
Operating margin
    775       898       (14 )
Credit costs
    1       1        
Corporate credit allocation
    36       82       (56 )
Operating earnings
  $ 520     $ 621       (16 )
 
                   
Shareholder value added:
                       
Operating earnings less preferred dividends
  $ 517     $ 619       (16 )
Less: cost of capital
    325       323       1  
 
                   
Shareholder value added
  $ 192     $ 296       (35 )
 
                   
Average allocated capital
  $ 2,711     $ 2,688       1  
Average assets
    18,993       17,780       7  
Return on allocated capital
    19 %     23 %     (400 )bp
Overhead ratio
    81       77       400  
Assets under custody (in billions)
  $ 7,597     $ 6,336       20 %
Full-time equivalent employees
    14,616       14,440       1  
 

Financial results overview

Treasury & Securities Services (“TSS”) operating earnings decreased by 16% from 2002 while delivering a return on allocated capital of 19%. Increased operating expense of 7% and a lower corporate credit allocation contributed to the lower earnings.

Operating revenue increased by 3%, with growth at Institutional Trust Services (“ITS”) of 7%. ITS revenue growth came from debt product lines, increased volume in asset servicing and the result of acquisitions which generated $29 million of new revenue in 2003. Treasury Services’ revenue rose 6% on higher trade and commercial payment card revenue and increased balance-related earnings, including higher balance deficiency fees resulting from the lower interest rate environment. Investor Services’ revenue contracted 4%, the result of lower NII due to lower interest rates, coupled with lower foreign exchange and securities lending revenue.

TSS results included a pre-tax gain of $41 million on the sale of a nonstrategic business in 2003, compared with a pre-tax gain of $50 million on the sale of the Firm’s interest in a non-U.S. securities clearing firm in 2002.

Operating expense increased by 7%, attributable to higher severance, the impact of acquisitions, the cost associated with expensing of options, increased pension costs and charges to provide for losses on subletting unoccupied excess real estate. The overhead ratio for TSS was 81%, compared with 77% in 2002.

(BAR CHART)

Operating revenueOperating earnings(in millions)(in millions, except ratios)Return on allocated capital


J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

32


 

(PIE CHARTS)

TSS dimensions of 2003 revenue diversification By business revenuesBy client segmentBy geographic region(a) Nonbank financialThe Americas 64% Treasury Services 40% institutions 44% Investor Services 36%Large corporations 21% Europe, Middle East, Banks 11% Institutional Trust Services 23% & Africa 27% Middle market 18% Public sector/governments 6%Asia 9% Other 1% (a) Includes the elimination of revenue related to shared activities with Chase Middle Market in the amount of $347 million.

Corporate credit allocation
In 2003, TSS was assigned a corporate credit allocation of pre-tax earnings and the associated capital related to certain credit exposures managed within IB’s credit portfolio on behalf of clients shared with TSS. Prior periods have been revised to reflect this allocation. For 2003, the impact to TSS of this change increased pre-tax operating results by $36 million and average allocated capital by $712 million, and it decreased SVA by $65 million. Pre-tax operating results were $46 million lower than in 2002, reflecting lower loan volumes and higher related expenses, slightly offset by a decrease in credit costs.

Business outlook
TSS revenue in 2004 is expected to benefit from improved global equity markets and from two recent acquisitions: the November 2003 acquisition of the Bank One corporate trust portfolio, and the January 2004 acquisition of Citigroup’s Electronic Funds Services business. TSS also expects higher costs as it integrates these acquisitions and continues strategic investments to support business expansion.

                         
Year ended December 31,   Operating Revenue
(in millions)   2003     2002     Change  
 
Treasury Services
  $ 1,927     $ 1,818       6 %
Investor Services
    1,449       1,513       (4 )
Institutional Trust Services(a)
    928       864       7  
Other(a)(b)
    (312 )     (303 )     (3 )
 
Total Treasury & Securities Services
  $ 3,992     $ 3,892       3 %
 
(a)  
Includes a portion of the $41 million gain on sale of a nonstrategic business in 2003: $1 million in Institutional Trust Services and $40 million in Other.
(b)  
Includes the elimination of revenues related to shared activities with Chase Middle Market, and a $50 million gain on sale of a non-U.S. securities clearing firm in 2002.


J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

33


 

Management’s discussion and analysis

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

Investment Management & Private Banking

Investment Management & Private Banking provides investment management services to institutional investors, high net worth individuals and retail customers, and it provides personalized advice and solutions to wealthy individuals and families.

Selected financial data

                         
Year ended December 31,                  
(in millions, except ratios                  
and employees)   2003     2002     Change  
 
Operating revenue:
                       
Fees and commissions
  $ 2,207     $ 2,176       1 %
Net interest income
    467       446       5  
All other revenue
    204       217       (6 )
 
                   
Total operating revenue
    2,878       2,839       1  
Operating expense:
                       
Compensation expense
    1,193       1,125       6  
Noncompensation expense
    1,235       1,221       1  
 
                   
Total operating expense
    2,428       2,346       3  
Credit costs
    35       85       (59 )
 
                   
Pre-tax margin
    415       408       2  
Operating earnings
  $ 268     $ 261       3  
 
                   
Shareholder value added:
                       
Operating earnings less preferred dividends
  $ 261     $ 254       3  
Less: cost of capital
    655       677       (3 )
 
                   
Shareholder value added
  $ (394 )   $ (423 )     7  
 
                   
Tangible shareholder value added(a)
  $ 108     $ 84       29
Average allocated capital
    5,454       5,643       (3 )
Average assets
    33,685       35,729       (6 )
 
                       
Return on tangible allocated capital(a)
    20 %     18 %     200 bp
Return on allocated capital
    5       5        
Overhead ratio
    84       83       100  
Pre-tax margin ratio(b)
    14       14        
Full-time equivalent employees
    7,756       7,827       (1 )%
 
(a)  
The Firm uses tangible shareholder value added and return on tangible allocated capital as additional measures of the economics of the IMPB business segment. To derive these measures, the impact of goodwill is excluded.
(b)  
Measures the percentage of operating earnings before taxes to total operating revenue.

Financial results overview

Investment Management & Private Banking (“IMPB”) operating earnings are influenced by numerous factors, including equity, fixed income and other asset valuations; investor flows and activity levels; investment performance; and expense and risk management. Global economic conditions rebounded in 2003, as corporate earnings improved and the credit environment strengthened. During 2003, global equity markets rose (as exemplified by the S&P 500 index, which rose by 26%, and the MSCI World index, which rose by 31%), and investor activity levels increased across IMPB’s retail and private bank client bases,

particularly during the second half of the year. This global equity market recovery, on a year-over-year basis, brought 2003’s average annual market levels broadly back in line with 2002’s average. Investment performance in core institutional products improved with all major asset classes, with U.S. institutional fixed income and equities markets showing above-benchmark results.

IMPB’s operating earnings were 3% higher than in the prior year, reflecting an improved credit portfolio, the benefits of slightly higher revenues and managed expense growth. Quarterly earnings increased sequentially during the year. During the second quarter of 2003, the Firm acquired American Century Retirement Plan Services Inc., a provider of defined contribution recordkeeping services, as part of its strategy to grow its U.S. retail investment management business. The business was renamed JPMorgan Retirement Plan Services (“RPS”). Return on tangible allocated capital was 20%.

(BAR CHARTS)

Operating revenueOperating earnings(in millions)(in millions, except ratios)$400 $4,000$300$358 $3,000 $3,189$268 $2,878$200$261 $2,000$2,839 $1,000$100$00102 0301 02 03 Return on22% 18% 20% tangible allocated capital

Operating revenue of $2.9 billion was 1% higher than in the prior year. The increase was driven by higher Fees and commissions and Net interest income. The growth in Fees and commissions reflected the acquisition of RPS and increased average equity market valuations in client portfolios, partly offset by institutional net outflows. The growth in Net interest income reflected higher brokerage account balances and spreads. The decline in all other revenue primarily reflected nonrecurring items in 2002.

Operating expense increased by 3%, reflecting the acquisition of RPS, higher compensation expense, and real estate and software write-offs, partly offset by the continued impact of expense management programs.

The 59% decrease in credit costs reflected the improvement in the quality of the credit portfolio and recoveries.



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

34


 

(PIE CHARTS)

IMPB dimensions of 2003 revenue diversification By product By client segment By geographic regionAmericas 63% Banking 18%Retail 28% Asia/Pacific 11%Brokerage 11%Private bank 50%Investment management/ Europe, Middle East, fiduciary 71%Institutional 22% & Africa 26%

Assets under supervision (“AUS”) at December 31, 2003, were $758 billion, an increase of 18% from the prior year-end. Assets under management (“AUM”) increased by 9% to $559 billion, and custody, brokerage, administration and deposit accounts increased by 54% to $199 billion. The increase in AUM was driven by higher average equity market valuations in client portfolios, partly offset by institutional net outflows. Custody, brokerage, administration and deposits grew by $70 billion, driven by the acquisition of RPS ($41 billion), higher average equity market valuations in client portfolios, and net inflows from Private Bank clients. The diversification of AUS across product classes, client segments and geographic regions helped to mitigate the impact of market volatility on revenue. The Firm also has a 44% interest in American Century Companies, Inc., whose AUM totaled $87 billion and $72 billion at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. These amounts are not included in the Firm’s AUM total above.

Business outlook
Looking forward to 2004, IMPB believes it is well positioned for a continued global market recovery. Improved investment performance and the continued execution of the Private Bank and retail investment management strategies are expected to drive operating earnings growth.

Assets under supervision (a)

                         
At December 31, (in billions)   2003     2002     Change  
 
Asset class:
                       
Liquidity
  $ 160     $ 144       11 %
Fixed income
    144       149       (3 )
Equities and other
    255       222       15  
 
                   
Assets under management
    559       515       9  
Custody/brokerage/administration/deposits
    199       129       54  
 
Total assets under supervision
  $ 758     $ 644       18 %
 
Client segment:
                       
Retail
                       
Assets under management
  $ 101     $ 80       26 %
Custody/brokerage/administration/deposits
    71       17       318  
 
                   
Assets under supervision
    172       97       77  
Private Bank
                       
Assets under management
    138       130       6  
Custody/brokerage/administration/deposits
    128       112       14  
 
                   
Assets under supervision
    266       242       10  
Institutional
                       
Assets under management
    320       305       5  
 
Total assets under supervision
  $ 758     $ 644       18 %
 
Geographic region:
                       
Americas
                       
Assets under management
  $ 360     $ 362       (1 )%
Custody/brokerage/administration/deposits
    170       100       70  
 
                   
Assets under supervision
    530       462       15  
Europe, Middle East & Africa and Asia/Pacific
                       
Assets under management
    199       153       30  
Custody/brokerage/administration/deposits
    29       29        
 
                   
Assets under supervision
    228       182       25  
 
Total assets under supervision
  $ 758     $ 644       18 %
 
(a)  
Excludes AUM of American Century Companies, Inc.


J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

35


 

Management’s discussion and analysis

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

JPMorgan Partners

JPMorgan Partners, the global private equity organization of JPMorgan Chase, provides equity and mezzanine capital financing to private companies. It is a diversified investor, investing in buyouts and in growth equity and venture opportunities across a variety of industry sectors, with the objective of creating long-term value for the Firm and third-party investors.

Selected financial data

                         
Year ended December 31,                  
(in millions, except ratios                  
and employees)   2003     2002     Change  
 
Operating revenue:
                       
Private equity gains (losses):
                       
Direct investments
  $ 346     $ (583 )   $ 929  
Private third-party fund investments
    (319 )     (150 )     (169 )
 
                   
Total private equity gains (losses)
    27       (733 )     760  
Net interest income (loss)
    (264 )     (302 )     38  
Fees and other revenue
    47       59       (12 )
 
                   
Total operating revenue
    (190 )     (976 )     786  
Operating expense:
                       
Compensation expense
    135       128       7  
Noncompensation expense
    140       171       (31 )
 
                   
Total operating expense
    275       299       (24 )
Operating margin
    (465 )     (1,275 )     810  
Operating losses
  $ (293 )   $ (808 )     515  
 
                   
Shareholder value added:
                       
Operating earnings less preferred dividends
  $ (300 )   $ (815 )     515  
Less: cost of capital
    869       944       (75 )
 
                   
Shareholder value added
  $ (1,169 )   $ (1,759 )     590  
 
                   
Average allocated capital
  $ 5,789     $ 6,293       (8 )%
Average assets
    8,818       9,677       (9 )
Full-time equivalent employees
    316       357       (11 )
 

Financial results overview

JPMorgan Partners (“JPMP”) recognized negative operating revenue of $190 million and operating losses of $293 million in 2003. Opportunities to realize value through sales, recapitalizations and initial public offerings (“IPOs”) of investments, although limited, improved during the year as the M&A and IPO markets started to recover.

Private equity gains totaled $27 million in 2003, compared with a loss of $733 million in 2002. JPMP recognized gains of $346 million on direct investments and losses of $319 million on sales and writedowns of private third-party fund investments.

Realized cash gains on direct investments of $535 million increased 18% from the previous year. Realized cash gains were recognized across all industries but were primarily realized from the Industrial and Consumer retail and services sectors. In addition, JPMP recorded unrealized gains of $215 million

from the mark-to-market (“MTM”) value of its public portfolio, primarily in the Healthcare infrastructure, Technology and Telecommunications sectors.

JPMP’s unrealized and realized gains were partially offset by net write-offs (realized losses) and write-downs (unrealized losses) on the direct portfolio of $404 million. These write-downs and write-offs included $239 million from the Technology and Telecommunications sectors.

Private equity gains (losses)

                         
Year ended December 31,                  
(in millions)   2003     2002     Change  
 
Direct investments:
                       
Realized cash gains
  $ 535     $ 452     $ 83  
Write-ups/(write-downs/ write-offs)
    (404 )     (825 )     421  
MTM gains (losses)(a)
    215       (210 )     425  
 
                   
Total direct investments
    346       (583 )     929  
Private third-party fund investments
    (319 )     (150 )     (169 )
 
                   
Total private equity gains (losses)
  $ 27     $ (733 )     760  
 
                   
 
(a)  
Includes mark-to-market gains (losses) and reversals of mark-to-market gains (losses) due to public securities sales.

Investment pace, portfolio diversification and capital under management

In 2003, increased emphasis was placed on leveraged buyouts and growth equity opportunities. JPMP’s direct investments for the Firm’s account in 2003 were $773 million, a 19% decline from the prior year. Approximately 67% of direct investments were in the Industrial, Consumer retail and services, Life sciences and Healthcare infrastructure sectors.

JPMP reduced the size of the portfolio by 12%, largely the result of sales of third-party fund investments, which declined by $744 million.

At December 31, 2003, the carrying value of JPMP’s public securities portfolio was $643 million, a 24% increase from 2002. The increase resulted from higher market valuations and from IPOs of certain portfolio investments, partially offset by ongoing sales activity.

Business outlook
The Firm continues to regard JPMP as a strategic business that will create value over the long term. JPMP is seeking to sell selected investments that are not central to its portfolio strategy, with the goal that, over time, JPMP’s private equity portfolio will represent a lower percentage of the Firm’s common stockholders’ equity.

JPMP’s private equity portfolio and financial performance are sensitive to the level of M&A, IPO and debt financing activity. Improved markets in 2004 could provide increased exit opportunities and improved financial performance.



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

36


 

JPMP investment portfolio

                                   
      2003   2002
December 31, (in millions)   Carrying value     Cost     Carrying value     Cost  
 
Direct investments:
                               
Public securities (51 companies)(a)(b)
  $ 643     $ 451     $ 520     $ 663  
Private direct securities (822 companies)(b)
    5,508       6,960       5,865       7,316  
Private third-party fund investments (252 funds)(b)(c)
    1,099       1,736       1,843       2,333  
 
Total investment portfolio
  $ 7,250     $ 9,147     $ 8,228     $ 10,312  
 
% of portfolio to the Firm’s common equity(d)
    15 %             20 %        
 
(a)  
The quoted public values were $994 million and $761 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.
(b)  
Represents the number of companies and funds at December 31, 2003.
(c)  
Unfunded commitments to private equity funds were $1.3 billion and $2.0 billion at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.
(d)  
For purposes of calculating this ratio, the carrying value excludes the post–December 31, 2002 impact of public MTM valuation adjustments, and the Firm’s common equity excludes SFAS 115 equity balances.

(PIE CHARTS)

JPMP’s diversified investment portfolio (% of carrying value) Direct investment portfolio byDirect investment portfolio by geographic region at December 31, 2003investment stage at December 31, 2003North America 75%Buyout 41% Europe, Middle East & Africa 17%Growth equity 37%Latin America 5%Asia/Pacific 3%Venture 22%Total investment portfolio by industry at December 31,20032002Real estate 3%Real estate 5%Media 4%Industrial 28%Media 3%Industrial 27% Life sciences 4% Life sciences 2% Healthcare infrastructure 6%Healthcare infrastructure 6% Consumer retailFinancial services 8%Consumer retail Financial services 11% & services 15%& services 12% Technology 10% Technology 9% Funds 15%Funds 22% Telecommunications 5% Telecommunications 5%Industrial includes:Industrial includes:Packaging 6% Packaging 6% General manufacturing 6%General manufacturing 6% Industrial services 5% Industrial services 4% Automotive 3% Distribution 3% Other 8%Other 8%

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

37


 

Management’s discussion and analysis

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

Chase Financial Services

Chase Financial Services is a major provider of banking, investment and financing products and services to consumers and small and middle market businesses throughout the United States. The majority of its revenues and earnings are produced by its national consumer credit businesses, Chase Home Finance, Chase Cardmember Services and Chase Auto Finance. It also serves as a full-service bank for consumers and small- and medium-sized businesses through Chase Regional Banking and Chase Middle Market.

Selected financial data

                         
Year ended December 31,                  
(in millions, except ratios                  
and employees)   2003     2002     Change  
 
Operating revenue:
                       
Net interest income
  $ 9,620     $ 8,225       17 %
Fees and commissions
    3,561       3,489       2  
Securities gains
    382       493       (23 )
Mortgage fees and related income
    892       988       (10 )
All other revenue
    177       231       (23 )
 
                   
Total operating revenue
    14,632       13,426       9  
Operating expense:
                       
Compensation expense
    2,870       2,536       13  
Noncompensation expense
    4,299       3,943       9  
Severance and related costs
    95       99       (4 )
 
                   
Total operating expense
    7,264       6,578       10  
Operating margin
    7,368       6,848       8  
Credit costs
    3,431       3,159       9  
Operating earnings
  $ 2,495     $ 2,320       8  
 
                   
Shareholder value added:
                       
Operating earnings less preferred dividends
  $ 2,484     $ 2,310       8  
Less: cost of capital
    1,050       1,034       2  
 
                   
Shareholder value added
  $ 1,434     $ 1,276       12  
 
                   
Average allocated capital
  $ 8,750     $ 8,612       2  
Average managed loans(a)
    185,761       155,926       19  
Average managed assets(a)
    215,216       179,635       20  
Average deposits
    109,802       97,464       13  
Return on allocated capital
    28 %     27 %     100 bp
Overhead ratio
    50       49       100  
Full-time equivalent employees
    46,155       43,543       6 %
 
(a)  
Includes credit card receivables that have been securitized.

Financial results overview

Chase Financial Services (“CFS”) operating earnings are affected by numerous factors, including U.S. economic conditions, the volatility and level of interest rates, and competition in its various product lines. In response to the continuing low–interest rate environment and competition in the marketplace, in 2003, CFS focused its efforts on growing or maintaining market share in its various businesses, enhancing its online banking capabilities, disciplined expense management and maintaining the credit quality of its loan portfolios. As a result of

these efforts, 2003 CFS operating earnings were a record $2.5 billion, an increase of 8% from 2002. Return on allocated capital was 28%, up from 27% in 2002. Shareholder value added increased by 12%.

Operating revenue was $14.6 billion in 2003, an increase of 9% over 2002. Net interest income increased 17% to $9.6 billion, reflecting the positive impact of the lower interest rate environment on consumer loan originations, particularly in Chase Home Finance (“CHF”), and lower funding costs. The increase was partly offset by reduced spreads on deposits. CHF revenue increased by 38% over the prior year, driven by strong operating revenue (which excludes MSR hedging revenue) and, to a lesser extent, higher MSR hedging revenue. Chase Cardmember Services (“CCS”) revenue increased by 4%, the result of lower funding costs, growth in average receivables and higher interchange fees earned on customer purchases. Chase Auto Finance (“CAF”) revenue grew 23%, driven by record originations of almost $28 billion and lower funding costs. Chase Regional Banking (“CRB”) and Chase Middle Market (“CMM”) revenues decreased 9% and 1%, respectively, as a result of lower deposit spreads from lower interest rates, partly offset by the effect of significantly higher deposit volumes compared with 2002.

Operating expense rose 10% to $7.3 billion. The increase in expense reflects higher business volume and higher compensation costs. Partially offsetting higher expenses were savings achieved through Six Sigma and other productivity efforts. The overhead ratio increased slightly compared with a year ago.

Credit costs on a managed basis (which includes securitized credit cards) of $3.4 billion increased by 9% compared with the prior year. While credit quality remained stable in 2003, net charge-offs increased by 2%. The increase in 2003 net charge-offs was driven by a 19% increase in average managed loans. For a further discussion of the consumer credit portfolio, see Credit Risk on pages 61–62 of this Annual Report.

Chase Online enrollees reached 5.2 million, an increase of more than 50% from year-end 2002. Total online payment transactions increased by 42% to more than 27 million.

(BAR CHARTS)

Operating revenueOperating earnings(in millions)(in millions, except ratios)$2500 $15,000 $2000$2,495 $12,000$13,426$14,632$2,320 $9,000$10,828$1500 $6,000$1000$1,414 $3,000$500$0$00102 0301 02 03 Return on 18% 27% 28% allocated capital


J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

38


 

CFS’s online offerings ended the year ranked No. 3 in credit card and No. 6 in banking by Gómez Scorecards™, a service which measures the quality of online financial services offerings. CCS accounts sourced from the Internet channel reached 16% of new account originations and represented 5% of the active account base in 2003. In CRB, several enhancements to consumer online offerings – including check imaging, statement imaging and banking alerts – resulted in significant activation of online capabilities by customers. CHF continued its emphasis on providing online capabilities to its business-to-business partners and increased its direct-to-consumer web usage by more than

100%. In CAF, online application processing reached 95% dealer penetration, while consumer adoption of Chase’s online automobile offerings continued to grow.

Business outlook
In 2004, CFS anticipates operating revenue and earnings will be lower, primarily due to a decrease in production revenue in CHF, as refinancing activity declines from the record levels set in 2003. While CFS expects the other retail businesses to report modest revenue growth and improved efficiencies, this growth may not offset the lower mortgage earnings.



Chase Financial Services’ business results

                                                         
Year ended December 31,   Home   Cardmember   Auto   Regional   Middle   Other    
(in millions)   Finance   Services   Finance   Banking   Market   consumer services(a)   Total
 
2003
                                                       
Operating revenue
  $ 4,030     $ 6,162     $ 842     $ 2,576     $ 1,430     $ (408 )   $ 14,632  
Operating expense
    1,711       2,202       292       2,383       871       (195 )     7,264  
Credit costs
    240       2,904       205       77       7       (2 )     3,431  
Operating earnings
    1,341       679       205       70       324       (124 )     2,495  
 
2002
                                                       
Operating revenue
  $ 2,928     $ 5,939     $ 683     $ 2,828     $ 1,451     $ (403 )   $ 13,426  
Operating expense
    1,341       2,156       248       2,229       841       (237 )     6,578  
Credit costs
    191       2,753       174       (11 )     72       (20 )     3,159  
Operating earnings
    908       662       166       354       315       (85 )     2,320  
 
Change
                                                       
Operating revenue
    38 %     4 %     23 %     (9 )%     (1 )%     (1 )%     9 %
Operating expense
    28       2       18       7       4       18       10  
Credit costs
    26       5       18       NM       (90 )     90       9  
Operating earnings
    48       3       23       (80 )     3       (46 )     8  
 
(a)  
Includes the elimination of revenues and expenses related to the shared activities with Treasury Services, discontinued portfolios, support services and unallocated credit costs.

 

Chase Home Finance

The following table sets forth key revenue components of CHF’s business.

                         
Year ended December 31, (in millions)                  
Operating revenue   2003     2002     Change  
 
Home Finance:
                       
Operating revenue
  $ 3,800     $ 2,751       38 %
MSR hedging revenue:
                       
MSR valuation adjustments
    (785 )     (4,504 )     83  
Hedging gains (losses)
    1,015       4,681       (78 )
 
Total revenue(a)
  $ 4,030     $ 2,928       38 %
 
(a)  
Includes Mortgage fees and related income, Net interest income and Securities gains.

CHF is the fourth largest mortgage originator and servicer in the United States, with more than four million customers. CHF conducts business in all 50 states and has approximately 17,000 employees in more than 300 locations nationwide. CHF offers an extensive array of residential mortgage products delivered across a variety of distribution channels and customer touch points. CHF comprises three key businesses: Production, Servicing and

Portfolio Lending. The Production business originates and sells mortgages. The Servicing business manages accounts for CHF’s four million customers. The Portfolio Lending business holds for investment adjustable-rate first mortgage loans, home equity and manufactured housing loans originated and purchased through the Production channels. These three segments provide CHF with balance to enable it to benefit across varying business cycles. The Production segment is most profitable when mortgage rates are declining and origination volume is high. Alternatively, the Servicing business collects more fees when rates are rising and mortgage prepayments are low. Portfolio Lending provides increasing NII, with growth in home equity and adjustable-rate first mortgage lending. The counter-cyclical (Production/Servicing) and complementary (Portfolio Lending) nature of these businesses, in combination with financial risk management, enabled CHF to produce record earnings.

The residential mortgage market had a record year in 2003, with an estimated $3.8 trillion in industry-wide origination volume. The strong market was driven by historically low interest rates, higher consumer confidence, improved housing affordability and exceptionally strong new and existing home sales. CHF capitalized on this environment, achieving record levels of



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

39


 

Management’s discussion and analysis

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

loan originations and applications. CHF’s production market share grew from 5.8% in 2002 to 7.6% in 2003, primarily due to successful expansion in first mortgage and home equity lending through growth in strategic, higher-margin distribution channels such as retail, wholesale, telephone-based and e-commerce. Origination volume totaled a record $284 billion, an increase of 82% from 2002. Home Equity volume, a strategic growth area, increased by 71% from the prior year. In addition, despite record levels of loan prepayments in 2003, loans serviced increased by 10% from year-end 2002 to $470 billion at December 31, 2003.

CHF manages and measures its results from two key perspectives: its operating businesses (Production/Servicing and Portfolio Lending) and revenue generated through managing the interest rate risk associated with MSRs. The table below reconciles management’s perspective on CHF’s business results to the reported GAAP line items shown on the Consolidated statement of income and in the related Notes to consolidated financial statements. While the operating and hedging activities are interrelated, the MSR hedging function is a risk management activity subject to significant volatility as market interest rates and yield curves fluctuate. As a result, operating business results are reported separately from hedging results to gain a better perspective on each activity.

                                                 
    Operating basis revenue      
    Operating   MSR hedging   Reported
Year ended December 31,                                                
(in millions)   2003     2002     2003     2002     2003     2002  
 
Net interest income
  $ 2,204     $ 1,208     $ 575     $ 234     $ 2,779     $ 1,442  
Securities gains
                359       498       359       498  
Mortgage fees and related income
    1,596       1,543       (704 )     (555 )     892       988  
 
Total
  $ 3,800     $ 2,751     $ 230     $ 177     $ 4,030     $ 2,928  
 

CHF achieved record financial performance in 2003, as total revenue of $4.0 billion increased by 38% from 2002. Record operating earnings of $1.3 billion increased by 48% from 2002.

CHF’s operating revenue (excluding MSR hedging revenue) of $3.8 billion increased by 38% over 2002. The strong performance was due to record production revenue resulting from market-share growth, record margins and higher home equity revenue. Management expects a decrease in revenue in 2004, as production margins are expected to decline due to lower origination volumes and increased price competition.

In its hedging activities, CHF uses a combination of derivatives and AFS securities to manage changes in the market value of MSRs. The intent is to offset any changes in the market value of MSRs with changes in the market value of the related risk management instrument. During 2003, negative MSR valuation adjustments of $785 million were more than offset by $1.0 billion of aggregate derivative gains, realized gains on sales of AFS securities and net interest earned on AFS securities. Unrealized

gains/(losses) on AFS Securities were $(144) million at December 31, 2003, and $377 million at December 31, 2002. For a further discussion of MSRs, see Critical Accounting Estimates on page 77 and Note 16 on pages 107–109 of this Annual Report.

Operating expense of $1.7 billion increased by 28% from 2002 as a result of growth in origination volume as well as a higher level of mortgage servicing. Substantial portions of CHF’s expenses are variable in nature and, accordingly, fluctuate with the overall level of origination and servicing activity. In addition to increases brought on by higher business volumes, expenses increased due to higher performance-related incentives, as well as strategic investments made to further expand into higher-margin business sectors, along with production-related restructuring efforts initiated in the fourth quarter of 2003. These increases were partially offset by continued gains in productivity and benefits realized from Six Sigma initiatives during 2003.

Credit costs of $240 million for 2003 increased by 26% from 2002 due to a higher provision for credit losses, primarily the result of higher loan balances. Credit quality continued to be strong relative to 2002, as evidenced by a lower net charge-off ratio and 30+ day delinquency rate.

Business-related metrics

                         
As of or for the year ended December 31,                  
(in billions, except ratios)   2003     2002     Change  
 
Origination volume by channel
                       
Retail, wholesale, and correspondent
  $ 201     $ 113       78 %
Correspondent negotiated transactions
    83       43       93  
 
Total
  $ 284     $ 156       82 %
 
Origination volume by product
                       
First mortgage
  $ 260     $ 142       83 %
Home equity
    24       14       71  
 
Total
  $ 284     $ 156       82 %
 
Loans serviced
  $ 470     $ 426       10 %
End-of-period outstandings
    73.7       63.6       16  
Total average loans owned
    74.1       56.2       32  
MSR carrying value
    4.8       3.2       50  
Number of customers (in millions)
    4.1       4.0       2  
30+ day delinquency rate
    1.81 %     3.07 %     (126 )bp
Net charge-off ratio
    0.18       0.25       (7 )
Overhead ratio
    42       46       (400 )
 


J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

40


 

Chase Cardmember Services

CCS is the fourth largest U.S. credit card issuer, with $52.3 billion in managed receivables and $89.7 billion in total volume (customer purchases, cash advances and balance transfers). In addition, CCS is the largest U.S. merchant acquirer (an entity that contracts with merchants to facilitate the acceptance of transaction cards), with annual sales volume in excess of $260 billion, through a joint venture with First Data Merchant Services.

CCS’s operating results exclude the impact of credit card securitizations. CCS periodically securitizes a portion of its credit card portfolio by transferring a pool of credit card receivables to a trust, which sells securities to investors. CCS receives fee revenue for continuing to service those receivables and additional revenue from any interest and fees on the receivables in excess of the interest paid to investors, net of credit losses and servicing fees. CCS reports credit costs on a managed or operating basis. Credit costs

on an operating basis are composed of the Provision for credit losses in the Consolidated statement of income (which includes a provision for credit card receivables in the Consolidated balance sheet) as well as the credit costs associated with securitized credit card loans. As the holder of the residual interest in the securitization trust, CCS bears its share of the credit costs for securitized loans. In JPMorgan Chase’s Consolidated financial statements, credit costs associated with securitized credit card loans reduce the noninterest income remitted to the Firm from the securitization trust. This income is reported in Credit card fees, in Fees and commissions, over the life of the securitization.

Securitization does not change CCS’s reported versus operating net income; however, it does affect the classification of items on the Consolidated statement of income. The abbreviated financial information presented below is prepared on a managed basis and includes the effect of securitizations.



                                                 
    2003   2002
Year ended December 31,           Effect of                     Effect of        
(in millions)   Reported     securitizations     Operating     Reported     securitizations     Operating  
 
Revenue
  $ 4,292     $ 1,870     $ 6,162     $ 4,500     $ 1,439     $ 5,939  
Expense
    2,202             2,202       2,156             2,156  
Credit costs
    1,034       1,870       2,904       1,314       1,439       2,753  
Operating earnings
    679             679       662             662  
 
Average loans
    18,514       32,365       50,879       22,565       26,519       49,084  
Average assets
    19,176       32,365       51,541       23,316       26,519       49,835  
 

 

Operating earnings increased by 3% over 2002 to $679 million, driven by higher revenue, partially offset by higher credit costs and expenses. The operating environment reflected continued competitive pricing, a record level of bankruptcy filings and low receivables growth. This was partly the result of mortgage refinancing activity, which permitted consumers to use cash received in their mortgage refinancings to pay down credit card debt. CCS was able to grow earnings and originate a record number of new accounts by offering rewards-based products, improving operating efficiency, delivering high-level customer service and improving retention and card usage. Management believes that the shift towards rewards-based products positions CCS to capture consumer wallet share in a highly competitive, commoditized marketplace. In 2003, CCS launched several new rewards products, including the ChasePerfect card, the Marathon co-branded card and the GM Small Business card.

Operating revenue increased by 4% to $6.2 billion. Net interest income increased by 2%, reflecting lower funding costs, partly offset by a lower yield. The 4% growth in average receivables was in line with industry trends. Noninterest revenue increased by 6%, primarily reflecting higher interchange revenue, partially offset by higher rebate costs. The increase in interchange revenue reflects higher purchase volume due to new account growth and the movement towards higher spending using rewards-based products. During 2003, CCS originated 4.2 million new accounts via multiple distribution channels. CCS continues

to make progress in cross-selling accounts to other CFS customers (13% of new account originations). These multiple-relationship accounts generate more revenue and comprise 11% of the active account base.

Operating expense of $2.2 billion increased by 2%, reflecting disciplined expense management and Six Sigma and productivity efforts. Growth in expenses was primarily due to volume-related costs.

Credit costs were $2.9 billion, an increase of 5% from 2002. The increase in credit costs primarily reflected 4% higher net charge-offs due to an increase in average outstandings. Conservative risk management and rigorous collection practices contributed to CCS’s stable credit quality.

Business-related metrics

                         
As of or for the year ended December 31,                  
(in billions, except ratios)   2003     2002     Change  
 
End-of-period outstandings
  $ 52.3     $ 51.1       2 %
Average outstandings
    50.9       49.1       4  
Total volume (a)
    89.7       84.0       7  
New accounts (in millions)
    4.2       3.7       14  
Active accounts (in millions)
    16.5       16.5        
Total accounts (in millions)
    30.8       29.2       5  
30+ day delinquency rate
    4.68 %     4.67 %     1 bp
Net charge-off ratio
    5.89       5.89        
Overhead ratio
    36       36        
 
(a)  
Sum of total customer purchases, cash advances and balance transfers.


J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

41


 

Management’s discussion and analysis

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

Chase Auto Finance

CAF is the largest U.S. bank originator of automobile loans and leases, with more than 2.9 million accounts. In 2003, CAF had a record number of automobile loan and lease originations, growing by 10% over 2002 to $27.8 billion. Loan and lease receivables of $43.2 billion at December 31, 2003, were 16% higher than at the prior year-end. Despite a challenging operating environment reflecting slightly declining new car sales in 2003 and increased competition, CAF’s market share among automobile finance companies improved to 6.1% in 2003 from 5.7% in 2002. The increase in market share was the result of strong organic growth and an origination strategy that allies the business with manufacturers and dealers. CAF’s relationships with several major car manufacturers contributed to 2003 growth, as did CAF’s dealer relationships, which increased from approximately 12,700 dealers in 2002 to approximately 13,700 dealers in 2003.

In 2003, operating earnings were $205 million, 23% higher compared with 2002. The increase in earnings was driven by continued revenue growth and improved operating efficiency. In 2003, CAF’s operating revenue grew by 23% to $842 million. Net interest income grew by 33% compared with 2002. The increase was driven by strong operating performance due to higher average loans and leases outstanding, reflecting continued strong origination volume and lower funding costs.

Operating expense of $292 million increased by 18% compared with 2002. The increase in expenses was driven by higher average

loans outstanding, higher origination volume and higher performance-based incentives. CAF’s overhead ratio improved from 36% in 2002 to 35% in 2003, as a result of strong revenue growth, continued productivity gains and disciplined expense management.

Credit costs increased 18% to $205 million, primarily reflecting a 32% increase in average loan and lease receivables. Credit quality continued to be strong relative to 2002, as evidenced by a lower net charge-off ratio and 30+ day delinquency rate.

CAF also comprises Chase Education Finance, a top provider of government-guaranteed and private loans for higher education. Loans are provided through a joint venture with Sallie Mae, a government-sponsored enterprise and the leader in funding and servicing education loans. Chase Education Finance’s origination volume totaled $2.7 billion, an increase of 4% from last year.

Business-related metrics

                         
As of or for the year ended December 31,                  
(in billions, except ratios)   2003     2002     Change  
 
Loan and lease receivables
  $ 43.2     $ 37.4       16 %
Average loan and lease receivables
    41.7       31.7       32  
Automobile origination volume
    27.8       25.3       10  
Automobile market share
    6.1 %     5.7 %   40 bp
30+ day delinquency rate
    1.46       1.54       (8 )
Net charge-off ratio
    0.41       0.51       (10 )
Overhead ratio
    35       36       (100 )
 



Chase Regional Banking

CRB is the No. 1 bank in the New York tri-state area and a top five bank in Texas (both ranked by retail deposits), providing payment, liquidity, investment, insurance and credit products and services to three primary customer segments: small business, affluent and retail. Within these segments, CRB serves 326,000 small businesses, 433,000 affluent consumers and 2.6 million mass-market consumers.

CRB’s continued focus on expanding customer relationships resulted in a 14% increase in core deposits (for this purpose, core deposits are total deposits less time deposits) from December 31, 2002, and a 77% increase in the cross-sell of Chase credit products over 2002. In 2003, mortgage and home equity originations through CRB’s distribution channels were $3.4 billion and $4.7 billion, respectively. Branch-originated credit cards totaled 77,000, contributing to 23% of CRB customers holding Chase credit cards. CRB is compensated by CFS’s credit businesses for the home finance and credit card loans it originates and does not retain these balances.

While CRB continues to position itself for growth, decreased deposit spreads related to the low-rate environment and increased credit costs resulted in an 80% decline in CRB operating earnings from 2002. This decrease was partly offset by an 8% increase in total average deposits.

Operating revenue of $2.6 billion decreased by 9% compared with 2002. Net interest income declined by 11% to $1.7 billion, primarily attributable to the lower interest rate environment. Noninterest revenue decreased 6% to $927 million due to lower deposit service fees, decreased debit card fees and one-time gains in 2002. CRB’s revenue does not include funding profits earned on its deposit base; these amounts are included in the results of Global Treasury.

Operating expense of $2.4 billion increased by 7% from 2002. The increase was primarily due to investments in technology within the branch network; also contributing were higher compensation expenses related to increased staff levels and higher severance costs as a result of continued restructuring. This increase in operating



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

42


 

expense was partly offset by Six Sigma and other productivity efforts. CRB’s overhead ratio increased to 93% in 2003 from 79% in 2002, reflecting both the decline in revenues and an increase of expenses.

Credit costs of $77 million increased by $88 million compared with 2002 primarily driven by the release of the Allowance for loan losses in 2002.

Business-related metrics

                         
As of or for the year ended December 31,   2003     2002     Change  
 
Total average deposits (in billions)
  $ 75.1     $ 69.8       8 %
Total client assets (a)(in billions)
    108.7       103.6       5  
Number of branches
    529       528        
Number of ATMs
    1,730       1,876       (8 )
Overhead ratio
    93 %     79 %   1,400 bp
 
(a)  
Deposits, money market funds and/or investment assets (including annuities).

(CRB DEPOSIT MIX GRAPH)




Chase Middle Market

CMM is a premier provider of commercial banking and corporate financial services to companies with annual sales of $10 million to $1 billion, as well as to not-for-profit, real estate and public-sector entities. CMM maintains a leadership position in the New York tri-state market and select Texas markets; it also leverages its expertise in distinct industry segments, such as Technology, Corporate mortgage finance, Entertainment and certain regional markets, such as Chicago, Los Angeles, Boston and Denver.

The CMM relationship management model brings customized solutions to more than 12,000 middle market companies, utilizing the products and services of the entire Firm. Products and services include cash management, lines of credit, term loans, structured finance, syndicated lending, M&A advisory, risk management, international banking services, lease financing and asset-based lending. CMM is organized by geography, industry and product to deliver greater value to customers. CMM’s 2003 and 2002 results included 100% of the revenues and expenses attributed to the shared activities with Treasury Services. See Segment results on page 27 of this Annual Report for a discussion of the Firm’s revenue and expense-sharing agreements among business segments.

CMM’s operating earnings of $324 million increased by 3% compared with 2002. Operating revenue of $1.4 billion decreased by 1% compared with the prior year. NII was down 5% due to lower spreads, partly offset by 17% higher deposits

and 3% higher loans compared with 2002. Noninterest revenue increased by 6%, primarily reflecting higher deposit service and corporate finance fees. Deposit service fees increased, as the lower interest rate environment resulted in reduced values of customers’ compensating balances; consequently, customers paid incremental fees for deposit services.

Operating expense was $871 million, an increase of 4% compared with 2002. The increase in expenses was due to higher severance costs and higher performance-based incentives, partly offset by savings from Six Sigma and other productivity initiatives.

Credit costs of $7 million were down 90% from the prior year. This decrease was due to a lower required allowance and 36% lower net charge-offs, reflecting strong credit quality.

The focus for 2004 will be on generating revenue growth through effective cross-selling, the delivery of superior client service and the management of credit quality and expenses.

Business-related metrics

                         
As of or for the year ended December 31,                  
(in billions, except ratios)   2003     2002     Change  
 
Total average loans
  $ 14.1     $ 13.7       3 %
Total average deposits
    28.2       24.1       17  
Nonperforming average loans as a % of total average loans
    1.19 %     1.89 %   (70) bp
Net charge-off ratio
    0.49       0.78       (29 )
Overhead ratio
    61       58       300  
 


J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

43


 

Management’s discussion and analysis

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

Support Units and Corporate

                         
Selected financial data
Year ended December 31,                  
(in millions, except employees)   2003     2002     Change  
 
Operating revenue
  $ (626 )   $ (626 )   $  
Operating expense
    34       (73 )     107  
Credit costs
    124       132       (8 )
 
                   
Pre-tax loss
    (784 )     (685 )     (99 )
Income tax benefit
    828       372       456  
 
                   
Operating earnings (losses)
  $ 44     $ (313 )     357  
 
                   
Average allocated capital
  $ 1,150     $ (1,783 )     2,933  
Average assets
    20,737       21,591       (854 )
Shareholder value added
    78       88       (10 )
Full-time equivalent employees
    9,838       13,023       (3,185 )
 

The Support Units and Corporate sector includes technology, legal, audit, finance, human resources, risk management, real estate management, procurement, executive management and marketing groups within Corporate. The technology and procurement services organizations seek to provide services to the Firm’s businesses that are competitive with comparable third-party providers in terms of price and service quality. These units use the Firm’s global scale and technology to gain efficiencies through consolidation, standardization, vendor management and outsourcing.

Support Units and Corporate reflects the application of the Firm’s management accounting policies at the corporate level. These policies allocate the costs associated with technology, operational and staff support services to the business segments, with the intent to recover all expenditures associated with these services. Other items are retained within Support Units and Corporate based on policy decisions, such as the over/under allocation of economic capital, the residual component of credit costs and taxes. Business segment revenues are reported on a tax-equivalent basis, with the offset reflected in Support Units and Corporate.

During 2003, the Firm reviewed its management accounting policies, which resulted in the realignment of certain revenues and expenses from the Corporate segment to other business segments. The policy refinements ranged from updating expense-allocation methodologies to revising transfer pricing policies to more clearly reflect the actual interest income and expense of the Firm. The impact of these changes was allocated among the business segments; prior periods have been revised to reflect the current methodologies.

For 2003, Support Units and Corporate had operating earnings of $44 million, compared with an operating loss of $313 million in 2002, driven primarily by income tax benefits not allocated to the business segments.

In allocating the allowance (and provision) for credit losses, each business is responsible for its credit costs. Although the Support Units and Corporate sector has no traditional credit assets, the residual component of the allowance, which is available for losses in any business segment, is maintained at the corporate level. For a further discussion of the residual component, see Allowance for credit losses on pages 64-65 of this Annual Report.

Average allocated capital was $2.9 billion higher than 2002, reflecting a reduction in risks and economic capital allocated to the business segments.

In December 2002, JPMorgan Chase entered into a seven-year agreement with IBM to outsource portions of the Firm’s internal technology infrastructure services. Commencing April 1, 2003, 2,800 employees were transferred to IBM in connection with this agreement. The agreement is expected to transform the Firm’s technology infrastructure through increased cost variability, access to the best research and innovation, and improved service levels. By moving from a traditional fixed-cost approach to one with increased capacity and cost variability, the Firm expects to be able to respond more quickly to changing market conditions.



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

44


 

Risk and Capital management

Risk management at JPMorgan Chase is guided by several principles, including:

 
defined risk governance

 
independent oversight

 
continual evaluation of risk appetite, managed through risk limits

 
portfolio diversification

 
risk assessment and measurement, including value-at-risk analysis and portfolio stress testing

 
performance measurement (SVA) that allocates risk-adjusted capital to business units and charges a cost against that capital.

Risk management and oversight begins with the Risk Policy Committee of the Board of Directors, which reviews the governance of these activities, delegating the formulation of policy and day-to-day risk oversight and management to the Office of the Chairman and to two corporate risk committees: the Capital Committee and Risk Management Committee.

The Capital Committee, chaired by the Chief Financial Officer, focuses on Firm-wide capital planning, internal capital allocation and liquidity management. The Risk Management Committee,

chaired by the Chief Risk Officer, focuses on credit risk, market risk, operational risk, business risk, private equity risk and fiduciary risk. Both risk committees have decision-making authority, with major policy decisions and risk exposures subject to review by the Office of the Chairman.

In addition to the Risk Policy Committee, the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors is responsible for oversight of guidelines and policies to govern the process by which risk assessment and management is undertaken. In addition, the Audit Committee reviews with management the system of internal controls and financial reporting that is relied upon to provide reasonable assurance of compliance with the Firm’s operational risk management processes.

The Firm’s use of SVA, which incorporates a risk-adjusted capital methodology as its primary performance measure, has strengthened its risk management discipline by charging the businesses the cost of capital linked to the risks associated with their respective activities.

For a discussion of capital allocation methodologies, see the respective risk management sections on pages 46–74 of this Annual Report.



(BORAD OF DIRECTORS CHART)

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

45


 

Management’s discussion and analysis

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

Capital and Liquidity management

Capital management

JPMorgan Chase’s capital management framework helps to optimize the use of capital by:

 
Determining the amount of capital commensurate with:

  -  
internal assessments of risk as estimated by the Firm’s economic capital allocation model
 
  -  
the Firm’s goal to limit losses, even under stress conditions
 
  -  
targeted regulatory ratios and credit ratings
 
  -  
the Firm’s liquidity management strategy.

 
Directing capital investment to activities with the most favorable risk-adjusted returns.

Available versus required capital

                 
    Yearly Averages
(in billions)   2003     2002  
 
Common stockholders’ equity
  $ 43.0     $ 41.4  
Economic risk capital:
               
Credit risk
    13.1       14.0  
Market risk
    4.5       4.7  
Operational risk
    3.5       3.5  
Business risk
    1.7       1.8  
Private equity risk
    5.4       5.8  
 
           
Economic risk capital
    28.2       29.8  
 
           
Goodwill / Intangibles
    8.9       8.8  
Asset capital tax
    4.1       3.9  
 
           
Capital against nonrisk factors
    13.0       12.7  
 
           
Total capital allocated to business activities
    41.2       42.5  
Diversification effect
    (5.1 )     (5.3 )
 
           
Total required internal capital
    36.1       37.2  
 
           
Firm capital in excess of required capital
  $ 6.9     $ 4.2  
 
           
 

Economic risk capital: JPMorgan Chase assesses capital adequacy utilizing internal risk assessment methodologies. The Firm assigns economic capital based primarily on five risk factors: credit risk, market risk, operational risk and business risk for each business, and private equity risk, principally for JPMP. The methodologies quantify these risks and assign capital accordingly. These methodologies are discussed in the risk management sections of this Annual Report.

A review of the Firm’s risk and capital measurement methodologies was completed in 2003, resulting in the reallocation of capital among the risk categories and certain business segments. The new capital measurement methodologies did not result in a significant change in the total capital allocated to the business segments as a whole. Prior periods have been adjusted to reflect the revised capital measurement methodologies. For a further discussion of these new methodologies, see Capital allocation for credit risk, operational risk and business risk, and private equity risk on pages 52, 73 and 74, respectively, of this Annual Report. Internal capital allocation methodologies may change in the future to reflect refinements of economic capital methodologies.

Capital also is assessed against business units for certain nonrisk factors. Businesses are assessed capital equal to 100% of any goodwill and 50% for certain other intangibles generated through acquisitions. Additionally, JPMorgan Chase assesses an “asset capital tax” against managed assets and some off-balance sheet instruments. These assessments recognize that certain minimum regulatory capital ratios must be maintained by the Firm. JPMorgan Chase also estimates the portfolio effect on required economic capital based on correlations of risk across risk categories. This estimated diversification benefit leads to a reduction in required economic capital for the Firm.

The total required economic capital for JPMorgan Chase as determined by its models and after considering the Firm’s estimated diversification benefits is then compared with available common stockholders’ equity to evaluate overall capital utilization. The Firm’s policy is to maintain an appropriate level of excess capital to provide for growth and additional protection against losses.

The Firm’s capital in excess of that which is internally required as of December 31, 2003, increased by $2.7 billion over December 31, 2002. The change was primarily due to an increase in average common stockholders’ equity of $1.6 billion and to a $1.3 billion reduction in average capital allocated to business activities, principally in relation to credit risk and private equity risk. Credit risk capital decreased by $0.9 billion from the prior year, primarily due to a reduction in commercial exposures, improvement in the credit quality of the commercial portfolio and an increase in hedging of commercial exposures using single-name credit derivatives. Private equity risk decreased primarily as a result of the reduction in JPMP’s private equity portfolio.

Regulatory capital: JPMorgan Chase’s primary federal banking regulator, the Federal Reserve Board, establishes capital requirements, including well-capitalized standards and leverage ratios, for the consolidated financial holding company and its state-chartered banks, including JPMorgan Chase Bank. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency establishes similar capital requirements and standards for the Firm’s national bank subsidiaries, including Chase Manhattan Bank USA, N.A. As of December 31, 2003, the financial holding company and its banking subsidiaries maintained capital levels well in excess of the minimum capital requirements.

At December 31, 2003, the Tier 1 and Total capital ratios were 8.5% and 11.8%, respectively, and the Tier 1 leverage ratio was 5.6%. The Capital Committee reviews the Firm’s capital levels and policies regularly in light of changing economic conditions and business needs. At December 31, 2003, Total capital of JPMorgan Chase (the sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital) was $59.8 billion, an increase of $5.3 billion from December 31, 2002. This increase reflected a $5.6 billion increase in Tier 1 capital, primarily driven by a $3.8 billion increase in retained earnings (net income less common and preferred dividends) generated during the period, $1.1 billion in Tier 1 trust preferred net issuance and $1.3 billion in net stock issuances related to employee stock-based benefit plans. This increase was partially offset by a higher deduction for goodwill and nonqualifying



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

46


 

intangible assets primarily due to an acquisition in the fourth quarter of 2003. There was minimal impact to the Firm’s Tier 1 and Total capital ratios due to the adoption of FIN 46, as the Federal Reserve Board provided interim regulatory capital relief related to asset-backed commercial paper conduits and trust preferred vehicles. The effect of FIN 46 on the Firm’s leverage ratio at December 31, 2003, was a reduction of approximately 13 basis points as no regulatory capital relief was provided for leverage calculations. The Firm revised its calculation of risk-weighted assets during the third quarter of 2003; capital ratios for periods ended prior to June 30, 2003, have not been recalculated. Additional information regarding the Firm’s capital ratios and a more detailed discussion of federal regulatory capital standards are presented in Note 26 on pages 114-115 of this Annual Report.

Stock repurchases: The Firm did not repurchase any shares of its common stock during 2003. Management expects to recommend to the Board of Directors that the Firm resume its share repurchase program after the completion of the pending merger with Bank One.

Dividends: Dividends declared in any quarter are determined by JPMorgan Chase’s Board of Directors. The dividend is currently $0.34 per share per quarter.

Liquidity management

In managing liquidity, management considers a variety of liquidity risk measures as well as market conditions, prevailing interest rates, liquidity needs and the desired maturity profile of its liabilities.

Overview

Liquidity risk arises from the general funding needs of the Firm’s activities and in the management of its assets and liabilities. JPMorgan Chase recognizes the importance of sound liquidity management as a key factor in maintaining strong credit ratings and utilizes a liquidity framework intended to maximize liquidity access and minimize funding costs. Through active liquidity management, the Firm seeks to ensure that it will be able to replace maturing obligations when due and fund its assets at appropriate maturities and rates in all market environments.

Liquidity management framework

The Capital Committee sets the overall liquidity policy for the Firm, reviews the contingency funding plan and recommends balance sheet targets for the Firm. The Liquidity Risk Committee, reporting to the Capital Committee, identifies and monitors liquidity issues, provides policy guidance and maintains an evolving contingency plan. The Balance Sheet Committee, which also reports to the Capital Committee, identifies and monitors key balance sheet issues, provides policy guidance and oversees adherence to policy.

JPMorgan Chase utilizes liquidity monitoring tools to help maintain appropriate levels of liquidity through normal and stress periods. The Firm’s liquidity analytics rely on management’s judgment about JPMorgan Chase’s ability to liquidate assets or use them as collateral for borrowings. These analytics also involve estimates and assumptions, taking into account credit risk management’s historical data on the funding of loan commitments (e.g., commercial paper back-up facilities), liquidity commitments to SPEs, commitments with rating triggers and collateral posting requirements. For further discussion of SPEs and other off-balance sheet arrangements, see Off-balance sheet arrangements and contractual cash obligations on pages 49-50 as well as Note 1, Note 13 and Note 14 on pages 86-87, 100-103 and 103-106, respectively, of this Annual Report.

The Firm’s three primary measures of liquidity are:

 
Holding company short-term surplus: Measures the parent holding company’s ability to repay all obligations with a maturity under one year at a time when the ability of the Firm’s banks to pay dividends to the parent holding company is constrained.

 
Cash capital surplus: Measures the Firm’s ability to fund assets on a fully collateralized basis, assuming access to unsecured funding is lost.

 
Basic surplus: Measures JPMorgan Chase Bank’s ability to sustain a 90-day stress event that is specific to the Firm where no new funding can be raised to meet obligations as they come due.

Each of the Firm’s liquidity surplus positions, as of December 31, 2003, indicates that JPMorgan Chase’s long-dated funding, including core deposits, exceeds illiquid assets and that the Firm’s obligations can be met if access to funding is temporarily impaired.

An extension of the Firm’s ongoing liquidity management is its contingency funding plan, which is intended to help the Firm manage through liquidity stress periods. The plan considers temporary and long-term stress scenarios and forecasts potential funding needs when access to unsecured funding is severely limited or nonexistent. These scenarios take into account both on-and off-balance sheet exposures, evaluating access to funds by the parent holding company, JPMorgan Chase Bank and Chase Manhattan Bank USA, N.A., separately.

Funding

Credit ratings: The cost and availability of unsecured financing are influenced by credit ratings. A reduction in these ratings could adversely affect the Firm’s access to liquidity sources, and could increase the cost of funding or trigger additional collateral requirements. Critical factors in maintaining high credit ratings include: a stable and diverse earnings stream; strong capital ratios; strong credit quality and risk management controls; diverse funding sources; and strong liquidity monitoring procedures.



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

47


 

Management’s discussion and analysis

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

The credit ratings of JPMorgan Chase’s parent holding company and JPMorgan Chase Bank as of December 31, 2003, were as follows:

                                 
    JPMorgan Chase   JPMorgan Chase Bank
    Short-term   Senior   Short-term   Senior
    debt   long-term debt   debt   long-term debt
 
Moody’s
     P-1       A1       P-1       Aa3  
 
S&P
    A-1       A+       A-1+       AA-  
 
Fitch
    F1       A+       F1       A+  
 

Upon the announcement of the proposed merger with Bank One, Moody’s and Fitch placed the ratings of the Firm under review for possible upgrade, while S&P affirmed the Firm’s ratings.

Balance sheet: The Firm’s total assets increased to $771 billion at December 31, 2003, from $759 billion at December 31, 2002. The December 31, 2003, balance sheet includes the effect of adopting FIN 46, which added $10 billion to total assets, including $5.8 billion in commercial loans primarily associated with multi-seller asset-backed commercial paper conduits. Commercial loans declined $14.2 billion, excluding the impact of adopting FIN 46, as a result of weaker loan demand, as well as the Firm’s ongoing efforts to reduce commercial exposure. Consumer loans increased $11.6 billion, led by strong growth in mortgage and automobile loans, driven by the favorable rate environment throughout 2003. Credit card loans declined modestly, affected by increased securitization activity and higher levels of payments from cash redeployed from consumer mortgage refinancings. The securities portfolio declined due to changes in positioning related to structural interest rate risk management. The continued growth in deposits contributed to the decline in securities sold under repurchase agreements.

Sources of funds: The diversity of the Firm’s funding sources enhances financial flexibility and limits dependence on any one source, thereby minimizing the cost of funds. JPMorgan Chase has access to funding markets across the globe and across a broad investor base. Liquidity is generated using a variety of both short-term and long-term instruments, including deposits, federal funds purchased, repurchase agreements, commercial paper, bank notes, medium- and long-term debt, capital securities and stockholders’ equity. A major source of liquidity for JPMorgan Chase Bank is provided by its large core deposit base. For this purpose, core deposits include all U.S. domestic deposits insured by the FDIC, up to the legal limit of $100,000 per depositor. In addition to core deposits, the Firm benefits from substantial, stable deposit balances originated by TSS through the normal course of its business.

Additional funding flexibility is provided by the Firm’s ability to access the repurchase and asset securitization markets. These alternatives are evaluated on an ongoing basis to achieve the appropriate balance of secured and unsecured funding. The ability to securitize loans, and the associated gains on those securitizations, are principally dependent on the credit quality and yields of the assets securitized and are generally not dependent on the

credit ratings of the issuing entity. Transactions between the Firm and its securitization structures are reflected in JPMorgan Chase’s financial statements; these relationships include retained interests in securitization trusts, liquidity facilities and derivative transactions. For further details, see Notes 13 and 14 on pages 100-103 and 103-106, respectively, of this Annual Report.

Issuance: Corporate credit spreads narrowed in 2003 across industries and sectors, reflecting the market perception that credit risks were improving sharply throughout the year, as the number of downgrades declined, corporate balance sheet cash positions increased, and corporate profits exceeded expectations. JPMorgan Chase’s credit spreads outperformed relative to peer spreads following the Enron settlement, reflecting reduced headline risk and improved earnings performance. This resulted in a positive overall shift in fixed income investor sentiment toward JPMorgan Chase, as evidenced by increased investor participation in debt transactions and extension of debt maturities. The Firm took advantage of its narrowing credit spreads by issuing long-term debt and capital securities opportunistically throughout the year.

During 2003, JPMorgan Chase issued approximately $17.2 billion of long-term debt and capital securities. During the year, $8.3 billion of long-term debt and capital securities matured or was redeemed. In addition, in 2003 the Firm securitized approximately $13.3 billion of residential mortgage loans, $8.8 billion of credit card loans and $4.5 billion of automobile loans, resulting in pre-tax gains on securitizations of $168 million, $44 million and $13 million, respectively. For a further discussion of loan securitizations, see Note 13 on pages 100-103 of this Annual Report.

During 2003, the Firm adopted FIN 46 and, as a result, deconsolidated the trusts that issue trust preferred securities. This could have significant implications for the Firm’s capital, because it may change the way the Federal Reserve Board views the Tier 1 status of trust preferred securities. On July 2, 2003, the Federal Reserve Board issued a supervisory letter instructing banks and bank holding companies to continue to include trust preferred securities in Tier 1 capital. Based on the terms of this letter and in consultation with the Federal Reserve Board, the Firm continues to include its trust preferred securities in Tier 1 capital. However, there can be no assurance that the Federal Reserve Board will continue to permit trust preferred securities to count as Tier 1 capital in the future. For a further discussion, see Note 18 on pages 110-111 of this Annual Report.

Derivatives are used in liquidity risk management and funding to achieve the Firm’s desired interest rate risk profile. The Firm enters into derivatives contracts to swap fixed-rate debt to floating-rate obligations and to swap floating-rate debt to fixed-rate obligations. Derivatives contracts are also used to hedge the variability in interest rates that arises from other floating-rate financial instruments and forecasted transactions, such as the rollover of short-term assets and liabilities.



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

48


 

Off-balance sheet arrangements and contractual cash obligations

Special-purpose entities

Special-purpose entities (“SPEs”), special-purpose vehicles (“SPVs”), or variable-interest entities (“VIEs”), are an important part of the financial markets, providing market liquidity by facilitating investors’ access to specific portfolios of assets and risks. SPEs are not operating entities; typically they are established for a single, discrete purpose, have a limited life and have no employees. The basic SPE structure involves a company selling assets to the SPE. The SPE funds the asset purchase by selling securities to investors. To insulate investors from creditors of other entities, including the seller of the assets, SPEs are often structured to be bankruptcy-remote. SPEs are critical to the functioning of many investor markets, including, for example, the market for mortgage-backed securities, other asset-backed securities and commercial paper. JPMorgan Chase is involved with SPEs in three broad categories of transactions: loan securitizations (through “qualifying” SPEs), multi-seller conduits, and client intermediation. Capital is held, as appropriate, against all SPE-related transactions and related exposures such as derivative transactions and lending-related commitments.

The Firm has no commitments to issue its own stock to support any SPE transaction, and its policies require that transactions with SPEs be conducted at arm’s length and reflect market pricing. Consistent with this policy, no JPMorgan Chase employee is permitted to invest in SPEs with which the Firm is involved where such investment would violate the Firm’s Worldwide Rules of Conduct. These rules prohibit employees from self-dealing and prohibit employees from acting on behalf of the Firm in transactions with which they or their family have any significant financial interest.

For certain liquidity commitments to SPEs, the Firm could be required to provide funding if the credit rating of JPMorgan Chase Bank were downgraded below specific levels, primarily P-1, A-1 and F1 for Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s and Fitch, respectively. The amount of these liquidity commitments was $34.0 billion at December 31, 2003. If JPMorgan Chase Bank were required to provide funding under these commitments, the Firm could be replaced as liquidity provider. Additionally, with respect to the multi-seller conduits and structured commercial loan vehicles for which JPMorgan Chase Bank has extended liquidity commitments, the Bank could facilitate the sale or refinancing of the assets in the SPE in order to provide liquidity.

Of these liquidity commitments to SPEs, $27.7 billion is included in the Firm’s total Other unfunded commitments to extend credit included in the table on the following page. As a result of the consolidation of multi-seller conduits in accordance with FIN 46, $6.3 billion of these commitments are excluded from the table, as the underlying assets of the SPE have been included on the Firm’s Consolidated balance sheet.

The following table summarizes certain revenue information related to VIEs with which the Firm has significant involvement, and qualifying SPEs:

                         
Year ended December 31, 2003   “Qualifying”
(in millions)   VIEs (a)   SPEs     Total  
 
Revenue
  $ 79     $ 979     $ 1,058  
 
(a)  
Includes consolidated and nonconsolidated asset-backed commercial paper conduits for a consistent presentation of 2003 results.

The revenue reported in the table above represents primarily servicing fee income. The Firm also has exposure to certain VIE vehicles arising from derivative transactions with VIEs; these transactions are recorded at fair value on the Firm’s Consolidated balance sheet with changes in fair value (i.e., mark-to-market gains and losses) recorded in Trading revenue. Such MTM gains and losses are not included in the revenue amounts reported in the table above.

For a further discussion of SPEs and the Firm’s accounting for SPEs, see Note 1 on pages 86-87, Note 13 on pages 100-103, and Note 14 on pages 103-106 of this Annual Report.

Contractual cash obligations

In the normal course of business, the Firm enters into various contractual obligations that may require future cash payments. Contractual obligations at December 31, 2003, include Long-term debt, trust preferred capital securities, operating leases, contractual purchases and capital expenditures and certain Other liabilities. For a further discussion regarding Long-term debt and trust preferred capital securities, see Note 18 on pages 109-111 of this Annual Report. For a further discussion regarding operating leases, see Note 27 on page 115 of this Annual Report.

The accompanying table summarizes JPMorgan Chase’s off-balance sheet lending-related financial instruments and significant contractual cash obligations, by remaining maturity, at December 31, 2003. Contractual purchases include commitments for future cash expenditures, primarily for services and contracts involving certain forward purchases of securities and commodities. Capital expenditures primarily represent future cash payments for real estate-related obligations and equipment. Contractual purchases and capital expenditures at December 31, 2003, reflect the minimum contractual obligation under legally enforceable contracts with contract terms that are both fixed and determinable. Excluded from the following table are a number of obligations to be settled in cash, primarily in under one year. These obligations are reflected on the Firm’s Consolidated balance sheet and include Deposits; Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements; Other borrowed funds; purchases of Debt and equity instruments that settle within standard market timeframes (e.g. regular-way); Derivative payables that do not require physical delivery of the underlying instrument; and certain purchases of instruments that resulted in settlement failures.



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

49


 

Management’s discussion and analysis

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.
                                         
Off-balance sheet lending-related
financial instruments
  Under     1-3     4-5     After        
By remaining maturity at December 31, 2003 (in millions)   1 year     years     years     5 years     Total  
 
Consumer-related
  $ 151,931     $ 504     $ 620     $ 23,868     $ 176,923  
Commercial-related:
                                       
Other unfunded commitments to extend credit(a)(b)
    92,840       54,797       23,573       5,012       176,222  
Standby letters of credit and guarantees(a)
    17,236       12,225       4,451       1,420       35,332  
Other letters of credit(a)
    1,613       458       2,094       39       4,204  
 
Total commercial-related
    111,689       67,480       30,118       6,471       215,758  
 
Total lending-related commitments
  $ 263,620     $ 67,984     $ 30,738     $ 30,339     $ 392,681  
 
                               
                               
Contractual cash obligations
                                       
By remaining maturity at December 31, 2003 (in millions)                              
 
Long-term debt
  $ 6,633     $ 15,187     $ 12,548     $ 13,646     $ 48,014  
Trust preferred capital securities
                      6,768       6,768  
FIN 46 long-term beneficial interests(c)
    17       726       34       1,652       2,429  
Operating leases(d)
    805       1,467       1,189       4,772       8,233  
Contractual purchases and capital expenditures
    11,920       298       120       69       12,407  
Other liabilities(e)
    428       163       286       4,069 (f)     4,946  
 
Total
  $ 19,803     $ 17,841     $ 14,177     $ 30,976     $ 82,797  
 
   
(a)  
Net of risk participations totaling $16.5 billion at December 31, 2003.
(b)  
Includes unused advised lines of credit totaling $19 billion at December 31, 2003, which are not legally binding. In regulatory filings with the Federal Reserve Board, unused advised lines are not reportable.
(c)  
Included on the Consolidated balance sheet in Beneficial interests issued by consolidated variable interest entities.
(d)  
Excludes benefit of noncancelable sublease rentals of $283 million at December 31, 2003.
(e)  
Includes deferred annuity contracts and expected funding for pension and other postretirement benefits for 2004. Funding requirements for pension and postretirement benefits after 2004 are excluded due to the significant variability in the assumptions required to project the timing of future cash payments.
(f)  
Certain deferred compensation obligations amounting to $3.5 billion are reported in the “After 5 years” column because the actual payment date cannot be specifically determined due to the significant variability in the assumptions required to project the timing of future cash payments.

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

50


 

Credit risk management

Credit risk is the risk of loss from obligor or counterparty default. The Firm is exposed to credit risk through its lending (e.g., loans and lending-related commitments), trading and capital markets activities. Credit risk management practices are designed to preserve the independence and integrity of the risk-assessment process. Processes in place are intended to ensure that credit risks are adequately assessed, properly approved, continually monitored and actively managed. Risk is managed at both the individual transaction and portfolio levels. The Firm

assesses and manages all credit exposures, whether they arise from transactions recorded on- or off–balance sheet.

Credit risk organization

In early 2003, the Credit Risk Policy and Global Credit Management functions were combined to form Global Credit Risk Management consisting of the five primary functions listed in the organizational chart below.



(CREDIT RISK ORGANIZATION FLOW CHART)

Credit risk organization Chief Risk Officer Oversees risk management Global Credit Risk Management Chief Credit Risk Officer Commercial            Consumer Credit Risk Credit            Policy and            Special Credits            CFS Consumer Management Portfolio Group            Strategy Group            Group            Credit Risk Management
• Approves all credit expo- • Actively manages the • Formulates credit policies, • Actively manages • Approves and sure; approval authority risk in the Firm’s credit            limits, allowance appropri- criticized commercial            monitors credit risk varies based on aggregate positions from traditional            ateness and guidelines            exposures in workouts
• Monitors external economic size of client’s credit lending and derivative            and restructurings
• Independently audits, trends to predict emerging exposure and the size, trading activities, through monitors and assesses            risks in the consumer maturity and risk level the purchase or sale of risk ratings and risk            portfolio of a transaction credit derivative hedges, management processes other market instruments • Formulates credit policies,
• Assigns risk ratings and secondary market • Addresses country risk, limits, allowance appropri-
• Collaborates with client loan sales            counterparty risk and            ateness and guidelines executives to monitor            capital allocation method- credit quality via ongoing • Manages derivatives ologies with Market Risk and periodic reviews collateral risk Management of client documentation, financial data and industry trends

Business strategy and risk management

Commercial

The Firm’s business strategy for its large corporate commercial portfolio remains primarily one of origination for distribution. The majority of the Firm’s wholesale loan originations in IB continue to be distributed into the marketplace, with residual holds by the Firm averaging less than 10%. The commercial loan port-

folio declined by 9% in 2003, reflecting a combination of continued weak loan demand, the Firm’s ongoing goal of reducing commercial credit concentrations and refinancings into more liquid capital markets. The Firm’s SVA discipline discourages the retention of loan assets that do not generate a positive return above the cost of risk-adjusted capital. SVA remains a critical discipline in making loans and commitments, particularly when combined with other credit and capital management disciplines.



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

51


 

Management’s discussion and analysis

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

To measure commercial credit risk, the Firm estimates the likelihood of obligor or counterparty default; the amount of exposure should the obligor or the counterparty default; and the loss severity given a default event. Based on these factors and related market-based inputs, the Firm estimates both expected and unexpected losses for each segment of the portfolio. Expected losses are statistically-based estimates of credit losses over time, anticipated as a result of obligor or counterparty default. They are used to set risk-adjusted credit loss provisions. However, expected credit losses are not the sole indicators of risk. If losses were entirely predictable, the expected loss rate could be factored into pricing and covered as a normal and recurring cost of doing business. Unexpected losses represent the potential volatility of actual losses relative to the expected level of losses and are the basis for the Firm’s credit risk capital-allocation process.

In 2003, the Firm significantly modified its approach to commercial credit risk management to further enhance risk management discipline, improve returns and liquidity and use capital more efficiently. Three primary initiatives were launched during the year: improved single-name and industry concentration management, through a revised threshold and limit structure; a revised capital methodology; and increased portfolio management activity utilizing credit derivatives and loan sales. The Firm manages capital and exposure concentrations by obligor, risk rating, industry and geography. The Firm has reduced by one-half the number of clients whose credit exposure exceeded the narrowest definition of concentration limits during 2003, through focused client planning and portfolio management activities.

A comprehensive review of the Firm’s wholesale credit risk management infrastructure was completed in 2003. As a result, the Firm has commenced a multi-year initiative to reengineer specific components of the credit risk infrastructure, including creation of a simpler infrastructure with more standardized hardware and software platforms. The goal of the initiative is to enhance the Firm’s ability to provide immediate and accurate risk and exposure information; actively manage credit risk in the residual portfolio; support client relationships; manage more quickly the allocation of economic capital; and support compliance with Basel II initiatives.

Consumer

Consumer credit risks are monitored at the aggregate CFS level and within each line of business (mortgages, credit cards, automobile finance, small business and consumer banking). Consumer credit risk management uses sophisticated portfolio modeling, credit scoring and decision-support tools to project credit risks and establish underwriting standards. Risk parameters are established in the early stages of product development, and the cost of credit risk is an integral part of product pricing and evaluating profit dynamics. Losses generated by consumer loans are more predictable than for commercial loans, but are subject to cyclical and seasonal factors. The frequency of loss is higher on consumer loans than on corporate loans but the severity of losses is typically lower and more manageable, depending on whether loans are secured or not. In addition, common measures of credit quality derived from historical loss experience can be used to predict con-

sumer losses. Likewise, underwriting principles and philosophies are common among lenders focusing on borrowers of similar credit quality. For these reasons, Consumer Credit Risk Management focuses on trends and concentrations at the portfolio level, where problems can be remedied through changes in underwriting policies and adherence to portfolio guidelines. Consumer Credit Risk Management also monitors key risk attributes, including borrower credit quality, loan performance (as measured by delinquency) and losses (expected versus actual). The monthly and quarterly analysis of trends around these attributes is monitored against business expectations and industry benchmarks.

Capital allocation for credit risk

Unexpected credit losses drive the allocation of credit risk capital by portfolio segment.

In the commercial portfolio, capital allocations are differentiated by risk rating, loss severity, maturity, correlations and assumed exposure at default. In 2003, the Firm revised its methodology for the assessment of credit risk capital allocated to the commercial credit portfolio, more closely aligning capital with current market conditions. Specifically, the new approach employs estimates of default likelihood that are derived from current market parameters and is intended to capture the impact of both defaults and declines in market value due to credit deterioration. This approach is intended to reflect more accurately current risk conditions, as well as to enhance the management of commercial credit risk by encouraging the utilization of the growing market in credit derivatives and secondary market loan sales. See the Capital management section on pages 46–47 of this Annual Report.

Within the consumer businesses, capital allocations are differentiated by product and product segment. For the consumer portfolio, consumer products are placed into categories with homogenous credit characteristics, from which default rates and charge-offs can be estimated. Credit risk capital is allocated based on the unexpected loss inherent in those categories.

Commercial and consumer credit portfolio

JPMorgan Chase’s total credit exposure (which includes $34.9 billion of securitized credit cards) was $730.9 billion at December 31, 2003, a 2% increase from year-end 2002. The increase reflected a change in the portfolio’s composition: a $41.5 billion increase in consumer exposure, partially offset by a $30.2 billion decrease in commercial exposure.

Managed consumer loans increased by $15.7 billion, primarily resulting from higher levels of residential mortgage and automobile originations, while lending-related commitments increased by $25.8 billion, primarily in the home finance and credit card businesses.

Commercial exposure decreased by 7% to $382.7 billion as of year-end 2003, the result of an $8.5 billion decrease in loans and a $22.4 billion decrease in lending-related commitments. The decrease in loans outstanding reflected weaker demand, as well as the Firm’s ongoing credit management activities, including $5.2 billion in loan and commitment sales. This was partially offset



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

52


 

by a $5.8 billion increase related to VIEs consolidated in accordance with FIN 46. The decrease in lending-related commitments was due to an overall contraction in lending demand and reflected a $6.3 billion decline due to the adoption of FIN 46. For further discussion of FIN 46, see Note 14 on pages 103–106 of this Annual Report.

The Firm also views its credit exposure on an “Economic” basis, which is the basis upon which it allocates credit capital to the lines of business. The principal difference between the Firm’s credit exposure on a reported basis and Economic credit exposure relates to the way the Firm views its credit exposure to derivative receivables and lending-related commitments.

For derivative receivables, the Firm measures its Economic credit exposure using the Average exposure (“AVG”) metric. This is a measure of the expected MTM value of the Firm’s derivative receivables at future time periods, including the benefit of collateral. The three-year average of the AVG metric is the Firm’s Economic measure of derivative risk since three years is the average remaining life of the derivatives portfolio; it was $34 billion as of December 31, 2003. For more information, see the Derivative contracts section of this Annual Report.

The following table reconciles Derivative receivables on a MTM basis with the Firm’s Economic credit exposure basis, a non-GAAP financial measure.

Reconciliation of Derivative Receivables to Economic
Credit Exposure

                 
As of December 31, (in billions)   2003     2002  
 
Derivative receivables:
               
Derivative receivables MTM
  $ 84     $ 83  
Collateral held against derivatives
    (36 )     (30 )
 
           
Derivative receivables – net current exposure
    48       53  
Reduction in exposure to 3-year average exposure
    (14 )     (19 )
 
           
Economic credit exposure
  $ 34     $ 34  
 
           
 

For commercial lending-related commitments, the Firm measures its Economic credit exposure using a “loan equivalent” amount for each commitment, rather than the contractual amount of the lending-related commitment. The contractual amount represents the maximum possible credit risk should the counterparty draw down the commitment and subsequently default. However, most of these commitments expire without a default occurring or without being drawn. As a result, the total contractual amount of these instruments is not, in the Firm’s view, representative of the Firm’s actual future credit exposure or funding requirements. In determining the Firm’s Economic credit exposure to commercial lending-related commitments, the Firm has established a “loan-equivalent” amount for each commitment. The loan-equivalent amount represents the portion of the unused commitment or other contingent exposure that is likely, based on average portfolio historical experience, to become outstanding in the event of a default by the obligor. It is this amount that, in management’s view, represents the Firm’s Economic credit exposure to the obligor. The aggregate amount of its Economic credit exposure associated with commercial lending-related commitments was $106.9 billion in 2003, compared with $115.5 billion in 2002.

The following table reconciles commercial lending–related commitments on a GAAP basis with the Firm’s Economic credit exposure basis, a non-GAAP financial measure.

Reconciliation of Commercial Lending-Related Commitments to
Economic Credit Exposure

                 
As of December 31, (in billions)   2003     2002  
 
Commercial lending-related commitments:
               
Reported amount
  $ 216     $ 238  
Loan equivalent (“LEQ”) adjustment
    (109 )     (123 )
 
           
Economic credit exposure
  $ 107     $ 115  
 
           
 


J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

53


 

Management’s discussion and analysis

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

The following table presents JPMorgan Chase’s credit portfolio as of December 31, 2003 and 2002:

Commercial and consumer credit portfolio

                                                 
                                    Approximate period-end
As of December 31,   Credit exposure   Economic credit exposure   allocated credit capital
(in millions)   2003     2002     2003     2002     2003     2002  
 
COMMERCIAL
                                               
Loans (a)(b)
  $ 83,097 (i)   $ 91,548     $ 83,097     $ 91,548                  
Derivative receivables (b)
    83,751       83,102       34,130       34,189                  
Other receivables
    108       108       108       108                  
 
Total commercial credit-related assets
    166,956       174,758       117,335       125,845                  
Lending-related commitments (a)(c)
    215,758 (j)     238,120       106,872       115,495                  
 
Total commercial credit exposure
  $ 382,714     $ 412,878     $ 224,207     $ 241,340     $ 8,200     $ 13,300  
 
CONSUMER
                                               
Loans – reported (a)(d)
  $ 136,421     $ 124,816     $ 136,421     $ 124,816                  
Loans securitized (d)(e)
    34,856       30,722       34,856       30,722                  
 
Total managed consumer loans
    171,277       155,538       171,277       155,538                  
Lending-related commitments (f)
    176,923       151,138       176,923       151,138                  
 
Total consumer credit exposure
  $ 348,200     $ 306,676     $ 348,200     $ 306,676     $ 3,400     $ 3,300  
 
TOTAL CREDIT PORTFOLIO
                                               
Managed loans
  $ 254,374     $ 247,086     $ 254,374     $ 247,086                  
Derivative receivables
    83,751       83,102       34,130       34,189                  
Other receivables
    108       108       108       108                  
 
Total managed credit-related assets
    338,233       330,296       288,612       281,383                  
Total lending-related commitments
    392,681       389,258       283,795       266,633                  
 
Total credit portfolio
  $ 730,914     $ 719,554     $ 572,407     $ 548,016     $ 11,600     $ 16,600  
 
Credit derivative hedges notional (g)
  $ (37,282 )   $ (33,767 )   $ (37,282 )   $ (33,767 )   $ (1,300 )   $ (1,200 )
Collateral held against derivative receivables (h)
    (36,214 )     (30,410 )     NA       NA                  
 
(a)  
Amounts are presented gross of the allowance for credit losses.
(b)  
Loans are presented gross of collateral held. Derivative receivables Credit exposure is presented gross of collateral held.
(c)  
Includes unused advised lines of credit totaling $19 billion at December 31, 2003, and $22 billion at December 31, 2002, which are not legally binding. In regulatory filings with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, unused advised lines are not reportable.
(d)  
At December 31, 2003, credit card securitizations included $1.1 billion of accrued interest and fees on securitized credit card loans that were classified in Other assets, consistent with the FASB Staff Position, Accounting for Accrued Interest Receivable Related to Securitized and Sold Receivables under SFAS 140. Prior to March 31, 2003, this balance was classified in credit card loans.
(e)  
Represents securitized credit cards. For a further discussion of credit card securitizations, see page 41 of this Annual Report.
(f)  
Credit exposure and Economic credit exposure to consumer lending–related commitments are presented on the same basis; in the Firm’s view, this is a conservative measure as it represents the Firm’s maximum exposure.
(g)  
Represents hedges of commercial credit exposure that do not qualify for hedge accounting under SFAS 133.
(h)  
On an Economic credit exposure basis, collateral is considered “NA,” as it is already accounted for in Derivative receivables.
(i)  
Includes $5.8 billion of exposure related to consolidated VIEs in accordance with FIN 46, of which $4.8 billion is associated with multi-seller asset-backed commercial paper conduits.
(j)  
Total commitments related to asset-backed commercial paper conduits consolidated in accordance with FIN 46 are $9.8 billion, of which $3.5 billion is included in Lending-related commitments. The remaining $6.3 billion of commitments to these VIEs is excluded, as the underlying assets of the vehicles are reported as follows: $4.8 billion in Loans and $1.5 billion in Available-for-sale securities.

As of December 31, 2003, total Economic credit exposure was $572.4 billion, compared with $548.0 billion as of year-end 2002. Economic credit exposure for 2003 was $572.4 billion compared with 2003 credit exposure of $730.9 billion.

The Firm’s allocated credit capital (including the benefit from credit derivative hedges) decreased significantly during 2003, to $10.3 billion at December 31, 2003, from $15.4 billion at year-end 2002. The $5.1 billion decrease was related to lower exposure in the commercial portfolio, hedging and loan sale activities, and significantly improved credit quality in the loan portfolio.



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

54


 

Commercial credit portfolio

The following table summarizes the maturity and ratings profiles of the commercial portfolio as of December 31, 2003 and 2002. The ratings scale is based on the Firm’s internal risk ratings, and is presented on an S&P–equivalent basis.

At December 31, 2003, 83% of the total commercial credit exposure of $383 billion was considered investment-grade, an improvement from 80% at year-end 2002. There was improvement across all components of credit exposure, most significantly

in loans, as commercial criticized exposure declined by 47%, while the total commercial loan balance declined by 9%.

Under the Firm’s Economic view of credit exposure, the portion of the portfolio that was deemed investment-grade improved to 80% as of December 31, 2003, from 74% at year-end 2002. In addition to the improved credit quality of loans and lending-related commitments, the investment-grade component of Derivative receivables improved to 91% at year-end 2003 from 85% at the end of 2002.



Commercial exposure

                                                                                                 
    Maturity profile(a)   Ratings profile
                                                                                            Total % of IG-  
                                    Investment-grade ("IG")   Noninvestment-grade                   Economic  
As of December 31, 2003                                   AAA     A+     BBB+     BB+     CCC+             Total %     credit  
(in billions, except ratios)   <1 year   1–5 years   > 5 years   Total   to AA-     to A-     to BBB-     to B-     & below     Total     of IG     exposure  
     
Loans (b)
    49 %     37 %     14 %     100 %   $ 20     $ 13     $ 21     $ 23     $ 6     $ 83       65 %     65 %
Derivative receivables
    20       41       39       100       47       15       12       9       1       84       88       91  
Lending-related commitments (c)(d)
    52       45       3       100       80       57       52       25       2       216       88       88  
     
Total exposure (e)
    44 %     43 %     13 %     100     $ 147     $ 85     $ 85     $ 57     $ 9     $ 383       83 %     80 %
     
Credit derivative hedges notional (f)
    16 %     74 %     10 %     100 %   $ (10 )   $ (12 )   $ (12 )   $ (2 )   $ (1 )   $ (37 )     92 %     92 %
     
                                                                                                 
                                                                                            Total % of IG-  
                                    Investment-grade ("IG")   Noninvestment-grade                   Economic  
As of December 31, 2002                                   AAA     A+     BBB+     BB+     CCC+             Total %     credit  
(in billions, except ratios)   <1 year   1–5 years   > 5 years   Total   to AA-     to A-     to BBB-     to B-     & below     Total     of IG     exposure  
     
Loans
    45 %     39 %     16 %     100 %   $ 18     $ 10     $ 23     $ 30     $ 11     $ 92       55 %     55 %
Derivative receivables
    29       40       31       100       42       16       14       9       2       83       87       85  
Lending-related commitments
    62       34       4       100       82       80       46       26       4       238       87       86  
     
Total exposure
    52 %     36 %     12 %     100 %   $ 142     $ 106     $ 83     $ 65     $ 17     $ 413       80 %     74 %
     
Credit derivative hedges notional (f)
    39 %     55 %     6 %     100 %   $ (9 )   $ (10 )   $ (10 )   $ (4 )   $ (1 )   $ (34 )     85 %     85 %
     
(a)  
The maturity profile of loans and lending-related commitments is based upon remaining contractual maturity. The maturity profile of derivative receivables is based upon the maturity profile of Average exposure. See page 59 of this Annual Report for a further discussion.
(b)  
Includes $5.8 billion of exposure related to consolidated VIEs in accordance with FIN 46, of which $4.8 billion is associated with multi-seller asset-backed commercial paper conduits. Excluding the impact of FIN 46, the total percentage of investment-grade would have been 62%.
(c)  
Based on Economic credit exposure, the maturity profile for the <1 year, 1–5 years and >5 years would have been 38%, 58% and 4%, respectively. See page 53 of this Annual Report for a further discussion of Economic credit exposure.
(d)  
Total commitments related to asset-backed commercial paper conduits consolidated in accordance with FIN 46 are $9.8 billion, of which $3.5 billion is included in Lending-related commitments. The remaining $6.3 billion of commitments to these VIEs is excluded, as the underlying assets of the vehicles are reported as follows: $4.8 billion in Loans and $1.5 billion in Available-for-sale securities.
(e)  
Based on Economic credit exposure, the maturity profile for <1 year, 1–5 years and >5 years would have been 36%, 46% and 18%, respectively. See page 53 of this Annual Report for a further discussion.
(f)  
Ratings are based on the underlying referenced assets.

Commercial exposure – selected industry concentrations

During 2003, the Firm undertook a thorough analysis of industry risk correlations. As a result, the Firm developed a new industry structure, intended to provide stronger linkages between exposures with common risk attributes. The Firm expects these changes to enhance its ability to manage industry risks consistently across regions and lines of business. The implementation

of the new industry structure resulted in shifts in credit exposure, with increases in some industries due to consolidation and decreases in others as a result of realignments. In managing industry risk, the Firm recognizes customers that have multiple industry affiliations in each industry category. However, the following table ranks exposures only by a customer’s primary industry affiliation to prevent double counting.



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

55


 

Management’s discussion and analysis

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

The industry distribution of the Firm’s commercial credit exposure (loans, derivative receivables and lending-related commitments) under the new industry structure, as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, was as follows:

                                                                         
                                                                    Collateral  
            Ratings profile of credit exposure                           held  
                    Noninvestment-grade                   Credit     against  
As of December 31, 2003   Credit   Investment-           Criticized   Criticized   Net           derivative     derivative  
(in millions, except ratios)   exposure(a)   grade   Noncriticized   performing   nonperforming(b)   charge-offs(c)           hedges(d)     receivables  
             
Top 10 industries
                                                                       
Commercial banks
  $ 47,063       96 %   $ 1,786     $ 8     $ 20     $ 9             $ (10,231 )   $ (24,740 )
Asset managers
    21,794       82       3,899       76       13       14               (245 )     (1,133 )
Securities firms and exchanges
    15,599       83       2,582       9       13       4               (1,369 )     (4,168 )
Finance companies and lessors
    15,589       94       846       99       3       6               (2,307 )     (82 )
Utilities
    15,296       82       1,714       415       583       129               (1,960 )     (176 )
Real estate
    14,544       70       4,058       232       49       29               (718 )     (182 )
State and municipal governments
    14,354       100       36       14       1                     (405 )     (12 )
Media
    14,075       65       3,285       1,307       358       151               (1,678 )     (186 )
Consumer products
    13,774       71       3,628       313       103       6               (1,104 )     (122 )
Insurance
    12,756       95       550       83                           (2,149 )     (854 )
Other selected industries
                                                                       
Telecom services
    10,924       75       2,204       340       227       127               (2,941 )     (402 )
Automotive
    7,268       76       1,536       150       82       14               (2,313 )      
All other
    179,678       80       31,658       3,441       918       327               (9,862 )     (4,157 )
             
Total
  $ 382,714       83 %   $ 57,782     $ 6,487     $ 2,370     $ 816             $ (37,282 )   $ (36,214 )
             
                                                                         
                                                                    Collateral  
            Ratings profile of credit exposure                           held  
                    Noninvestment-grade                   Credit     against  
As of December 31, 2002   Credit   Investment-           Criticized   Criticized   Net           derivative     derivative  
(in millions, except ratios)   exposure (a)   grade   Noncriticized   performing   nonperforming(b)   charge-offs(c)           hedges(d)     receivables  
             
Top 10 industries(e)
                                                                       
Commercial banks
  $ 42,247       95 %   $ 2,188     $ 2     $ 44     $ 43             $ (8,370 )   $ (18,212 )
Asset managers
    24,867       78       5,328       172       52       11               (276 )     (1,153 )
Securities firms and exchanges
    17,512       90       1,667       16             3               (551 )     (3,680 )
Finance companies and lessors
    18,977       93       1,220       99       15       1               (2,322 )     (133 )
Utilities
    17,717       72       2,096       2,146       746       170               (2,708 )     (33 )
Real estate
    11,614       63       3,611       633       71       87               (692 )     (115 )
State and municipal governments
    11,973       99       106                                 (1,273 )     (8 )
Media
    17,566       58       4,680       1,918       701       161               (1,178 )     (611 )
Consumer products
    12,376       72       3,157       223       70       29               (1,179 )     (85 )
Insurance
    14,800       92       768       220       258       18               (2,478 )     (778 )
Other selected industries
                                                                       
Telecom services
    15,604       59       5,077       687       706       759               (436 )      
Automotive
    8,192       71       2,055       298       22       (2 )             (1,148 )      
All other
    199,433       80       33,028       6,095       1,384       813               (11,156 )     (5,602 )
             
Total
  $ 412,878       80 %   $ 64,981     $ 12,509     $ 4,069     $ 2,093             $ (33,767 )   $ (30,410 )
             
(a)  
Credit exposure is net of risk participations, and excludes the benefit of credit derivative hedges and collateral held against derivative receivables or loans.
(b)  
Nonperforming assets exclude nonaccrual loans held for sale (“HFS”) of $52 million and $18 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. HFS loans are carried at the lower of cost or market, and declines in value are recorded in Other revenue.
(c)  
Represents net charge-offs on loans and lending-related commitments. Amounts in parentheses represent net recoveries.
(d)  
Represents notional amounts only; these hedges do not qualify for hedge accounting under SFAS 133.
(e)  
Based on the 2003 determination of Top 10 industries.

Selected industry discussion

Presented below is a discussion of several industries to which the Firm has significant exposure and which it continues to monitor because of actual or potential credit concerns.

 
Commercial banks: The industry represents the largest segment of the Firm’s commercial credit exposure, and 96% of the credit exposure is rated investment-grade. Collateral held against $33.3 billion in derivative receivables is valued at $24.7 billion.


J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

56


 

 
Utilities: The Firm significantly reduced its credit exposure to this segment over the last twelve months, from $17.7 billion to $15.3 billion, a 14% decline. This reduction was achieved by significant refinancing activity in nonbank capital markets, restructurings in the industry and a decline in client demand for lending activity. Criticized credit exposures, primarily related to U.S. customers, were reduced by 65%, to $998 million. Utilities became a top-10 industry as a result of the new industry structure, which consolidated several related sectors.
 
 
Media: Total credit exposure declined by 20% to $14.1 billion. The quality of the portfolio was enhanced by a reduction in criticized exposures, primarily in the European cable sector, which increased the proportion of investment-grade exposures from 58% to 65% of the portfolio. Overall, criticized exposures were reduced by 36%, to $1.7 billion. Media became a top-10 industry as a result of the new industry structure, which consolidated several related sectors.
 
 
Telecom services: In 2003, the telecommunications industry worldwide improved its financial picture significantly after severe capital and liquidity constraints in 2002. Overall, credit exposures declined by 30% to $10.9 billion during the year; 75% of the credit exposure is considered investment-grade compared with 59% in 2002. Criticized exposures were reduced by 59% during the year, the result of capital markets refinancings, other restructurings and acquisitions of weaker market participants by stronger companies.
 
 
Automotive: In 2003, automotive companies accessed nonbank capital markets, reducing the Firm’s credit exposure by $924 million. While total credit exposure to this industry is significant, more than half of the exposure is undrawn. At December 31, 2003, 76% of this portfolio was rated investment-grade, an increase from 2002.
 
 
All other: All other at December 31, 2003 included $180 billion of credit exposure to 21 industry segments. Exposures related to special-purpose entities and high net worth individuals totaled 38% of this category. Special-purpose entities provide secured financing (generally backed by receivables, loans or bonds) originated by companies in a diverse group of industries which are not highly correlated. The remaining All other exposure is well diversified across other industries, none of which comprise more than 3% of total exposure.

Commercial criticized exposure

Exposures deemed criticized generally represent a ratings profile similar to a rating of CCC+/Caa1 and lower, as defined by Standard & Poor’s/Moody’s. As of year-end 2003, the total $8.9 billion in criticized exposure represented 2% of total commercial credit exposure and was down $7.7 billion, or 47%, from December 31, 2002. The significant decrease was due to improved economic conditions, restructurings and capital markets refinancings during the year, in particular in the Telecom services, Media and Utilities industries.

(COMMERCIAL CRITICIZED EXPOSURE TRENDS BAR CHART)

Commercial criticized exposure trends(a) (in billions) Chemicals/plastics Telecom services            All other Metals/mining            Media Technology            Utilities $16.6 $1.2 $15 $14.6 $1.2 $0.9 $1.4 $12.8 $1.0 $0.8 $1.4 $11.3 $2.6 $0.9 $0.7 $1.2 $0.8 $10 $2.5 $8.9 $0.9 $2.9 $2.6 $0.6 $2.0 $2.5 $0.6 $0.6 $1.3 $1.7 $1.2 $5 $1.0 $7.3 $6.8 $6.0 $5.2 $4.4 $0 12/31/02 3/31/03 6/30/03 9/30/03 12/31/03 (a) Industries shown represent the top five by criticized exposure at the period indicated.

The top five industries shown above total 50% of the total commercial criticized exposure at December 31, 2003. No industry below the top five is larger than 5% of the total.

(INDUSRTY CONCENTRATIONS PIE CHART)

Criticized exposure — industry concentrations December 31, 2003 Machinery & Consumer products 5% equipment mfg. 5% Airlines 4% Emerging markets 3% Retail 3% Metal/mining 3% Real estate 3% Top 5 50% Under 3% 24%

Enron-related exposure

The Firm’s exposure to Enron and Enron-related entities was reduced by 11% during the year, from $688 million at December 31, 2002, to $609 million at December 31, 2003. The reduction was primarily due to the maturation of $50 million of debtor-in-possession financing and repayments on secured exposures. At December 31, 2003, secured exposure of $270 million is performing and is reported on an amortized cost basis.



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

57


 

Management’s discussion and analysis

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

Country exposure

The Firm has a comprehensive process for measuring and managing its country exposures and risk. Exposures to a country include all credit-related lending, trading and investment activities, whether cross-border or locally funded. In addition to monitoring country exposures, the Firm uses stress tests to measure and manage the risk of extreme loss associated with sovereign crises.

The table below presents the Firm’s exposure to selected countries. The selection of countries is based on the materiality of the Firm’s exposure and its view of actual or potentially adverse credit conditions. Exposure amounts are adjusted for credit enhancements (e.g., guarantees and letters of credit) provided by third parties located outside the country if the enhancements fully cover the country risk, as well as the commercial risk. In

addition, the benefit of collateral, credit derivative hedges and other short credit or equity trading positions are reflected. Total exposure includes exposure to both government and private-sector entities in a country.

The slight decrease in exposure to Brazil over the prior year-end was due to reductions in loans. The decline in Mexican exposure when compared with the prior year was primarily due to loan maturities and reductions in counterparty exposure on derivatives. The reduction in South Korea was due to a combination of loan maturities and trading activities. Hong Kong’s exposure declined due to lower counterparty exposure on derivatives. The increase in Russian exposure was due to cross-border and local trading positions and short-term lending.



Selected country exposure

                                                         
                                                    At December 31,  
    At December 31, 2003   2002  
    Cross-border                   Total     total  
(in billions)   Lending (a)     Trading (b)     Other (c)     Total     Local (d)     exposure     exposure  
 
Brazil
  $ 0.2     $ 0.4     $ 0.6     $ 1.2     $ 0.8     $ 2.0     $ 2.1  
Mexico
    0.6       0.5       0.2       1.3       0.2       1.5       2.2  
 
South Korea
    0.6       0.4       0.3       1.3       0.9       2.2       2.7  
Hong Kong
    0.7       0.1       0.9       1.7             1.7       2.2  
 
Russia
    0.1       0.5             0.6       0.1       0.7       0.5  
 
(a)  
Lending includes loans and accrued interest receivable, interest-bearing deposits with banks, acceptances, other monetary assets, issued letters of credit and undrawn commitments to extend credit.
(b)  
Trading includes (1) issuer exposure on cross-border debt and equity instruments, held in both trading and investment accounts, adjusted for the impact of issuer hedges, including credit derivatives; and (2) counterparty exposure on derivative and foreign exchange contracts as well as security financing trades (resale agreements and securities borrowed).
(c)  
Other represents mainly local exposure funded cross-border.
(d)  
Local exposure is defined as exposure to a country denominated in local currency, booked and funded locally.

 

Derivative contracts

In the normal course of business, the Firm utilizes derivative instruments to meet the needs of customers, to generate revenues through trading activities, to manage exposure to fluctuations in interest rates, currencies and other markets and to manage its own credit risk. The Firm uses the same credit risk management procedures to assess and approve potential credit

exposures when entering into derivative transactions as those used for traditional lending.

The following table summarizes the aggregate notional amounts and the reported derivative receivables (i.e., the MTM or fair value of derivative contracts after taking into account the effects of legally enforceable master netting agreements) at each of the dates indicated:



Notional amounts and derivative receivables MTM

                                 
    Notional amounts (a)   Derivative receivables MTM
As of December 31, (in billions)   2003     2002     2003     2002  
 
Interest rate contracts
  $ 31,252     $ 23,591     $ 60     $ 55  
Foreign exchange contracts
    1,582       1,505       10       7  
Equity
    328       307       9       13  
Credit derivatives
    578       366       3       6  
Commodity
    24       36       2       2  
 
Total notional and credit exposure
    33,764       25,805       84       83  
Collateral held against derivative receivables
  NA     NA       (36 )     (30 )
 
Exposure net of collateral
  $ 33,764     $ 25,805     $ 48     $ 53  
 
(a)  
The notional amounts represent the gross sum of long and short third-party notional derivative contracts, excluding written options and foreign exchange spot contracts.

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

58


 

The $34 trillion of notional principal of the Firm’s derivative contracts outstanding at December 31, 2003, significantly exceeds the possible credit losses that could arise from such transactions. For most derivative transactions, the notional principal amount does not change hands; it is simply used as a reference to calculate payments. In terms of current credit risk exposure, the appropriate measure of risk is the MTM value of the contract. The MTM exposure represents the cost to replace the contracts at current market rates should the counterparty default. When JPMorgan Chase has more than one transaction outstanding with a counterparty, and a legally enforceable master netting agreement exists with the counterparty, the MTM exposure, less collateral held, represents, in the Firm’s view, the appropriate measure of current credit risk with that counterparty as of the reporting date. At December 31, 2003, the MTM value of derivative receivables (after taking into account the effects of legally enforceable master netting agreements) was $84 billion. Further, after taking into account $36 billion of collateral held by the Firm, the net current MTM credit exposure was $48 billion.

While useful as a current view of credit exposure, the net MTM value of the derivative receivables does not capture the potential future variability of that credit exposure. To capture the potential future variability of credit exposure, the Firm calculates, on a client-by-client basis, three measures of potential derivatives-related credit loss: Peak, Derivative Risk Equivalent (“DRE”) and Average exposure (“AVG”). This last measure is used as the basis for the Firm’s Economic credit exposure as defined on page 53 of this Annual Report. These measures all incorporate netting and collateral benefits where applicable.

Peak exposure to a counterparty is an extreme measure of exposure calculated at a 97.5% confidence level. However, the total potential future credit risk embedded in the Firm’s derivatives portfolio is not the simple sum of all Peak client credit risks. This is because, at the portfolio level, credit risk is reduced by the fact that when offsetting transactions are done with separate counterparties, only one of the two trades can generate a credit loss even if both counterparties were to default simultaneously. The Firm refers to this effect as market diversification, and the Market-Diversified Peak (“MDP”) measure is a portfolio aggregation of counterparty Peak measures, representing the maximum losses at the 97.5% confidence level that would occur if all counterparties defaulted under any one given market scenario and timeframe.

Derivative Risk Equivalent exposure is a measure that expresses the riskiness of derivative exposure on a basis intended to be equivalent to the riskiness of loan exposures. This is done by equating the unexpected loss in a derivative counterparty exposure (which takes into consideration both the loss volatility and the credit rating of the counterparty) with the unexpected loss in a loan exposure (which takes into consideration only the credit rating of the counterparty). DRE is a less extreme measure of the potential credit loss than Peak, and is the primary measure used by the Firm for credit approval of derivative transactions.

Finally, as described on page 53 of this Annual Report, Average exposure is a measure of the expected MTM value of the Firm’s derivative receivables at future time periods. The three-year average of the AVG is the basis of the Firm’s Economic credit exposure, while AVG exposure over the total life of the derivative contract is used as the primary metric for pricing purposes and is used to calculate credit capital and the Credit Valuation Adjustment (“CVA”).

The chart below shows the exposure profiles to derivatives over the next 10 years as calculated by the MDP, DRE and AVG metrics. All three measures generally show declining exposure after the first year, if no new trades were added to the portfolio.

(EXPOSURE PROFILE OF DERIVATIVES CHART)

The MTM value of the Firm’s derivative receivables incorporates an adjustment to reflect the credit quality of counterparties. This is called CVA and was $635 million as of December 31, 2003, compared with $1.3 billion at December 31, 2002. The CVA is based on the Firm’s AVG to a counterparty, and on the counterparty’s credit spread in the credit derivatives market. The primary components of changes in CVA are credit spreads, new deal activity or unwinds, and changes in the underlying market environment. The CVA decrease in 2003 was primarily due to the dramatic reduction in credit spreads during the year. For a discussion of the impact of CVA on Trading revenue, see portfolio management activity on pages 60-61 of this Annual Report.

The Firm believes that active risk management is essential to controlling the dynamic credit risk in the derivatives portfolio. The Firm hedges its exposure to changes in CVA by entering into credit derivative transactions, as well as interest rate, foreign exchange, equity and commodity derivatives transactions.



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

59


 

Management’s discussion and analysis

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

The table below summarizes the ratings profile, as of December 31, 2003, of the Firm’s balance sheet derivative receivables MTM, net of cash and other highly liquid collateral:

Ratings profile of derivative receivables MTM

                 
Rating equivalent   Exposure net     % of exposure  
(in millions)   of collateral (a)     net of collateral  
 
AAA to AA-
  $ 24,697       52 %
A+ to A-
    7,677       16  
BBB+ to BBB-
    7,564       16  
BB+ to B-
    6,777       14  
CCC+ and below
    822       2  
 
Total
  $ 47,537       100 %
 
(a)  
Total derivative receivables exposure and collateral held by the Firm against this exposure were $84 billion and $36 billion, respectively. The $36 billion excludes $8 billion of collateral delivered by clients at the initiation of transactions; this collateral secures exposure that could arise in the existing portfolio of derivatives should the MTM of the clients’ transactions move in the Firm’s favor. The $36 billion also excludes credit enhancements in the form of letters of credit and surety receivables.

The Firm actively pursues the use of collateral agreements to mitigate counterparty credit risk in derivatives. The percentage of the Firm’s derivatives transactions subject to collateral agreements increased to 78% on December 31, 2003, from 67% on December 31, 2002. The increase of collateralized transactions was driven largely by new collateral agreements. The Firm held $36 billion of collateral as of December 31, 2003, compared with $30 billion as of December 31, 2002. The Firm posted $27 billion of collateral at year-end 2003, compared with $19 billion at the end of 2002.

Certain derivative and collateral agreements include provisions that require both the Firm and the counterparty, upon specified downgrades in their respective credit ratings, to post collateral for the benefit of the other party. The impact on required collateral of a single-notch ratings downgrade to JPMorgan Chase Bank, from its current rating of AA- to A+, would have been an additional $1.3 billion of collateral as of December 31, 2003. The impact of a six-notch ratings downgrade to JPMorgan Chase Bank (from AA- to BBB-) would have been $3.7 billion of additional collateral from levels as of December 31, 2003. The amount of additional collateral required upon downgrade moves in tandem with the mark-to-market value of the derivatives portfolio and ranged (with respect to a six-notch downgrade) from $3.4 billion to $4.2 billion throughout 2003, as the level of U.S. interest rates changed. Certain derivatives contracts also provide for termination of the contract, generally upon JPMorgan Chase Bank being downgraded, at the then-existing MTM value of the derivative receivables.

Use of credit derivatives

The following table presents the notional amounts of credit derivatives protection bought and sold at December 31, 2003 and 2002:

Credit derivative positions

                                         
    Portfolio management   Dealer/Client      
    Notional amount   Notional amount      
December 31,   Protection     Protection     Protection     Protection        
(in millions)   bought (a)     sold     bought     sold     Total  
 
2003
  $ 37,349     $ 67     $ 264,389     $ 275,888     $ 577,693  
2002
  $ 34,262     $ 495     $ 158,794     $ 172,494     $ 366,045  
 
(a)  
Includes $2.2 billion and $10.1 billion at 2003 and 2002, respectively, of portfolio credit derivatives.

JPMorgan Chase has limited counterparty exposure as a result of credit derivatives transactions. Of the $84 billion of total derivative receivables at December 31, 2003, approximately $3 billion, or 4%, was associated with credit derivatives, before the benefit of collateral. The use of credit derivatives to manage exposures does not reduce the reported level of assets on the balance sheet or the level of reported off–balance sheet commitments.

Portfolio management activity

In managing its commercial credit exposure, the Firm purchases single-name and portfolio credit derivatives to hedge its exposures. As of December 31, 2003, the notional outstanding amount of protection purchased via single-name and portfolio credit derivatives was $35 billion and $2 billion, respectively. The Firm also diversifies its exposures by providing (i.e., selling) small amounts of credit protection, which increases exposure to industries or clients where the Firm has little or no client-related exposure. This activity is not material to the Firm’s overall credit exposure; credit protection sold totaled $67 million in notional exposure at December 31, 2003.

Use of single-name and portfolio credit derivatives

                 
  Notional amount of protection bought  
December 31, (in millions)   2003     2002  
 
Credit derivative hedges of:
               
Loans and lending-related commitments
  $ 22,471     $ 25,222  
Derivative receivables
    14,878       9,040  
 
Total
  $ 37,349     $ 34,262  
 

The credit derivatives used by JPMorgan Chase for its portfolio management activities do not qualify for hedge accounting under SFAS 133. These derivatives are marked to market in Trading revenue. The MTM value incorporates both the cost of hedge premiums and changes in value due to movement in spreads and credit events, whereas the loans and lending-related commitments being hedged are accounted for on an accrual basis in Net interest income and assessed for impairment in the Provision for credit



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

60


 

losses. This asymmetry in accounting treatment between loans and lending-related commitments and the credit derivatives utilized in the portfolio management activities causes earnings volatility that is not representative of the true changes in value of the Firm’s overall credit exposure. The MTM treatment of both the Firm’s credit derivative hedges (“short” credit positions) and the CVA, which reflects the credit quality of derivatives counterparty exposure (“long” credit positions), provides some natural offset. Additionally, the Firm actively manages its commercial credit exposure through loan sales. During 2003, the Firm sold $5.2 billion of loans and commitments, of which $1.3 billion was criticized.

The 2003 portfolio management activity resulted in $191 million of losses included in Trading revenue. These losses included $746 million related to credit derivatives that were used to hedge the Firm’s credit exposure, of which approximately $504 million was associated with credit derivatives used to hedge accrual lending activities and the remainder primarily hedged the credit risk of MTM derivative receivables. The losses were generally driven by an overall global tightening of credit spreads. The $746 million loss was largely offset by $555 million of trading revenue gains primarily related to the decrease in the MTM value of the CVA due to credit spread tightening. During 2003, the quarterly portfolio management Trading revenue results ranged from a net loss of $12 million in the third quarter to a net loss of $119 million in the second quarter.

Dealer/client activity

JPMorgan Chase’s dealer activity in credit derivatives is client-driven. The business acts as a market-maker in single-name credit derivatives and also structures more complex transactions for clients’ investment or risk management purposes. The credit derivatives trading function operates within the same framework as other market-making desks. Risk limits are established and closely monitored.

As of December 31, 2003, the total notional amounts of protection purchased and sold by the dealer business were $264 billion and $276 billion, respectively. The mismatch between these notional amounts is attributable to the Firm selling protection on large, diversified, predominantly investment-grade portfolios (including the most senior tranches) and then hedging these positions by buying protection on the more subordinated tranches of the same portfolios. In addition, the Firm may use securities to hedge certain derivative positions. Consequently, while there is a mismatch in notional amounts of credit derivatives, the Firm believes the risk positions are largely matched.

Consumer credit portfolio

The Firm’s managed consumer loan portfolio totaled $171.3 billion at December 31, 2003, an increase of 10% from 2002. Consumer lending–related commitments increased by 17% to $176.9 billion at December 31, 2003. The following table presents a summary of consumer credit exposure on a managed basis:

Consumer portfolio

                 
As of December 31, (in millions)   2003     2002  
 
U.S. consumer:
               
1–4 family residential
               
mortgages — first liens
  $ 54,460     $ 49,357  
Home equity
    19,252       14,643  
 
1–4 family residential mortgages
    73,712       64,000  
Credit card – reported (a)
    16,793       19,677  
Credit card securitizations (a)(b)
    34,856       30,722  
 
Credit card – managed
    51,649       50,399  
Automobile financings
    38,695       33,615  
Other consumer (c)
    7,221       7,524  
 
Total managed consumer loans
  $ 171,277     $ 155,538  
 
Lending-related commitments:
               
1–4 family residential mortgages
    28,846       20,016  
Credit cards
    141,143       123,461  
Automobile financings
    2,603       1,795  
Other consumer
    4,331       5,866  
 
Total lending-related commitments
  $ 176,923     $ 151,138  
 
Total consumer credit exposure
  $ 348,200     $ 306,676  
 
   
(a)  
At December 31, 2003, credit card securitizations included $1.1 billion of accrued interest and fees on securitized credit card loans that were classified in Other assets, consistent with FASB Staff Position, Accounting for Accrued Interest Receivable Related to Securitized and Sold Receivables under SFAS 140. Prior to March 31, 2003, this balance was classified in credit card loans.
(b)  
Represents the portion of JPMorgan Chase’s credit card receivables that have been securitized.
(c)  
Consists of installment loans (direct and indirect types of consumer finance), student loans, unsecured revolving lines of credit and non-U.S. consumer loans.

JPMorgan Chase’s consumer portfolio consists primarily of 1–4 family residential mortgages, credit cards and automobile financings. The consumer portfolio is predominantly U.S.-based. The following pie graph provides a summary of the consumer portfolio by loan type at year-end 2003 and each loan type’s net charge-off rate.

(CONSMER MANAGED LOAN PORTFOLIOS GRAPH)

The Firm’s largest component, 1–4 family residential mortgage loans is primarily secured by first mortgages, and at December 31, 2003 comprised 43% of the total consumer portfolio. The risk of these loans is the probability the consumer will default and that the value of the home will be insufficient to cover the mortgage plus carrying costs. Mortgage loans for 1–4 family residences at December 31, 2003, increased by 10% compared with last year to $54.5 billion. Home equity loans and home equity lines of credit totaled $19.3 billion at December 31, 2003, an increase



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

61


 

Management’s discussion and analysis

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

of $4.6 billion, or 31%, from 2002. These loans and lines are secured by first and second mortgages. The risks are similar to those of first mortgages; however, loss severity can increase when the Firm is in a second-lien position. As of December 31, 2003, 88% of home equity loans and lines of credit were secured by second liens. Borrowers with home equity lines of credit are approved for a line of credit for up to 10 years. The Firm has a future funding liability in situations where the borrower does not make use of the line of credit immediately but has the right to draw down the commitment at any time. As of December 31, 2003, outstandings under home equity lines were $16.6 billion and unused commitments were $23.4 billion (included in the $28.8 billion of 1–4 family residential mortgage lending-related commitments). The business actively manages the unused portion of these commitments and freezes a commitment when the borrower becomes delinquent. These accounts are then subject to proactive default management, with the objective of minimizing potential losses.

The Firm analyzes its credit card portfolio on a managed basis, which includes credit card receivables on the Consolidated balance sheet and those that have been securitized. Credit card customers are initially approved for a specific revolving credit line. For open accounts (those in good standing and able to transact), the difference between the approved line and the balance outstanding in the customer’s account is referred to as “open-to-buy.” The Firm is exposed to changes in the customer’s credit standing and therefore must calculate the aggregate size of this unused exposure and manage the potential credit risk. The size of the credit line and resulting open-to-buy balance is adjusted by the Firm based on the borrower’s payment and general credit performance. Managed credit card receivables increased by $1.3 billion, or 2%, during 2003. The managed net charge-off rate of 5.87% was unchanged from 2002.

Automobile financings grew by 15% to approximately $38.7 billion, while the net charge-off rate improved from 0.57% in 2002 to 0.45% in 2003.



The following chart presents the geographical concentration of the U.S. consumer loans by region for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002.

(US MANAGED CONSUMER LOANS GRAPH)

The following table presents the geographical concentration of consumer loans by product for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002.

Consumer loans by geographic region (a)

                                                 
    1–4 family residential   Managed credit   Automobile
    mortgages   card loans   financings
As of December 31, (in millions)   2003     2002     2003     2002     2003     2002  
 
New York City
  $ 14,624     $ 12,026     $ 3,058     $ 3,007     $ 2,904     $ 2,801  
New York (excluding New York City)
    1,863       2,452       3,045       3,002       1,013       936  
Remaining Northeast
    11,474       10,053       8,971       8,817       8,308       7,206  
 
Total Northeast
    27,961       24,531       15,074       14,826       12,225       10,943  
Southeast
    10,343       9,531       9,922       9,589       5,827       5,467  
Midwest
    5,349       4,834       9,976       9,654       7,862       5,839  
Texas
    3,776       3,978       4,535       4,336       3,780       3,877  
Southwest (excluding Texas)
    1,551       1,661       2,482       2,399       1,384       1,181  
California
    19,786       14,501       6,177       6,229       5,486       4,748  
West (excluding California)
    4,946       4,964       3,483       3,366       2,131       1,560  
Non-U.S.
          12                          
 
Total
  $ 73,712     $ 64,012     $ 51,649     $ 50,399     $ 38,695     $ 33,615  
 
(a)  
This table excludes other consumer loans of $7.2 billion and $7.5 billion at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

62


 

Commercial and consumer nonperforming exposure and net charge-offs

The following table presents a summary of credit-related nonperforming, past due and net charge-off information for the dates indicated:

                                                                                 
As of or for the year ended   Nonperforming   Nonperforming assets   Past due 90 days and                   Average annual
December 31,   assets (i)   as a % of total   over and accruing   Net charge-offs   net charge-off rate
(in millions, except ratios)   2003     2002     2003     2002     2003     2002     2003     2002     2003     2002  
 
COMMERCIAL
                                                                               
Loans (a)
  $ 2,009     $ 3,672       2.42 %     4.01 %   $ 46     $ 57     $ 816     $ 1,881       0.91 %     1.93 %
Derivative receivables
    253       289       0.30       0.35                 NA     NA     NA     NA  
Other receivables
    108       108       100       100     NA     NA     NA     NA     NA     NA  
 
Total commercial credit-related assets
    2,370       4,069       1.42       2.33       46       57       816       1,881       0.91       1.93  
Lending-related commitments
  NA     NA     NA     NA     NA     NA             212             0.09  
 
Total commercial credit exposure
  $ 2,370     $ 4,069       0.62 %     0.99 %   $ 46     $ 57     $ 816     $ 2,093       0.26 %     0.62 %
 
CONSUMER
                                                                               
U.S. consumer:
                                                                               
1–4 family residential mortgages — first liens
  $ 249     $ 259       0.46 %     0.52 %   $     $     $ 23     $ 49       0.04 %     0.11 %
Home equity
    55       53       0.29       0.36                   10       7       0.06       0.05  
 
1–4 family residential mortgages
    304       312       0.41       0.49                   33       56       0.04       0.10  
Credit card – reported (b)(c)
    11       15       0.07       0.08       248       451       1,072       1,389       6.32       6.42  
Credit card securitizations (b)(d)
                            879       630       1,870       1,439       5.64       5.43  
 
Credit card – managed
    11       15       0.02       0.03       1,127       1,081       2,942       2,828       5.87       5.87  
Automobile financings
    119       118       0.31       0.35                   171       161       0.45       0.57  
Other consumer (e)
    66       76       0.91       1.01       21       22       180       189       2.45       2.41  
 
Total managed consumer loans
    500       521       0.29       0.33       1,148       1,103       3,326       3,234       1.96       2.30  
Lending-related commitments
  NA     NA     NA     NA     NA     NA     NA     NA     NA     NA  
 
Total consumer credit exposure
  $ 500     $ 521       0.14 %     0.17 %   $ 1,148     $ 1,103     $ 3,326     $ 3,234       1.00 %     1.15 %
 
TOTAL CREDIT PORTFOLIO
                                                                               
Managed loans
  $ 2,509     $ 4,193       0.99 %     1.70 %   $ 1,194     $ 1,160     $ 4,142     $ 5,115       1.60 %     2.15 %
Derivative receivables
    253       289       0.30       0.35                 NA     NA     NA     NA  
Other receivables
    108       108       100       100     NA     NA     NA     NA     NA     NA  
 
Total managed credit-related assets
    2,870       4,590       0.85       1.39       1,194       1,160       4,142       5,115       1.60       2.15  
Total lending-related commitments
  NA     NA     NA     NA     NA     NA             212             0.06  
Assets acquired in loan satisfactions (f)
    216       190     NA     NA     NA     NA     NA     NA     NA     NA  
 
Total credit portfolio (g)
  $ 3,086     $ 4,780       0.42 %     0.66 %   $ 1,194     $ 1,160     $ 4,142     $ 5,327       0.64 %     0.86 %
 
Credit derivatives hedges notional (h)
  $ (123 )   $ (66 )   NA     NA     NA     NA     NA     NA     NA     NA  
 
   
 
(a)  
Average annual net charge-off rate would have been 0.97% for the year ended December 31, 2003, excluding the impact of the adoption of FIN 46.
(b)  
At December 31, 2003, credit card securitizations included $166 million of accrued interest and fees on securitized credit card loans past due 90 days and over and accruing that were classified in Other assets, consistent with the FASB Staff Position, Accounting for Accrued Interest Receivable Related to Securitized and Sold Receivables under SFAS 140. Prior to March 31, 2003, this balance was classified in credit card loans. At December 31, 2003, none was nonperforming.
(c)  
In connection with charge-offs, during 2003 and 2002, $372 million and $387 million, respectively, of accrued credit card interest and fees were reversed and recorded as a reduction of interest income and fee revenue.
(d)  
Represents securitized credit cards. For a further discussion of credit card securitizations, see page 41 of this Annual Report.
(e)  
Consists of installment loans (direct and indirect types of consumer finance), student loans, unsecured revolving lines of credit and non-U.S. consumer loans.
(f)  
Includes $9 million and $14 million of commercial assets acquired in loan satisfactions, and $207 million and $176 million of consumer assets acquired in loan satisfactions at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.
(g)  
At December 31, 2003 and 2002, excludes $2.3 billion and $3.1 billion, respectively, of residential mortgage receivables in foreclosure status that are insured by government agencies. These amounts are excluded as reimbursement is proceeding normally, and are recorded in Other assets.
(h)  
Represents single name credit derivative hedges of commercial credit exposure that do not qualify for hedge accounting under SFAS 133.
(i)  
Nonperforming assets exclude nonaccrual HFS loans of $97 million and $43 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Nonaccrual commercial HFS loans were $52 million and $18 million, and nonaccrual consumer HFS loans were $45 million and $25 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.
 
   
J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

63


 

Management’s discussion and analysis

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

Nonperforming assets decreased by $1.7 billion, or 35%, during the year ended December 31, 2003, to $3.1 billion. The decrease was due to activity in the commercial portfolio: total reductions, including repayments, loan sales and net charge-offs exceeded new additions, resulting in net reductions of $1.7 billion. By contrast, there were commercial net additions during 2002. A decline in exposure to the Telecom services, Utilities and Media industries accounted for more than half of the overall $1.7 billion decrease.

Commercial

Commercial nonperforming loans decreased by 45%, to $2.0 billion as of December 31, 2003, from $3.7 billion at year-end 2002. Over the same period, nonperforming commercial loans as a percentage of total commercial loans fell to 2.42% from 4.01%. Commercial loan net charge-offs in 2003 were $816 million, compared with $1.9 billion in 2002, the result of improved credit quality in the portfolio and increased recoveries resulting from restructurings. There were no net charge-offs of commercial lending–related commitments in 2003, compared with $212 million in 2002. The average annual net charge-off rate for commercial loans improved significantly, to 0.91% in 2003 from 1.93% in 2002.

Commercial net charge-offs in 2004 are expected to decline, but at a slower pace than in the second half of 2003.

Consumer

The $21 million decrease in consumer nonperforming loans reflected improved credit quality in the portfolio. While net charge-offs increased by $92 million during the year reflecting a 10% growth in the portfolio, the average annual net charge-off rate declined to 1.96% from 2.30% during 2002.

In 2004, the amount of gross charge-offs is expected to increase due to growth in outstandings, but net charge-off rates are expected to remain stable.

Allowance for credit losses

JPMorgan Chase’s Allowance for credit losses is intended to cover probable credit losses, including losses where the asset is not specifically identified or the size of the loss has not been determined. At least quarterly, the Firm’s Risk Management Committee reviews the Allowance for credit losses relative to the risk profile of the Firm’s credit portfolio and current economic conditions. The allowance is adjusted based on that review if, in management’s judgment, changes are warranted. The allowance includes specific and expected loss components and a residual component. For further discussion of the components of the Allowance for credit losses, see Critical accounting estimates used by the Firm on pages 75–76 and Note 12 on page 100 of this Annual Report. At December 31, 2003, management deemed the allowance for credit losses to be appropriate to absorb losses that currently may exist but are not yet identifiable.



Summary of changes in the allowance

                                                                 
    2003   2002
(in millions)   Commercial     Consumer     Residual     Total     Commercial     Consumer     Residual     Total  
 
Loans:
                                                               
Beginning balance at January 1
  $ 2,216     $ 2,360     $ 774     $ 5,350     $ 1,724     $ 2,105     $ 695     $ 4,524  
Net charge-offs
    (816 )     (1,456 )           (2,272 )     (1,881 )     (1,795 )           (3,676 )
Provision for loan losses
    (30 )     1,491       118       1,579       2,371       1,589       79       4,039  
Other
    1       (138 )(c)     3       (134 )     2       461             463  
 
Ending balance at December 31
  $ 1,371 (a)   $ 2,257     $ 895     $ 4,523     $ 2,216 (a)   $ 2,360     $ 774     $ 5,350  
 
Lending-related commitments:
                                                               
Beginning balance at January 1
  $ 324     $     $ 39     $ 363     $ 226     $     $ 56     $ 282  
Net charge-offs
                            (212 )                 (212 )
Provision for lending-related commitments
    (47 )           8       (39 )     309             (17 )     292  
Other
                            1                   1  
 
Ending balance at December 31
  $ 277 (b)   $     $ 47     $ 324     $ 324 (b)   $     $ 39     $ 363  
 
(a)  
Includes $917 million and $454 million of commercial specific and commercial expected loss components, respectively, at December 31, 2003. Includes $1.6 billion and $613 million of commercial specific and commercial expected loss components, respectively, at December 31, 2002.
(b)  
Includes $172 million and $105 million of commercial specific and commercial expected loss components, respectively, at December 31, 2003. Includes $237 million and $87 million of commercial specific and commercial expected loss components, respectively, at December 31, 2002.
(c)  
Includes $138 million related to the transfer of the allowance for accrued interest and fees on securitized credit card loans.

   
 
64   J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

 


 

Credit costs

                                                                 
For the year ended December 31   2003   2002
(in millions)   Commercial     Consumer     Residual     Total     Commercial     Consumer     Residual     Total  
 
Provision for loan losses
  $ (30 )   $ 1,491     $ 118     $ 1,579     $ 2,371     $ 1,589     $ 79     $ 4,039  
Provision for lending-related commitments
    (47 )           8       (39 )     309             (17 )     292  
Securitized credit losses
          1,870             1,870             1,439             1,439  
 
Total managed credit costs
  $ (77 )   $ 3,361     $ 126     $ 3,410     $ 2,680     $ 3,028     $ 62     $ 5,770  
 

Loans

The commercial specific loss component of the allowance was $917 million at December 31, 2003, a decrease of 43% from year-end 2002. The decrease was attributable to the improvement in the credit quality of the commercial loan portfolio, as well as the reduction in the size of the portfolio.

The commercial expected loss component of the allowance was $454 million at December 31, 2003, a decrease of 26% from year-end 2002. The decrease reflected an improvement in the average quality of the loan portfolio, as well as the improving credit environment, which affected inputs to the expected loss model.

The consumer expected loss component of the allowance was $2.3 billion at December 31, 2003, a decrease of 4% from year-end 2002. Although the consumer managed loan portfolio increased by 10%, the businesses that drove the increase, Home Finance and Auto Finance, have collateralized products with lower expected loss rates.

The residual component of the allowance was $895 million at December 31, 2003. The residual component, which incorporates management’s judgment, addresses uncertainties that are not considered in the formula-based commercial specific and expected components of the allowance for credit losses.

The $121 million increase addressed uncertainties in the economic environment and concentrations in the commercial loan portfolio that existed during the first half of 2003. In the second half of the year, as commercial credit quality continued to improve and the commercial allowance declined further, the residual component was reduced as well. At December 31, 2003, the residual component represented approximately 20% of the total allowance for loan losses, within the Firm’s target range of between 10% and 20%. The Firm anticipates that if the current positive trend in economic conditions and credit quality continues, the commercial and residual components will continue to be reduced.

Lending-related commitments

To provide for the risk of loss inherent in the credit-extension process, management also computes specific and expected loss components as well as a residual component for commercial lending–related commitments. This is computed using a methodology similar to that used for the commercial loan portfolio, modified for expected maturities and probabilities of drawdown. The allowance decreased by 11% to $324 million as of December 31, 2003, due to improvement in the criticized portion of the Firm’s lending-related commitments.



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report   65

 


 

Management’s discussion and analysis

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

Market risk management

Market risk represents the potential loss in value of portfolios and financial instruments caused by adverse movements in market variables, such as interest and foreign exchange rates, credit spreads, and equity and commodity prices. JPMorgan Chase employs comprehensive and rigorous processes intended to measure, monitor and control market risk.

Market risk organization

Market Risk Management (“MRM”) is an independent function that identifies, measures, monitors and controls market risk. It seeks to facilitate efficient risk/return decisions and to reduce volatility in operating performance. It strives to make the Firm’s market risk profile transparent to senior management, the Board of Directors and regulators.

The chart below depicts the MRM organizational structure and describes the responsibilities of the groups within MRM.



(MARKET RISK CHART)

MRM works in partnership with the business segments, which are expected to maintain strong risk discipline at all levels. For example, risk-taking businesses have Middle Office functions that act independently from trading personnel and are responsible for

verifying risk exposures they take. Weekly meetings are held between MRM and the heads of risk-taking businesses, to discuss and decide on risk exposures in the context of the market environment and client flows.



Key terms:

 
VAR: Worst-case loss expected within the confidence level; while larger losses are possible, they have a correspondingly lower probability of actually occurring
 
 
Full-revaluation VAR: Method that prices each financial instrument separately, based on the actual pricing models used by the lines of business; compared with sensitivity-based VAR, which only approximates the impact of market moves on financial instrument prices
 
 
Backtesting: Validating a model by comparing its predictions with actual results
 
 
Confidence level: The probability that actual losses will not exceed estimated VAR; the greater the confidence level, the higher the VAR

 

66   J.P.Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

 


 

There are also groups that report to the Chief Financial Officer with some responsibility for market risk-related activities. For example, within the Finance area, the valuation control functions are responsible for ensuring the accuracy of the valuations of positions that expose the Firm to market risk.

Positions that expose the Firm to market risk are classified into two categories. Trading risk includes positions held as part of a business whose strategy is to trade, make markets or take positions for the Firm’s own trading account; gains and losses in these positions are reported in Trading revenue. Nontrading risk includes mortgage banking positions held for longer-term investment and positions used to manage the Firm’s asset/liability exposures. In most cases, unrealized gains and losses in these positions are accounted for at fair value, with the gains and losses reported in Net income or Other comprehensive income.

Tools used to measure risks

Because no single measure can reflect all aspects of market risk, the Firm uses several measures, both statistical and nonstatistical, including:

  Statistical risk measures

  -  
Value-at-Risk (“VAR”)
 
  -  
Risk identification for large exposures (“RIFLE”)

 
Nonstatistical risk measures

  -  
Economic-value stress tests
 
  -  
Net interest income stress tests
 
  -  
Other measures of position size and sensitivity to market moves

Value-at-Risk

JPMorgan Chase’s statistical risk measure, VAR, gauges the potential loss from adverse market moves in an ordinary market environment and provides a consistent cross-business measure of risk profiles and levels of risk diversification. VAR is used to compare risks across businesses, to monitor limits and to allocate economic capital to the business segments. VAR provides risk transparency in a normal trading environment.

Each business day, the Firm undertakes a comprehensive VAR calculation that includes both trading and nontrading activities. JPMorgan Chase’s VAR calculation is highly granular, comprising more than 1.5 million positions and 240,000 pricing series (e.g., securities prices, interest rates, foreign exchange rates). For a substantial portion of its exposure, the Firm has implemented full-revaluation VAR, which, management believes, generates the most accurate results.

To calculate VAR, the Firm uses historical simulation, which measures risk across instruments and portfolios in a consistent, comparable way. This approach assumes that historical changes in market value are representative of future changes. The simulation is based on market data for the previous 12 months.

The Firm calculates VAR using a one-day time horizon and a 99% confidence level. This means the Firm would expect to incur losses greater than that predicted by VAR estimates only once in every 100 trading days, or about 2.5 times a year.

All statistical models involve a degree of uncertainty, depending on the assumptions they employ. The Firm prefers historical simulation, because it involves fewer assumptions about the distribution of portfolio losses than parameter-based methodologies. In addition, the Firm regularly assesses the quality of the market data, since their accuracy is critical to computing VAR. Nevertheless, because VAR is based on historical market data, it may not accurately reflect future risk during environments in which market volatility is changing. In addition, the VAR measure on any particular day may not be indicative of future risk levels, since positions and market conditions may both change over time.

While VAR is a valuable tool for evaluating relative risks and aggregating risks across businesses, it only measures the potential volatility of daily revenues. Profitability and risk levels over longer time periods – a fiscal quarter or a year – may be only loosely related to the average value of VAR over those periods. First, while VAR measures potential fluctuations around average daily revenue, the average itself could reflect significant gains or losses; for example, from client revenues that accompany risk-taking activities. Second, large trading revenues may result from positions taken over longer periods of time. For example, a business may maintain an exposure to rising or falling interest rates over a period of weeks or months. If the market exhibits a long-term trend over that time, the business could experience large gains or losses, even though revenue volatility on each individual day may have been small.

VAR Backtesting

To evaluate the soundness of its VAR model, the Firm conducts daily backtesting of VAR against actual financial results, based on daily market risk–related revenue. Market risk–related revenue is defined as the daily change in value of the mark-to-market trading portfolios plus any trading-related net interest income, brokerage commissions, underwriting fees or other revenue. The Firm’s definition of market risk–related revenue is consistent with the Federal Reserve Board’s implementation of the Basel Committee’s market risk capital rules. The histogram below illustrates the Firm’s daily market risk–related revenue for trading businesses for 2003. The chart shows that the Firm posted positive daily market risk–related revenue on 235 out of 260 days in 2003, with 170 days exceeding $25 million. Losses were sustained on 25 days; nine of those days were in the third quarter, primarily driven by poor overall trading results. The largest daily trading loss during the year was $100 million.



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report   67

 


 

Management’s discussion and analysis

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

The inset in the histogram examines the 25 days on which the Firm posted trading losses and depicts the amount by which VAR was greater than the actual loss on each day. There was one day on which trading losses exceeded VAR by approximately 10%, a performance statistically consistent with the Firm’s 99% confidence level. During the third quarter, there was an additional day

on which the Firm’s losses exceeded VAR; these losses were attributable to certain positions in the mortgage banking business, which were then included in the Firm’s trading portfolio, but which are now included in the nontrading portfolio with other mortgage banking positions.



(BARCHART)

Economic-value stress testing

While VAR reflects the risk of loss due to unlikely events in normal markets, stress testing captures the Firm’s exposure to unlikely but plausible events in abnormal markets. Stress testing is equally important as VAR in measuring and controlling risk. Stress testing enhances the understanding of the Firm’s risk profile and loss potential and is used for monitoring limits, cross-business risk measurement and economic capital allocation.

Economic-value stress tests measure the potential change in the value of the Firm’s portfolios. Applying economic-value stress tests helps the Firm understand how the economic value of its balance sheet (not the amounts reported under GAAP) would change under certain scenarios. The Firm conducts economic-value stress tests for both its trading and its nontrading activities, using the same scenarios for both.

The Firm stress tests its portfolios at least once a month using multiple scenarios. Several macroeconomic event-related scenarios are evaluated across the Firm, with shocks to roughly 10,000 market

prices specified for each scenario. Additional scenarios focus on the risks predominant in individual business segments and include scenarios that focus on the potential for adverse moves in complex portfolios.

Scenarios are continually reviewed and updated to reflect changes in the Firm’s risk profile and economic events. Stress-test results, trends and explanations are provided each month to the Firm’s senior management and to the lines of business, to help them better measure and manage risks and to understand event risk-sensitive positions.

The Firm’s stress-test methodology assumes that, during an actual stress event, no management action would be taken to change the risk profile of portfolios. This assumption captures the decreased liquidity that often occurs with abnormal markets and results, in the Firm’s view, in a conservative stress-test result.

It is important to note that VAR results cannot be directly correlated to stress-test loss results for three reasons. First, stress-test losses are calculated at varying dates each month, while VAR is



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

68


 

performed daily and disclosed at the period-end date. Second, VAR and stress tests are two distinct risk measurements yielding very different loss potentials. Thus, although the same trading portfolios are used for both tests, VAR is based on a distribution of one-day historical losses measured over the most recent one year; by contrast, stress testing subjects the portfolio to more extreme, larger moves over a longer time horizon (e.g., 2-3 weeks). Third, as VAR and stress tests are distinct risk measurements, the impact of portfolio diversification can vary greatly. For VAR, markets can change in patterns over a one-year time horizon, moving from highly correlated to less so; in stress testing, the focus is on a single event and the associated correlations in an extreme market situation. As a result, while VAR over a given time horizon can be lowered by a diversification benefit in the portfolio, this benefit would not necessarily manifest itself in stress-test scenarios, which assume large, coherent moves across all markets.

Net interest income stress testing

The VAR and stress-test measures described above illustrate the total economic sensitivity of the Firm’s balance sheet to changes in market variables. The effect of interest rate exposure on reported Net income is also critical. The Firm conducts simulations of Net interest income for its nontrading activities under a variety of interest rate scenarios, which are consistent with the scenarios used for economic-value stress testing.

Net interest income stress tests measure the potential change in the Firm’s NII over the next 12 months. These stress tests highlight exposures to various interest rate-sensitive factors, such as rates

(e.g., the prime lending rate), pricing strategies on deposits and changes in product mix. These stress tests also take into account forecasted balance sheet changes, such as asset sales and securitizations, as well as prepayment and reinvestment behavior.

RIFLE

In addition to VAR, JPMorgan Chase employs the Risk identification for large exposures (“RIFLE”) methodology as another statistical risk measure. The Firm requires that all market risk-taking businesses self-assess their risks to unusual and specific events. Individuals who manage risk positions, particularly complex positions, identify potential worst-case losses that could arise from an unusual or specific event, such as a potential tax change, and estimate the probabilities of such losses. Through the Firm’s RIFLE system, this information is then directed to the appropriate level of management, thereby permitting the Firm to identify further earnings vulnerabilities not adequately covered by VAR and stress testing.

Nonstatistical risk measures

Nonstatistical risk measures other than stress testing include net open positions, basis point values, option sensitivities, position concentrations and position turnover. These measures provide additional information on an exposure’s size and the direction in which it is moving. Nonstatistical measures are used for monitoring limits, one-off approvals and tactical controls.



The table below shows both trading and nontrading VAR by risk type, together with the Corporate total. Details of the VAR exposures are discussed in the Trading Risk and Nontrading Risk sections below.

VAR by risk type

                                                                 
    2003   2002(b)
As of or for the year   Average     Minimum     Maximum     At     Average     Minimum     Maximum     At  
ended December 31, (in millions)   VAR     VAR     VAR     December 31     VAR     VAR     VAR     December 31  
 
By risk type:
                                                               
Interest rate
  $ 63.9     $ 43.1     $ 109.9     $ 83.7     $ 67.6     $ 50.1     $ 94.7     $ 59.6  
Foreign exchange
    16.8       11.0       30.2       23.5       11.6       4.4       21.2       18.4  
Equities
    18.2       6.7       51.6       45.6       14.4       5.4       32.7       8.4  
Commodities
    2.9       1.7       4.9       3.3       3.6       1.6       13.3       1.9  
Hedge fund investments
    4.8       3.2       8.7       5.5       3.2       2.5       3.6       3.2  
Less: portfolio diversification
    (38.0 )   NM   NM     (58.4 )     (28.8 )   NM   NM     (26.9 )
 
Total Trading VAR(a)
  $ 68.6     $ 43.2     $ 114.7     $ 103.2     $ 71.6     $ 57.0     $ 102.8     $ 64.6  
 
Nontrading activities
    151.8       81.5       286.0       203.8       97.3       68.9       139.3       107.7  
Less: portfolio diversification
    (45.5 )   NM   NM     (25.7 )     (48.6 )   NM   NM     (61.0 )
 
Total VAR
  $ 174.9     $ 83.7     $ 331.4     $ 281.3     $ 120.3     $ 87.6     $ 160.2     $ 111.3  
 
(a)  
Amounts exclude VAR related to the Firm’s private equity business. For a discussion of Private equity risk management, see page 74 of this Annual Report.
(b)  
Amounts have been revised to reflect the reclassification of certain mortgage banking positions from the trading portfolio to the nontrading portfolio.
NM-  
Because the minimum and maximum may occur on different days for different risk components, it is not meaningful to compute a portfolio diversification effect. In addition, JPMorgan Chase’s average and period-end VARs are less than the sum of the VARs of its market risk components, due to risk offsets resulting from portfolio diversification.


J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

69


 

Management’s discussion and analysis

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

Trading Risk

Major risks

Interest rates: Interest rate risk (which includes credit spread risk) involves the potential decline in net income or financial condition due to adverse changes in market interest rates, which may result in changes to NII, securities valuations, and other interest-sensitive revenues and expenses.

Foreign exchange, equities and commodities: These risks involve the potential decline in net income or financial condition due to adverse changes in foreign exchange, equities or commodities markets, whether due to proprietary positions taken by the Firm, or due to a decrease in the level of client activity.

Hedge fund investments: The Firm invests in numerous hedge funds that have various strategic goals, investment strategies, industry concentrations, portfolio sizes and management styles. Fund investments are passive long-term investments. Individual hedge funds may have exposure to interest rate, foreign exchange, equity and commodity risk within their portfolio risk structures.

Trading VAR

The largest contributor to trading VAR was interest rate risk. Before portfolio diversification, interest rate risk accounted for roughly 60% of the average Trading Portfolio VAR. The diversification effect, which on average reduced the daily average Trading Portfolio VAR by $38 million in 2003, reflects the fact that the largest losses for different positions and risks do not typically occur at the same time. The risk of a portfolio of positions is therefore usually less than the sum of the risks of the positions themselves. The degree of diversification is determined both by the extent to which different market variables tend to move together, and by the extent to which different businesses have similar positions.

The increase in year-end VAR was driven by an increase in the VAR for equities risk, which was attributable to a significant increase in customer-driven business in equity options. In general, over the course of a year, VAR exposures can vary significantly as trading positions change and market volatility fluctuates.

Economic-value stress testing

The following table represents the worst-case potential economic-value stress-test loss (pre-tax) in the Firm’s trading portfolio as predicted by stress-test scenarios:

Trading economic value stress-test loss results — pre-tax

                                                                 
As of or for            
the year ended   2003   2002(a)
December 31,                           At                             At  
(in millions)   Avg.     Min.     Max.     Dec. 4     Avg.     Min.     Max.     Dec. 5  
 
Stress-test loss — pre-tax
  $ (508 )   $ (255 )   $ (888 )   $ (436 )   $ (405 )   $ (103 )   $ (715 )   $ (219 )
 
(a)  
Amounts have been revised to reflect the reclassification of certain mortgage banking positions from the trading portfolio to the nontrading portfolio.

The potential stress-test loss as of December 4, 2003, is the result of the “Equity Market Collapse” stress scenario, which is broadly modeled on the events of October 1987. Under this scenario, global equity markets suffer a sharp reversal after a long sustained rally; equity prices decline globally; volatilities for equities, interest rates and credit products increase dramatically for short maturities and less so for longer maturities; sovereign bond yields decline moderately; and swap spreads and credit spreads widen moderately.

Nontrading Risk

Major risk — Interest rates

The execution of the Firm’s core business strategies, the delivery of products and services to its customers, and the discretionary positions the Firm undertakes to risk-manage structural exposures give rise to interest rate risk in its nontrading activities.

This exposure can result from a variety of factors, including differences in the timing between the maturity or repricing of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments. Changes in the level and shape of interest rate curves may also create interest rate risk, since the repricing characteristics of the Firm’s assets do not necessarily match those of its liabilities. The Firm is also exposed to basis risk, which is the difference in the repricing characteristics of two floating-rate indices, such as the prime rate and 3-month LIBOR. In addition, some of the Firm’s products have embedded optionality that may have an impact on pricing and balance levels.

The Firm manages exposure in its structural interest rate activities on a consolidated, corporate-wide basis. Business units transfer their interest rate risk to Global Treasury through a transfer pricing system, which takes into account the elements of interest rate exposure that can be hedged in financial markets. These elements include current balance and contractual rates of interest, contractual principal payment schedules, expected prepayment experience, interest rate reset dates and maturities and rate indices used for re-pricing. All transfer pricing assumptions are reviewed on a semiannual basis and must be approved by the Firm’s Capital Committee.

The Firm’s mortgage banking activities also give rise to complex interest rate risks. The interest rate exposure from the Firm’s mortgage banking activities is a result of option and basis risks. Option risk arises from prepayment features in mortgages and MSRs, and from the probability of newly originated mortgage commitments actually closing. Basis risk results from different relative movements between mortgage rates and other interest rates. These risks are managed through hedging programs specific to the different mortgage banking activities. Potential changes in the market value of MSRs and increased amortization levels of MSRs are managed via a risk management program that attempts to offset changes in the market value of MSRs with changes in the market value of derivatives and investment securities. A similar approach is implemented to manage the interest rate and option risks associated with the Firm’s mortgage origination business.



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

70


 

Nontrading VAR

For nontrading activities that involve market risk, VAR measures the amount of potential change in their economic value; however, it is not a measure of reported revenues, since those activities are not marked to market through earnings.

The increase in average, maximum and December 31 nontrading portfolio VAR was primarily attributable to the increase in market volatility during the 2003 third quarter, and to the rise in interest rates in the second half of 2003, which increased the sensitivity of mortgage instruments to the basis risk between mortgage rates and other interest rates.

Economic-value stress testing

The Firm conducts both economic-value and NII stress tests on its nontrading activities. Economic-value stress tests measure the potential change in the value of these portfolios under the same scenarios used to evaluate the trading portfolios.

The following table represents the potential worst-case economic-value stress-test loss (pre-tax) in the Firm’s nontrading portfolio as predicted by stress-test scenarios:

Nontrading economic-value stress-test loss results — pre-tax

                                                                 
As of or for            
the year ended   2003   2002
December 31,                           At                             At  
(in millions)   Avg.     Min.     Max.     Dec. 4     Avg.     Min.     Max.     Dec. 5  
 
Stress-test loss — pre-tax
  $ (637 )   $ (392 )   $ (1,130 )   $ (665 )   $ (967 )   $ (523 )   $ (1,566 )   $ (556 )
 

The potential stress-test loss as of December 4, 2003, is the result of the “Credit Crunch” stress scenario, which is broadly based on the events of 1997-98. Under that scenario, political instability in emerging markets leads to a flight to quality; sovereign bond yields decline moderately; the U.S. dollar declines against the euro and Japanese yen; credit spreads widen sharply; mortgage spreads widen; and equity prices decline moderately.

Net interest income stress testing

The following table shows the change in the Firm’s NII over the next 12 months that would result from uniform increases or decreases of 100 basis points in all interest rates. It also shows the largest decline in the Firm’s NII under the same stress-test scenarios utilized for the trading portfolio. At year-end 2003, JPMorgan Chase’s largest potential NII stress-test loss was estimated at $160 million, primarily the result of increased funding costs.

Nontrading NII stress-test loss results — pre-tax

                 
December 31, (in millions)   2003     2002  
 
+/- 100bp parallel change
  $ (160 )   $ (277 )
Other stress-test scenarios
    (88 )     (133 )
 

Nonstatistical measures

The Firm also calculates exposures to directional interest rate changes and to changes in the spread between the swap curve and other basis risks. At year-end, the market value of the Firm’s nontrading positions did not have a significant exposure to increases or decreases in interest rates. However, the Firm’s non-trading positions maintain an exposure to the spread between mortgage rates and swap rates; at year-end the Firm was exposed to a widening of this spread.

Capital allocation for market risk

The Firm allocates market risk capital guided by the principle that capital should reflect the extent to which risks are present in businesses. Daily VAR, monthly stress-test results and other factors determine appropriate capital charges for major business segments. The VAR measure captures a large number of one-day price moves, while stress tests capture a smaller number of very large price moves. The Firm allocates market risk capital to each business segment according to a formula that weights that segment’s VAR and stress-test exposures.

Risk monitoring and control

Limits

Market risk is primarily controlled through a series of limits. The sizes of the limits reflect the Firm’s risk appetite after extensive analyses of the market environment and business strategy. The analyses examine factors such as market volatility, product liquidity, business track record, and management experience and depth.

The Firm maintains different levels of limits. Corporate-level limits encompass VAR calculations and stress-test loss advisories. Similarly, business-segment levels include limits on VAR calculations, nonstatistical measurements and P&L loss advisories. Businesses are responsible for adhering to established limits, against which exposures are monitored and reported daily. An exceeded limit is reported immediately to senior management, and the affected business unit must take appropriate action to comply with the limit. If the business cannot do this within an acceptable timeframe, senior management is consulted on the appropriate action.

MRM regularly reviews and updates risk limits, and the Firm’s Risk Management Committee reviews and approves risk limits at least twice a year. MRM further controls the Firm’s exposure by specifically designating approved financial instruments for each business unit.



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

71


 

Management’s discussion and analysis

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

Qualitative review

MRM also performs periodic reviews of both businesses and products with exposure to market risk in order to assess the ability of the businesses to control market risk. The business management’s strategy, market conditions, product details and effectiveness of risk controls are reviewed. Specific recommendations for improvements are made to management.

Model review

Many of the Firm’s financial instruments cannot be valued based on quoted market prices but are instead valued using pricing models. Such models are used for management of risk positions, such as reporting risk against limits, and for valuation. The Firm reviews the models it uses to assess model appropriateness and consistency across businesses. The model reviews consider a

number of issues: appropriateness of the model, assessing the extent to which it accurately reflects the characteristics of the transaction and captures its significant risks; independence and reliability of data sources; appropriateness and adequacy of numerical algorithms; and sensitivity to input parameters or other assumptions which cannot be priced from the market.

Reviews are conducted for new or changed models, as well as previously accepted models. Re-reviews assess whether there have been any material changes to the accepted models; whether there have been any changes in the product or market that may impact the model’s validity; and whether there are theoretical or competitive developments that may require reassessment of the model’s adequacy. For a summary of valuations based on models, see Critical accounting estimates used by the Firm on pages 76-77 of this Annual Report.



 

Operational risk management

Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed processes or systems, human factors, or external events.

Overview

Operational risk is inherent in each of the Firm’s businesses and support activities. Operational risk can manifest itself in various ways, including errors, business interruptions, inappropriate behavior of employees and vendors that do not perform in accordance with outsourcing arrangements. These events can potentially result in financial losses and other damage to the Firm, including reputational harm.

To monitor and control operational risk, the Firm maintains a system of comprehensive policies and a control framework designed to provide a sound and well controlled operational environment. The goal is to keep operational risk at appropriate levels, in light of the Firm’s financial strength, the characteristics of its businesses, the markets in which it operates, and the competitive and regulatory environment to which it is subject.

Notwithstanding these control measures, the Firm incurs operational losses. The Firm’s approach to operational risk management is intended to mitigate such losses.

Operational risk management practices

Throughout 2003, JPMorgan Chase continued to execute a multi-year plan, begun in 2001, for an integrated approach that emphasizes active management of operational risk throughout the Firm. The objective of this effort is to supplement the traditional control-based approach to operational risk with risk measures, tools and disciplines that are risk-specific, consistently applied and utilized Firm-wide. Key themes for this effort are transparency of information, escalation of key issues and accountability for issue resolution. Ultimate responsibility for the Firm’s operational risk management practices resides with the Chief Risk Officer. The components are:

Governance structure: The governance structure provides the framework for the Firm’s operational risk management activities. Primary responsibility for managing operational risk rests with business managers. These individuals are responsible for establishing and maintaining appropriate internal control procedures for their respective businesses.

The Operational Risk Committee, which meets quarterly, is composed of senior operational risk and finance managers from each of the businesses. In addition, each of the businesses must maintain business control committees to oversee their operational risk management practices.

Self-assessment process: In 2003, JPMorgan Chase continued to refine its Firm-wide self-assessment process. The goal of the process was for each business to identify the key operational risks specific to its environment and assess the degree to which it maintained appropriate controls. Action plans were developed for control issues identified, and businesses are to be held accountable for tracking and resolving these issues on a timely basis.

Self-assessments were completed by the businesses through the use of Horizon, a software application developed by the Firm. With the aid of Horizon, all businesses were required to perform semiannual self-assessments in 2003. Going forward, the Firm will utilize the self-assessment process as a dynamic risk management tool.

Operational risk-event monitoring: The Firm has a process for reporting operational risk-event data, permitting analyses of errors and losses as well as trends. Such analyses, performed both at a line-of-business level and by risk event type, enable identification of root causes associated with risk events faced by the businesses. Where available, the internal data can be supplemented with external data for comparative analysis with industry patterns. The data reported will enable the Firm to back-test against self-assessment results.



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

72


 

Integrated reporting: The Firm is presently designing an operational risk architecture model to integrate the above individual components into a unified, web-based tool. When fully implemented, this model will enable the Firm to enhance its reporting and analysis of operational risk data, leading to improved risk management and financial performance.

Audit alignment: In addition to conducting independent internal audits, the Firm’s internal audit group provided guidance on the design and implementation of the operational risk framework. This guidance has helped further the Firm-wide implementation of the framework, which in turn has led to a stronger overall control environment. The internal audit group utilizes the business self-assessment results to help focus its internal audits on operational control issues. The group also reviews the effectiveness and accuracy of the business self-assessment process during the conduct of its audits.

Operational Risk Categories

For purposes of analysis and aggregation, the Firm breaks operational risk events down into five primary categories:

 
Clients, products and business practices
 
Fraud, theft and unauthorized activity
 
Execution and processing errors
 
Employment practices and workplace safety
 
Physical asset and infrastructure damage

Compliance with Sarbanes-Oxley Section 404

The Firm intends to use, as much as possible, its existing corporate governance and operational risk management practices to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding internal control over financial reporting. The Firm is currently in the process of evaluating the requirements of Section 404 and of implementing additional procedures into its existing practices. The Firm intends to be in full compliance with the requirements of the Act when they become effective in 2004. For a further discussion on the Act, see page 79 of this Annual Report.

Capital allocation for operational and business risk

During 2003, the Firm implemented a new risk-based capital allocation methodology which estimates operational and business risk independently, on a bottoms-up basis, and allocates capital to each component. Implementation of the new methodology in 2003 resulted in an overall lower amount of capital allocated to the lines of business with respect to operational and business risks.

The operational risk capital model is based on actual losses and potential scenario-based stress losses, with adjustments to the capital calculation to reflect changes in the quality of the control environment and with a potential offset for the use of risk-transfer products. The Firm believes the model is consistent with the proposed Basel II Accord and expects to propose it eventually

for qualification under the Advanced Measurement Approach for operational risk.

Business risk is defined as the risk associated with volatility in the Firm’s earnings due to factors not captured by other parts of its economic-capital framework. Such volatility can arise from ineffective design or execution of business strategies, volatile economic or financial market activity, changing client expectations and demands, and restructuring to adjust for changes in the competitive environment. For business risk, capital is allocated to each business based on historical revenue volatility and measures of fixed and variable expenses. Earnings volatility arising from other risk factors, such as credit, market, or operational risk, is excluded from the measurement of business risk capital, as those factors are captured under their respective risk capital models.

Reputation and Fiduciary risk

A firm’s success depends not only on its prudent management of credit, market, operational and business risks, but equally on the maintenance of its reputation among many constituents — clients, investors, regulators, as well as the general public — for business practices of the highest quality.

Attention to its reputation has always been a key aspect of the Firm’s practices, and maintenance of reputation is the responsibility of everyone at the Firm. JPMorgan Chase bolsters this individual responsibility in many ways: the Worldwide Rules of Conduct, training, policies and oversight functions that approve transactions. These oversight functions include a Conflicts Office, which examines transactions with the potential to create conflicts of interest or role for the Firm.

In addition, the Firm maintains a Fiduciary Risk Management Committee (“FRMC”) to oversee fiduciary-related risks that may produce significant losses or reputational damage, and that are not covered elsewhere by the corporate risk management oversight structure. The primary goal of the fiduciary risk management function is to ensure that a business, in providing investment or risk management products or services, performs at the appropriate standard relative to its relationship with a client, whether it be fiduciary or nonfiduciary in nature. A particular focus of the FRMC is the policies and practices that address a business’s responsibilities to a client, including the policies and practices that address client suitability determination, disclosure obligations and performance expectations with respect to the investment and risk management products or services being provided. In this way, the FRMC provides oversight of the Firm’s efforts to measure, monitor and control the risks that may arise in the delivery of such products or services to clients, as well as those stemming from its fiduciary responsibilities undertaken on behalf of employees.

The Firm has an additional structure to account for potential adverse effects on its reputation from transactions with clients, especially complex derivatives and structured finance transactions. This structure, implemented in 2002, reinforces the Firm’s procedures for examining transactions in terms of appropriateness, ethical issues and reputational risk, and it intensifies the Firm’s



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

73


 

Management’s discussion and analysis

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

scrutiny of the purpose and effect of its transactions from the client’s point of view, with the goal that these transactions are not used to mislead investors or others. The structure operates at three levels: as part of every business’s transaction approval process; through review by regional Policy Review Committees; and through oversight by the Policy Review Office.

Business transaction approval

Primary responsibility for adherence to the policies and procedures designed to address reputation risk lies with the business units conducting the transactions in question. The Firm’s transaction approval process requires review and sign-off from, among others, internal legal/compliance, conflicts, tax and accounting policy groups. Transactions involving an SPE established by the Firm receive particular scrutiny and must comply with a Special-Purpose Vehicle Policy, designed to ensure that every such entity is properly approved, documented, monitored and controlled.

Regional policy review committees

Business units are also required to submit to regional Policy Review Committees proposed transactions that may heighten reputation

risk — particularly a client’s motivation and its intended financial disclosure of the transaction. The committees approve, reject or require further clarification on or changes to the transactions. The members of these committees are senior representatives of the business and support units in the region. The committees may escalate transaction review to the Policy Review Office.

Policy Review Office

The Policy Review Office is the most senior approval level for client transactions involving reputation risk issues. The mandate of the Office is to opine on specific transactions brought by the Regional Committees and consider changes in policies or practices relating to reputation risk. The head of the office consults with the Firm’s most senior executives on specific topics and provides regular updates. Aside from governance and guidance on specific transactions, the objective of the policy review process is to reinforce a culture, through a “case study” approach, that ensures that all employees, regardless of seniority, understand the basic principles of reputation risk control and can recognize and address issues as they arise.



 

Private equity risk management

Risk management

JPMP employs processes for risk measurement and control of private equity risk that are similar to those used for other businesses within the Firm. The processes are coordinated with the Firm’s overall approach to market and concentration risk. Private equity risk is initially monitored through the use of industry and geographic limits. Additionally, to manage the pace of new investments, a ceiling on the amount of annual private equity investment activity has been established.

JPMP’s public equity holdings create a significant exposure to general declines in the equity markets. To gauge that risk, VAR and stress-test exposures are calculated in the same way as they are for the Firm’s trading and nontrading portfolios. JPMP management undertakes frequent reviews of its public security holdings as part of a disciplined approach to sales and hedging issues. Hedging programs are limited but are considered when

practical and as circumstances dictate. Over time, the Firm may change the nature and type of hedges it enters into, as well as close hedging positions altogether.

Capital allocation for private equity risk

Internal capital is allocated to JPMP’s public equities portfolio based on stress scenarios which reflect the potential loss inherent in the portfolio in the event of a large equity market decline. Capital is also allocated for liquidity risk, which results from the contractual sales restrictions to which some holdings are subject. For private equities, capital is allocated based on a long-term equity market stress scenario that is consistent with the investment time horizons associated with these holdings. For these investments, additional capital is allocated against the risk of an unexpectedly large number of write-offs or write-downs. The Firm refined its methodology for measuring private equity risk during the second quarter of 2003. It now assigns a moderately higher amount of capital for the risk in the private equity portfolio, most of which is assigned to JPMP.



 

Critical accounting estimates used by the Firm

The Firm’s accounting policies and use of estimates are integral to understanding the reported results. The Firm’s most complex accounting estimates require management’s judgment to ascertain the valuation of assets and liabilities. The Firm has established detailed policies and control procedures intended to ensure valuation methods, including any judgments made as part of such methods, are well controlled, independently reviewed and applied consistently from period to period.

In addition, the policies and procedures are intended to ensure that the process for changing methodologies occurs in an appropriate manner. The Firm believes its estimates for determining the valuation of its assets and liabilities are appropriate.

The following is a brief description of the Firm’s critical accounting estimates involving significant management valuation judgments.



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

74


 

Allowance for Credit Losses

JPMorgan Chase’s Allowance for credit losses covers the commercial and consumer loan portfolios as well as the Firm’s portfolio of commercial lending-related commitments. The allowance for loan losses is intended to adjust the value of the Firm’s loan assets for probable credit losses as of the balance sheet date in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Management also computes an allowance for lending-related commercial commitments using a methodology similar to that used for the commercial loan portfolio. For a further discussion of the methodologies used in establishing the Firm’s Allowance for credit losses, see Note 12 on page 100 of this Annual Report.

Commercial loans and lending-related commitments

The methodology for calculating both the Allowance for loan losses and the Allowance for lending-related commitments involves significant judgment. First and foremost, it involves the early identification of credits that are deteriorating. Second, it involves management judgment to derive loss factors.

The Firm uses a risk rating system to determine the credit quality of its loans. Commercial loans are reviewed for information affecting the obligor’s ability to fulfill its obligations. In assessing the risk rating of a particular loan, among the factors considered include the obligor’s debt capacity and financial flexibility, the level of the obligor’s earnings, the amount and sources of repayment, the level and nature of contingencies, management strength, and the industry and geography in which the obligor operates. These factors are based on an evaluation of historical information and current information as well as subjective assessment and interpretation. Emphasizing one factor over another or considering additional factors that may be relevant in determining the risk rating of a particular loan, but which are not currently an explicit part of the Firm’s methodology, could impact the risk rating assigned by the Firm to that loan.

Management also applies its judgment to derive loss factors associated with each credit facility. These loss factors are determined by facility structure, collateral and type of obligor. Wherever possible, the Firm uses independent, verifiable data or the Firm’s own historical loss experience in its models for estimating these loss factors. Many factors can affect management’s estimates of specific loss and expected loss, including volatility of default probabilities, rating migrations and loss severity. For example, judgment is required to determine how many years of data to include when estimating the possible severity of the loss. If a full credit cycle is not captured in the data, then estimates may be inaccurate. Likewise, judgment is applied to determine whether the loss-severity factor should be calculated as an average over the entire credit cycle or whether to apply the loss-severity factor implied at a particular point in the credit cycle. The application of different loss-severity factors would change the amount of the allowance for credit losses

determined appropriate by the Firm. Similarly, there are judgments as to which external data on default probabilities should be used, and when they should be used. Choosing data that are not reflective of the Firm’s specific loan portfolio characteristics could affect loss estimates.

As noted above, the Firm’s allowance for loan losses is sensitive to the risk rating assigned to a loan. Assuming a one-notch downgrade in the Firm’s internal risk ratings for all its commercial loans, the allowance for loan losses for the commercial portfolio would increase by approximately $470 million at December 31, 2003. Furthermore, assuming a 10% increase in the loss severity on all downgraded non-criticized loans, the allowance for commercial loans would increase by approximately $50 million at December 31, 2003. These sensitivity analyses are hypothetical and should be used with caution. The purpose of these analyses is to provide an indication of the impact risk ratings and loss severity have on the estimate of the allowance for loan losses for commercial loans. It is not intended to imply management’s expectation of future deterioration in risk ratings or changes in loss severity. Given the process the Firm follows in determining the risk ratings of its loans and assessing loss severity, management believes the risk ratings and loss severities currently assigned to commercial loans are appropriate. Furthermore, the likelihood of a one-notch downgrade for all commercial loans within a short timeframe is remote.

Consumer loans

The consumer portfolio is segmented into three main business lines: Chase Home Finance, Chase Cardmember Services and Chase Auto Finance. For each major portfolio segment within each line of business, there are three primary factors that are considered in determining the expected loss component of the allowance for loan losses: period-end outstandings, expected loss factor and average life. The various components of these factors, such as collateral, prepayment rates, credit score distributions, collections and the historical loss experience of a business segment, differ across business lines. For example, credit card revolving credit has significantly higher charge-off ratios than fixed mortgage credit. Determination of each factor is based primarily on statistical data and macroeconomic assumptions.

Residual component

Management’s judgments are also applied when considering uncertainties that relate to current macroeconomic and political conditions, the impact of currency devaluation on cross-border exposures, changes in underwriting standards, unexpected correlations within the portfolio or other factors. For example, judgment as to political developments in a particular country will affect management’s assessment of potential loss in the credits that have exposure to that country. A separate allowance component, the residual component, is maintained to cover these uncertainties, at December 31, 2003, in the



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

75


 

Management’s discussion and analysis

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

commercial portfolio. It is anticipated that the residual component will range between 10% and 20% of the total allowance for credit losses.

Fair value of financial instruments

A portion of JPMorgan Chase’s assets and liabilities are carried at fair value, including trading assets and liabilities, AFS securities and private equity investments. Held-for-sale loans and mortgage servicing rights are carried at the lower of fair value or cost. At December 31, 2003, approximately $346 billion of the Firm’s assets were recorded at fair value.

Fair value of a financial instrument is defined as the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. The majority of the Firm’s assets reported at fair value are based on quoted market prices or on internally developed models that are based on independently sourced market parameters, including interest rate yield curves, option volatilities and currency rates.

The valuation process takes into consideration factors such as liquidity and concentration concerns and, for the derivative portfolio, counterparty credit risk. See the discussion of CVA on page 59 of this Annual Report. Management applies judgment in determining the factors used in the valuation process. For example, there is often limited market data to rely on when estimating the fair value of a large or aged position. Similarly, judgment must be applied in estimating prices for less readily observable external parameters. Finally, other factors such as model assumptions, market dislocations and unexpected correlations can affect estimates of fair value. Imprecision in estimating these factors can impact the amount of revenue or loss recorded for a particular position.

Trading and available-for-sale portfolios

Substantially all of the Firm’s securities held for trading and investment purposes (“long” positions) and securities that the Firm has sold to other parties but does not own (“short” positions) are valued based on quoted market prices. However, certain securities are less actively traded and, therefore, are not always able to be valued based on quoted market prices. The determination of their fair value requires management judgment, as this determination may require benchmarking to similar instruments or analyzing default and recovery rates.

As few derivative contracts are listed on an exchange, the majority of the Firm’s derivative positions are valued using internally developed models that use as their basis readily observable market parameters — that is, parameters that are actively quoted and can be validated to external sources, including industry-pricing services. Certain derivatives, however, are valued based on models with significant unobservable market parameters — that is, parameters that may be estimated and are, therefore, subject to management judgment to substantiate the model valuation. These instruments are normally either less actively traded or trade activity is one-way. Examples include long-dated interest rate or currency swaps, where swap rates may be unobservable for longer maturities; and certain credit products, where correlation and recovery rates are unobservable.

Management judgment includes recording fair value adjustments (i.e., reductions) to model valuations to account for parameter uncertainty when valuing complex or less actively traded derivative transactions.

The table below summarizes the Firm’s trading and AFS portfolios by valuation methodology at December 31, 2003:



                                         
    Trading assets   Trading liabilities      
    Securities             Securities             AFS  
    purchased(a)     Derivatives(b)     sold(a)     Derivatives(b)     securities  
 
Fair value based on:
                                       
Quoted market prices
    92 %     3 %     94 %     2 %     92 %
Internal models with significant observable market parameters
    7       95       4       96       3  
Internal models with significant unobservable market parameters
    1       2       2       2       5  
 
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
 
(a)  
Reflected as Debt and equity instruments on the Firm’s Consolidated balance sheet.
(b)  
Based on gross MTM values of the Firm’s derivatives portfolio (i.e., prior to netting positions pursuant to FIN 39), as cross-product netting is not relevant to an analysis based on valuation methodologies.

To ensure that the valuations are appropriate, the Firm has various controls in place. These include: an independent review and approval of valuation models; detailed review and explanation for profit and loss analyzed daily and over time; decomposing the model valuations for certain structured derivative instruments into their components and benchmarking valuations, where possible, to similar products; and validating valuation estimates through actual cash settlement. As markets and products develop and the pricing for certain derivative products becomes

more transparent, the Firm refines its valuation methodologies. The Valuation Control Group within the Finance area is responsible for reviewing the accuracy of the valuations of positions taken within the Investment Bank.

For a discussion of market risk management, including the model review process, see Market Risk Management on pages 66-72 of this Annual Report. For further details regarding the Firm’s valuation methodologies, see Note 31 on pages 120-123 of this Annual Report.



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

76


 

Loans held-for-sale

The fair value of loans in the held-for-sale portfolio is generally based on observable market prices of similar instruments, including bonds, credit derivatives and loans with similar characteristics. If market prices are not available, fair value is based on the estimated cash flows, adjusted for credit risk that is discounted using a rate appropriate for each maturity that incorporates the effects of interest rate changes.

Private equity investments

Valuation of private investments held by JPMP requires significant management judgment due to the absence of quoted market prices, inherent lack of liquidity and long-term nature of such assets. Private investments are initially valued based on cost. The carrying values of private investments are adjusted from cost to reflect both positive and negative changes evidenced by financing events with third-party capital providers. In addition, these investments are subject to ongoing impairment reviews by JPMP’s senior investment professionals. A variety of factors are reviewed and monitored to assess impairment including, but not limited to, operating performance and future expectations, industry valuations of comparable public companies, changes in market outlook and the third-party financing environment over time. The Valuation Control Group within the Finance area is responsible for reviewing the accuracy of the

carrying values of private investments held by JPMP. For additional information about private equity investments, see the Private equity risk management discussion on page 74 and Note 15 on page 106 of this Annual Report.

MSRs and certain other retained interests

MSRs and certain other retained interests from securitization activities do not trade in an active, open market with readily observable prices. For example, sales of MSRs do occur, but the precise terms and conditions are typically not readily available. Accordingly, the Firm estimates the fair value of MSRs and certain other retained interests using a discounted future cash flow model. The model considers portfolio characteristics, contractually specified servicing fees and prepayment assumptions, delinquency rates, late charges, other ancillary revenues, costs to service and other economic factors. The Firm compares its fair value estimates and assumptions to observable market data where available, to recent market activity and to actual portfolio experience. Management believes that the fair values and related assumptions are comparable to those used by other market participants. For a further discussion of the most significant assumptions used to value these retained interests, as well as the applicable stress tests for those assumptions, see Notes 13 and 16 on pages 100-103 and 107-109, respectively, of this Annual Report.



 

Nonexchange-traded commodity contracts at fair value

In the normal course of business, JPMorgan Chase trades nonex-change-traded commodity contracts. To determine the fair value of these contracts, the Firm uses various fair value estimation techniques, which are primarily based on internal models with significant observable market parameters. The Firm’s nonex-

change-traded commodity contracts are primarily energy-related contracts. The following table summarizes the changes in fair value for nonexchange-traded commodity contracts for the year ended December 31, 2003:



                 
For the year ended December 31, 2003 (in millions)   Asset position     Liability position  
 
Net fair value of contracts outstanding at January 1, 2003
  $ 1,938     $ 839  
Effect of legally enforceable master netting agreements
    1,279       1,289  
 
           
Gross fair value of contracts outstanding at January 1, 2003
    3,217       2,128  
Contracts realized or otherwise settled during the period
    (2,559 )     (2,465 )
Fair value of new contracts
    303       291  
Changes in fair values attributable to changes in valuation techniques and assumptions
           
Other changes in fair value
    1,370       1,716  
 
           
Gross fair value of contracts outstanding at December 31, 2003
    2,331       1,670  
Effect of legally enforceable master netting agreements
    (834 )     (919 )
 
           
Net fair value of contracts outstanding at December 31, 2003
  $ 1,497     $ 751  
 
           
 

The following table indicates the schedule of maturities of nonexchange-traded commodity contracts at December 31, 2003:

                 
At December 31, 2003 (in millions)   Asset position     Liability position  
 
Maturity less than 1 year
  $ 842     $ 901  
Maturity 1-3 years
    1,128       550  
Maturity 4-5 years
    356       212  
Maturity in excess of 5 years
    5       7  
 
           
Gross fair value of contracts outstanding at December 31, 2003
    2,331       1,670  
Effects of legally enforceable master netting agreements
    (834 )     (919 )
 
           
Net fair value of contracts outstanding at December 31, 2003
  $ 1,497     $ 751  
 
           
 

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

77


 

Management’s discussion and analysis

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

Accounting and reporting developments

Accounting for stock-based compensation

Effective January 1, 2003, JPMorgan Chase adopted SFAS 123, which establishes the accounting for stock-based compensation and requires that all such transactions, including stock options, be accounted for at fair value and be recognized in earnings. Awards outstanding as of December 31, 2002, if not subsequently modified, continue to be accounted for under APB 25. For a further discussion on the adoption of SFAS 123, see Note 7 on pages 93-95 of this Annual Report.

Consolidation of variable interest entities

In January 2003, the FASB issued FIN 46. Entities that would be assessed for consolidation under FIN 46 are typically referred to as Special-Purpose Entities (“SPEs”), although non-SPE-type entities may also be subject to the guidance. FIN 46 requires a variable interest entity (“VIE”) to be consolidated by a company if that company is subject to a majority of the risk of loss from the variable interest entity’s activities or entitled to receive a majority of the entity’s residual returns, or both. Effective February 1, 2003, the Firm implemented FIN 46 for VIEs created or modified after January 31, 2003, in which the Firm has an interest.

Effective July 1, 2003, the Firm adopted the provisions of FIN 46 for all VIEs originated prior to February 1, 2003, excluding certain investments made by JPMP. The FASB provided a specific deferral for nonregistered investment companies until the proposed Statement of Position on the clarification of the scope of the Investment Company Audit Guide is finalized, which is expected to occur in mid-2004. The Firm has deferred consolidation of $2.7 billion of additional assets related to JPMP as of December 31, 2003. For further details regarding FIN 46, refer to Note 14 on pages 103-106 of this Annual Report.

In December 2003, the FASB issued a revision to FIN 46 (“FIN 46R”) to address various technical corrections and implementation issues that have arisen since its issuance. The provisions of FIN 46R are effective for financial periods ending after March 15, 2004, thus the Firm will implement the new provisions effective March 31, 2004. As FIN 46R was recently issued and contains provisions that the accounting profession continues to analyze, the Firm’s assessment of the impact of FIN 46R on all VIEs with which it is involved is ongoing. However, at this time and based on management’s current interpretation, the Firm does not believe that the implementation of FIN 46R will have a material impact on the Firm’s Consolidated financial statements, earnings or capital resources.

Accounting for certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity

In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS 150, which establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures in its statement of financial position certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. It requires that an issuer classi-

fy a financial instrument that is within its scope as a liability (or an asset in some circumstances), because that financial instrument embodies an obligation of the issuer. Initially, SFAS 150 was effective for all financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and was otherwise effective beginning July 1, 2003. In November 2003, the FASB deferred the effective date of the statement with respect to mandatorily redeemable financial instruments of certain nonpublic entities and for certain mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interests. The implementation of SFAS 150 did not have a material impact on the Firm’s Consolidated financial statements.

Derivative instruments and hedging activities

In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS 149, which amends and clarifies the accounting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities under SFAS 133. Specifically, SFAS 149 clarifies the circumstances under which a contract with an initial net investment meets the characteristics of a derivative, and when a derivative contains a financing component that warrants special reporting in the Consolidated statement of cash flows. SFAS 149 is generally effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003; implementation did not have a material effect on the Firm’s Consolidated financial statements in 2003.

Accounting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities

In June 2002, the FASB issued SFAS 146, which establishes new accounting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities initiated after December 31, 2002. SFAS 146 requires a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity to be recorded when that liability is incurred and can be measured at fair value. Under the previous rules, if management approved an exit plan in one quarter, the costs of that plan generally would have been recorded in the same quarter even if the costs were not incurred until a later quarter. In contrast, under SFAS 146, some costs may qualify for immediate recognition, while other costs may be incurred over one or more quarters. The impact of SFAS 146 will generally be to spread out the timing of the recognition of costs associated with exit or disposal activities.

Impairment of available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities

In November 2003, the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) reached a consensus on certain additional quantitative and qualitative disclosure requirements in connection with its deliberations of Issue 03-1, the impairment model for available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities under SFAS 115. See Note 9 on page 97 of this Annual Report which sets forth the disclosures now required.



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

78


 

Goodwill and other intangible assets

Effective January 1, 2002, the Firm adopted SFAS 142 which establishes the accounting for intangible assets (other than those acquired in a business combination). It also addresses the accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets subsequent to an acquisition. For a further discussion on the adoption of SFAS 142, see Note 16 on page 107 of this Annual Report.

Accounting for certain loans or debt securities acquired in a transfer

In December 2003, the AICPA issued Statement of Position 03-3 (“SOP 03-3”), Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer. SOP 03-3 provides guidance on the accounting for differences between contractual and expected cash flows from the purchaser’s initial investment in loans or debt securities acquired in a transfer, if those differences are attributable, at least in part, to credit quality. Among other things, SOP 03-3: (1) prohibits the recognition of the excess of contractual cash flows over expected cash flows as an adjustment of yield, loss accrual or valuation allowance at the time of purchase; (2) requires that subsequent increases in expected cash flows be recognized prospectively through an adjustment of yield; and (3) requires that subsequent decreases in expected cash flows be recognized as an impairment. In addition, SOP 03-3 prohibits the creation or carrying over of a valuation allowance in the initial accounting of all loans within its scope that are acquired in a transfer. SOP 03-3 becomes effective for loans or debt securities acquired in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2004.

Accounting for trading derivatives

In October 2002, the EITF concluded on Issue 02-3, which, effective January 1, 2003, precludes mark-to-market accounting for energy-related contracts that do not meet the definition of a derivative under SFAS 133 (i.e., transportation, storage or capacity contracts). The Firm implemented this provision of Issue 02-3 effective January 1, 2003; implementation did not have a material effect on the Firm’s Consolidated statement of income. In November 2002, as part of the discussion of Issue 02-3, the FASB staff further confirmed their view that an entity should not recognize profit at the inception of a trade involving a derivative financial instrument in the absence of: (a) quoted market prices in an active market, (b) observable prices of other current market transactions or (c) other observable data supporting a valuation technique. This clarification did not have a material impact on the Firm’s Consolidated statements of income in 2002 and 2003. The FASB intends in 2004 to continue to focus on issues relating to the fair value of financial instruments.

Accounting for interest rate lock commitments (“IRLCs”)

IRLCs associated with mortgages (commitments to extend credit at specified interest rates) are currently accounted for as derivative instruments in accordance with SFAS 149. IRLCs are recorded at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded in the income statement.

In October 2003, the FASB added a new project to its agenda to clarify SFAS 133, with respect to the information that should be used to determine the fair value of IRLCs that are accounted for as derivatives, and whether loan commitments should be reported as assets by the issuer of that commitment (i.e., the lender). In December 2003, the SEC prescribed guidance that IRLCs were deemed to be written options from the standpoint of the mortgage lender and, as a result, should be recorded as a liability at inception and remain a liability until the loan is funded. This guidance will be effective for IRLCs entered into with potential borrowers after March 31, 2004. This guidance will impact the timing of revenue recognition related to IRLCs. Further, the impact of this guidance on the Firm’s current practice will be influenced by the volume of new IRLCs, the volume of loan sales and the changes in market interest rates during the period. The Firm is currently assessing the impact of this guidance on its results of operations and hedging strategies.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

In June 2003, the Securities and Exchange Commission adopted final rules under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Section 404”). Commencing with its 2004 annual report, JPMorgan Chase will be required to include a report of management on the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting. The internal control report must include a statement of management’s responsibility for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Firm; of management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting as of year-end; of the framework used by management to evaluate the effectiveness of the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting; and that the Firm’s independent accounting firm has issued an attestation report on management’s assessment of the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting, which report is also required to be filed as part of the Annual Report.



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

79


 

Management’s discussion and analysis

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

Comparison between 2002 and 2001

JPMorgan Chase’s 2002 net income was $1.7 billion, relatively flat when compared with the prior year. Net income per diluted share was $0.80 in 2002, unchanged from 2001.

Total revenues for 2002 of $29.6 billion were up by only 1% from 2001. The consumer businesses of the Firm contributed to the higher revenue, benefiting primarily from the gradual reduction in interest rates in 2002. Mortgage originations at Chase Home Finance in high-margin sectors like retail, wholesale, telephone-based and e-commerce reached $113 billion, 30% above the level reached in 2001. This exceptional growth, however, was partly offset by the sluggishness in the wholesale businesses, primarily IB, due to the continued slowdown in market activities, a reflection of the weak economic environment and diminished investor confidence.

From a business-segment point of view, the revenue results were mixed in 2002. CFS revenue of $13.4 billion grew by 24% over 2001, reflecting high volumes across all consumer credit businesses and significant gains in Chase Home Finance from the hedging of MSRs, partially offset by the negative impact of lower interest rates on deposits. TSS reported modest revenue growth, as strong gains in Treasury Services and Institutional Trust Services, attributable mostly to new businesses, were offset by a decline in Investor Services, which suffered from the lower value of assets held under custody. These increases were offset by declines in the Firm’s wholesale businesses. In IB, revenue declined 15%, driven by the reduction in capital markets and lending revenue, as well as in Investment banking fees. The reduction in capital markets revenue was primarily attributable to lower portfolio management revenue related to both fixed income and equities transactions. IMPB’s revenue in 2002 declined 11% from 2001, reflecting the depreciation in the equities market and institutional outflows across all asset classes. JPMP recognized private equity losses of $733 million in 2002, compared with losses of $1.2 billion in 2001, as a result of lower levels of write-downs and write-offs, particularly in the Technology and Telecommunications sectors.

The Firm’s total noninterest expense was $22.8 billion in 2002, down 4% from 2001, with both years incurring several large charges. In 2002, the costs associated with merger and restructuring initiatives were $1.2 billion, versus $2.5 billion in 2001. In addition, in 2002, the Firm recorded a $1.3 billion charge in connection with the settlement of its Enron-related surety litigation and the establishment of a reserve related to certain material litigation, proceedings and investigations, as well as a $98 million charge for unoccupied excess real estate. Excluding the impact of these charges in both years, the Firm’s full-year 2002 noninterest expense of $20.2 billion was lower than that of 2001. Severance and related costs from expense management initiatives, approximately 70% of which were in IB, added $890 million to noninterest expense for 2002. These charges were more than offset by the continued focus on expenses, which kept spending levels low, and by the adoption in 2002 of SFAS 142, which eliminated the amortization of goodwill.

All business segments reported lower-to-flat noninterest expenses, except CFS, where higher business volumes resulted in expense growth. IB and IMPB reduced headcount in response to lower market activity levels. At TSS, tight expense management in 2002 allowed for investments while keeping expense levels essentially flat with 2001.

The Provision for credit losses increased to $4.3 billion in 2002, up 36% from the prior year. This was principally attributable to troubled commercial credits in the Telecommunications and Cable sectors and the impact of the Providian acquisition in 2002, partially offset by a decrease in the consumer provision, reflecting the effect of credit card securitizations.

Income tax expense in 2002 was $856 million, compared with $847 million in 2001. The effective tax rate was 34% in 2002, versus 33% in 2001. The increase in the effective tax rate was principally attributable to the level of income earned in certain state and local tax jurisdictions in 2002.



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

80


 

Financial Statements of Businesses Acquired

Reproduced below are the unaudited consolidated balance sheets of JPMorgan Chase and its subsidiaries as of March 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003, and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2004 and March 31, 2003, and the related notes to consolidated financial statements, included in JPMorgan Chase’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004.

J.P. MORGAN CHASE & CO.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (UNAUDITED)
(in millions, except per share data)

                 
    Three months ended
    March 31,
    2004     2003  
 
Noninterest revenue
               
Investment banking fees
  $ 692     $ 616  
Trading revenue
    1,720       1,298  
Fees and commissions
    2,933       2,488  
Private equity gains (losses)
    306       (221 )
Securities gains
    126       485  
Mortgage fees and related income
    244       433  
Other revenue
    126       92  
 
Total noninterest revenue
    6,147       5,191  
 
Interest income
    5,478       6,263  
Interest expense
    2,648       3,048  
 
Net interest income
    2,830       3,215  
 
Revenue before provision for credit losses
    8,977       8,406  
Provision for credit losses
    15       743  
 
Total net revenue
    8,962       7,663  
 
Noninterest expense
               
Compensation expense
    3,370       3,174  
Occupancy expense
    431       496  
Technology and communications expense
    819       637  
Other expense
    1,439       1,234  
 
Total noninterest expense
    6,059       5,541  
 
Income before income tax expense
    2,903       2,122  
Income tax expense
    973       722  
 
Net income
  $ 1,930     $ 1,400  
 
Net income applicable to common stock
  $ 1,917     $ 1,387  
 
Average common shares outstanding
               
Basic
    2,032       2,000  
Diluted
    2,093       2,022  
Net income per common share
               
Basic
  $ 0.94     $ 0.69  
Diluted
    0.92       0.69  
Cash dividends per common share
    0.34       0.34  
 

The Notes to consolidated financial statements (unaudited) are an integral part of these statements.

3


 

J.P. MORGAN CHASE & CO.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (UNAUDITED)
(in millions, except share data)

                 
    March 31,     December 31,  
    2004     2003  
 
Assets
               
Cash and due from banks
  $ 19,419     $ 20,268  
Deposits with banks
    35,600       10,175  
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements
    79,414       76,868  
Securities borrowed
    49,881       41,834  
Trading assets (including assets pledged of $109,668 at March 31, 2004, and $81,312 at December 31, 2003)
    247,983       252,871  
Securities:
               
Available-for-sale (including assets pledged of $28,489 at March 31, 2004, and $31,639 at December 31, 2003)
    70,590       60,068  
Held-to-maturity (Fair Value: $168 at March 31, 2004, and $186 at December 31, 2003)
    157       176  
Loans (net of Allowance for loan losses of $4,120 at March 31, 2004, and $4,523 at December 31, 2003)
    213,510       214,995  
Private equity investments
    7,097       7,250  
Accrued interest and accounts receivable
    13,250       12,356  
Premises and equipment
    6,418       6,487  
Goodwill
    8,730       8,511  
Other intangible assets
    5,955       6,480  
Other assets
    43,074       52,573  
 
Total assets
  $ 801,078     $ 770,912  
 
Liabilities
               
Deposits:
               
U.S.:
               
Noninterest-bearing
  $ 79,560     $ 73,154  
Interest-bearing
    142,755       125,855  
Non-U.S.:
               
Noninterest-bearing
    7,868       6,311  
Interest-bearing
    106,703       121,172  
 
           
Total deposits
    336,886       326,492  
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements
    148,526       113,466  
Commercial paper
    14,972       14,284  
Other borrowed funds
    10,414       8,925  
Trading liabilities
    134,186       149,448  
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities (including the Allowance for lending-related commitments of $297 at March 31, 2004, and $324 at December 31, 2003)
    43,656       45,066  
Beneficial interests issued by consolidated variable interest entities
    7,543       12,295  
Long-term debt
    50,062       48,014  
Junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures held by trusts that issued guaranteed capital debt securities
    6,732       6,768  
 
Total liabilities
    752,977       724,758  
 
Commitments and contingencies (see Note 18 of this Form 10-Q)
               
 
               
Stockholders’ equity
               
Preferred stock
    1,009       1,009  
Common stock (authorized 4,500,000,000 shares, issued 2,088,072,350 shares at March 31, 2004, and 2,044,436,509 shares at December 31, 2003)
    2,088       2,044  
Capital surplus
    14,193       13,512  
Retained earnings
    30,878       29,681  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    177       (30 )
Treasury stock, at cost (6,386,039 shares at March 31, 2004, and 1,816,495 shares at December 31, 2003)
    (244 )     (62 )
 
Total stockholders’ equity
    48,101       46,154  
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 801,078     $ 770,912  
 

The Notes to consolidated financial statements (unaudited) are an integral part of these statements.

4


 

J.P. MORGAN CHASE & CO.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (UNAUDITED)
(in millions, except per share data)

                 
    Three months ended March 31,
    2004     2003  
 
Preferred stock
               
Balance at beginning of year and end of period
  $ 1,009     $ 1,009  
 
Common stock
               
Balance at beginning of year
    2,044       2,024  
Issuance of common stock
    44       8  
 
Balance at end of period
    2,088       2,032  
 
Capital surplus
               
Balance at beginning of year
    13,512       13,222  
Shares issued and commitments to issue common stock for employee stock-based awards and related tax effects
    681       (745 )
 
Balance at end of period
    14,193       12,477  
 
Retained earnings
               
Balance at beginning of year
    29,681       25,851  
Net income
    1,930       1,400  
Cash dividends declared:
               
Preferred stock
    (13 )     (13 )
Common stock ($0.34 per share each period)
    (720 )     (700 )
 
Balance at end of period
    30,878       26,538  
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
               
Balance at beginning of year
    (30 )     1,227  
Other comprehensive income (loss)
    207       (114 )
 
Balance at end of period
    177       1,113  
 
Treasury stock, at cost
               
Balance at beginning of year
    (62 )     (1,027 )
Reissuance from treasury stock
          1,021  
Forfeitures to treasury stock
    (182 )     (79 )
 
Balance at end of period
    (244 )     (85 )
 
Total stockholders’ equity
  $ 48,101     $ 43,084  
 
Comprehensive income
               
Net income
  $ 1,930     $ 1,400  
Other comprehensive income (loss)
    207       (114 )
 
Comprehensive income
  $ 2,137     $ 1,286  
 

The Notes to consolidated financial statements (unaudited) are an integral part of these statements.

5


 

J.P. MORGAN CHASE & CO.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)
(in millions)

                     
        Three months ended March 31,
        2004     2003  
 
Operating activities
                   
Net income
      $ 1,930     $ 1,400  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
               
Provision for credit losses
    15       743  
Depreciation and amortization
    762       777  
Deferred tax provision
    796       359  
Investment securities gains (net)
    (126 )     (485 )
Private equity unrealized (gains) losses
    (159 )     217  
Net change in:
               
Trading assets
    5,090       15,010  
Securities borrowed
    (8,047 )     (5,045 )
Accrued interest and accounts receivable
    (894 )     1,175  
Other assets
    9,357       (299 )
Trading liabilities
    (15,296 )     (4,005 )
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities
    (1,667 )     8,150  
Other, net
        (120 )     (159 )
 
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities     (8,359 )     17,838  
 
Investing activities
                   
Net change in:
                   
Deposits with banks
        (25,425 )     2,046  
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements
    (2,546 )     (3,955 )
Loans due to sales
        20,305       27,097  
Loans due to securitizations
    7,775       4,335  
Other loans, net
        (31,385 )     (34,187 )
Other, net
        (543 )     1,561  
Held-to-maturity securities:
  Proceeds     19       63  
 
  Purchases            
Available-for-sale securities:
  Proceeds from maturities     2,060       2,268  
 
  Proceeds from sales     50,709       92,912  
 
  Purchases     (62,899 )     (97,507 )
Cash used in business acquisitions     (24 )     (10 )
Proceeds from divestitures of nonstrategic businesses and assets           49  
 
Net cash (used in) investing activities     (41,954 )     (5,328 )
 
Financing Activities
                   
Net change in:
                   
U.S. deposits
        23,306       (1,167 )
Non-U.S. deposits
        (12,912 )     (2,919 )
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements
    35,060       (9,262 )
Commercial paper and other borrowed funds
    1,954       1,350  
Other, net
        15       181  
Proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt and capital securities     4,943       6,636  
Repayments of long-term debt and capital securities     (2,805 )     (3,873 )
Net issuance of stock and stock-based awards     543       205  
Cash dividends paid
        (720 )     (696 )
 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities     49,384       (9,545 )
 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and due from banks     80       46  
Net (decrease) increase in cash and due from banks     (849 )     3,011  
Cash and due from banks at December 31, 2003 and 2002     20,268       19,218  
 
Cash and due from banks at March 31, 2004 and 2003   $ 19,419     $ 22,229  
Cash interest paid
      $ 2,619     $ 3,197  
Cash income taxes paid (refunds)   $ 325     $ (247 )
 

The Notes to consolidated financial statements (unaudited) are an integral part of these statements.

6


 

See Glossary of Terms on pages 74–75 of this Form 10-Q for definition of terms used throughout the Notes to consolidated financial statements.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)

NOTE 1 – BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The accounting and financial reporting policies of J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. (“JPMorgan Chase” or the “Firm”) and its subsidiaries conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and prevailing industry practices for interim reporting. Additionally, where applicable, the policies conform to the accounting and reporting guidelines prescribed by bank regulatory authorities. The unaudited consolidated financial statements prepared in conformity with GAAP require management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expense and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Actual results could be different from these estimates. In addition, certain amounts in the prior periods have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation. In the opinion of management, all normal recurring adjustments have been included for a fair statement of this interim financial information. These unaudited consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements included in JPMorgan Chase’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 (“2003 Annual Report”).

NOTE 2 – BUSINESS CHANGES AND DEVELOPMENTS

Agreement to merge with Bank One Corporation
On January 14, 2004, JPMorgan Chase and Bank One Corporation (“Bank One”) announced an agreement to merge. The merger agreement, which has been approved by the boards of directors of both companies, provides for a stock-for-stock merger in which 1.32 shares of JPMorgan Chase common stock will be exchanged, on a tax-free basis, for each share of Bank One common stock; cash will be paid for fractional shares. JPMorgan Chase stockholders will keep their shares, which remain outstanding and unchanged as shares of JPMorgan Chase following the merger. The merger will be accounted for using the purchase method of accounting.

The merger, which is expected to be completed by mid-2004, is subject to approval by the stockholders of both institutions as well as U.S. federal and state and non-U.S. regulatory authorities. JPMorgan Chase and Bank One have scheduled their stockholder meetings on May 25, 2004 to vote on the proposed merger. For further information, see the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by JPMorgan Chase with the Securities and Exchange Commission, containing the definitive joint proxy statement/prospectus regarding the proposed merger.

NOTE 3 – TRADING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

For a discussion of the accounting policies related to trading assets and liabilities, see Note 3 on pages 87–88 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report. The following table presents Trading assets and Trading liabilities for the dates indicated:
 
                 
    March 31,     December 31,  
(in millions)   2004     2003  
 
           
Trading assets
               
Debt and equity instruments:
               
U.S. government, federal agencies and municipal securities
  $ 69,293     $ 62,381  
Certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and commercial paper
    3,767       5,233  
Debt securities issued by non-U.S. governments
    24,925       22,654  
Corporate securities and other
    91,564       78,852  
 
           
Total debt and equity instruments
  $ 189,549     $ 169,120  
 
           
 
               
Derivative receivables:
               
Interest rate
  $ 41,713     $ 60,176  
Foreign exchange
    5,206       9,760  
Equity
    6,584       8,863  
Credit derivatives
    3,447       3,025  
Commodity
    1,484       1,927  
 
           
Total derivative receivables(a)
  $ 58,434     $ 83,751  
 
           
Total trading assets
  $ 247,983     $ 252,871  
 
           

7


 

                 
Trading liabilities
               
Debt and equity instruments(b)
  $ 80,303     $ 78,222  
 
           
Derivative payables:
               
Interest rate
  $ 36,852     $ 49,189  
Foreign exchange
    5,648       10,129  
Equity
    6,845       8,203  
Credit derivatives
    3,565       2,672  
Commodity
    973       1,033  
 
           
Total derivative payables(a)
  $ 53,883     $ 71,226  
 
           
Total trading liabilities
  $ 134,186     $ 149,448  
 
           
 
(a)  
Included in Trading assets and Trading liabilities are the reported receivables (unrealized gains) and payables (unrealized losses) related to derivatives. These amounts include the effect of legally enforceable master netting agreements. Effective January 1, 2004, the Firm elected to net cash paid and received under credit support annexes to legally enforceable master netting agreements.
(b)  
Primarily represents securities sold, not yet purchased.
 

NOTE 4 – INTEREST INCOME AND INTEREST EXPENSE

Details of Interest income and Interest expense were as follows:
 
                 
    Three months ended March 31,
(in millions)   2004     2003  
 
           
Interest income
               
Loans
  $ 2,530     $ 2,830  
Securities
    661       955  
Trading assets
    1,799       1,844  
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements
    307       474  
Securities borrowed
    94       97  
Deposits with banks
    87       63  
 
           
Total interest income
    5,478       6,263  
 
           
Interest expense
               
Deposits
    814       1,068  
Short-term and other liabilities
    1,392       1,614  
Long-term debt
    403       366  
Beneficial interests issued by consolidated variable interest entities
    39        
 
           
Total interest expense
    2,648       3,048  
 
           
Net interest income
    2,830       3,215  
Provision for credit losses
    15       743  
 
           
Net interest income after provision for credit losses
  $ 2,815     $ 2,472  
 
           
 

8


 

NOTE 5 – POSTRETIREMENT EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

For a discussion of JPMorgan Chase’s postretirement employee benefit plans, see Note 6 on pages 89–93 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report.

The following table presents the components of net periodic benefit costs reported in the Consolidated statement of income for the Firm’s U.S. and non-U.S. defined benefit pension and postretirement benefit plans:

 
                                                 
    Defined benefit pension plans   Postretirement
    U.S.   Non-U.S.   benefit plans(a)
    Three months ended March 31,
(in millions)   2004     2003     2004     2003     2004     2003  
 
                                   
Components of net periodic benefit costs
                                               
Benefits earned during the period
  $ 49     $ 46     $ 5     $ 4     $ 5     $ 4  
Interest cost on benefit obligations
    67       67       22       19       19       19  
Expected return on plan assets
    (85 )     (78 )     (22 )     (21 )     (21 )     (21 )
Amortization of unrecognized amounts:
                                               
Prior service cost
    4       2                          
Net actuarial loss
    8       15       14       9              
Settlement loss
                6       2              
 
Net periodic benefit costs reported in Compensation expense
  $ 43 (b)   $ 52     $ 25 (c)   $ 13     $ 3     $ 2  
 
(a)  
Includes net periodic postretirement benefit costs of $0.3 million and $0.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, for the U.K. plan.
(b)  
Decrease in net periodic benefit costs related to an increased return on assets resulting from changes in actuarial assumptions.
(c)  
Increase in net periodic benefit costs related to a true-up adjustment for the U.K. plan, booked in the first quarter of 2003.
 

JPMorgan Chase made a cash contribution of $1.1 billion to its U.S. defined benefit pension plan on April 1, 2004, funding it to the maximum allowable amount under applicable tax law. This contribution is expected to reduce U.S. pension and other postretirement benefit expenses by approximately $64 million over the remaining nine months of 2004.

NOTE 6 – EMPLOYEE INCENTIVES

Employee stock-based incentives
For a discussion of the accounting policies relating to employee stock-based compensation, see Note 7 on pages 93–95 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report.

Employee pre-tax stock-based Compensation expense recognized in reported earnings totaled $297 million and $249 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The higher expense for the three months ended March 31, 2004, resulted from employee stock-based awards granted in 2004, including stock options and stock appreciation rights settled in stock, that are accounted for under SFAS 123, partially offset by the vesting of prior-year restricted stock awards and forfeitures.

The following table presents Net income and basic and diluted earnings per share as reported, and as if all outstanding awards were accounted for at fair value in each period. The lower expense from applying SFAS 123 in the three months ended March 31, 2004, compared with the three months ended March 31, 2003 resulted from the vesting of stock option awards in 2003 that were granted prior to the adoption of SFAS 123 as of January 1, 2003.

 
                     
        Three months ended March 31,
(in millions, except per share data)   2004     2003  
 
               
Net income as reported   $ 1,930     $ 1,400  
Add:
  Employee stock-based compensation expense originally included in reported                
 
  net income, net of tax     178       150  
Deduct:
  Employee stock-based compensation expense determined under the fair value                
 
  method for all awards, net of tax     (222 )     (263 )
 
               
Pro forma Net income   $ 1,886     $ 1,287  
 
               
 
Earnings Per Share:
               
Basic
  As reported   $ 0.94     $ 0.69  
 
  Pro forma     0.92       0.64  
Diluted
  As reported     0.92       0.69  
 
  Pro forma     0.89       0.63  
 

9


 

Deferred compensation plan

JPMorgan Chase has a deferred compensation plan, under which employees that meet certain compensation requirements may elect to defer all or a portion of their cash incentive awards each year on a tax-deferred basis. Amounts deferred are not invested in actual funds but rather are credited with returns as if they were invested in investment choices selected by the employee. Employees may elect to receive distributions following retirement or termination of employment, or in a specified year, subject to a minimum deferral period. Employees also may elect to receive payments in a lump sum or in annual installments. The plan is unfunded. The employees’ cash incentive awards are recorded in Compensation expense in the year they are earned, with the related deferral recorded in Other liabilities. Changes in the value of the employees’ deferred compensation liability accounts are recognized in earnings in the current period. At March 31, 2004, and December 31, 2003, the deferred compensation liability was $3.9 billion and $3.7 billion, respectively.

NOTE 7 – SECURITIES

For a discussion of the accounting policies relating to Securities, see Note 9 on pages 96–97 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report. The following table presents realized gains and losses from available-for-sale (“AFS”) securities:
 
                 
    Three months ended March 31,
(in millions)   2004     2003  
 
           
Realized gains
  $ 187     $ 616  
Realized losses
    (61 )     (131 )
 
           
Net realized gains
  $ 126     $ 485  
 
           
 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of AFS and HTM securities were as follows for the dates indicated:

 
                                                                 
(in millions)   March 31, 2004   December 31, 2003
          Gross     Gross                 Gross     Gross        
    Amortized     unrealized     unrealized     Fair     Amortized     unrealized     unrealized     Fair  
Available-for-sale securities   cost     gains     losses     value     cost     gains     losses     value  
 
                                               
U.S. government and federal agencies/ corporations obligations:
                                                               
Mortgage-backed securities
  $ 37,086     $ 131     $ 296     $ 36,921     $ 32,248     $ 101     $ 417     $ 31,932  
Collateralized mortgage obligations
    1,200       2             1,202       1,825       3             1,828  
U.S. treasuries
    17,686       105       71       17,720       11,617       15       168       11,464  
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
    3,008       148       3       3,153       2,841       171       52       2,960  
Debt securities issued by non-U.S. governments
    7,188       18       11       7,195       7,232       47       41       7,238  
Corporate debt securities
    868       32       5       895       818       23       8       833  
Equity securities
    1,444       17       4       1,457       1,393       24       11       1,406  
Other, primarily asset-backed securities(a)
    2,067       9       29       2,047       2,448       61       102       2,407  
 
                                               
Total available-for-sale securities
  $ 70,547     $ 462     $ 419     $ 70,590     $ 60,422     $ 445     $ 799     $ 60,068  
 
                                               
Held-to-maturity securities(b)
                                                               
Total held-to-maturity securities
  $ 157     $ 11     $     $ 168     $ 176     $ 10     $     $ 186  
 
                                               
 
(a)  
Includes collateralized mortgage obligations of private issuers, which generally have underlying collateral consisting of obligations of U.S. government and federal agencies and corporations.
(b)  
Consists primarily of mortgage-backed securities.
 

NOTE 8 – SECURITIES FINANCING ACTIVITIES

For a discussion of the accounting policies relating to Securities Financing Activities, see Note 10 on page 98 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report. The following table details the components of securities financing activities at each of the dates indicated:
 
                 
    March 31,     December 31,  
(in millions)   2004     2003  
 
           
Securities purchased under resale agreements
  $ 56,809     $ 62,801  
Securities borrowed
    49,881       41,834  
 
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
  $ 140,340     $ 105,409  
Securities loaned
    767       2,461  
 

10


 

Transactions similar to financing activities that do not meet the SFAS 140 definition of a repurchase agreement are accounted for as “buys” and “sells” rather than financing transactions. Notional amounts of transactions accounted for as purchases under SFAS 140 were $13 billion and $15 billion at March 31, 2004, and December 31, 2003, respectively. Notional amounts of transactions accounted for as sales under SFAS 140 were $7 billion and $8 billion at March 31, 2004, and December 31, 2003, respectively.

JPMorgan Chase pledges certain financial instruments it owns to collateralize repurchase agreements and other securities financings. Pledged securities that can be sold or repledged by the secured party are identified as financial instruments owned (pledged to various parties) on the Consolidated balance sheet. At March 31, 2004, the Firm had received securities as collateral that can be repledged, delivered or otherwise used with a fair value of approximately $208 billion. This collateral was generally obtained under resale or securities borrowing agreements. Of these securities, approximately $196 billion were repledged, delivered or otherwise used, generally as collateral under repurchase agreements, securities lending agreements or to cover short sales.

NOTE 9 – LOANS

For a discussion of the accounting policies relating to Loans, see Note 11 on pages 98–99 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report.

The composition of the loan portfolio at each of the dates indicated was as follows:

 
                 
(in millions)   March 31, 2004     December 31, 2003  
 
           
Commercial loans:
               
Commercial and industrial
  $ 63,692     $ 68,249  
Commercial real estate:
               
Commercial mortgage
    2,674       3,182  
Construction
    1,051       668  
Financial institutions
    11,171       10,293  
Non-U.S. governments
    627       705  
 
           
Total commercial loans(a)
    79,215       83,097  
 
           
Consumer loans:
               
1–4 family residential mortgages:
               
First liens
    54,284       54,460  
Home equity loans
    21,617       19,252  
Credit card
    15,975       16,793  
Automobile financings
    39,118       38,695  
Other consumer
    7,421       7,221  
 
           
Total consumer loans
    138,415       136,421  
 
           
Total loans(b)(c)
  $ 217,630     $ 219,518  
 
           
 
(a)  
Includes $1.7 billion and $5.8 billion of loans held by VIEs consolidated under FIN 46 at March 31, 2004, and December 31, 2003, respectively.
(b)  
Loans are presented net of unearned income of $1.07 billion and $1.29 billion at March 31, 2004, and December 31, 2003, respectively.
(c)  
Includes loans held for sale (principally mortgage-related loans) of $19.6 billion at March 31, 2004, and $20.8 billion at December 31, 2003, respectively. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003, included $164 million and $345 million, respectively, in net gains on the sales of loans held for sale. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003, included $(0.4) million and $(20) million, respectively, in adjustments to record loans held for sale at the lower of cost or market.
 

NOTE 10 – ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

For a discussion of accounting policies relating to the Allowance for Credit Losses, see Note 12 on page 100 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report. For a discussion of the Allowance for credit losses, see the Credit risk management section on pages 54–66 of this Form 10-Q.

The table below summarizes the changes in the Allowance for Loan Losses:

 
                 
(in millions)   2004     2003  
 
           
Allowance for loan losses at January 1
  $ 4,523     $ 5,350  
Provision for loan losses
    42       670  
Charge-offs
    (574 )     (799 )
Recoveries
    130       129  
 
           
Net charge-offs
    (444 )     (670 )
Transfer to Other Assets(a)
          (138 )
Other
    (1 )     3  
 
           
Allowance for loan losses at March 31
  $ 4,120     $ 5,215  
 
           
 
(a)  
Represents the transfer of the allowance for accrued fees on securitized credit card loans at March 31, 2003.
 

11


 

The table below summarizes the changes in the Allowance for lending-related commitments:

                 
 
(in millions)   2004     2003  
 
           
Allowance for lending-related commitments at January 1
  $ 324     $ 363  
Provision for lending-related commitments
    (27 )     73  
Other
           
 
           
Allowance for lending-related commitments at March 31
  $ 297     $ 436  
 
           
 

NOTE 11 – LOAN SECURITIZATIONS

For a discussion of loan securitizations and the Firm’s related accounting policies, see Note 13 on pages 100–103 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report. The Firm securitizes, sells and services various consumer loans originated by Chase Financial Services (residential mortgage, credit card and automobile loans), as well as certain commercial loans (primarily real estate) originated by the Investment Bank. JPMorgan Chase–sponsored securitizations utilize SPEs as part of the securitization process. These SPEs are structured to meet the definition of a QSPE (as discussed in Note 1 of the JPMorgan Chase 2003 Annual Report); accordingly, the assets and liabilities of securitization-related QSPEs are not reflected in the Firm’s Consolidated balance sheet (except for retained interests, as described below) but are included on the balance sheet of the QSPE purchasing the assets. Assets held by securitization-related QSPEs as of March 31, 2004, and December 31, 2003, were as follows:
                 
 
(in billions)   March 31, 2004     December 31, 2003  
 
           
Credit card receivables
  $ 42.2     $ 42.6  
Residential mortgage receivables
    22.5       21.1  
Commercial loans
    35.5       33.8  
Automobile loans
    7.3       6.5  
 
Total
  $ 107.5     $ 104.0  
 

The following table summarizes new securitization transactions that were completed during each of the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003; the resulting gains arising from such securitizations; certain cash flows received from such securitizations; and the key economic assumptions used in measuring the retained interests, as of the dates of such sales:

                                                                 
Three months ended   March 31, 2004   March 31, 2003
($ in millions)   Mortgage     Credit card     Automobile     Commercial     Mortgage     Credit card     Automobile     Commercial  
 
Principal Securitized
  $ 2,715     $ 1,500     $ 1,600     $ 1,960     $ 1,776     $ 1,500     $     $ 1,059  
Pre-tax gains (losses)
    48       10       (3 )     35       49       10             17  
Cash flow information:
                                                               
Proceeds from securitizations
  $ 2,523     $ 1,500     $ 1,597     $ 2,044     $ 1,832     $ 1,500     $     $ 1,081  
Servicing fees collected
    1       2       1       1       1       6              
Other cash flows received
          6             3             16             3  
Proceeds from collections reinvested in revolving securitizations
          14,693                         13,539              
 
Key assumptions (rates per annum):
                               
Prepayment rate(a)
  25.9% CPR       15.5%       1.5%     17.0-50.0%     25.5% CPR     15.0%       %     50.0%
 
                    WAC/WAM                             WAC/WAM    
 
Weighted-average life (in years)
    2.8       0.6       1.8     2.9-4.0     2.9-4.0       0.6           0.9-2.2
Expected credit losses
    1.0%       5.8%       0.6%       NA(b)       1.0%       5.5%       %     NA(b)
Discount rate
  15.0-30.0%       12.0%       4.1%     0.6-5.0%     15.0-30.0%       5.4%       %   1.0-5.0%
 
(a)  
CPR: constant prepayment rate; WAC/WAM: weighted-average coupon/weighted-average maturity.
(b)  
Expected credit losses for commercial securitizations are minimal and are incorporated into other assumptions.
 

In addition, the Firm sold residential mortgage loans totaling $18 billion and $23 billion during the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, primarily as GNMA, FNMA and Freddie Mac mortgage-backed securities; these sales resulted in pre-tax gains of $49 million and $227 million, respectively.

At both March 31, 2004, and December 31, 2003, the Firm had, with respect to its credit card master trusts, $7.3 billion related to its undivided interest, and $1.0 billion and $1.1 billion, respectively, related to its subordinated interest in accrued interest and fees on the securitized receivables. Credit card securitization trusts require the Firm to maintain a minimum undivided interest of 7% of the

12


 

average principal receivables in the trusts. The Firm maintained an average undivided interest in its credit card securitization trusts of approximately 18% and 17% for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and twelve months ended December 31, 2003, respectively.

The Firm also maintains escrow accounts up to predetermined limits for some of its credit card and automobile securitizations, in the unlikely event of deficiencies in cash flows owed to investors. The amounts available in such escrow accounts are recorded in Other assets and, as of March 31, 2004, amounted to $447 million and $159 million for credit card and automobile securitizations, respectively; as of December 31, 2003, these amounts were $456 million and $137 million for credit card and automobile securitizations, respectively.

The table below summarizes other retained securitization interests, which are primarily subordinated or residual interests and are carried at fair value on the Firm’s Consolidated balance sheets:

 
                 
(in millions)   March 31, 2004     December 31, 2003  
 
           
Loans
               
Residential mortgage(a)
  $ 544     $ 570  
Credit card(a)
    172       193  
Automobile(a)
    171       151  
Commercial
    26       34  
 
Total
  $ 913     $ 948  
 
(a)  
Pre-tax unrealized gains (losses) recorded in Stockholders’ equity that relate to retained securitization interests totaled $146 million and $155 million for Residential mortgage; $11 million and $11 million for Credit cards; and $11 million and $6 million for Automobile at March 31, 2004, and December 31, 2003, respectively.
 

The table below outlines the key economic assumptions used to determine the fair value of the remaining retained interests at March 31, 2004, and December 31, 2003, respectively; and the sensitivities to those fair values to immediate 10% and 20% adverse changes in those assumptions:

 
                                 
March 31, 2004 (in millions)   Mortgage   Credit Card   Automobile   Commercial
 
               
Weighted-average life
  1.3-2.9 years   5-15 months   1.5 years   0.6-6.0 years
 
Prepayment rate
  27.4-30.5% CPR     8.1-15.3 %   1.5% WAC/WAM   NA(a), 50.0%
Impact of 10% adverse change
  $ (17 )   $ (7 )   $ (8 )   $ (1 )
Impact of 20% adverse change
    (31 )     (13 )     (17 )     (3 )
 
Loss assumption
    0.0-4.7 %(b)     5.5-8.0 %     0.7 %   NA(c)
Impact of 10% adverse change
  $ (28 )   $ (22 )   $ (5 )   $  
Impact of 20% adverse change
    (54 )     (44 )     (10 )      
Discount rate
    13.0-30.0 %(d)     7.7-12.0 %     4.4 %     5.0-22.2 %
Impact of 10% adverse change
  $ (14 )   $ (1 )   $ (1 )   $ (1 )
Impact of 20% adverse change
    (27 )     (2 )     (2 )     (2 )
 
                                 
December 31, 2003 (in millions)   Mortgage   Credit Card   Automobile   Commercial
 
               
Weighted-average life
  1.4-2.7 years   5-15 months   1.5 years   0.6-5.9 years
 
Prepayment rate
  29.0-31.7% CPR     8.1-15.1 %   1.5% WAC/WAM   NA(a), 50.0%
Impact of 10% adverse change
  $ (17 )   $ (7 )   $ (10 )   $ (1 )
Impact of 20% adverse change
    (31 )     (13 )     (19 )     (2 )
 
Loss assumption
    0.0-4.0 %(b)     5.5-8.0 %     0.6 %   NA(c)
Impact of 10% adverse change
  $ (28 )   $ (21 )   $ (6 )   $  
Impact of 20% adverse change
    (57 )     (41 )     (12 )      
Discount rate
    13.0-30.0 %(d)     8.3-12.0 %     4.4 %     5.0-20.9 %
Impact of 10% adverse change
  $ (14 )   $ (1 )   $ (1 )   $ (1 )
Impact of 20% adverse change
    (27 )     (3 )     (2 )     (2 )
 
(a)  
Prepayment risk on certain commercial retained interests are minimal and are incorporated into other assumptions.
(b)  
Expected credit losses for prime mortgage securitizations are minimal and are incorporated into other assumptions.
(c)  
Expected credit losses for commercial retained interests are incorporated into other assumptions.
(d)  
The Firm sells certain residual interests from sub-prime mortgage securitizations via Net Interest Margin (“NIM”) securitizations and retains residuals interests in these NIM transactions, which are valued using a 30% discount rate.
 

13


 

The sensitivity analysis in the preceding table is hypothetical. Changes in fair value based on a 10% or 20% variation in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated easily, because the relationship of the change in the assumptions to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, in this table, the effect that a change in a particular assumption may have on the fair value is calculated without changing any other assumption. In reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another assumption, which might counteract or magnify the sensitivities.

The table below presents information about delinquencies, net credit losses and components of reported and securitized financial assets at March 31, 2004, and December 31, 2003:

 
                                                 
                    Loans 90 days or      
Type of Loan   Total Loans   more past due   Net loan charge-offs
    March 31,     Dec. 31,     March 31,     Dec. 31,     Three months ended March 31,
(in millions)   2004     2003     2004     2003     2004     2003  
 
                                   
Residential mortgage
  $ 75,901     $ 73,712     $ 344     $ 349     $ 5     $ 7  
Credit card
    15,975       16,793       240       259       257       275  
Automobile financings
    39,118       38,695       107       119       40       46  
Other consumer(a)
    7,421       7,221       77       87       40       50  
 
Consumer loans
    138,415       136,421       768       814       342       378  
Commercial loans
    79,215       83,097       1,897       2,085       102       292  
 
Total loans reported
    217,630       219,518       2,665       2,899       444       670  
 
Securitized loans:
                                               
Residential mortgage(b)
    15,033       15,564       579       594       40       47  
Credit card
    34,478       34,856       854       879       473       457  
Automobile
    7,124       6,315       12       13       7       6  
 
Total consumer loans securitized
    56,635       56,735       1,445       1,486       520       510  
Commercial securitized
    2,268       2,108             9              
 
Total loans securitized
    58,903       58,843       1,445       1,495       520       510  
 
Total loans reported and securitized(c)(d)
  $ 276,533     $ 278,361     $ 4,110     $ 4,394     $ 964     $ 1,180  
 
(a)  
Consists of manufactured housing loans, installment loans (direct and indirect types of consumer finance), student loans, unsecured revolving lines of credit and non-U.S. consumer loans.
(b)  
Includes $13.5 billion of outstanding principal balances on securitized sub-prime 1-4 family residential mortgage loans as of March 31, 2004.
(c)  
Represents both loans on the Consolidated balance sheet and loans that have been securitized, but excludes loans for which the Firm’s only continuing involvement is servicing of the assets.
(d)  
Total assets held in securitization-related SPEs were $107.5 and $104.0 billion at March 31, 2004, and December 31, 2003, respectively. The $58.9 and $58.8 billion of loans securitized at March 31, 2004, and December 31, 2003, respectively, excludes: $40.7 and $37.1 billion, respectively, of securitized loans, in which the Firm’s only continuing involvement is the servicing of the assets; $7.3 and $7.3 billion, respectively, of seller’s interests in credit card master trusts; and $0.6 and $0.8 billion, respectively, of escrow accounts and other assets.
 

NOTE 12 – VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES
Refer to Note 1 on pages 86-87 and Note 14 on pages 103-106 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report for a further description of JPMorgan Chase’s involvement with variable interest entities (“VIEs”) and the Firm’s policy on consolidation relating to these entities.

In December 2003, the FASB issued a revision to FIN 46 (“FIN 46R”) to address various technical corrections and implementation issues that have arisen since the issuance of FIN 46. Effective March 31, 2004, JPMorgan Chase implemented FIN 46R for all VIEs, excluding certain investments made by its private equity business. The FASB permitted nonregistered investment companies, such as JPMP, to defer consolidation of VIEs with which they are involved until the proposed Statement of Position on the clarification of the scope of the Investment Company Audit Guide is finalized. Following issuance of the Statement of Position, the FASB indicated it would consider further modification to FIN 46R, to provide an exception for companies that qualify to apply the revised Audit Guide. The Firm applied this deferral provision and did not consolidate $2.6 billion of additional assets in potential VIEs with which JPMP is involved as of March 31, 2004. Implementation of FIN 46R did not have a material effect on the Firm’s Consolidated financial statements.

The application of FIN 46R involves significant judgment and interpretations by management. The Firm is aware of various interpretations being developed among accounting professionals with regard to analyzing derivatives under FIN 46R. It is management’s current interpretation that derivatives should be evaluated by focusing on an economic analysis of the rights and obligations of a VIE’s assets, liabilities, equity and other contracts, while considering: the entity’s activities and design; the terms of

14


 

the derivative contract and the role it has with the entity; the role, if any, that the Firm has in establishing the entity; the expectations of the variable interest holders; and whether the derivative contract creates and/or absorbs variability. The Firm will assess evolving interpretations of FIN 46R and any potential new guidance issued by the FASB on this issue. Additional guidance and interpretations may affect the Firm’s current application of FIN 46R to its activities in future periods.

VIEs are primarily utilized by the Firm’s Investment Bank (“IB”) business segment to assist clients in accessing the financial markets in a cost-efficient manner, and to tailor products for investors as a financial intermediary. There are two broad categories of transactions involving VIEs with which the IB is involved: multi-seller conduits and client intermediation.

Multi-seller conduits
JPMorgan Chase serves as the administrator and provides contingent liquidity support and limited credit enhancement for several commercial paper conduits. The commercial paper issued by the conduits is backed by sufficient collateral, credit enhancements and commitments to provide liquidity to support receiving at least an A-1, P-1 and, in certain cases, F1 rating.

The following table provides a summary of the multi-seller conduits in which the Firm acts as administrator, as well as the Firm’s total commitments and maximum exposure to loss related to these multi-seller conduits:

 
                                                 
    Consolidated   Nonconsolidated   Total
    March 31,     December 31,     March 31,     December 31,     March 31,     December 31,  
(in billions)     2004       2003       2004       2003       2004       2003  
 
                                               
Total commercial paper issued by conduits
  $ 1.2     $ 6.3     $ 9.8     $ 5.4     $ 11.0     $ 11.7  
 
                                   
Commitments
                                               
Asset-purchase agreements(a)
  $ 1.3     $ 9.3     $ 15.8     $ 8.7     $ 17.1     $ 18.0  
Program-wide liquidity commitments(b)
          1.6       2.4       1.0       2.4       2.6  
Limited credit enhancements(c)
          0.9       1.7       1.0       1.7       1.9  
Maximum exposure to loss(d)
    1.3       9.7       16.4       9.0       17.7       18.7  
 
(a)  
Asset-purchase agreements are the primary source of liquidity support for the conduits.
(b)  
Program-wide liquidity is provided by the Firm to these vehicles in the event of short-term disruptions in the commercial paper market.
(c)  
The Firm provides limited credit enhancement, primarily through the issuance of letters of credit.
(d)  
The Firm’s maximum exposure to loss is limited to the amount of drawn commitments (i.e., sellers’ assets held by the multi-seller conduit) of $10.8 billion at March 31, 2004, and $11.7 billion at December 31, 2003, plus contractual but undrawn commitments of $6.9 billion at March 31, 2004, and $7.0 billion at December 31, 2003. Since the Firm provides credit enhancement and liquidity to these multi-seller conduits, the maximum exposure is not adjusted to exclude exposure absorbed by third party liquidity providers.
 

The Firm views its credit exposure to multi-seller conduit transactions as limited. This is because, for the most part, the Firm is not required to fund under the liquidity facilities if the assets in the VIE are in default. Additionally, the Firm’s obligations under the letters of credit are secondary to the risk of first loss provided by the client or other third parties – for example, by the overcollateralization of the VIE with the assets sold to it.

JPMorgan Chase consolidated these asset-backed commercial paper conduits at July 1, 2003, in accordance with FIN 46 and recorded the assets and liabilities of the conduits on its Consolidated balance sheet. In December 2003 and February 2004, two of the multi-seller conduits were restructured with each conduit issuing preferred securities acquired by an independent third-party investor, who absorbs the majority of the expected losses of the conduit. In determining the primary beneficiary of the restructured conduits, the Firm leveraged an existing rating agency model that is an independent market standard to size the expected losses and considered the relative rights and obligations of each of the variable interest holders. As a result of the restructuring, JPMorgan Chase deconsolidated $5.4 billion of one vehicle’s assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2003, and an additional $5.2 billion of another vehicle’s assets and liabilities as of March 31, 2004. As of March 31, 2004, the remaining conduit consolidated on the Firm’s balance sheet included $1.2 billion of assets recorded in Available-for-sale securities. As of December 31, 2003, the conduits consolidated on the Firm’s balance sheet included $4.8 billion of assets recorded in loans, and $1.5 billion of assets recorded in Available-for-sale securities.

Client intermediation
As a financial intermediary, the Firm is involved in structuring VIE transactions to meet investor and client needs. Assets held by certain client intermediation-related VIEs at March 31, 2004, and December 31, 2003, were as follows:

 
                   
(in billions)   March 31, 2004   December 31, 2003  
 
         
Structured commercial loan vehicles(a)
  $ 5.2     $ 5.3    
Credit-linked note vehicles(b)
    18.2       17.7    
Municipal bond vehicles(c)
    6.0       5.5    
Other client intermediation vehicles(d)
    5.7       5.8    
 

15


 

 
(a)  
JPMorgan Chase was committed to provide liquidity to these VIEs of up to $7.7 billion and $8.0 billion at March 31, 2004, and December 31, 2003, respectively, of which $6.3 billion at March 31, 2004, and December 31, 2003, was in the form of asset purchase agreements. The Firm’s maximum exposure to loss to these vehicles at March 31, 2004, and December 31, 2003, was $4.7 billion and $5.5 billion, respectively, which reflects the netting of collateral and other program limits.
(b)  
The fair value of the Firm’s derivative contracts with credit-linked note vehicles was not material at March 31, 2004. Assets of $1.8 billion and $2.1 billion reported in the table above were recorded on the Firm’s Consolidated balance sheet at March 31, 2004, and December 31, 2003, respectively, due to contractual relationships held by the Firm that relate to collateral held by the VIE.
(c)  
For vehicles in which the Firm owns the residual interests, the Firm consolidates the VIE; total amounts consolidated were $2.5 billion at both March 31, 2004, and December 31, 2003, and are reported in the table above. In vehicles where third-party investors own the residual interests, the Firm’s exposure is limited. The Firm often serves as remarketing agent for the VIE and provides liquidity to support the remarketing; total liquidity commitments were $2.0 billion and $1.8 billion at March 31, 2004, and December 31, 2003, respectively. The Firm’s maximum credit exposure to all municipal bond vehicles was $4.5 billion and $4.3 billion at March 31, 2004, and December 31, 2003, respectively.
(d)  
The Firm structures, on behalf of clients, other client intermediation vehicles in which it transfers the risks and returns of the assets held by the VIE, typically debt and equity instruments, to clients through derivative contracts. The Firm’s net exposure arising from these intermediation transactions is not significant.
 

Finally, the Firm may enter into transactions with VIEs structured by other parties; refer to Note 14 on pages 103-106 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report for a further description of the Firm’s involvement with these VIEs.

The following table summarizes the Firm’s total consolidated VIE assets, by classification on the Consolidated balance sheet, as of March 31, 2004, and December 31, 2003:

                 
(in billions)   March 31, 2004     December 31, 2003  
 
Consolidated VIE assets(a)
               
Loans(b)
  $ 1.7     $ 5.8  
Investment securities
    3.5       3.8  
Trading assets(c)
    2.7       2.7  
Other assets
    0.1       0.1  
 
Total consolidated assets
  $ 8.0     $ 12.4  
 
(a)  
The Firm also holds $3.2 billion of assets, primarily as a seller’s interest, in certain consumer securitizations in a segregated entity, as part of a two-step securitization transaction. This interest is included in the securitization activities disclosed in Note 11 on pages 12-14 of this Form 10-Q.
(b)  
The December 31, 2003, loan balance primarily relates to the consolidated multi-seller asset-backed commercial paper conduits. Due to the restructuring of certain multi-seller conduits, the Firm no longer consolidates loan assets related to those vehicles (see discussion above).
(c)  
Includes the market value of securities and derivatives.
 

The interest-bearing beneficial interest liabilities issued by consolidated VIEs are classified in the line item titled “Beneficial interests issued by consolidated variable interest entities.” The holders of these beneficial interests do not have recourse to the general credit of JPMorgan Chase.

NOTE 13 – PRIVATE EQUITY INVESTMENTS
For a further description of private equity investments, see Note 15 on page 106 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report. The following table presents the carrying value and cost of the Firm’s private equity investment portfolio, primarily related to JPMorgan Partners, for the dates indicated:

 
                                 
(in millions)   March 31, 2004   December 31, 2003
    Carrying             Carrying        
    Value     Cost     Value     Cost  
 
                       
Total investment portfolio
  $ 7,097     $ 8,859     $ 7,250     $ 9,147  
 

The following table presents the Firm’s private equity gains (losses), primarily related to JPMorgan Partners, for the periods indicated:

 
                 
    Three months ended March 31,
(in millions)   2004     2003  
 
           
Realized gains (losses)
  $ 147     $ (4 )
Unrealized gains (losses)
    159       (217 )
 
           
Total private equity gains (losses)
  $ 306     $ (221 )
 
           
 

16


 

NOTE 14 – GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Goodwill and other intangible assets consist of the following:

 
                 
(in millions)   March 31, 2004     December 31, 2003  
 
           
Goodwill
  $ 8,730     $ 8,511  
 
           
Other intangible assets:
               
Mortgage servicing rights
  $ 4,189     $ 4,781  
Purchased credit card relationships
    953       1,014  
All other intangibles
    813       685  
 
           
Total other intangible assets
  $ 5,955     $ 6,480  
 
           
 

Goodwill
As of March 31, 2004, goodwill increased by $219 million compared with December 31, 2003, principally in connection with acquisitions by the Institutional Trust Services and Treasury Services businesses. Goodwill was not impaired at March 31, 2004, or December 31, 2003, nor was any goodwill written off during the three months ended March 31, 2004 or 2003.

Goodwill by business segment is as follows:

 
                 
(in millions)   March 31, 2004     December 31, 2003  
 
           
Investment Bank
  $ 2,085     $ 2,084  
Treasury & Securities Services
    1,605       1,390  
Investment Management & Private Banking
    4,156       4,153  
JPMorgan Partners
    377       377  
Chase Financial Services
    507       507  
 
           
Total goodwill
  $ 8,730     $ 8,511  
 
           
 

Mortgage servicing rights
For a further description of mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”) and interest rate risk management of MSRs, see Note 16 on pages 107-109 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report. The following table summarizes the changes in MSRs during the first three months of 2004 and 2003:

 
                 
    Three months ended March 31,  
(in millions)   2004     2003  
 
           
Balance at January 1
  $ 6,159     $ 4,864  
Additions
    368       679  
Other-than-temporary impairment
    (17 )      
Amortization
    (340 )     (369 )
SFAS 133 hedge valuation adjustments
    (586 )     (175 )
 
           
Balance at March 31
    5,584       4,999  
Less: valuation allowance
    1,395       1,764  
 
           
Balance at March 31, after valuation allowance
  $ 4,189     $ 3,235  
 
           
Estimated fair value at March 31
  $ 4,189     $ 3,235  
 
           
Weighted-average prepayment speed assumption
  25.21 %CPR   27.86 %CPR
Weighted-average discount rate
    7.23 %     7.62 %
 
CPR – constant prepayment rate
 

JPMorgan Chase uses a combination of derivatives and AFS securities to manage changes in the market value of MSRs. The intent is to offset any changes in the market value of MSRs with changes in the market value of the related risk management instrument. MSRs decrease in value when interest rates decline. Conversely, AFS securities (such as mortgage backed securities), principal-only certificates, and derivatives increase in value when interest rates decline. See pages 45-46 for more information on Chase Home Finance’s hedging results.

The valuation allowance represents the extent to which the carrying value of MSRs exceeds its estimated fair value. Changes in the valuation allowance are the result of the recognition of impairment or the recovery of previously recognized impairment charges due to changes in market conditions during the period. The changes in the valuation allowance for MSRs were as follows:

17


 

 
                 
    Three months ended March 31,
(in millions)   2004     2003  
 
           
Balance at January 1
  $ 1,378     $ 1,634  
Other-than-temporary impairment
    (17 )      
SFAS 140 impairment (recovery) adjustment
    34       130  
 
           
Balance at March 31
  $ 1,395     $ 1,764  
 
           
 

Purchased credit card relationships and other intangible assets
There were no purchased credit card relationship intangibles added during the three months ended March 31, 2004. For the three months ended March 31, 2004, other intangibles increased by $150 million, principally in connection with acquisitions by the Institutional Trust Services and Treasury Services businesses and acquisitions of investment management contracts. All of the Firm’s acquired intangible assets are subject to amortization.

The components of other intangible assets were as follows:

 
                                                                 
                                                    Three months ended
(in millions)   March 31, 2004   December 31, 2003   March 31,
    Gross     Accumulated     Net Carrying     Gross     Accumulated     Net Carrying     2004     2003  
    Amount     Amortization     Value     Amount     Amortization     Value     Amortization Expense
Purchased credit card relationships
  $ 1,885     $ 932     $ 953     $ 1,885     $ 871     $ 1,014     $ 61     $ 64  
All other intangibles
    1,243       430 (a)     813       1,093       408       685       18       10  
 
                                                           
Total amortization expense
                                                  $ 79     $ 74  
 
                                                           
 
(a)  
Includes $4 million of amortization expense related to servicing assets on securitized automobile loans, which is recorded in Fees and commissions, for the three months ended March 31, 2004.
 

Future amortization expense
The following table presents estimated amortization expense related to Purchased credit card relationships and All other intangible assets at March 31, 2004:

 
                 
(in millions)   Purchased credit   All other
Year ended December 31,   card relationships   intangible assets
 
       
2004(a)
  $ 182     $ 69  
2005
    235       82  
2006
    222       76  
2007
    187       64  
2008
    117       60  
2009
    9       59  
 
(a)  
Excludes $61 million and $18 million of amortization expense related to Purchased credit card relationships and All other intangible assets, respectively, recognized during the first three months of 2004.
 

18


 

NOTE 15 – EARNINGS PER SHARE
For a discussion of the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”), see Note 22 on page 112 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report. The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted EPS for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003:

                 
    Three months ended
(in millions, except per share amounts)   March 31, 2004     March 31, 2003  
 
           
Basic earnings per share
               
Net income
  $ 1,930     $ 1,400  
Less: preferred stock dividends
    13       13  
 
           
Net income applicable to common stock
  $ 1,917     $ 1,387  
 
           
Weighted-average basic shares outstanding
    2,032.3       1,999.8  
Net income per share
  $ 0.94     $ 0.69  
 
           
Diluted earnings per share
               
Net income applicable to common stock
  $ 1,917     $ 1,387  
 
           
Weighted-average basic shares outstanding
    2,032.3       1,999.8  
Additional shares issuable upon exercise of stock options for dilutive effect
    60.4       22.1  
 
           
Weighted-average diluted shares outstanding
    2,092.7       2,021.9  
Net income per share(a)
  $ 0.92     $ 0.69  
 
           
 
(a)  
Options issued under employee benefit plans to purchase 200 million and 400 million shares of common stock were outstanding for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, but were not included in the computation of diluted EPS because the options’ exercise prices were greater than the average market price of the common shares.
 

NOTE 16 – ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Accumulated other comprehensive income is composed of Net income and Other comprehensive income (“OCI”), which includes the after-tax change in unrealized gains and losses on AFS securities, cash flow hedging activities and foreign currency translation adjustments (including the impact of related derivatives).

 
                                 
    Unrealized             Cash     Accumulated other  
(in millions)   gains (losses)     Translation     flow     comprehensive  
Three months ended March 31, 2004   on AFS securities(a)     adjustments     hedges     income (loss)  
 
                       
Balance December 31, 2003
  $ 19     $ (6 )   $ (43 )   $ (30 )
Net change during period
    228 (b)     (c)     (21) (e)     207  
 
                       
Balance March 31, 2004
  $ 247     $ (6) (d)   $ (64 )   $ 177  
 
                       
Three months ended March 31, 2003
                               
Balance December 31, 2002
  $ 731     $ (6 )   $ 502     $ 1,227  
Net change during period
    (65 )(b)     (c)     (49 )(e)     (114 )
 
                       
Balance March 31, 2003
  $ 666     $ (6 )(d)   $ 453     $ 1,113  
 
                       
 
(a)  
Represents the after-tax difference between the fair value and amortized cost of the AFS securities portfolio and retained interests in securitizations recorded in Other assets.
(b)  
The net change for the three months ended March 31, 2004, is primarily due to declining interest rates. The net change for the three months ended March 31, 2003, is primarily due to sales of AFS Securities.
(c)  
At March 31, 2004 and 2003, included $7 million and $53 million, respectively, of after-tax gains on foreign currency translation from operations for which the functional currency is other than the U.S. dollar, offset by $7 million and $53 million, respectively, of after-tax losses on hedges.
(d)  
Includes after-tax gains and losses on foreign currency translation, including related hedge results from operations for which the functional currency is other than the U.S. dollar.
(e)  
The net change for the three months ended March 31, 2004, included $67 million of after-tax losses recognized in income and $88 million of after-tax losses representing the net change in derivative fair values that were recorded in comprehensive income. The net change for the three months ended March 31, 2003, included $197 million of after-tax gains recognized in income and $148 million of after-tax gains representing the net change in derivative fair values that were reported in comprehensive income.
 

19


 

NOTE 17 – CAPITAL
For a discussion of the calculation of risk-based capital ratios, see Note 26 on pages 114-115 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report.

The following table presents the risk-based capital ratios for JPMorgan Chase and its significant banking subsidiaries. At March 31, 2004, the Firm and each of its depository institutions, including those listed in the table below, were “well-capitalized” as defined by banking regulators.

 
                                                 
                    Significant Banking Subsidiaries
                                    Chase Manhattan
(in millions, except ratios)   JPMorgan Chase & Co.(a)   JPMorgan Chase Bank(a)   Bank USA, N.A.(a)
    March 31,     December 31,     March 31,     December 31,     March 31,     December 31,  
    2004     2003     2004     2003     2004     2003  
 
                                   
Tier 1 capital
  $ 44,686     $ 43,167     $ 35,179     $ 34,972     $ 5,141     $ 4,950  
Total capital
    60,898       59,816       44,935       45,290       7,148       6,939  
Risk-weighted assets(b)
    534,971       507,456       459,059       434,218       49,792       48,030  
Adjusted average assets
    758,260       765,910       611,137       628,076       37,206       34,565  
 
                                               
Tier 1 capital ratio
    8.4 %     8.5 %     7.7 %     8.1 %     10.3 %     10.3 %
Total capital ratio
    11.4       11.8       9.8       10.4       14.4       14.4  
Tier 1 leverage ratio
    5.9       5.6       5.8       5.6       13.8       14.3  
 
(a)  
Assets and capital amounts for JPMorgan Chase’s banking subsidiaries reflect intercompany transactions, whereas the respective amounts for JPMorgan Chase reflect the elimination of intercompany transactions.
(b)  
Includes off-balance sheet risk-weighted assets in the amounts of $181.2 billion, $158.6 billion and $13.2 billion, respectively, at March 31, 2004.
 

The following table shows the components of the Firm’s Tier 1 and total capital, as of the dates indicated:

                 
    March 31,     December 31,  
(in millions)   2004     2003  
 
Tier 1 capital
               
Common stockholders’ equity
  $ 46,909     $ 45,168  
Nonredeemable preferred stock
    1,009       1,009  
Minority interest(a)
    6,930       6,882  
Less:Goodwill and investments in certain subsidiaries
    8,730       8,511  
Nonqualifying intangible assets and other
    1,432       1,381  
 
Tier 1 capital
  $ 44,686     $ 43,167  
 
Tier 2 capital
               
Long-term debt and other instruments qualifying as Tier 2
  $ 12,109     $ 12,128  
Qualifying allowance for credit losses
    4,350       4,777  
Less: Investment in certain subsidiaries
    247       256  
 
Tier 2 capital
  $ 16,212     $ 16,649  
 
Total qualifying capital
  $ 60,898     $ 59,816  
 
(a)  
Minority interest primarily includes trust preferred stocks of certain business trusts.
 

NOTE 18 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
For a discussion of legal proceedings, including a discussion of the legal reserve established for Enron and other material litigation, see Part II, Item 1, Legal Proceedings, of this Form 10-Q.

NOTE 19 – ACCOUNTING FOR DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES
The majority of JPMorgan Chase’s derivatives are entered into for trading purposes. The Firm also uses derivatives as an end-user to hedge market exposures, modify the interest rate characteristics of related balance sheet instruments or meet longer-term investment objectives. Both trading and end-user derivatives are recorded in trading assets and liabilities. For a further discussion of the Firm’s use of derivative instruments, see pages 58-61 and Note 28 on pages 116-117 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report.

20


 

The following table presents derivative instrument hedging-related activities for the periods indicated:

 
                 
    Three months ended March 31,
(in millions)   2004     2003  
 
           
Fair value hedge ineffective net gains (losses)(a)
  $ (51 )   $ 268  
Cash flow hedge ineffective net gains (losses)(a)
    (1 )      
 
(a)  
Includes ineffectiveness and the components of hedging instruments that have been excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.
 

Over the next 12 months, it is expected that $77 million (after-tax) of net gains recorded in Other comprehensive income at March 31, 2004, will be recognized in earnings. The maximum length of time over which forecasted transactions are hedged is 10 years, related to core lending and borrowing activities.

NOTE 20 – OFF-BALANCE SHEET LENDING-RELATED FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND GUARANTEES
For a discussion of off-balance sheet lending-related financial instruments and guarantees and the Firm’s related accounting policies, see Note 29 on pages 117-119 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report.

To provide for the risk of loss inherent in commercial-related contracts, an allowance for credit losses on lending-related commitments is maintained. See pages 65-66 of this Form 10-Q for a further discussion on the allowance for credit losses on lending-related commitments.

The following table summarizes the contractual amounts relating to off-balance sheet lending-related financial instruments and guarantees and the related allowance for credit losses on lending-related commitments at March 31, 2004, and December 31, 2003:

 
                                 
Off-balance sheet lending-related financial instruments                      
                    Allowance for
    Contractual amount   lending-related commitments
    March 31,     December 31,     March 31,     December 31,  
(in millions)   2004     2003     2004     2003  
 
                       
Consumer-related
  $ 189,218     $ 176,923     NA     NA  
Commercial-related:
                               
Other unfunded commitments to extend credit(a)(b)(c)
    175,145       176,222     $ 206     $ 155  
Standby letters of credit and guarantees(a)(d)
    38,858       35,332       90       167  
Other letters of credit(a)
    4,284       4,204       1       2  
 
                       
Total commercial-related
    218,287       215,758       297       324  
 
                       
Total
  $ 407,505     $ 392,681     $ 297     $ 324  
 
                       
Customers’ securities lent(e)
  $ 172,762     $ 143,143     NA     NA  
 
                           
 
(a)  
Net of risk participations totaling $16.8 billion and $16.5 billion at March 31, 2004, and December 31, 2003, respectively.
(b)  
Includes unused advised lines of credit totaling $20 billion at March 31, 2004, and $19 billion at December 31, 2003, which are not legally binding. In regulatory filings with the Federal Reserve Board, unused advised lines are not reportable.
(c)  
Includes certain asset purchase agreements to multi-seller asset-backed commercial paper conduits of $15.9 billion and $11.7 billion at March 31, 2004, and December 31, 2003, respectively; excludes $1.2 billion at March 31, 2004, and $6.3 billion at December 31, 2003, of asset purchase agreements related to multi-seller asset-backed commercial paper conduits consolidated in accordance with FIN 46, as the underlying assets of the conduits are reported in the Firm’s Consolidated balance sheet. It also includes $8.5 billion at March 31, 2004, and $9.2 billion at December 31, 2003, of asset purchase agreements to structured commercial loan vehicles and other third-party entities. The allowance for credit losses on lending-related commitments related to these agreements was insignificant at March 31, 2004, and December 31, 2003.
(d)  
Collateral held by the Firm against these agreements was $8 billion at March 31, 2004, and $7.7 billion at December 31, 2003.
(e)  
Collateral held by the Firm in support of these agreements was $177.2 billion at March 31, 2004, and $146.7 billion at December 31, 2003.
 

For a discussion of the off-balance sheet lending arrangements which the Firm considers to be guarantees under FIN 45, see pages 117-118 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report. The amount of the liability related to guarantees recorded at March 31, 2004, excluding the allowance for credit losses on lending-related commitments and derivative contracts discussed below, was approximately $101 million.

In addition to the contracts noted above, there are certain derivative contracts to which the Firm is a counterparty that meet the characteristics of a guarantee under FIN 45. For a description of the derivatives the Firm considers to be guarantees, see Note 29 on pages 117-119 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report. These derivatives are recorded on the Consolidated balance sheets at fair value. The total notional values of the derivatives that the Firm deems to be guarantees were $54 billion and $50 billion at March 31, 2004, and December 31, 2003, respectively. The fair values related to these contracts at March 31, 2004, were a derivative

21


 

receivable of $180 million and a derivative payable of $466 million. The fair values of these contracts at December 31, 2003, were a derivative receivable of $163 million and a derivative payable of $333 million.

NOTE 21 – FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Refer to Note 31 on pages 120-123 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report for a full description of fair value methodologies by product. For those financial instruments that are not recorded on the Consolidated balance sheet at fair value, fair value is based on quoted market prices, where available. If listed prices or quotes are not available, fair value is based on internally developed models that primarily use market-based or independent information as inputs. For commercial loans and lending-related commitments, fair value is determined based on the cost of credit derivatives. This cost is adjusted to account for the differences in recovery rates between bonds (on which the cost of credit derivatives is based) and loans; and for loan equivalents, which represents the portion of an unused commitment likely to become outstanding in the event an obligor defaults. For consumer loans, fair value is based on discounted cash flows. The fair value of loans in the held-for-sale and trading portfolios is generally based on observable market prices and prices of similar instruments. Fair value of consumer commitments is based on the primary market prices to originate new commitments.

These methods may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values. Furthermore, the use of different methodologies to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date.

The following table presents the financial assets and liabilities valued under SFAS 107:

 
                                                 
(in billions)   March 31, 2004   December 31, 2003
    Carrying     Estimated     Appreciation/     Carrying     Estimated     Appreciation/  
    Value     Fair Value     (Depreciation)     Value     Fair Value     (Depreciation)  
 
                                   
Total financial assets
  $ 780.7     $ 784.0     $ 3.3     $ 750.7     $ 754.0     $ 3.3  
 
                                       
Total financial liabilities(a)
  $ 748.7     $ 751.1       (2.4 )   $ 723.6     $ 726.0       (2.4 )
 
                                   
Estimated fair value in excess of carrying value
                  $ 0.9                     $ 0.9  
 
                                           
 
(a)  
Includes the allowance for lending-related commitments of $297 million at March 31, 2004, and $324 million at December 31, 2003. The fair value of the Firm’s lending-related commitments approximates these balances.
 

NOTE 22 – SEGMENT INFORMATION
JPMorgan Chase is organized into five major businesses: the Investment Bank, Treasury & Securities Services, Investment Management & Private Banking, JPMorgan Partners and Chase Financial Services. These businesses are segmented based on the products and services provided, or the type of customer served, and they reflect the manner in which financial information is currently evaluated by management. Results of these lines of business are presented on an “operating” basis. For a definition of operating basis, see the Glossary of Terms on pages 74-75 of this Form 10-Q. For a further discussion concerning JPMorgan Chase’s business segments, see Segment Results on pages 32-50 of this Form 10-Q.

Segment results, which are presented on an operating basis, reflect revenues on a tax-equivalent basis. The tax-equivalent gross-up for each business segment is based upon the level, type and tax jurisdiction of the earnings and assets within each business segment. The amount of the tax-equivalent gross-up for each business segment is eliminated within the Support Units and Corporate segment and was $(111) million and $(65) million for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

JPMorgan Chase uses shareholder value added (“SVA”), a non-GAAP financial measure, as its principal measure of segment profitability. See Segment Results on pages 27-28 and Note 34 on pages 126-127 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2003 Annual Report for a further discussion of performance measurements and policies for cost-of-capital allocation. The table below provides a summary of the Firm’s segment results for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003:

22


 

 
                                                         
                    Investment                            
            Treasury &     Management             Chase     Corporate/        
(in millions, except ratios)   Investment     Securities     & Private     JPMorgan     Financial     Reconciling        
Three months ended   Bank     Services     Banking     Partners     Services     Items(a)     Total  
 
                                         
March 31, 2004
                                                       
Operating revenue(b)
  $ 3,979     $ 1,106     $ 824     $ 249     $ 3,414     $ (122 )   $ 9,450  
Intersegment revenue(b)
    (64 )     50       23             7       (16 )      
Operating earnings(c)
    1,110       119       115       115       427       44       1,930  
Average common equity(d)
    15,973       3,196       5,468       4,899       9,472       6,810       45,818  
Average managed assets
    513,983       19,757       35,259       7,780       207,575       20,321       804,675  
Shareholder value added
    628       22       (50 )     (69 )     141       (122 )     550  
Return on average allocated capital(e)
    28 %     15 %     8 %     9 %     18 %     NM       17 %
 
March 31, 2003
                                                       
Operating revenue(b)
  $ 4,010     $ 926     $ 641     $ (287 )   $ 3,692     $ (119 )   $ 8,863  
Intersegment revenue(b)
    (41 )     34       20       1       1       (15 )      
Operating earnings(c)
    897       112       27       (223 )     648       (61 )     1,400  
Average common equity(d)
    20,871       2,773       5,483       5,985       8,489       (1,743 )     41,858  
Average managed assets
    525,773       17,508       33,634       9,428       202,404       21,325       810,072  
Shareholder value added
    273       29       (137 )     (446 )     394       35       148  
Return on average allocated capital(e)
    17 %     16 %     2 %     NM       31 %     NM       13 %
 
(a)  
Corporate/Reconciling Items includes Support Units and Corporate and the net effect of management accounting policies.
(b)  
Operating revenue includes Intersegment revenue, which includes intercompany revenue and revenue-sharing agreements, net of intersegment expenses. Transactions between business segments are primarily conducted at fair value.
(c)  
For the consolidated financial statements, there are no reconciling items between operating earnings and Net income.
(d)  
Average common equity at the consolidated level is equivalent to the average allocated capital at the segment level in the segments results disclosure on pages 32–50 of this Form 10-Q.
(e)  
Based on annualized amounts.
 
The following table provides a reconciliation of the Firm’s reported revenue to operating revenue:
 
                 
    Three months ended March 31,
(in millions)   2004     2003  
 
           
Reported revenue
  $ 8,977     $ 8,406  
Credit card securitizations(a)
    473       457  
 
           
Operating revenue
  $ 9,450     $ 8,863  
 
           
 
(a)  
Represents the impact of credit card securitizations. For securitized receivables, amounts that normally would be reported as Net interest income and as Provision for credit losses are reported as noninterest revenue.
 
The following table provides a reconciliation of the Firm’s consolidated operating earnings to SVA:
 
                 
    Three months ended March 31,
(in millions)   2004     2003  
 
           
Shareholder value added
               
Operating earnings
  $ 1,930     $ 1,400  
Less: preferred dividends
    13       13  
 
           
Earnings applicable to common stock
    1,917       1,387  
Less: cost of capital
    1,367       1,239  
 
           
Total Shareholder value added
  $ 550     $ 148  
 
           
 
The following table provides a reconciliation of the Firm’s consolidated average assets to average managed assets:
 
                 
    Three months ended March 31,
(in millions)   2004     2003  
 
           
Average assets
  $ 771,318     $ 778,238  
Average credit card securitizations
    33,357       31,834  
 
           
Average managed assets
  $ 804,675     $ 810,072  
 
           
 

23


 

Reproduced below are the consolidated balance sheets of JPMorgan Chase and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2003 and December 31, 2002, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2003, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements, included in JPMorgan Chase’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.

Consolidated statement of income

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.
                         
Year ended December 31, (in millions, except per share data)   2003     2002     2001  
 
Revenue
                       
Investment banking fees
  $ 2,890     $ 2,763     $ 3,612  
Trading revenue
    4,427       2,675       4,972  
Fees and commissions
    10,652       10,387       9,655  
Private equity gains (losses)
    33       (746 )     (1,233 )
Securities gains
    1,446       1,563       866  
Mortgage fees and related income
    892       988       386  
Other revenue
    579       458       284  
 
Total noninterest revenue
    20,919       18,088       18,542  
 
Interest income
    23,444       25,284       32,181  
Interest expense
    11,107       13,758       21,379  
 
Net interest income
    12,337       11,526       10,802  
 
Revenue before provision for credit losses
    33,256       29,614       29,344  
Provision for credit losses
    1,540       4,331       3,182  
 
Total net revenue
    31,716       25,283       26,162  
 
Noninterest expense
                       
Compensation expense
    11,695       10,983       11,844  
Occupancy expense
    1,912       1,606       1,348  
Technology and communications expense
    2,844       2,554       2,631  
Other expense
    5,137       5,111       5,250  
Surety settlement and litigation reserve
    100       1,300        
Merger and restructuring costs
          1,210       2,523  
 
Total noninterest expense
    21,688       22,764       23,596  
 
Income before income tax expense and cumulative effect of accounting change
    10,028       2,519       2,566  
Income tax expense
    3,309       856       847  
 
Income before cumulative effect of accounting change
    6,719       1,663       1,719  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle (net of tax)
                (25 )
 
Net income
  $ 6,719     $ 1,663     $ 1,694  
 
Net income applicable to common stock
  $ 6,668     $ 1,612     $ 1,628  
 
Average common shares outstanding
                       
Basic
    2,009       1,984       1,972  
Diluted
    2,055       2,009       2,024  
 
Net income per common share(a)
                       
Basic
  $ 3.32     $ 0.81     $ 0.83  
Diluted
    3.24       0.80       0.80  
Cash dividends per common share
    1.36       1.36       1.36  
 
(a)  
Basic and diluted earnings per share have been reduced by $0.01 in 2001 because of the impact of the adoption of SFAS 133 relating to the accounting for derivative instruments and hedging activities.
The Notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these statements.

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

82


 

Consolidated balance sheet

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.
                 
December 31, (in millions, except share data)   2003     2002  
 
Assets
               
Cash and due from banks
  $ 20,268     $ 19,218  
Deposits with banks
    10,175       8,942  
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements
    76,868       65,809  
Securities borrowed
    41,834       34,143  
Trading assets:
               
Debt and equity instruments (including assets pledged of $81,312 in 2003 and $88,900 in 2002)
    169,120       165,199  
Derivative receivables
    83,751       83,102  
Securities:
               
Available-for-sale (including assets pledged of $31,639 in 2003 and $50,468 in 2002)
    60,068       84,032  
Held-to-maturity (fair value: $186 in 2003 and $455 in 2002)
    176       431  
Loans (net of Allowance for loan losses of $4,523 in 2003 and $5,350 in 2002)
    214,995       211,014  
Private equity investments
    7,250       8,228  
Accrued interest and accounts receivable
    12,356       14,137  
Premises and equipment
    6,487       6,829  
Goodwill
    8,511       8,096  
Other intangible assets
    6,480       4,806  
Other assets
    52,573       44,814  
 
Total assets
  $ 770,912     $ 758,800  
 
Liabilities
               
Deposits:
               
U.S.:
               
Noninterest-bearing
  $ 73,154     $ 74,664  
Interest-bearing
    125,855       109,743  
Non-U.S.:
               
Noninterest-bearing
    6,311       7,365  
Interest-bearing
    121,172       112,981  
 
           
Total deposits
    326,492       304,753  
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements
    113,466       169,483  
Commercial paper
    14,284       16,591  
Other borrowed funds
    8,925       8,946  
Trading liabilities:
               
Debt and equity instruments
    78,222       66,864  
Derivative payables
    71,226       66,227  
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities (including the Allowance for lending-related commitments of $324 in 2003 and $363 in 2002)
    45,066       38,440  
Beneficial interests issued by consolidated variable interest entities
    12,295        
Long-term debt
    48,014       39,751  
Junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures held by trusts that issued guaranteed capital debt securities
    6,768        
Guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in capital debt securities issued by consolidated trusts
          5,439  
 
Total liabilities
    724,758       716,494  
 
Commitments and contingencies (see Note 27)
               
Stockholders’ equity
               
Preferred stock
    1,009       1,009  
Common stock (authorized 4,500,000,000 shares, issued 2,044,436,509 shares in 2003 and 2,023,566,387 shares in 2002)
    2,044       2,024  
Capital surplus
    13,512       13,222  
Retained earnings
    29,681       25,851  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    (30 )     1,227  
Treasury stock, at cost (1,816,495 shares in 2003 and 24,859,844 shares in 2002)
    (62 )     (1,027 )
 
Total stockholders’ equity
    46,154       42,306  
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 770,912     $ 758,800  
 
The Notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these statements.

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

83


 

Consolidated statement of changes in stockholders’ equity

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.
                         
Year ended December 31, (in millions, except per share data)   2003     2002     2001  
 
Preferred stock
                       
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 1,009     $ 1,009     $ 1,520  
Redemption of preferred stock
                (450 )
Purchase of treasury stock
                (61 )
 
Balance at end of year
    1,009       1,009       1,009  
 
Common stock
                       
Balance at beginning of year
    2,024       1,997       1,940  
Issuance of common stock
    20       27       55  
Issuance of common stock for purchase accounting acquisitions
                2  
 
Balance at end of year
    2,044       2,024       1,997  
 
Capital surplus
                       
Balance at beginning of year
    13,222       12,495       11,598  
Issuance of common stock and options for purchase accounting acquisitions
                79  
Shares issued and commitments to issue common stock for employee stock-based awards and related tax effects
    290       727       818  
 
Balance at end of year
    13,512       13,222       12,495  
 
Retained earnings
                       
Balance at beginning of year
    25,851       26,993       28,096  
Net income
    6,719       1,663       1,694  
Cash dividends declared:
                       
Preferred stock
    (51 )     (51 )     (66 )
Common stock ($1.36 per share each year)
    (2,838 )     (2,754 )     (2,731 )
 
Balance at end of year
    29,681       25,851       26,993  
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
                       
Balance at beginning of year
    1,227       (442 )     (241 )
Other comprehensive income (loss)
    (1,257 )     1,669       (201 )
 
Balance at end of year
    (30 )     1,227       (442 )
 
Treasury stock, at cost
                       
Balance at beginning of year
    (1,027 )     (953 )     (575 )
Purchase of treasury stock
                (871 )
Reissuance from treasury stock
    1,082       107       710  
Forfeitures to treasury stock
    (117 )     (181 )     (217 )
 
Balance at end of year
    (62 )     (1,027 )     (953 )
 
Total stockholders’ equity
  $ 46,154     $ 42,306     $ 41,099  
 
Comprehensive income
                       
Net income
  $ 6,719     $ 1,663     $ 1,694  
Other comprehensive income (loss)
    (1,257 )     1,669       (201 )
 
Comprehensive income
  $ 5,462     $ 3,332     $ 1,493  
 
The Notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these statements.

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

84


 

Consolidated statement of cash flows

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.
                               
Year ended December 31, (in millions)       2003     2002     2001  
 
Operating activities
                           
Net income
      $ 6,719     $ 1,663     $ 1,694  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                           
Provision for credit losses
        1,540       4,331       3,182  
Surety settlement and litigation reserve
        100       1,300        
Depreciation and amortization
        3,101       2,979       2,891  
Deferred tax provision (benefit)
        1,428       1,636       (638 )
Private equity unrealized (gains) losses
        (77 )     641       1,884  
Net change in:
                           
Trading assets
        (2,671 )     (58,183 )     26,217  
Securities borrowed
        (7,691 )     2,437       (4,209 )
Accrued interest and accounts receivable
        1,809       677       5,819  
Other assets
        (9,916 )     6,182       (26,756 )
Trading liabilities
        15,769       25,402       (20,143 )
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities
        5,873       (12,964 )     7,472  
Other, net
        (1,383 )     (1,235 )     (520 )
 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
        14,601       (25,134 )     (3,107 )
 
Investing activities
                           
Net change in:
                           
Deposits with banks
        (1,233 )     3,801       (4,410 )
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements
        (11,059 )     (2,082 )     5,747  
Loans due to sales
        138,881       72,742       47,687  
Loans due to securitizations
        31,989       24,262       21,888  
Other loans, net
        (171,779 )     (98,695 )     (72,149 )
Other, net
        1,541       (3,398 )     3,431  
Held-to-maturity securities:
Proceeds
        221       85       113  
 
Purchases
              (40 )     (2 )
Available-for-sale securities:
Proceeds from maturities
        10,548       5,094       7,980  
 
Proceeds from sales
        315,738       219,385       186,434  
 
Purchases
        (301,854 )     (244,547 )     (182,920 )
Cash used in acquisitions
        (669 )     (72 )     (1,677 )
Proceeds from divestitures of nonstrategic businesses and assets
        94       121       196  
 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
        12,418       (23,344 )     12,318  
 
Financing activities
                           
Net change in:
                           
U.S. deposits
        14,602       9,985       29,119  
Non-U.S. deposits
        7,249       1,118       (14,834 )
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements
        (56,017 )     41,038       (3,293 )
Commercial paper and other borrowed funds
        555       (4,675 )     (15,346 )
Other, net
        133             (91 )
Proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt and capital securities
        17,195       11,971       8,986  
Repayments of long-term debt and capital securities
        (8,316 )     (12,185 )     (12,574 )
Proceeds from the net issuance of stock and stock-related awards
        1,213       725       1,429  
Redemption of preferred stock
                    (511 )
Redemption of preferred stock of subsidiary
              (550 )      
Treasury stock purchased
                    (871 )
Cash dividends paid
        (2,865 )     (2,784 )     (2,697 )
 
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
        (26,251 )     44,643       (10,683 )
 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and due from banks
        282       453       100  
Net increase (decrease) in cash and due from banks
        1,050       (3,382 )     (1,372 )
Cash and due from banks at the beginning of the year
        19,218       22,600       23,972  
 
Cash and due from banks at the end of the year
      $ 20,268     $ 19,218     $ 22,600  
Cash interest paid
      $ 10,976     $ 13,534     $ 22,987  
Cash income taxes paid
      $ 1,337     $ 1,253     $ 479  
 
The Notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these statements.

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

85


 

Notes to consolidated financial statements

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

     
Note 1
  Basis of Presentation

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. (“JPMorgan Chase” or the “Firm”) is a financial holding company for a group of subsidiaries that provide a wide range of services to a global client base that includes corporations, governments, institutions and individuals. For a discussion of the Firm’s business segment information, see Note 34 on pages 126-127 of this Annual Report.

The accounting and financial reporting policies of JPMorgan Chase and its subsidiaries conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and prevailing industry practices. Additionally, where applicable, the policies conform to the accounting and reporting guidelines prescribed by bank regulatory authorities.

Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include accounts of JPMorgan Chase and other entities in which the Firm has a controlling financial interest. All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

The usual condition for a controlling financial interest is ownership of a majority of the voting interests of an entity. However, a controlling financial interest may also exist in entities, such as special purpose entities (“SPEs”), through arrangements that do not involve voting interests.

SPEs are an important part of the financial markets, providing market liquidity by facilitating investors’ access to specific portfolios of assets and risks. They are, for example, critical to the functioning of the mortgage- and asset-backed securities and commercial paper markets. SPEs may be organized as trusts, partnerships or corporations and are typically set up for a single, discrete purpose. SPEs are not operating entities and usually have no employees and a limited life. The basic SPE structure involves a company selling assets to the SPE. The SPE funds the purchase of those assets by issuing securities to investors. The legal documents that govern the transaction describe how the cash earned on the assets must be allocated to the SPE’s investors and other parties that have rights to those cash flows. SPEs can be structured to be bankruptcy-remote, thereby insulating investors from the impact of the creditors of other entities, including the seller of the assets.

There are two different accounting frameworks applicable to SPEs, depending on the nature of the entity and the Firm’s relation to that entity; the qualifying SPE (“QSPE”) framework under SFAS 140 and the variable interest entity (“VIE”) framework under FIN 46. The QSPE framework is applicable when an entity transfers (sells) financial assets to an SPE meeting certain criteria. These criteria are designed to ensure that the

activities of the SPE are essentially predetermined in their entirety at the inception of the vehicle and that the transferor cannot exercise control over the entity. Entities meeting these criteria are not consolidated by the transferors. The Firm primarily follows the QSPE model for the securitizations of its residential and commercial mortgages, credit card loans and automobile loans. For further details, see Note 13 on pages 100-103 of this Annual Report.

When the SPE does not meet the QSPE criteria, consolidation is assessed pursuant to FIN 46. A VIE is defined as an entity that: lacks enough equity investment at risk to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties; has equity owners who are unable to make decisions, and/or; has equity owners that do not absorb or receive the entity’s losses and returns. VIEs encompass vehicles traditionally viewed as SPEs and may also include other entities or legal structures, such as certain limited-purpose subsidiaries, trusts or investment funds. Entities excluded from the scope of FIN 46 include all QSPEs, regardless of whether the Firm was the transferor, as long as the Firm does not have the unilateral ability to liquidate the vehicle or cause it to no longer meet the QSPE criteria, and other entities that meet certain criteria specified in FIN 46.

FIN 46 requires a variable interest holder (counterparty to a VIE) to consolidate the VIE if that party will absorb a majority of the expected losses of the VIE, receive a majority of the residual returns of the VIE, or both. This party is considered the primary beneficiary of the entity. The determination of whether the Firm meets the criteria to be considered the primary beneficiary of a VIE requires an evaluation of all transactions (such as investments, liquidity commitments, derivatives and fee arrangements) with the entity. The foundation for this evaluation is an expected-loss calculation prescribed by FIN 46. For further details, see Note 14 on pages 103-106 of this Annual Report.

Prior to the Firm’s adoption of FIN 46, the decision of whether or not to consolidate depended on the applicable accounting principles for non-QSPEs, including a determination regarding the nature and amount of investment made by third parties in the SPE. Consideration was given to, among other factors, whether a third party had made a substantive equity investment in the SPE; which party had voting rights, if any; who made decisions about the assets in the SPE; and who was at risk of loss. The SPE was consolidated if JPMorgan Chase retained or acquired control over the risks and rewards of the assets in the SPE.

Financial assets sold to an SPE or a VIE are derecognized when: (1) the assets are legally isolated from the Firm’s creditors, (2) the accounting criteria for a sale are met and (3) the SPE is a QSPE under SFAS 140, or the SPE can pledge or exchange the financial assets. All significant transactions and retained interests



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

86


 

between the Firm, QSPEs and nonconsolidated VIEs are reflected on JPMorgan Chase’s Consolidated balance sheet or in the Notes to consolidated financial statements.

Investments in companies that are considered to be voting-interest entities under FIN 46, in which the Firm has significant influence over operating and financing decisions (generally defined as owning a voting or economic interest of 20% to 50%), are accounted for in accordance with the equity method of accounting. These investments are generally included in Other assets, and the Firm’s share of income or loss is included in Other revenue. For a discussion of private equity investments, see Note 15 on page 106 of this Annual Report.

Assets held for clients in an agency or fiduciary capacity by the Firm are not assets of JPMorgan Chase and are not included in the Consolidated balance sheet.

Certain amounts in prior periods have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.

Use of estimates in the preparation of consolidated financial statements

The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expense and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. Actual results could be different from these estimates.

Foreign currency translation

Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars using applicable rates of exchange. JPMorgan Chase translates revenues and expenses using exchange rates at the transaction date.

Gains and losses relating to translating functional currency financial statements for U.S. reporting are included in Other comprehensive income (loss) within Stockholders’ equity. Gains and losses relating to nonfunctional currency transactions, including non-U.S. operations where the functional currency is the U.S. dollar and operations in highly inflationary environments, are reported in the Consolidated statement of income.

Statement of cash flows

For JPMorgan Chase’s Consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents are defined as those amounts included in Cash and due from banks.

Significant accounting policies

The following table identifies JPMorgan Chase’s significant accounting policies and the Note and page where a detailed description of each policy can be found:

         
 
Trading activities
  Note   3   Page   87
Other noninterest revenue
  Note   4   Page   88
Postretirement employee benefit plans
  Note   6   Page   89
Employee stock-based incentives
  Note   7   Page   93
Securities
  Note   9   Page   96
Securities financing activities
  Note 10   Page   98
Loans
  Note 11   Page   98
Allowance for credit losses
  Note 12   Page 100
Loan securitizations
  Note 13   Page 100
Variable interest entities
  Note 14   Page 103
Private equity investments
  Note 15   Page 106
Goodwill and other intangibles
  Note 16   Page 107
Premises and equipment
  Note 17   Page 109
Income taxes
  Note 24   Page 113
Derivative instruments and hedging activities
  Note 28   Page 116
Off-balance sheet lending-related financial instruments and guarantees
  Note 29   Page 117
Fair value of financial instruments
  Note 31   Page 120
 
     
Note 2
  Business changes and developments

Agreement to merge with Bank One Corporation

On January 14, 2004, JPMorgan Chase and Bank One Corporation (“Bank One”) announced an agreement to merge. The merger agreement, which has been approved by the boards of directors of both companies, provides for a stock-for-stock merger in which 1.32 shares of JPMorgan Chase common stock will be exchanged, on a tax-free basis, for each share of Bank One common stock. The merged company, headquartered in New York, will be known as J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. and will continue to trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol JPM.

The merger is subject to approval by the shareholders of both institutions as well as U.S. federal and state and non-U.S. regulatory authorities. Completion of the transaction is expected to occur in mid-2004.

Acquisition of the Providian Master Trust

On February 5, 2002, JPMorgan Chase acquired the Providian Master Trust from Providian National Bank. The acquisition consisted of credit card receivables of approximately $7.9 billion and related relationships. The acquired portfolio consisted of approximately 3.3 million credit card accounts.

     
Note 3
  Trading activities

Trading assets include debt and equity securities held for trading purposes that JPMorgan Chase owns (“long” positions). Trading liabilities include debt and equity securities that the Firm has sold to other parties but does not own (“short” positions). The Firm is obligated to purchase securities at a future date to cover the short positions. Included in Trading assets and Trading liabilities



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

87


 

Notes to consolidated financial statements

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

are the reported receivables (unrealized gains) and payables (unrealized losses) related to derivatives. These amounts include the effect of master netting agreements as permitted under FIN 39. Trading positions are carried at fair value on the Consolidated balance sheet.

Trading revenue

                         
Year ended December 31, (in millions)   2003     2002     2001  
 
Equities(a)
  $ 764     $ 331     $ 1,541  
Fixed income and other(b)
    3,663       2,344       3,431  
 
Total
  $ 4,427     $ 2,675     $ 4,972  
 
(a)  
Includes equity securities and equity derivatives.
(b)  
Includes bonds and commercial paper, various types of interest rate derivatives (including credit derivatives), as well as foreign exchange and commodities.

Trading assets and liabilities

The following table presents the fair value of Trading assets and Trading liabilities for the dates indicated:

                 
December 31, (in millions)   2003     2002  
 
Trading assets
               
Debt and equity instruments:
               
U.S. government, federal agencies and municipal securities
  $ 62,381     $ 68,906  
Certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and commercial paper
    5,233       4,545  
Debt securities issued by non-U.S. governments
    22,654       29,709  
Corporate securities and other
    78,852       62,039  
 
Total debt and equity instruments
  $ 169,120     $ 165,199  
 
Derivative receivables:
               
Interest rate
  $ 60,176     $ 55,260  
Foreign exchange
    9,760       7,487  
Equity
    8,863       12,846  
Credit derivatives
    3,025       5,511  
Commodity
    1,927       1,998  
 
Total derivative receivables
  $ 83,751     $ 83,102  
 
Total trading assets
  $ 252,871     $ 248,301  
 
Trading liabilities
               
Debt and equity instruments(a)
  $ 78,222     $ 66,864  
 
Derivative payables:
               
Interest rate
  $ 49,189     $ 43,584  
Foreign exchange
    10,129       8,036  
Equity
    8,203       10,644  
Credit derivatives
    2,672       3,055  
Commodity
    1,033       908  
 
Total derivative payables
  $ 71,226     $ 66,227  
 
Total trading liabilities
  $ 149,448     $ 133,091  
 
(a)  
Primarily represents securities sold, not yet purchased.

Average Trading assets and liabilities were as follows for the periods indicated:

                 
Year ended December 31, (in millions)   2003     2002  
 
Trading assets - debt and equity instruments
  $ 154,597     $ 149,173  
Trading assets - derivative receivables
    85,628       73,641  
 
Trading liabilities - debt and equity instruments(a)
  $ 72,877     $ 64,725  
Trading liabilities - derivative payables
    67,783       57,607  
 
(a)  
Primarily represents securities sold, not yet purchased.
     
Note 4
  Other noninterest revenue

Investment banking fees

Investment banking fees include advisory and equity and debt underwriting fees. Advisory fees are recognized as revenue when related services are performed. Underwriting fees are recognized as revenue when the Firm has rendered all services to the issuer and is entitled to collect the fee from the issuer, as long as there are no other contingencies associated with the fee (e.g., not contingent on the customer obtaining financing). Underwriting fees are presented net of syndicate expenses. In addition, the Firm recognizes credit arrangement and syndication fees as revenue after satisfying certain retention, timing and yield criteria.

The following table presents the components of Investment banking fees:

                         
Year ended December 31, (in millions)   2003     2002     2001  
 
Underwriting
                       
Equity
  $ 699     $ 464     $ 525  
Debt
    1,549       1,543       1,839  
 
Total Underwriting
    2,248       2,007       2,364  
Advisory
    642       756       1,248  
 
Total
  $ 2,890     $ 2,763     $ 3,612  
 

Fees and commissions

Fees and commissions primarily include fees from investment management, custody and institutional trust services, deposit accounts, brokerage services, loan commitments, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees, compensating balances, insurance products and other financial service-related products. These fees are recognized over the period in which the related service is provided. Also included are credit card fees, which primarily include interchange income (transaction-processing fees), late fees, cash advance fees, annual and overlimit fees, and servicing fees earned in connection with securitization activities. Credit card fees are recognized as billed, except for annual fees, which are recognized over a 12-month period.



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

88


 

Details of Fees and commissions were as follows:

                         
Year ended December 31, (in millions)   2003     2002     2001  
 
Investment management and service fees
  $ 2,244     $ 2,322     $ 2,454  
Custody and institutional trust service fees
    1,601       1,529       1,611  
Credit card fees
    2,971       2,869       2,108  
Brokerage commissions
    1,181       1,139       1,130  
Lending-related service fees
    580       546       495  
Deposit service fees
    1,146       1,128       1,023  
Other fees
    929       854       834  
 
Total fees and commissions
  $ 10,652     $ 10,387     $ 9,655  
 

Mortgage fees and related income

Mortgage fees and related income for the years 2003, 2002, and 2001 amounted to $892 million, $988 million, and $386 million, respectively. Mortgage fees and related income primarily includes fees from mortgage origination and servicing activities, revenue generated through loan sales and securitization activities, including related hedges, as well as the impact from hedging mortgage servicing rights with derivatives (both those designated and not designated under SFAS 133). Mortgage servicing fees are recognized over the period that the related service is provided net of amortization. The valuation changes of mortgage servicing rights and the corresponding derivatives are adjusted through earnings in the same period. Gains and losses on loan sales and securitizations are recognized in income upon sale or securitization. Net interest income and securities gains and losses related to these mortgage banking activities are not included in Mortgage fees and related income.

     
Note 5
  Interest income and interest expense

Details of Interest income and expense were as follows:

                         
Year ended December 31, (in millions)   2003     2002     2001  
 
Interest income
                       
Loans
  $ 11,276     $ 12,057     $ 15,544  
Securities
    3,542       3,367       3,647  
Trading assets
    6,592       6,798       7,390  
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements
    1,497       2,061       3,805  
Securities borrowed
    323       698       1,343  
Deposits with banks
    214       303       452  
 
Total interest income
  $ 23,444     $ 25,284     $ 32,181  
 
Interest expense
                       
Deposits
  $ 3,604     $ 5,253     $ 7,998  
Short-term and other liabilities
    5,899       7,038       11,098  
Long-term debt
    1,498       1,467       2,283  
Beneficial interests issued by consolidated variable interest entities
    106              
 
Total interest expense
  $ 11,107     $ 13,758     $ 21,379  
 
Net interest income
  $ 12,337     $ 11,526     $ 10,802  
Provision for credit losses
    1,540       4,331       3,182  
 
Net interest income after provision for credit losses
  $ 10,797     $ 7,195     $ 7,620  
 
     
Note 6
  Postretirement employee benefit plans

The Firm’s defined benefit pension plans are accounted for in accordance with SFAS 87 and SFAS 88. Its postretirement medical and life insurance plans are accounted for in accordance with SFAS 106.

JPMorgan Chase uses a measurement date of December 31 for its postretirement employee benefit plans. The fair value of plan assets is used to determine the expected return on plan assets for its U.S. and non-U.S. defined benefit pension plans. For the U.S. postretirement benefit plan, the market-related value, which recognizes changes in fair value over a five-year period, is used to determine the expected return on plan assets. Unrecognized net actuarial gains and losses are amortized over the average remaining service period of active plan participants, if required.

The Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (the “Act”) was signed into law on December 8, 2003. As permitted under FSP SFAS 106-1, JPMorgan Chase elected to defer accounting for certain of the effects of the Act pending issuance of final guidance and transition rules. The Firm is currently reviewing the Act and the potential impact on its U.S. postretirement medical plan. Accordingly, the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation and net periodic benefit costs related to this plan do not reflect the effects of the Act. Once final guidance is issued, previously reported information is subject to change.

Defined benefit pension plans

JPMorgan Chase has a qualified noncontributory U.S. defined benefit pension plan that provides benefits to substantially all U.S. employees. The U.S. plan employs a cash balance formula, in the form of service and interest credits, to determine the benefits to be provided at retirement, based on eligible compensation and years of service. Employees begin to accrue plan benefits after completing one year of service, and benefits vest after five years of service. The Firm also offers benefits through defined benefit pension plans to qualifying employees in certain non-U.S. locations based on eligible compensation and years of service.

It is JPMorgan Chase’s policy to fund its pension plans in amounts sufficient to meet the requirements under applicable employee benefit and local tax laws. In 2003, the Firm made two cash contributions to its U.S. defined benefit pension plan: $127 million on February 10 to fully fund the plan’s projected benefit obligation as of December 31, 2002, and $200 million on December 29 to fully fund the plan’s projected benefit obligation as of December 31, 2003. Additionally, the Firm made cash contributions totaling $87 million to fund fully the accumulated benefit obligations of certain non-U.S. defined benefit pension plans as of December 31, 2003. Based on the current funded status of the U.S. and non-U.S. pension plans, the Firm does not expect to make significant fundings in 2004.



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

89


 

Notes to consolidated financial statements

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

Postretirement medical and life insurance

JPMorgan Chase offers postretirement medical and life insurance benefits to qualifying U.S. employees. These benefits vary with length of service and date of hire and provide for limits on the Firm’s share of covered medical benefits. The medical benefits are contributory, while the life insurance benefits are noncontributory. Postretirement medical benefits are also offered to qualifying U.K. employees.

JPMorgan Chase’s U.S. postretirement benefit obligation is partially funded with corporate-owned life insurance (“COLI”) purchased on the lives of eligible employees and retirees.

While the Firm owns the COLI policies, COLI proceeds (death benefits, withdrawals and other distributions) may be used only to reimburse the Firm for its net postretirement benefit claim payments and related administrative expenses. The U.K. postretirement benefit plan is unfunded.

The following tables present the funded status and amounts reported on the Consolidated balance sheet, the accumulated benefit obligation and the components of net periodic benefit costs reported in the Consolidated statement of income for the Firm’s U.S. and non-U.S. defined benefit pension and postretirement benefit plans.



                                                 
    Defined benefit pension plans   Postretirement
    U.S.   Non-U.S.   benefit plans(a)
As of December 31, (in millions)   2003     2002     2003     2002     2003     2002  
 
Change in benefit obligation
                                               
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
  $ (4,241 )   $ (4,007 )   $ (1,329 )   $ (1,100 )   $ (1,126 )   $ (1,056 )
Benefits earned during the year
    (180 )     (174 )     (16 )     (16 )     (15 )     (12 )
Interest cost on benefit obligations
    (262 )     (275 )     (74 )     (62 )     (73 )     (69 )
Plan amendments
    (89 )           (1 )                 10  
Employee contributions
                (1 )     (1 )     (11 )     (14 )
Actuarial gain (loss)
    (262 )     (226 )     (125 )     (92 )     (134 )     (50 )
Benefits paid
    386       377       55       47       113       99  
Curtailment gain
    15       64             22       (2 )     27  
Settlement gain
                      6              
Special termination benefits
                (1 )     (3 )           (57 )
Foreign exchange impact and other
                (167 )     (130 )     (4 )     (4 )
 
Benefit obligation at end of year
  $ (4,633 )   $ (4,241 )   $ (1,659 )   $ (1,329 )   $ (1,252 )   $ (1,126 )
 
Change in plan assets
                                               
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
  $ 4,114     $ 4,048     $ 1,281     $ 1,058     $ 1,020     $ 1,089  
Actual return on plan assets
    811       (406 )     133       (150 )     154       (74 )
Firm contributions
    327       849       87       304       2       16  
Settlement payments
                (12 )     (6 )            
Benefits paid
    (386 )     (377 )     (43 )     (47 )     (27 )     (11 )
Foreign exchange impact and other
                157       122              
 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
  $ 4,866 (b)   $ 4,114 (b)   $ 1,603     $ 1,281     $ 1,149     $ 1,020  
 
Reconciliation of funded status
                                               
Funded status
  $ 233     $ (127 )   $ (56 )   $ (48 )   $ (103 )   $ (106 )
Unrecognized amounts:
                                               
Net transition asset
                (1 )     (1 )            
Prior service cost
    137       56       5       4       8       10  
Net actuarial (gain) loss
    920       1,224       564       477       156       86  
 
Prepaid (accrued) benefit cost reported in Other assets (Accrued expenses), respectively
  $ 1,290     $ 1,153     $ 512 (c)   $ 432 (c)   $ 61     $ (10 )
 
Accumulated benefit obligation
  $ (4,312 )   $ (3,949 )   $ (1,626 )   $ (1,295 )     NA       NA  
 
(a)  
Includes postretirement benefit obligation of $36 million and $38 million and postretirement benefit liability (included in Accrued expenses) of $54 million and $49 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, for the U.K. plan, which is unfunded.
(b)  
At December 31, 2003 and 2002, approximately $315 million and $295 million, respectively, of U.S. plan assets relate to surplus assets of group annuity contracts.
(c)  
At December 31, 2003 and 2002, Accrued expenses related to non-U.S. defined benefit pension plans that JPMorgan Chase elected not to prefund fully totaled $99 million and $81 million, respectively.

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

90


 

                                                                         
    Defined benefit pension plans   Postretirement
    U.S.   Non-U.S.   benefit plans(a)
For the year ended December 31, (in millions)   2003     2002     2001     2003     2002     2001     2003     2002     2001  
 
Components of net periodic benefit costs
                                                                       
Benefits earned during the year
  $ 180     $ 174     $ 202     $ 16     $ 16     $ 46     $ 15     $ 12     $ 16  
Interest cost on benefit obligations
    262       275       285       73       62       65       73       69       71  
Expected return on plan assets
    (322 )     (358 )     (379 )     (83 )     (76 )     (78 )     (92 )     (98 )     (48 )
Amortization of unrecognized amounts:
                                                                       
Prior service cost
    6       7       10                         1       2        
Net actuarial (gain) loss
    62             (5 )     36       6       (1 )           (10 )     (12 )
Curtailment (gain) loss(b)
    2       15             8       (3 )           2       (8 )      
Settlement gain
                            (2 )                        
Special termination benefits(b)
                            3                   57        
 
Net periodic benefit costs reported in Compensation expense
  $ 190 (c)   $ 113     $ 113     $ 50 (c)   $ 6 (d)   $ 32     $ (1) (e)   $ 24     $ 27  
 
(a)  
Includes net periodic postretirement benefit costs of $2 million in 2003, 2002 and 2001 for the U.K. plan.
(b)  
Reflects expense recognized in 2002 due to management-initiated and outsourcing-related employee terminations.
(c)  
Increase in net periodic benefit costs resulted from changes in actuarial assumptions and amortization of unrecognized losses.
(d)  
Decrease in net periodic benefit costs resulted from conversion of certain non-U.S. defined benefit pension plans to defined contribution plans.
(e)  
Decrease in net periodic benefit costs reflects nonrecurring costs in 2002.

JPMorgan Chase has a number of other defined benefit pension plans (i.e., U.S. plans not subject to Title IV of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act). The most significant of these plans is the Excess Retirement Plan, pursuant to which certain employees earn service credits on compensation amounts above the maximum stipulated by law. This plan is a nonqualified noncontributory U.S. pension plan with an unfunded liability at each of December 31, 2003 and 2002, in the amount of $178 million. Compensation expense related to the Firm’s other defined benefit pension plans totaled $19 million in 2003, $15 million in 2002 and $22 million in 2001.

Plan assumptions

JPMorgan Chase’s expected long-term rate of return for U.S. defined benefit pension plan assets is a blended average of its investment advisor’s projected long-term (10 years or more) returns for the various asset classes, weighted by the portfolio allocation. Asset-class returns are developed using a forward-looking building-block approach and are not based strictly on historical returns. Equity returns are generally developed as the sum of inflation, expected real earnings growth and expected long-term dividend yield. Bond returns are generally developed as the sum of inflation, real bond yield and risk spread (as appropriate), adjusted for the expected effect on returns from

changing yields. Other asset-class returns are derived from their relationship to equity and bond markets.

In the United Kingdom, which represents the most significant of the non-U.S. pension plans, procedures similar to those in the United States are used to develop the expected long-term rate of return on pension plan assets, taking into consideration local market conditions and the specific allocation of plan assets. The expected long-term rate of return on U.K. plan assets is an average of projected long-term returns for each asset class, selected by reference to the yield on long-term U.K. government bonds and AA-rated long-term corporate bonds, plus an equity risk premium above the risk-free rate.

The expected long-term rate of return for the U.S. postretirement medical and life insurance plans is computed using procedures similar to those used for the U.S. defined benefit pension plan.

The discount rate used in determining the benefit obligation under the U.S. postretirement employee benefit plans is selected by reference to the year-end Moody’s corporate AA rate, as well as other high-quality indices with similar duration to that of the respective plan’s benefit obligations. The discount rate for the U.K. postretirement plans is selected by reference to the year-end iBoxx £ corporate AA 15-year-plus bond rate.



The following tables present the weighted-average annualized actuarial assumptions for the projected and accumulated benefit obligations, and the components of net periodic benefit costs for the Firm’s U.S. and non-U.S. defined benefit pension and postretirement benefit plans, as of year-end.

                                 
    U.S.   Non-U.S.
For the year ended December 31,   2003     2002     2003     2002  
 
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations
                               
Discount rate
    6.00 %     6.50 %     2.00-5.40 %     1.50-5.60 %
Rate of compensation increase
    4.50       4.50       1.75-3.75       1.25-3.00  
 

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

91


 

Notes to consolidated financial statements

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.
                                                 
    U.S.   Non-U.S.
For the year ended December 31,   2003     2002     2001     2003     2002     2001  
 
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit costs
Discount rate
    6.50 %     7.25 %     7.50-7.75 %     1.50-5.60 %     2.50-6.00 %     2.75-6.25 %
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets:
                                               
Pension
    8.00       9.25       9.00-9.50       2.70-6.50       3.25-7.25       3.25-8.00  
Postretirement benefit
    8.00       9.00       9.00-9.50       NA       NA       NA  
Rate of compensation increase
    4.50       4.50       3.00-4.50       1.25-3.00       2.00-4.00       2.00-4.00  
 

The following tables present JPMorgan Chase’s assumed weighted-average medical benefits cost trend rate, which is used to measure the expected cost of benefits at year-end, and the effect of a one-percentage-point change in the assumed medical benefits cost trend rate:

                         
December 31,   2003     2002     2001  
 
Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year
    10 %     9 %     8 %
Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate)
    5       5       5  
Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate
    2010       2008       2005  
 
 
  1-Percentage-
  1-Percentage-
       
(in millions)
  point increase
  point decrease
       
 
Effect on total service and interest costs
  $ 4     $ (3 )        
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation
    51       (44 )        
 

At December 31, 2003, the Firm reduced the discount rate used to determine its U.S. benefit obligations to 6.00%. The Firm also reduced the 2004 expected long-term rate of return on U.S. plan assets to 7.75% and 7.00%, respectively, for its pension and other postretirement benefit expenses. The impact of the changes as of December 31, 2003, to the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets and the discount rate is expected to increase 2004 U.S. pension and other postretirement benefit expenses by approximately $35 million. The impact of the changes to the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets and the discount rate on non-U.S. pension and other postretirement benefit expenses is not expected to be material.

JPMorgan Chase’s U.S. pension and other postretirement benefit expenses are most sensitive to the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. With all other assumptions held constant, a 25-basis point decline in the expected long-term rate of return on U.S. plan assets would result in an increase of approximately $15 million in 2004 U.S. pension and other postretirement benefit expenses. Additionally, a 25-basis point decline in the discount rate for the U.S. plans would result in an increase in 2004 U.S. pension and other postretirement benefit expenses of approximately $12 million and an increase in the related benefit obligation of approximately $143 million. The impact of a decline in the discount rate related to the U.S. pension plan would be significantly offset by the effect of a similar reduction in the assumed interest rate used for crediting participant balances.

Investment strategy and asset allocation

The investment policy for postretirement employee benefit plan assets is to optimize the risk-return relationship as appropriate to the respective plan’s needs and goals, using a global portfolio of various asset classes diversified by market segment, economic sector and issuer. Specifically, the goal is to optimize the asset mix for future benefit obligations, while managing various risk factors and each plan’s investment return objectives. For example, long-duration fixed income securities are included in the U.S. qualified pension plan’s asset allocation, in recognition of its long-duration obligations. Plan assets are managed by a combination of internal and external investment managers and, on a quarterly basis, are rebalanced to target, to the extent economically practical.

The Firm’s U.S. pension plan assets are held in various trusts and are invested in well diversified portfolios of equity (including U.S. large and small capitalization and international equities), fixed income (including corporate and government bonds), Treasury inflation-indexed and high-yield securities, cash equivalents and other securities. Non-U.S. pension plan assets are similarly invested in well-diversified portfolios of equity, fixed income and other securities. Assets of the Firm’s COLI policies, which are used to fund partially the U.S. postretirement benefit plan, are held in separate accounts with an insurance company and are invested in equity and fixed income index funds. Assets used to fund the Firm’s U.S. and non-U.S. defined benefit pension and postretirement benefit plans do not include JPMorgan Chase common stock, except in connection with investments in third-party stock-index funds.



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

92


 

The following table presents the weighted-average asset allocation at December 31 and the respective target allocation by asset category for the Firm’s U.S. and non-U.S. defined benefit pension and postretirement benefit plans:

                                                                         
    Defined benefit pension plans   Postretirement
    U.S.   Non-U.S.(a)(b)   benefit plans(c)
    Target   % of plan assets   Target   % of plan assets   Target   % of plan assets
    Allocation   2003   2002   Allocation   2003   2002   Allocation   2003   2002
 
Asset Class
                                                                       
Debt securities
    40 %     41 %     45 %     74 %     76 %     51 %     50 %     50 %     50 %
Equity securities
    50       53       50       26       24       49       50       50       50  
Real estate
    5       5       4                                      
Other
    5       1       1                                      
 
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
 
(a)  
Primarily represents the U.K. plan which accounts for approximately 90% of the non-U.S. plan assets.
(b)  
The target allocation for U.K. plan assets was revised in 2003 to reduce the volatility of funding levels, given that the plan is now closed to future participants.
(c)  
Represents the U.S. postretirement benefit plan only, as the U.K. plan is unfunded.

Estimated future benefit payments

The following table presents benefit payments expected to be paid, which include the effect of expected future service for the years indicated. The postretirement medical and life insurance payments are net of expected retiree contributions.

                         
            Non-   U.S. and U.K.
    U.S. Pension   U.S. Pension   Postretirement
(in millions)   Benefits   Benefits   Benefits
 
2004
  $ 326     $ 52     $ 108  
2005
    340       53       111  
2006
    358       55       114  
2007
    377       57       117  
2008
    399       61       118  
Years 2009-2013
    2,177       351       603  
 

Defined contribution plans

JPMorgan Chase offers several defined contribution plans in the U.S. and certain non-U.S. locations. The most significant of these plans is the JPMorgan Chase 401(k) Savings Plan, covering substantially all U.S. employees. This plan allows employees to make pre-tax contributions to tax-deferred investment portfolios. For most employees, the Firm matches employee contributions dollar-for-dollar up to a certain percentage of eligible compensation per pay period, subject to plan and legal limits. Employees begin to receive matching contributions after completing one year of service; benefits vest after three years of service. The Firm’s defined contribution plans are administered in accordance with applicable local laws and regulations. Compensation expense related to these plans totaled $240 million in 2003, $251 million in 2002 and $208 million in 2001.

     
Note 7
  Employee stock-based incentives

Effective January 1, 2003, JPMorgan Chase adopted SFAS 123 using the prospective transition method. SFAS 123 requires all stock-based compensation awards, including stock options, to be accounted for at fair value. Fair value is based on a Black-Scholes valuation model, with compensation expense recognized in earnings over the required service period. Under

the prospective transition method, all new awards granted to employees on or after January 1, 2003, are accounted for under SFAS 123. In connection with the adoption of SFAS 123, the Firm decided to provide key employees, excluding members of the Executive Committee, with the ability to elect to receive the value of their stock-based compensation awards as stock options, restricted stock or any combination thereof. The net effect was to reduce net income by $0.08 per share in 2003. Awards that were outstanding as of December 31, 2002, if not subsequently modified, continue to be accounted for under APB 25. Through December 31, 2002, JPMorgan Chase accounted for its employee stock-based compensation plans under the intrinsic-value method in accordance with APB 25. Under this method, no expense is recognized for stock options granted at the stock price on the grant date, since such options have no intrinsic value. Compensation expense for restricted stock and restricted stock units (“RSUs”) is measured based on the number of shares granted and the stock price at the grant date and is recognized over the required service period.

Key employee stock-based awards

JPMorgan Chase grants long-term stock-based incentive awards to certain key employees under two plans (the “LTI Plans”). The Long-Term Incentive Plan, approved by shareholders in May 2000, provides for grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock and RSU awards, and the Stock Option Plan, a nonshareholder-approved plan, provides for grants of stock options and SARs. Through December 31, 2003, SARs have not been granted under either of these plans.

Under the LTI Plans, stock options are granted with an exercise price equal to JPMorgan Chase’s common stock price on the grant date. Generally, options cannot be exercised until at least one year after the grant date and become exercisable over various periods as determined at the time of the grant. Options generally expire 10 years after the grant date. In January 2001, JPMorgan Chase granted 82.2 million options under the LTI Plans, pursuant to a growth performance incentive program (“GPIP”). Forfeitures of GPIP options aggregated 23.7 million shares through December 31, 2003.



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

93


 

Notes to consolidated financial statements

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

The following table presents a summary of JPMorgan Chase’s option activity under the LTI Plans during the last three years:

                                                 
Year ended December 31,   2003   2002   2001
    Number of     Weighted-average     Number of     Weighted-average     Number of     Weighted-average  
(Options in thousands)   options     exercise price     options     exercise price     options     exercise price  
 
Options outstanding, January 1
    298,731     $ 40.84       272,304     $ 41.23       175,232     $ 31.52  
Granted
    26,751       22.15       53,230       36.41       136,863       51.07  
Exercised
    (14,574 )     17.47       (9,285 )     16.85       (28,954 )     25.69  
Canceled
    (16,882 )     47.57       (17,518 )     45.59       (10,837 )     49.94  
 
Options outstanding, December 31
    294,026     $ 39.88       298,731     $ 40.84       272,304     $ 41.23  
Options exercisable, December 31
    176,163     $ 37.88       144,421     $ 34.91       123,045     $ 30.34  
 

The following table details the distribution of options outstanding under the LTI Plans at December 31, 2003:

                                         
    Options outstanding   Options exercisable
(Options in thousands)   Options     Weighted-average     Weighted-average remaining     Options     Weighted-average  
Range of exercise prices   outstanding     exercise price     contractual life (in years)     exercisable     exercise price  
 
$3.41  –  $20.00
    16,409     $ 16.63       1.3       16,387     $ 16.63  
$20.01  –  $35.00
    55,671       25.23       5.9       28,664       27.75  
$35.01  –  $50.00
    119,717       40.15       5.9       101,858       40.29  
$50.01  –  $65.58
    102,229       51.27       6.7       29,254       51.32  
 
Total
    294,026     $ 39.88       5.9       176,163     $ 37.88  
 

Restricted stock and RSUs are granted by JPMorgan Chase under the LTI Plans at no cost to the recipient. Restricted stock/ RSUs are subject to forfeiture until certain restrictions have lapsed, including continued employment for a specified period. The recipient of a share of restricted stock is entitled to voting rights and dividends on the common stock. An RSU entitles the recipient to receive a share of common stock after the applicable restrictions lapse; the recipient is entitled to receive cash payments equivalent to dividends on the underlying common stock during the period the RSU is outstanding.

During 2003, 43.5 million restricted stock/RSU awards were granted by JPMorgan Chase under the LTI Plans. In 2002 and 2001, 24.0 million and 25.9 million awards, respectively, were granted under these plans. All these awards are payable solely in stock. The 2001 grants included 1.3 million restricted stock/ RSU awards that are forfeitable if certain target prices are not achieved. The vesting of these awards is conditioned upon certain service requirements being met and JPMorgan Chase’s common stock price reaching and sustaining target prices within a five-year performance period. During 2002, it was determined that it was no longer probable that the target stock prices related to forfeitable awards granted in 1999, 2000 and 2001 would be achieved within their respective performance periods, and accordingly, previously accrued expenses were

reversed. The target stock prices for these awards ranged from $73.33 to $85.00. These awards will be forfeited in 2004 through 2006 if the target stock prices are not achieved.

A portion of certain employees’ cash incentive compensation that exceeded specified levels was awarded in restricted stock/ RSU awards or other deferred investments (the “required deferral plan”) issued under the LTI Plans. These restricted stock/RSU and other deferred awards vest based solely on continued employment. During 2001, 137,500 of such restricted stock/units were granted. The required deferral plan was discontinued in 2002.

Broad-based employee stock options

In January 2003, JPMorgan Chase granted 12.8 million options to all eligible full-time (150 options each) and part-time (75 options each) employees under the Value Sharing Plan, a nonshareholder-approved plan. The exercise price is equal to JPMorgan Chase’s common stock price on the grant date. The options become exercisable over various periods and generally expire 10 years after the grant date.

The following table presents a summary of JPMorgan Chase’s broad-based employee stock option plan activity during the past three years:



                                                 
Year ended December 31,   2003   2002   2001
    Number of     Weighted-average     Number of     Weighted-average     Number of     Weighted-average  
(Options in thousands)   options     exercise price     options     exercise price     options     exercise price  
 
Options outstanding, January 1
    113,155     $ 40.62       87,393     $ 41.86       67,237     $ 38.17  
Granted
    12,846       21.87       32,550       36.85       26,042       51.22  
Exercised
    (2,007 )     13.67       (674 )     15.01       (2,267 )     27.65  
Canceled
    (6,172 )     37.80       (6,114 )     41.14       (3,619 )     49.54  
 
Options outstanding, December 31
    117,822     $ 39.11       113,155     $ 40.62       87,393     $ 41.86  
Options exercisable, December 31
    36,396     $ 32.88       38,864     $ 31.95       40,390     $ 31.76  
 

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

94


 

The following table details the distribution of broad-based employee stock options outstanding at December 31, 2003:

                                         
    Options outstanding   Options exercisable
(Options in thousands)   Options     Weighted-average     Weighted-average remaining     Options     Weighted-average  
Range of exercise prices   outstanding     exercise price     contractual life (in years)     exercisable     exercise price  
 
$10.26  –  $20.00
    5,317     $ 13.01       0.4       5,317     $ 13.01  
$20.01  –  $35.00
    19,155       24.66       6.6       7,725       28.79  
$35.01  –  $50.00
    71,048       41.16       6.3       23,354       38.76  
$50.01  –  $65.58
    22,302       51.22       7.1              
 
Total
    117,822     $ 39.11       6.2       36,396     $ 32.88  
 

Comparison of the fair and
intrinsic value measurement methods

Pre-tax employee stock-based compensation expense related to these plans totaled $919 million in 2003 (which includes the $266 million impact of adopting SFAS 123), $590 million in 2002 and $798 million in 2001. Compensation expense for 2002 included the reversal of previously accrued expense of $120 million related to forfeitable key employee awards granted in 1999, 2000 and 2001, as discussed above.

The following table presents net income and basic and diluted earnings per share as reported, and as if all outstanding awards were accounted for at fair value. The lower expense from applying SFAS 123 in 2003 compared with 2002 resulted from a decrease in the number of outstanding stock-based compensation awards, a lower common stock price, lower Black-Scholes option fair values and longer vesting periods. The increase in compensation expense after applying SFAS 123 in 2002 compared with 2001 reflects a higher level of options granted in prior years that were not fully vested. This increase is partially offset by a decline in the weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted in 2002.

                         
Year ended December 31,                  
(in millions, except per share data)   2003     2002     2001  
 
Net income as reported
  $ 6,719     $ 1,663     $ 1,694  
Add:       Employee stock-based compensation expense originally included in reported net income, net of tax
    551       354       479  
Deduct:  Employee stock-based compensation expense determined under the fair value method for all awards, net of tax
    (863 )     (1,232 )     (1,101 )
 
   
     
     
 
Pro Forma net income
  $ 6,407     $ 785     $ 1,072  
 
Earnings per share:
                       
Basic:     As reported
  $ 3.32     $ 0.81     $ 0.83  
Pro Forma
    3.16       0.37       0.51  
Diluted:  As reported
  $ 3.24     $ 0.80     $ 0.80  
Pro Forma
    3.09       0.37       0.50  
 

The following table presents JPMorgan Chase’s weighted-average grant-date fair values for the employee stock-based compensation awards granted, and the assumptions used to value stock options under a Black-Scholes valuation model:

                         
Year ended December 31,   2003     2002     2001  
 
Weighted-average grant-date fair value
                       
Stock options:
                       
Key employee
  $ 5.60     $ 11.57     $ 18.39  
Broad-based employee
    4.98       9.49       14.60  
Restricted stock and RSUs (all payable solely in stock)
    22.03       36.28       49.21  
Weighted-average annualized stock option valuation assumptions
                       
Risk-free interest rate
    3.19 %     4.61 %     5.08 %
Expected dividend yield(a)
    5.99       3.72       2.51  
Expected common stock price volatility
    44       39       37  
Assumed weighted-average expected life of stock options (in years)
                       
Key employee
    6.8       6.8       6.8  
Broad-based employee
    3.8       3.8       3.8  
 
(a)  
Based primarily on historical data at the grant date.
     
Note 8
  Noninterest expense

Merger and restructuring costs

Merger and restructuring costs associated with various programs announced prior to January 1, 2002, were reflected in the Merger and restructuring costs caption of the Consolidated statement of income and had been incurred as of December 31, 2002. Additionally, all previously recorded liabilities for merger charges had been fully utilized as of year-end 2002: $1.25 billion in connection with the merger of J.P. Morgan and Chase, and $300 million in connection with the right-sizing of employee levels beyond that planned at the time of the merger.

Restructuring costs associated with programs announced after January 1, 2002, are reflected in the related expense category of



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

95


 

Notes to consolidated financial statements

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

the Consolidated statement of income. A summary of such costs, by expense category and segment, are shown in the following table for 2003 and 2002.

                 
Year ended December 31, (in millions)   2003     2002  
 
Expense category
               
Compensation
  $ 294     $ 746  
Occupancy
    270       22 (b)
Technology and communications
    47       30  
Other
    19       92  
 
Total (a)
  $ 630     $ 890  
 
Segment
               
Investment Bank
  $ 347     $ 587  
Treasury & Securities Services
    61       17  
Investment Management & Private Banking
    44       47  
JPMorgan Partners
    2        
Chase Financial Services
    95       99  
Support Units and Corporate
    81       140  
 
Total (a)
  $ 630     $ 890  
 
(a)  
With the exception of occupancy-related write-offs, all of the costs in the table required the expenditure of cash.
(b)  
Excludes a $98 million charge for unoccupied excess real estate in 2002.

Other expense

Details of Other expense were as follows:

                         
Year ended December 31, (in millions)   2003     2002     2001  
 
Other expense
                       
Professional services
  $ 1,368     $ 1,303     $ 1,139  
Outside services
    1,187       994       888  
Marketing
    710       689       601  
Travel and entertainment
    422       411       453  
Amortization of intangibles
    294       323       729  
All other
    1,156       1,391       1,440  
 
Total other expense
  $ 5,137     $ 5,111     $ 5,250  
 
     
Note 9
  Securities

Securities are classified as Available-for-sale (“AFS”), Held-to-maturity (“HTM”) or Trading. Trading securities are discussed in Note 3 on pages 87–88. Securities are classified as AFS when, in management’s judgment, they may be sold in response to or in anticipation of changes in market conditions. AFS securities are carried at fair value on the Consolidated balance sheet. Unrealized gains and losses after SFAS 133 valuation adjustments are reported as net increases or decreases to Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Impairment is evaluated considering numerous factors, and their relative significance varies from case to case. Factors considered in the analysis include the length of time and extent to which the market value has been less than cost; the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer; and the intent and ability to retain the security in order to allow for an anticipated recovery in market value. If, based on the analysis, it is determined that the impairment is other-than-temporary, the security is written down and a loss is recognized. The specific identification method is used to determine realized gains and losses on AFS securities, which are included in Securities gains (losses) on the Consolidated statement of income. Securities that the Firm has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as HTM and are carried at amortized cost on the Consolidated balance sheet.

The following table presents realized gains and losses from AFS securities:

                         
Year ended December 31, (in millions)   2003     2002     2001  
 
Realized gains
  $ 2,123     $ 1,904     $ 1,438  
Realized losses
    (677 )     (341 )     (572 )
 
Net realized gains (losses)
  $ 1,446     $ 1,563     $ 866  
 


The amortized cost and estimated fair value of AFS and HTM securities were as follows for the dates indicated:

                                                                 
    2003   2002
            Gross     Gross                     Gross     Gross        
    Amortized     unrealized     unrealized     Fair     Amortized     unrealized     unrealized     Fair  
December 31, (in millions)   cost     gains     losses     value     cost     gains     losses     value  
 
Available-for-sale securities
                                                               
U.S. government and federal agencies/corporations obligations:
                                                               
Mortgage-backed securities
  $ 32,248     $ 101     $ 417     $ 31,932     $ 40,148     $ 449     $ 141     $ 40,456  
Collateralized mortgage obligations
    1,825       3             1,828       3,271       63       21       3,313  
U.S. treasuries
    11,617       15       168       11,464       22,870       531       24       23,377  
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
    2,841       171       52       2,960       1,744       145       14       1,875  
Debt securities issued by non-U.S. governments
    7,232       47       41       7,238       11,873       58       19       11,912  
Corporate debt securities
    818       23       8       833       870       20       8       882  
Equity securities
    1,393       24       11       1,406       1,198       16       18       1,196  
Other, primarily asset-backed securities (a)
    2,448       61       102       2,407       978       113       70       1,021  
 
Total available-for-sale securities
  $ 60,422     $ 445     $ 799     $ 60,068     $ 82,952     $ 1,395     $ 315     $ 84,032  
 
Held-to-maturity securities
                                                               
Total held-to-maturity securities (b)
  $ 176     $ 10     $     $ 186     $ 431     $ 24     $     $ 455  
 
(a)  
Includes CMOs of private issuers, which generally have underlying collateral consisting of obligations of U.S. government and federal agencies and corporations.
(b)  
Consists primarily of mortgage-backed securities.

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

96


 

Included in the $799 million of unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities at December 31, 2003 is $46 million of unrealized losses that have existed for a period greater than 12 months. These losses primarily relate to $1.5 billion of asset-backed securities held by commercial paper conduits that were consolidated by the Firm in accordance with FIN 46 on July 1, 2003. The securities held by the conduits are of high credit quality, predominantly rated AA or better. Upon adoption of FIN 46, the securities were measured at the amounts at which such interests would have been carried had the Firm consolidated the conduits when it first met the conditions to be considered the primary beneficiary; this resulted in an initial transition adjustment to Other comprehensive income as described in Note 14 on page 106. The overall depreciation in fair value is attributable

to the illiquid secondary market for these securities and is considered temporary, as the Firm has the intent and ability to hold these investments with the expectation that the unrealized market value loss will be recovered.

In calculating the effective yield for mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) and collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMO”), JPMorgan Chase actively monitors the likelihood of principal prepayment through its portfolio management function. Management regularly performs simulation testing to determine the impact that market conditions would have on its MBS and CMO portfolios. MBSs and CMOs that management believes have high prepayment risk are included in the AFS portfolio and are reported at fair value.



The following table presents the amortized cost, estimated fair value and average yield at December 31, 2003, of JPMorgan Chase’s AFS and HTM securities by contractual maturity:

                                                 
    Available-for-sale securities   Held-to-maturity securities
Maturity schedule of securities   Amortized     Fair     Average     Amortized     Fair     Average  
December 31, 2003 (in millions)   cost     value     yield(a)     cost     value     yield(a)  
 
Due in one year or less
  $ 4,899     $ 4,900       1.89 %   $     $       %
Due after one year through five years
    9,212       9,175       3.33                    
Due after five years through 10 years
    7,839       7,815       4.20       2       2       7.32  
Due after 10 years (b)
    38,472       38,178       4.83       174       184       6.91  
 
Total securities
  $ 60,422     $ 60,068       4.28 %   $ 176     $ 186       6.92 %
 
(a)  
The average yield is based on amortized cost balances at year-end. Yields are derived by dividing interest income (including the effect of related derivatives on AFS securities and the amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts) by total amortized cost. Taxable-equivalent yields are used where applicable.
(b)  
Includes securities with no stated maturity. Substantially all of JPMorgan Chase’s MBSs and CMOs are due in 10 years or more based on contractual maturity. The estimated duration, which reflects anticipated future prepayments based on a consensus of dealers in the market, is approximately five years for MBSs and CMOs.

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

97


 

Notes to consolidated financial statements

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

     
Note 10
  Securities financing activities

JPMorgan Chase enters into resale agreements, repurchase agreements, securities borrowed transactions and securities loaned transactions primarily to finance the Firm’s inventory positions, acquire securities to cover short positions and settle other securities obligations. The Firm also enters into these transactions to accommodate customers’ needs.

Securities purchased under resale agreements (“resale agreements”) and securities sold under repurchase agreements (“repurchase agreements”) are generally treated as collateralized financing transactions and are carried on the Consolidated balance sheet at the amounts the securities will be subsequently sold or repurchased, plus accrued interest. Where appropriate, resale and repurchase agreements with the same counterparty are reported on a net basis in accordance with FIN 41. JPMorgan Chase takes possession of securities purchased under resale agreements. On a daily basis, JPMorgan Chase monitors the market value of the underlying collateral received from its counterparties, consisting primarily of U.S. and non-U.S. government and agency securities, and requests additional collateral from its counterparties when necessary.

Similar transactions that do not meet the SFAS 140 definition of a repurchase agreement are accounted for as “buys” and “sells” rather than financing transactions. These transactions are accounted for as a purchase (sale) of the underlying securities with a forward obligation to sell (purchase) the securities. The forward purchase (sale) obligation, a derivative, is recorded on the Consolidated balance sheet at its fair value, with changes in fair value recorded in Trading revenue. Notional amounts of these transactions accounted for as purchases under SFAS 140 were $15 billion and $8 billion at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Notional amounts of these transactions accounted for as sales under SFAS 140 were $8 billion and $13 billion at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Based on the short-term duration of these contracts, the unrealized gain or loss is insignificant.

Securities borrowed and securities lent are recorded at the amount of cash collateral advanced or received. Securities borrowed consist primarily of government and equity securities. JPMorgan Chase monitors the market value of the securities borrowed and lent on a daily basis and calls for additional collateral when appropriate. Fees received or paid are recorded in Interest income or Interest expense.

                 
December 31, (in millions)   2003     2002  
 
Securities purchased under resale agreements
  $ 62,801     $ 57,645  
Securities borrowed
    41,834       34,143  
 
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
  $ 105,409     $ 161,394  
Securities loaned
    2,461       1,661  
 

JPMorgan Chase pledges certain financial instruments it owns to collateralize repurchase agreements and other securities financings. Pledged securities that can be sold or repledged by the secured party are identified as financial instruments owned (pledged to various parties) on the Consolidated balance sheet.

At December 31, 2003, the Firm had received securities as collateral that can be repledged, delivered or otherwise used with a fair value of approximately $210 billion. This collateral was generally obtained under resale or securities-borrowing agreements. Of these securities, approximately $197 billion was repledged, delivered or otherwise used, generally as collateral under repurchase agreements, securities-lending agreements or to cover short sales.

     
Note 11
  Loans

Loans are reported at the principal amount outstanding, net of the allowance for loan losses, unearned income and any net deferred loan fees. Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or fair value. Loans are classified as “trading” for secondary market trading activities where positions are bought and sold to make profits from short-term movements in price. Loans held for trading purposes are included in Trading assets and are carried at fair value, with the gains and losses included in Trading revenue. Interest income is recognized using the interest method, or on a basis approximating a level rate of return over the term of the loan.

Nonaccrual loans are those on which the accrual of interest is discontinued. Loans (other than certain consumer loans discussed below) are placed on nonaccrual status immediately if, in the opinion of management, full payment of principal or interest is in doubt, or when principal or interest is 90 days or more past due and collateral, if any, is insufficient to cover principal and interest. Interest accrued but not collected at the date a loan is placed on nonaccrual status is reversed against Interest income. In addition, the amortization of net deferred loan fees is suspended. Interest income on nonaccrual loans is recognized only to the extent it is received in cash. However, where there is doubt regarding the ultimate collectibility of loan principal, all cash thereafter received is applied to reduce the carrying value of the loan. Loans are restored to accrual status only when interest and principal payments are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

Consumer loans are generally charged to the Allowance for loan losses upon reaching specified stages of delinquency, in accordance with the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (“FFIEC”) policy. For example, credit card loans are charged off at the earlier of 180 days past due or within 60 days from receiving notification of the filing of bankruptcy. Residential mortgage products are generally charged off to net realizable value at 180 days past due. Other consumer products are generally charged off (to net realizable value if collateralized) at 120 days past due. Accrued interest on residential mortgage products, automobile financings and certain other consumer loans are accounted for in accordance with the nonaccrual loan policy



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

98


 

discussed above. Accrued interest on all other loans is generally reversed against interest income when the consumer loan is charged off.

A collateralized loan is considered an in-substance foreclosure and is reclassified to assets acquired in loan satisfactions, within

Other assets, only when JPMorgan Chase has taken physical possession of the collateral. This is regardless of whether formal foreclosure proceedings have taken place.

The composition of the loan portfolio at each of the dates indicated was as follows:



                                                 
    2003   2002
December 31, (in millions)   U.S.     Non-U.S.     Total     U.S.     Non-U.S.     Total  
 
Commercial loans:
                                               
Commercial and industrial
  $ 43,631     $ 24,618     $ 68,249     $ 49,205     $ 31,446     $ 80,651  
Commercial real estate:
                                               
Commercial mortgage
    3,182             3,182       3,176       2       3,178  
Construction
    589       79       668       516       379       895  
Financial institutions
    4,622       5,671       10,293       3,770       2,438       6,208  
Non-U.S. governments
          705       705             616       616  
 
Total commercial loans
    52,024       31,073       83,097 (d)     56,667       34,881       91,548  
 
Consumer loans:
                                               
1–4 family residential mortgages:
                                               
First liens
    54,460             54,460       49,357       12       49,369  
Home equity loans
    19,252             19,252       14,643             14,643  
Credit card (a)
    16,793             16,793       19,677             19,677  
Automobile financings
    38,695             38,695       33,615             33,615  
Other consumer
    7,193       28       7,221       7,395       117       7,512  
 
Total consumer loans
    136,393       28       136,421       124,687       129       124,816  
 
Total loans (b)(c)
  $ 188,417     $ 31,101     $ 219,518     $ 181,354     $ 35,010     $ 216,364  
 
(a)  
At December 31, 2003, excludes $1.1 billion of accrued interest and fees on securitized credit card loans that were classified in Other assets, consistent with the FASB Staff Position, Accounting for Accrued Interest Receivable Related to Securitized and Sold Receivables under SFAS 140.
(b)  
Loans are presented net of unearned income of $1.29 billion and $1.89 billion at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.
(c)  
Includes loans held for sale (principally mortgage-related loans) of $20.8 billion and $25.0 billion at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.
(d)  
Includes $5.8 billion of loans held by VIEs consolidated under FIN 46.

The following table reflects information about the Firm’s loans held for sale, principally mortgage-related:

                         
Year ended December 31, (in millions)   2003     2002     2001  
 
Net gains on sales of loans held for sale
  $ 933     $ 754     $ 581  
Lower of cost or market adjustments
    26       (36 )     (177 )
 

Impaired loans

JPMorgan Chase accounts for and discloses nonaccrual commercial loans as impaired loans and recognizes their interest income as discussed previously for nonaccrual loans. The Firm excludes from impaired loans its small-balance, homogeneous consumer loans; loans carried at fair value or the lower of cost or fair value; debt securities; and leases.

The table below sets forth information about JPMorgan Chase’s impaired loans. The Firm primarily uses the discounted cash flow method for valuing impaired loans:

                 
December 31, (in millions)   2003     2002  
 
Impaired loans with an allowance
  $ 1,597     $ 3,250  
Impaired loans without an allowance (a)
    406       412  
 
Total impaired loans
  $ 2,003     $ 3,662  
 
Allowance for impaired loans under SFAS 114 (b)
  $ 595     $ 1,106  
Average balance of impaired loans during the year
    2,969       2,805  
Interest income recognized on impaired loans during the year
    4       14  
 
(a)  
When the discounted cash flows, collateral value or market price equals or exceeds the carrying value of the loan, then the loan does not require an allowance under SFAS 114.
(b)  
The allowance for impaired loans under SFAS 114 is included in JPMorgan Chase’s allowance for loan losses.


J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

99


 

Notes to consolidated financial statements

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

     
Note 12
  Allowance for credit losses

JPMorgan Chase’s Allowance for loan losses is intended to cover probable credit losses for which either the asset is not specifically identified or the size of the loss has not been fully determined. Within the allowance, there are specific and expected loss components and a residual component.

The specific loss component covers those commercial loans deemed by the Firm to be criticized. The Firm internally categorizes its criticized commercial loans into three groups: doubtful, substandard and special-mention.

Criticized nonperforming commercial loans (excluding leases) are considered to be impaired loans. The allowance for impaired loans is computed using the methodology under SFAS 114. An allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of an impaired loan are lower than the carrying value of that loan. To compute the specific loss component of the allowance, larger impaired loans are evaluated individually, and smaller impaired loans are evaluated as a pool using historical loss experience for the respective class of assets. Criticized but performing loans also are evaluated as a pool, using historical loss rates.

The expected loss component covers performing commercial loans (except criticized loans) and consumer loans. Expected losses are the product of default probability and loss severity. These factors are differentiated by risk rating and maturity for commercial loans. The expected loss estimates for each consumer loan portfolio are based primarily on the Firm’s historical loss experience for the applicable product portfolio.

Finally, a residual component is maintained to cover uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable losses. The residual component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision in the underlying assumptions used for estimating specific losses and expected losses. It is anticipated that the residual component of the allowance will range between 10% and 20% of the total Allowance for loan losses.

JPMorgan Chase’s Risk Management Committee reviews, at least quarterly, the Allowance for credit losses relative to the risk profile of the Firm’s credit portfolio and current economic conditions. The allowance is adjusted based on that review if, in management’s judgment, changes are warranted. As of December 31, 2003, JPMorgan Chase deemed the allowance to be appropriate (i.e., sufficient to absorb losses that are inherent in the portfolio but not yet identifiable).

To provide for the risk of loss inherent in the credit extension process, management also computes specific and expected loss components, as well as a residual component, for lending-related commitments using a methodology similar to that used for the loan portfolio.

JPMorgan Chase maintains an Allowance for credit losses as follows:

         
    Reported in:
Allowance for        
credit losses on:   Balance sheet   Income statement
 
Loans
  Allowance for loan losses   Provision for credit losses
Lending-related
commitments
  Other liabilities   Provision for credit losses
 

The table below summarizes the changes in the Allowance for loan losses:

                         
Year ended December 31, (in millions)   2003     2002     2001  
 
Allowance for loan losses at January 1
  $ 5,350     $ 4,524     $ 3,665  
Provision for loan losses
    1,579       4,039       3,185  
Charge-offs
    (2,818 )     (4,060 )     (2,582 )
Recoveries
    546       384       247  
 
                 
Net charge-offs
    (2,272 )     (3,676 )     (2,335 )
Transfer to Other assets (a)
    (138 )            
Allowance related to purchased portfolios
          460        
Other
    4       3       9  
 
Allowance for loan losses at December 31
  $ 4,523     $ 5,350     $ 4,524  
 
(a)  
Includes $138 million related to the transfer of the allowance for accrued interest and fees on securitized credit card loans.

The table below summarizes the changes in the Allowance for lending-related commitments:

                         
Year ended December 31, (in millions)   2003     2002     2001  
 
Allowance for lending-related commitments at January 1
  $ 363     $ 282     $ 283  
Provision for lending-related commitments
    (39 )     292       (3 )
Charge-offs
          (212 )      
Recoveries
                3  
 
                 
Net charge-offs
          (212 )     3  
Other
          1       (1 )
 
Allowance for lending-related commitments at December 31
  $ 324     $ 363     $ 282  
 
     
Note 13
  Loan securitizations

JPMorgan Chase securitizes, sells and services various consumer loans originated by Chase Financial Services (residential mortgage, credit card and automobile loans), as well as certain commercial loans (primarily real estate) originated by the Investment Bank. Interests in the sold and securitized loans may be retained as described below.

JPMorgan Chase records a loan securitization as a sale when the transferred loans are legally isolated from the Firm’s creditors and the accounting criteria for a sale are met. Gains or losses recorded on loan securitizations depend, in part, on the carrying amount of the loans sold and are allocated between the loans sold and the retained interests, based on their relative fair values at the date of sale. Since quoted market prices are generally not



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

100


 

available, the Firm usually estimates fair value of these retained interests by determining the present value of future expected cash flows using modeling techniques. Such models incorporate management’s best estimates of key variables, such as expected credit losses, prepayment speeds and discount rates appropriate for the risks involved. Gains on securitizations are reported in Other revenue. Retained interests that are subject to prepayment risk, such that JPMorgan Chase may not recover substantially all of its investment, are recorded at fair value, with subsequent adjustments reflected in Other comprehensive income or in earnings, if the fair value of the retained interest has declined below its carrying amount and such decline has been determined to be other-than-temporary.

JPMorgan Chase-sponsored securitizations utilize SPEs as part of the securitization process. These SPEs are structured to meet the definition of a QSPE (as discussed in Note 1); accordingly, the assets and liabilities of securitization-related SPEs are not reflected in the Firm’s Consolidated balance sheet (except for retained interests as described below) but are included on the balance sheet of the SPE purchasing the assets. Assets held by securitization-related SPEs as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, were as follows:

                 
December 31, (in billions)   2003     2002  
 
Credit card receivables
  $ 42.6     $ 40.2  
Residential mortgage receivables
    21.1       20.6  
Commercial loans
    33.8       25.2  
Automobile loans
    6.5       4.5  
Other receivables
          0.1  
 
Total
  $ 104.0     $ 90.6  
 

Interests in the securitized loans are generally retained by the Firm in the form of senior or subordinated interest-only strips, subordinated tranches, escrow accounts and servicing rights, and they are primarily recorded in Other assets. In addition, credit card securitization trusts require the Firm to maintain a minimum undivided interest in the trusts, representing the Firm’s interests in the receivables transferred to the trust that have not been securitized. These interests are not represented by security certificates. The Firm’s undivided interests are carried at historical cost and are classified in Loans.

JPMorgan Chase retains servicing responsibilities for all residential mortgage, credit card and automobile loan securitizations and for certain commercial loan securitizations it establishes. The Firm receives annual servicing fees based on the securitized loan balance plus certain ancillary fees. It also retains the right to service the residential mortgage loans it sells in connection with mortgage-backed securities transactions with the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”), Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”). For a discussion of mortgage servicing rights, see Note 16 on pages 107-109 of this Annual Report.

The following table summarizes new securitization transactions that were completed during 2003 and 2002; the resulting gains arising from such securitizations; certain cash flows received from such securitizations; and the key economic assumptions used in measuring the retained interests, as of the dates of such sales:



                                                                 
Year ended December 31,   2003   2002
($ in millions)   Mortgage     Credit card     Automobile     Commercial     Mortgage     Credit card     Automobile     Commercial  
 
Principal Securitized
  $ 13,270     $ 8,823     $ 4,510     $ 5,386     $ 7,220     $ 9,350     $ 3,392     $ 4,300  
Pre-tax gains
    168       44       13       107       214       45       6       53  
Cash flow information:
                                                               
Proceeds from securitizations
  $ 13,540     $ 8,823     $ 4,503     $ 5,493     $ 7,403     $ 9,350     $ 3,386     $ 4,284  
Servicing fees collected
    20       79       15       2       15       73       20        
Other cash flows received
    2       216       12       8       11       211       27       2  
Proceeds from collections reinvested in revolving securitizations
          58,199                         44,645             334  
 
Key assumptions (rates per annum):
                                                               
Prepayment rate(a)
  10.1-36.2% CPR   8.1-16.5%   1.52-1.57%   50.0%     10.1-25.0% CPR   14.6-14.9%   1.51-1.52%   NA(b)  
 
                  WAC/WAM                           WAC/WAM        
 
Weighted-average life
  2.0-4.6 years   7-12 months   1.7-1.8 years   1.3-5.2 years   3.0-7.7 years   7 months   1.8 years   7.3 years
Expected credit losses
  0.0-2.5%(c)   5.5-8.0%   0.5-0.6%   NA(d)   0-1.0%(c)   5.4-5.9%   0.5%   NA(d)
Discount rate
  13.0-30.0%   12.0%   3.9-4.5%   1.0-5.0%   15.0-30.0%   5.1-5.9%   5.7-5.9%   8.8%
 
(a)  
CPR: Constant prepayment rate; WAC/WAM: Weighted-average coupon/weighted-average maturity.
(b)  
Not applicable since these retained interests are not subject to prepayment risk.
(c)  
Expected credit losses for prime mortgage securitizations are minimal and are incorporated into other assumptions.
(d)  
Not applicable due to collateral coverage on loans in commercial securitizations.

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

101


 

Notes to consolidated financial statements

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

In addition, the Firm sold residential mortgage loans totaling $123 billion and $62.2 billion during 2003 and 2002, respectively, primarily as GNMA, FNMA and Freddie Mac mortgage-backed securities; these sales resulted in gains of $564 million in 2003 and $388 million in 2002.

At December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Firm had, with respect to its credit card master trusts, $7.3 billion related to its undivided interest, and $1.1 billion and $978 million, respectively, related to its subordinated interest in accrued interest and fees on the securitized receivables.

The Firm also maintains escrow accounts up to predetermined limits for some of its credit card and automobile securitizations, in the unlikely event of deficiencies in cash flows owed to investors. The amounts available in such escrow accounts are recorded in Other assets and, as of December 31, 2003, amounted to $456 million and $137 million for credit card and automobile securitizations, respectively; as of

December 31, 2002, these amounts were $510 million and $94 million for credit card and automobile securitizations, respectively.

The table below summarizes other retained securitization interests, primarily subordinated or residual interests, which are carried at fair value on the Firm’s Consolidated balance sheets.

                 
December 31, (in millions)   2003     2002  
 
Loans
               
Residential mortgage
  $ 570 (a)   $ 684 (a)
Credit card
    193 (a)     92 (a)
Automobile
    151 (a)     151 (a)
Commercial
    34       94  
 
Total
  $ 948     $ 1,021  
 
(a)  
Pre-tax unrealized gains (losses) recorded in Stockholders’ equity that relate to retained securitization interests totaled $155 million and $156 million, $11 million and $(1) million, and $6 million and $21 million for residential mortgage, credit card and automobile, at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.


The table below outlines the key economic assumptions and the sensitivity of fair values at December 31, 2003, of the remaining retained interests to immediate 10% and 20% adverse changes in those assumptions:

                                 
December 31, 2003 (in millions)   Mortgage   Credit card   Automobile   Commercial
 
Weighted-average life
  1.4-2.7 years   5-15 months   1.5 years   0.6-5.9 years
 
Prepayment rate
  29.0-31.7% CPR   8.1-15.1%   1.5% WAC/WAM   NA(a),50.0%
Impact of 10% adverse change
  $ (17 )   $ (7 )   $ (10 )   $ (1 )
Impact of 20% adverse change
    (31 )     (13 )     (19 )     (2 )
 
Loss assumption
  0.0-4.0%(b)   5.5-8.0%   0.6%   NA(c)
Impact of 10% adverse change
  $ (28 )   $ (21 )   $ (6 )   $  
Impact of 20% adverse change
    (57 )     (41 )     (12 )      
Discount rate
  13.0-30.0%(d)   8.3-12.0%   4.4%   5.0-20.9%
Impact of 10% adverse change
  $ (14 )   $ (1 )   $ (1 )   $ (1 )
Impact of 20% adverse change
    (27 )     (3 )     (2 )     (2 )
 
(a)  
Prepayment risk on certain commercial retained interests are minimal and are incorporated into other assumptions.
(b)  
Expected credit losses for prime mortgage securitizations are minimal and are incorporated into other assumptions.
(c)  
Not applicable, as modeling assumptions for predominantly all of the commercial retained interests consider overcollateralization coverage.
(d)  
During 2003, the Firm sold certain residual interests of approximately $390.5 million from sub-prime mortgage securitizations via Net Interest Margin (“NIM”) securitizations. The Firm retained residual interests in these and prior NIM securitizations of approximately $169.8 million, which are valued using a 30% discount rate.

The sensitivity analysis in the preceding table is hypothetical. Changes in fair value based on a 10% or 20% variation in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated easily, because the relationship of the change in the assumptions to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, in this table, the effect that a change in a particular assumption may have on the fair value is calculated without changing any other assumption. In reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another assumption, which might counteract or magnify the sensitivities.

Expected static-pool net credit losses include actual incurred losses plus projected net credit losses, divided by the original balance of the outstandings comprising the securitization pool.

The table below displays the expected static-pool net credit losses for 2003, 2002 and 2001, based on securitizations occurring in that year:

                                                 
    Loans securitized in:(a)(b)
    2003   2002   2001
    Mortgage     Auto     Mortgage     Auto     Mortgage     Auto  
 
December 31, 2003
    0.0–3.6 %     0.9 %     0.0–2.8 %     0.8 %     0.0–2.7 %     1.0 %
December 31, 2002
    NA       NA       0.1–3.7       0.9       0.1–3.8       0.9  
December 31, 2001
    NA       NA       NA       NA       0.1–2.3       0.8  
 
(a)  
No expected static-pool net credit losses on commercial securitizations due to collateral coverage on loans in commercial securitizations.
(b)  
Static-pool losses not applicable to credit card securitizations due to their revolving structure.


J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

102


 

The table below presents information about delinquencies, net credit losses and components of reported and securitized financial assets at December 31, 2003 and 2002:

                                                 
Type of loan                   Loans 90 days or   Net
    Total loans   more past due   charge-offs
December 31,                       Year ended
(in millions)   2003     2002     2003     2002     2003     2002  
 
Mortgage (a)
  $ 89,276     $ 81,570     $ 898     $ 956     $ 224     $ 272  
Credit card
    51,649       50,399       1,138       1,096       2,942       2,828  
Automobile
    45,010       37,980       132       130       196       184  
Other (b)
    7,221       7,524       87       98       180       189  
 
Consumer loans
    193,156       177,473       2,255       2,280       3,542       3,473  
Commercial loans
    85,205       92,866       2,064       3,749       816       1,881  
 
Total loans reported and securitized (c)
    278,361       270,339       4,319       6,029       4,358       5,354  
 
Less: Loans securitized (a)
    (58,843 )     (53,975 )     (1,495 )     (1,306 )     (2,086 )     (1,678 )
 
Reported
  $ 219,518     $ 216,364     $ 2,824     $ 4,723     $ 2,272     $ 3,676  
 
(a)  
Includes $13.6 billion of outstanding principal balances on securitized sub-prime 1-4 family residential mortgage loans as of December 31, 2003.
(b)  
Includes non-U.S. consumer loans.
(c)  
Represents both loans on the Consolidated balance sheet and loans that have been securitized, but excludes loans for which the Firm’s only continuing involvement is servicing of the assets.

Total assets held in securitization-related SPEs, as of December 31, 2003, were $104.0 billion (see table on page 101 of this Annual Report). The $58.8 billion of loans securitized at December 31, 2003, shown in the table above excludes: $37.1 billion of securitized loans, in which the Firm’s only continuing involvement is the servicing of the assets; $7.3 billion of seller’s interests in credit card master trusts and subordinated accrued interest and fees; and $0.8 billion of escrow accounts and other assets.

     
Note 14
  Variable interest entities

JPMorgan Chase’s business segments are involved with VIEs in the following manner:

 
Investment Bank — Utilizes VIEs, such as multi-seller conduits, to assist clients in accessing the financial markets in a cost-efficient manner, by providing clients the structural flexibility to meet the needs of investors relating to factors such as price, yield and desired risks. The Firm also acts as a financial intermediary to tailor products for investors. Finally, the IB securitizes commercial mortgages through QSPEs, which are not considered VIEs, to create commercial mortgage-backed securities, as further discussed in Note 13 on pages 100-103 of this Annual Report.

 
Treasury & Securities Services — Provides trustee and custodial services to a number of VIEs. These services are similar to those provided to non-VIEs. TSS earns market-based fees for services provided. Such relationships are not considered significant interests under FIN 46 for disclosure purposes.

 
Investment Management & Private Banking — Provides investment management services to a limited number of the Firm’s mutual funds deemed VIEs. The services provided are similar to the services provided to non-VIEs, as asset manager to the Firm’s mutual funds. IMPB earns a fixed fee based on assets managed; such fee varies with each fund’s investment objective and is industry-competitive. The majority of the residual returns and expected losses are for the account of the funds’ investors. The Firm generally does not hold an equity interest in the funds, although in certain instances, it may hold a nominal interest. For the limited number of funds that qualify as VIEs, the Firm’s interest is not considered significant under FIN 46 for disclosure purposes.

 
JPMorgan Partners — JPMP, the Firm’s private equity business, is involved with entities that may be deemed VIEs. JPMP accounts for its activities in accordance with the Investment Company Audit Guide (“Audit Guide”). The FASB deferred adoption of FIN 46 for non-registered investment companies that apply the Audit Guide. See the FIN 46 Transition section of this Note.

 
Chase Financial Services — Primarily utilizes SPEs to securitize consumer assets; these entities meet the QSPE criteria as discussed in Note 1 on pages 86-87 and Note 13 on pages 100-103 of this Annual Report, and they are not considered VIEs. CFS is primarily involved with VIEs as part of its middle market business. This involvement includes: (1) synthetic lease transactions, in which the Firm provides financing to a VIE; in turn, the VIE purchases assets, which are then leased by the VIE to the Firm’s customer; and (2) structuring and administering independent, member-owned finance entities for companies with dedicated distribution systems, where the Firm may also provide some liquidity, letters of credit and/or derivative instruments. Chase Middle Market earns market-based fees for providing such services. The VIEs that the Firm either has an investment in or lends to neither meet the requirements for consolidation nor are considered significant for disclosure purposes, since the significant first-loss position is held by third parties.

As noted above, there are two broad categories of transactions involving VIEs with which the IB is involved: multi-seller conduits and client intermediation. These are discussed more fully below.

Multi-seller conduits

JPMorgan Chase serves as the administrator, and provides contingent liquidity support and limited credit enhancement, for several commercial paper conduits. These conduits give clients access to liquidity in the commercial paper markets by allowing them to sell assets to the conduit, which then issues commercial paper to investors to fund the purchases. The Firm does not sell assets to or service the assets held by these commercial paper



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

103


 

Notes to consolidated financial statements

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

conduits. Commercial paper issued by conduits for which the Firm acts as administrator aggregated $11.7 billion at December 31, 2003, and $17.5 billion at December 31, 2002. The commercial paper issued is backed by sufficient collateral, credit enhancements and commitments to provide liquidity to support receiving at least an A-1, P-1 and, in certain cases, an F1 rating.

The Firm had commitments to provide liquidity on an asset-specific basis to these vehicles in an amount up to $18.0 billion at December 31, 2003, and $23.5 billion at December 31, 2002. Third-party banks had commitments to provide liquidity on an asset-specific basis to these vehicles in an amount up to $700 million at December 31, 2003, and up to $900 million at December 31, 2002. Asset-specific liquidity is the primary source of liquidity support for the conduits. In addition, program-wide liquidity is provided by JPMorgan Chase to these vehicles in the event of short-term disruptions in the commercial paper market; these commitments totaled $2.6 billion and $2.7 billion at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. For certain multi-seller conduits, JPMorgan Chase also provides limited credit enhancement, primarily through the issuance of letters of credit. Commitments under these letters of credit totaled $1.9 billion and $3.4 billion at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. JPMorgan Chase applies the same underwriting standards in making liquidity commitments to conduits as the Firm would with other extensions of credit.

If JPMorgan Chase were downgraded below A-1, P-1 and, in certain cases, F1, the Firm could also be required to provide funding under these liquidity commitments, since commercial paper rated below A-1, P-1 or F1 would generally not be issuable by the vehicle. Under these circumstances, the Firm could either replace itself as liquidity provider or facilitate the sale or refinancing of the assets held in the VIE in other markets.

JPMorgan Chase’s maximum credit exposure to these vehicles at December 31, 2003, is $18.7 billion, as the Firm cannot be obligated to fund the entire notional amounts of asset-specific liquidity, program-wide liquidity and credit enhancement facilities at the same time. However, the Firm views its credit exposure to multi-seller conduit transactions as limited. This is because, for the most part, the Firm is not required to fund under the liquidity facilities if the assets in the VIE are in default. Additionally, the Firm’s obligations under the letters of credit are secondary to the risk of first loss provided by the client or other third parties — for example, by the overcollateralization of the VIE with the assets sold to it.

JPMorgan Chase consolidated these asset-backed commercial paper conduits at July 1, 2003, in accordance with FIN 46 and recorded the assets and liabilities of the conduits on its Consolidated balance sheet. In December 2003, one of the multi-seller conduits was restructured with the issuance of preferred securities acquired by an independent third-party investor, who will absorb the majority of the expected losses

of the conduit. In determining the primary beneficiary of the conduit, the Firm leveraged an existing rating agency model that is an independent market standard to size the expected losses and considered the relative rights and obligations of each of the variable interest holders. As a result of the restructuring, JPMorgan Chase deconsolidated approximately $5.4 billion of the vehicle’s assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2003.

The remaining conduits continue to be consolidated on the Firm’s balance sheet at December 31, 2003: $4.8 billion of assets recorded in Loans, and $1.5 billion of assets recorded in Available-for-sale securities.

Client intermediation

As a financial intermediary, the Firm is involved in structuring VIE transactions to meet investor and client needs. The Firm intermediates various types of risks (including, for example, fixed income, equity and credit), typically using derivative instruments. In certain circumstances, the Firm also provides liquidity and other support to the VIEs to facilitate the transaction. The Firm’s current exposure to nonconsolidated VIEs is reflected in its Consolidated balance sheet or in the Notes to consolidated financial statements. The risks inherent in derivative instruments or liquidity commitments are managed similarly to other credit, market and liquidity risks to which the Firm is exposed.

Assets held by certain client intermediation-related VIEs at December 31, 2003 and 2002, were as follows:

                 
December 31, (in billions)   2003     2002  
 
Structured commercial loan vehicles
  $ 5.3     $ 7.2  
Credit-linked note vehicles
    17.7       9.2  
Municipal bond vehicles
    5.5       5.0  
Other client intermediation vehicles
    5.8       7.4  
 

The Firm has created structured commercial loan vehicles managed by third parties, in which loans are purchased from third parties or through the Firm’s syndication and trading functions and funded by issuing commercial paper. Investors provide collateral and have a first risk of loss up to the amount of collateral pledged. The Firm retains a second-risk-of-loss position for these vehicles and does not absorb a majority of the expected losses of the vehicles. Documentation includes provisions intended, subject to certain conditions, to enable JPMorgan Chase to terminate the transactions related to a particular loan vehicle if the value of the relevant portfolio declines below a specified level. The amount of the commercial paper issued by these vehicles totaled $5.3 billion as of December 31, 2003, and $7.2 billion as of December 31, 2002. JPMorgan Chase was committed to provide liquidity to these VIEs of up to $8.0 billion at December 31, 2003, and $12.0 billion at December 31, 2002. The Firm’s maximum exposure to loss to these vehicles at December 31, 2003, was $5.5 billion, which reflects the netting of collateral and other program limits.



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

104


 

The Firm structures credit-linked notes in which the VIE purchases highly-rated assets (such as asset-backed securities) and enters into a credit derivative contract with the Firm to obtain exposure to a referenced credit not held by the VIE. Credit-linked notes are issued by the VIE to transfer the risk of the referenced credit to the investors in the VIE. Clients and investors often prefer a VIE structure, since the credit-linked notes generally carry a higher credit rating than they would if issued directly by JPMorgan Chase. The Firm’s derivative contract is not considered a significant variable interest in the VIE, because it does not absorb risk but rather adds risk to the vehicle, which is ultimately absorbed by the investors. The fair value of the Firm’s derivative contracts with credit-linked notes vehicles was not material at December 31, 2003. Assets of $2.1 billion and $1.3 billion reported in the table above were recorded on the Firm’s Consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2003 and December 31, 2002, respectively, due to other contractual relationships held by the Firm that relate to the collateral held by the VIE.

The Firm is involved with municipal bond vehicles for the purpose of creating a series of secondary market trusts that allow tax-exempt investors to finance their investments at short-term tax-exempt rates. The VIE purchases fixed-rate, longer-term highly rated municipal bonds by issuing puttable floating-rate certificates and inverse floating-rate certificates; the investors in the inverse floating-rate certificates are exposed to the residual losses of the VIE (the “residual interests”). The Firm often serves as remarketing agent for the VIE and provides liquidity to support the remarketing; total liquidity commitments were $1.8 billion and $1.5 billion at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. In circumstances where the Firm owns the residual interests, the Firm consolidates the VIE; total amounts consolidated were $2.5 billion and $1.3 billion at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, which are reported in the table above. In circumstances where third party investors own the residual interests, the Firm’s exposure is limited because of the high credit quality of the underlying municipal bonds, the market-value triggers based on the value of the underlying collateral and the residual interests held by third parties. The Firm’s maximum credit exposure to all municipal bond vehicles was $4.3 billion at December 31, 2003.

Additionally, JPMorgan Chase structures, on behalf of clients, other client intermediation vehicles in which the Firm transfers the risks and returns of the assets held by the VIE, typically debt and equity instruments, to clients through derivative contracts. The Firm’s net exposure arising from these intermediation transactions is not significant. The Firm’s current exposure to all of these vehicles is reflected in its Consolidated financial statements, as the fair value of the derivative contracts are recorded in Trading assets or Trading liabilities, and changes in fair value are recognized in Trading revenue.

Finally, the Firm may enter into transactions with VIEs structured by other parties. These transactions can include, for example, acting as a derivative counterparty, liquidity provider, investor, underwriter, placement agent, trustee or custodian. These transactions are conducted at arm’s length, and individual credit decisions are based upon the analysis of the specific VIE, taking into consideration the quality of the underlying assets. JPMorgan Chase records and reports these positions similarly to any other third-party transaction. For example, derivative contracts are recorded at fair value and reported in Note 31 on pages 120-123 of this Annual Report, whereas liquidity facilities are included within the Firm’s lending-related commitments, described in more detail in Note 29 on pages 117-119 of this Annual Report. Fees received when the Firm operates in an administrative capacity, such as underwriter, trustee or custodian, are recorded in Fees and commissions. These activities do not cause JPMorgan Chase to absorb a majority of the expected losses of the VIEs or receive a majority of the residual returns of the VIE, and they are not considered significant for disclosure purposes.

FIN 46 Transition

Effective February 1, 2003, JPMorgan Chase implemented FIN 46 for VIEs created or modified after January 31, 2003, in which the Firm has an interest. Effective July 1, 2003, the Firm implemented FIN 46 for all VIEs originated prior to February 1, 2003, excluding certain investments made by its private equity business, as discussed below. The effect of adoption was an incremental increase in the Firm’s assets and liabilities of approximately $17 billion at July 1, 2003, and $10 billion at December 31, 2003. The increase primarily related to Firm-sponsored multi-seller asset-backed commercial paper conduits and other entities in which the Firm’s trading and investment functions have interests that absorb a majority of the expected losses in the structures. In addition, certain VIEs with assets of approximately $2 billion at December 31, 2003 that had been consolidated under prior accounting literature continue to be consolidated in accordance with FIN 46. As a result of its adoption of FIN 46, the Firm also deconsolidated certain vehicles, primarily the wholly-owned Delaware statutory business trusts further discussed in Note 18 on pages 110-111 of this Annual Report.

The Firm’s private equity business is involved with entities that may be deemed VIEs. The FASB permitted nonregistered investment companies to defer consolidation of VIEs with which they are involved until the proposed Statement of Position on the clarification of the scope of the Investment Company Audit Guide is finalized, which is expected in mid-2004. Following issuance of the Statement of Position, the FASB will consider further modification to FIN 46 to provide an exception for companies that qualify to apply the revised Audit Guide. The Firm applied this deferral provision and did not consolidate $2.7 billion of



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

105


 

Notes to consolidated financial statements

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

additional assets in potential VIEs with which JPMP is involved as of December 31, 2003. Following issuance of the revised Audit Guide and further modification, if any, to FIN 46, the Firm will assess the effect of such guidance on its private equity business.

Upon adoption of FIN 46, the assets, liabilities and noncontrolling interests of VIEs were generally measured at the amounts at which such interests would have been carried had FIN 46 been effective when the Firm first met the conditions to be considered the primary beneficiary. For certain VIEs, the initial carrying amount of the assets and liabilities (approximately $1.7 billion) was based on fair value at July 1, 2003, due to limited historical information. The difference between the net amount added to the balance sheet and the amount of any previously recognized interest in the newly consolidated entity was recognized as a cumulative effect of an accounting change at July 1, 2003, which resulted in a $2 million (after-tax) reduction to the Firm’s consolidated earnings. The Firm also recorded a $34 million (after-tax) reduction in Other comprehensive income, related to Available-for-sale securities and derivative cash flow hedges; these were related to entities measured at the amount at which such interests would have been carried had FIN 46 been effective when the Firm first met the conditions of being the primary beneficiary.

The following table summarizes the Firm’s total consolidated VIE assets, by classification on the Consolidated balance sheet, as of December 31, 2003.

         
December 31, (in billions)   2003  
 
Consolidated VIE assets (a)
       
Loans (b)
  $ 5.8  
Investment securities
    3.8  
Trading assets (c)
    2.7  
Other assets
    0.1  
 
Total consolidated assets
  $ 12.4  
 
(a)  
The Firm also holds $3 billion of assets, primarily as a seller’s interest, in certain consumer securitizations in a segregated entity, as part of a two-step securitization transaction. This interest is included in the securitization activities disclosed in Note 13 on pages 100-103 of this Annual Report and is not included herein.
(b)  
Primarily relates to the consolidated multi-seller asset-backed commercial paper conduits.
(c)  
Includes securities and derivatives.

In the third quarter of 2003, the Firm classified the interest-bearing beneficial interest liabilities issued by consolidated VIEs in a new line item titled “Beneficial interests issued by consolidated variable interest entities.” The holders of these beneficial interests do not have recourse to the general credit of JPMorgan Chase. See Note 18 on page 110 of this Annual Report for the maturity profile of the FIN 46 long-term beneficial interests.

In December 2003, the FASB issued a revision to FIN 46 (“FIN 46R”) to address various technical corrections and implementation issues that have arisen since the issuance of FIN 46. The provisions of FIN 46R are effective for financial periods ending after March 15, 2004. The Firm will adopt FIN 46R at the effective date and is currently assessing the impact of FIN 46R on all VIEs with which it is involved.

     
Note 15
  Private equity investments

Private equity investments are primarily held by JPMorgan Partners (“JPMP”), the Firm’s global private equity investment business segment. JPMP invests in buyouts, growth equity and venture opportunities in the normal course of business. These investments are accounted for under investment company guidelines. Accordingly, these investments, irrespective of the percentage of equity ownership interest held by JPMP, are carried on the Consolidated balance sheet at fair value. Realized and unrealized gains and losses arising from changes in value are reported in Private equity gains (losses) in the Consolidated statement of income in the period that the gain or loss occurs.

Private investments are initially valued based on cost. The carrying values of private investments are adjusted from cost to reflect both positive and negative changes evidenced by financing events with third-party capital providers. In addition, these investments are subject to ongoing impairment reviews by JPMP’s senior investment professionals. A variety of factors are reviewed and monitored to assess impairment — including, but not limited to, operating performance and future expectations, comparable industry valuations of public companies, changes in market outlook and changes in the third-party financing environment. The Valuation Control Group within the Finance area is responsible for reviewing the accuracy of the carrying values of private investments held by JPMP.

JPMP also holds public equity investments, generally obtained through the initial public offering of private equity investments. These investments are marked to market at the quoted public value. To determine the carrying values of these investments, JPMP incorporates the use of discounts to take into account the fact that it cannot immediately realize or hedge the quoted public values as a result of regulatory, corporate and/or contractual sales restrictions imposed on these holdings.

The following table presents the carrying value and cost of the private equity investment portfolio for the dates indicated:

                                 
    2003   2002  
    Carrying             Carrying        
December 31,(in millions)   value     Cost     value     Cost  
 
Total investment portfolio
  $ 7,250     $ 9,147     $ 8,228     $ 10,312  
 

The following table presents private equity investment realized and unrealized gains and losses for the periods indicated:

                         
Year ended December 31, (in millions)   2003     2002     2001  
 
Realized gains (losses)
  $ (44 )   $ (105 )   $ 651  
Unrealized gains (losses)
    77       (641 )     (1,884 )
 
Private equity gains (losses) (a)
  $ 33     $ (746 )   $ (1,233 )
 
(a)  
Includes the impact of portfolio hedging activities.


J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

106


 

     
Note 16
  Goodwill and other intangible assets

Effective January 1, 2002, the Firm adopted SFAS 142, reclassifying certain intangible assets from Goodwill to Other intangible assets. There was no impairment of goodwill upon adoption of SFAS 142.

Goodwill is not amortized, but instead tested for impairment at the reporting-unit segment (which is one level below the five major business segments as described in Note 34 on pages 126-127 of this Annual Report). Goodwill is tested annually (during the fourth quarter) or more often if events or circumstances, such as adverse changes in the business climate, indicate there may be impairment. Other acquired intangible assets determined to have finite lives, such as core deposits and credit card relationships, are amortized over their estimated useful lives in a manner that best reflects the economic benefits of the intangible asset. In addition, impairment testing is performed periodically on these amortizing intangible assets.

The following table presents the impact of SFAS 142 on net income and earnings per share had the accounting standard been in effect for 2001:

                         
Year ended December 31, (in millions,                   Pro Forma  
except earnings per share)   2003     2002     2001  
 
Net Income
                       
Income before effect of accounting change
  $ 6,719     $ 1,663     $ 1,719  
Net effect of change in accounting principle
                (25 )
 
                 
Net income
    6,719       1,663       1,694  
Goodwill amortization, net of taxes
                393  
 
                 
Adjusted net income
  $ 6,719     $ 1,663     $ 2,087  
 
Basic Earnings per Share
                       
Reported basic earnings per share
  $ 3.32     $ 0.81     $ 0.83  
Goodwill amortization
                0.19  
 
                 
Adjusted basic earnings per share
  $ 3.32     $ 0.81     $ 1.02  
 
Diluted Earnings per Share
                       
Reported diluted earnings per share
  $ 3.24     $ 0.80     $ 0.80  
Goodwill amortization
                0.19  
 
                 
Adjusted diluted earnings per share
  $ 3.24     $ 0.80     $ 0.99  
 

Goodwill and Other intangible assets consist of the following:

                         
December 31, (in millions)   2003               2002
 
Goodwill
  $ 8,511               $ 8,096
 
Other intangible assets:
                       
Mortgage servicing rights
  $ 4,781               $ 3,230
Purchased credit card relationships
    1,014                 1,269
All other intangibles
    685                 307
 
Total other intangible assets
  $ 6,480               $ 4,806
 

Goodwill

Goodwill increased during 2003 by $415 million, principally in connection with acquisitions of businesses by Treasury & Securities Services, and purchase accounting adjustments. No goodwill was written off during 2003 or 2002.

Goodwill by business segment is as follows:

                 
December 31, (in millions)   2003     2002  
 
Investment Bank
  $ 2,058     $ 2,051  
Treasury & Securities Services
    1,390       996  
Investment Management & Private Banking
    4,179       4,165  
JPMorgan Partners
    377       377  
Chase Financial Services
    507       507  
 
Total goodwill
  $ 8,511     $ 8,096  
 

Mortgage servicing rights

JPMorgan Chase recognizes as intangible assets Mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”), which represent the right to perform specified residential mortgage servicing activities for others. MSRs are either purchased from third parties or retained upon sale or securitization of mortgage loans. Servicing activities include collecting principal, interest, and escrow payments from borrowers; making tax and insurance payments on behalf of the borrowers; monitoring delinquencies and executing foreclosure proceedings; and accounting for and remitting principal and interest payments to the investors of the mortgage-backed securities.

The amount capitalized as MSRs represents the amount paid to third parties to acquire MSRs or is based on fair value if retained upon sale or securitization of mortgage loans. The Firm estimates the fair value of MSRs using a discounted future cash flow model. The model considers portfolio characteristics, contractually specified servicing fees, prepayment assumptions, delinquency rates, late charges, other ancillary revenues, costs to service and other economic factors. The Firm compares its fair value estimates and assumptions to observable market data where available and to recent market activity and actual portfolio experience. Management believes that the assumptions used to estimate fair values are supportable and reasonable.

The Firm accounts for its MSRs at the lower of cost or market, in accordance with SFAS 140. MSRs are amortized as a reduction of the actual servicing income received in proportion to, and over the period of the estimated future net servicing income stream of, the underlying mortgage loans. For purposes



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

107


 

Notes to consolidated financial statements

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

of evaluating and measuring impairment of MSRs, the Firm stratifies its portfolio on the basis of the predominant risk characteristics: loan type and interest rate. Any indicated impairment is recognized as a reduction in revenue through a valuation allowance to the extent that the carrying value of an individual stratum exceeds its estimated fair value.

The Firm evaluates other-than-temporary impairment by reviewing changes in mortgage and other market interest rates over historical periods and then determines an interest rate scenario to estimate the amounts of the MSRs’ gross carrying value and the related valuation allowance that could be expected to be recovered in the foreseeable future. Any gross carrying value and related valuation allowance amount that are not expected to be recovered in the foreseeable future, based upon the interest rate scenario, are considered to be other-than-temporary.

The carrying value of MSRs is sensitive to changes in interest rates, including their effect on prepayment speeds. The Firm offsets this interest rate risk by designating certain derivatives (e.g., a combination of swaps, swaptions and floors that produces an interest rate profile opposite to the designated risk of the hedged MSRs) as fair value hedges of specified MSRs under SFAS 133. SFAS 133 hedge accounting allows the carrying value of the hedged MSRs to be adjusted through earnings in the same period that the change in value of the hedging derivatives is recognized through earnings. Both of these valuation adjustments are recorded in Mortgage fees and related income.

When applying SFAS 133, the loans underlying the MSRs being hedged are stratified into specific SFAS 133 similar-asset groupings that possess similar interest rate and prepayment risk exposures. The documented hedge period for the Firm is daily. Daily adjustments are performed to incorporate new or terminated derivative contracts and to modify the amount of the corresponding similar asset grouping that is being hedged. The Firm has designated changes in the benchmark interest rate (LIBOR) as the hedged risk. In designating the benchmark interest rate, the Firm considers the impact that the change in the benchmark rate has on the prepayment speed estimates in determining the fair value of the MSRs. The Firm performs both prospective and retrospective hedge effectiveness evaluations, using a regression analysis, to determine whether the hedge relationship is expected to be highly effective. Hedge effectiveness is assessed by

comparing the change in the value of the MSRs as a result of changes in benchmark interest rates to the change in the value of the designated derivatives. For a further discussion on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 28 on pages 116-117 of this Annual Report.

AFS securities are also used to manage the risk exposure of MSRs. These instruments are accounted for as stand-alone instruments, because AFS securities do not qualify as hedges under SFAS 133. Accordingly, the securities are accounted for as AFS securities under SFAS 115, with realized gains and losses recognized in earnings in Securities gains (losses); interest income on the AFS securities is recognized in earnings in Net interest income. Unrealized gains and losses on AFS securities are reported in Other comprehensive income. In addition, certain nonhedge derivatives, which have not been designated by management in SFAS 133 hedge relationships, are used to manage the economic risk exposure of MSRs and are recorded in Mortgage fees and related income.

The following table summarizes MSR activity and related amortization for the dates indicated. It also includes the key assumptions and the sensitivity of the fair value of MSRs at December 31, 2003, to immediate 10% and 20% adverse changes in each of those assumptions:

                         
Year ended December 31, (in millions)   2003     2002     2001  
 
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 4,864     $ 7,749     $ 6,461  
Additions
    3,201       2,071       3,394  
Sales
                (103 )
Other-than-temporary impairment
    (283 )            
SFAS 133 hedge valuation adjustments
    (226 )     (3,589 )     (880 )
Amortization
    (1,397 )     (1,367 )     (1,123 )
 
                 
Balance at end of year
    6,159       4,864       7,749  
Less: Valuation allowance
    (1,378 )     (1,634 )     (1,170 )
 
                 
Balance at end of year, after valuation allowance
  $ 4,781     $ 3,230     $ 6,579  
 
                 
Estimated fair value at year-end
  $ 4,781     $ 3,230     $ 6,579  
 
         
    2003  
 
Weighted-average prepayment speed assumption (CPR)
    17.67 %
Impact on fair value with 10% adverse change
  $ (287 )
Impact on fair value with 20% adverse change
  $ (544 )
 
Weighted-average discount rate
    7.31 %
Impact on fair value with 10% adverse change
  $ (114 )
Impact on fair value with 20% adverse change
  $ (223 )
 
CPR:  
Constant prepayment rate.


J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

108


 

The sensitivity analysis in the preceding table is hypothetical and should be used with caution. As the figures indicate, changes in fair value based on a 10% and 20% variation in assumptions generally cannot be easily extrapolated because the relationship of the change in the assumptions to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, in this table, the effect that a change in a particular assumption may have on the fair value is calculated without changing any other assumption. In reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another, which might magnify or counteract the sensitivities.

The valuation allowance represents the extent to which the carrying value of MSRs exceeds its estimated fair value. Changes in the valuation allowance are the result of the recognition of impairment or the recovery of previously recognized impairment charges due to changes in market conditions during the period. The changes in the valuation allowance for MSRs for the dates indicated were as follows:

                         
Year ended December 31, (in millions)   2003     2002     2001  
 
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 1,634     $ 1,170     $ 99  
Other-than-temporary impairment
    (283 )            
Impairment adjustment
    27       464       1,071  
 
Balance at end of year
  $ 1,378     $ 1,634     $ 1,170  
 

During 2003, the Firm recorded an other-than-temporary impairment of its MSRs of $283 million, which permanently reduced the gross carrying value of the MSRs and the related valuation allowance. The permanent reduction precludes subsequent reversals. This write-down had no impact on the results of operations or financial condition of the Firm.

Purchased credit card relationships and other intangible assets

No purchased credit card relationships were acquired during 2003. Other intangibles (primarily customer relationships) increased by approximately $428 million, principally due to the businesses acquired by Treasury & Securities Services. All of the Firm’s acquired intangible assets are subject to amortization. For the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, intangible asset amortization expense was $294 million and $323 million, respectively. Amortization expense for 2002 included a $12 million impairment write-down on purchased credit card relationships related to a small credit card portfolio previously acquired.

The components of Other intangible assets were as follows:

                                         
        Amortization
    December 31, 2003   expense
    Gross     Accumulated     Net carrying    
(in millions)   amount     amortization     value     2003     2002  
 
Purchased credit card relationships
  $ 1,885     $ 871     $ 1,014     $ 256     $ 280  
All other intangibles
    1,093       408       685       38       43  
 
Total amortization expense
                          $ 294     $ 323  
 

Future amortization expense

The following table presents estimated amortization expense related to purchased credit card relationships and all other intangible assets at December 31, 2003:

                 
    Purchased credit   All other
(in millions)   card relationships   intangible assets
 
Year ended December 31,
               
2004
  $ 243     $ 69  
2005
    235       61  
2006
    222       56  
2007
    187       49  
2008
    117       47  
 
     
Note 17
  Premises and equipment

Premises and equipment, including leasehold improvements, are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. JPMorgan Chase generally computes depreciation using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of an asset. For leasehold improvements, the Firm uses the straight-line method over the lesser of the remaining term of the leased facility or the estimated economic life of the improvement.

JPMorgan Chase capitalizes certain costs associated with the acquisition or development of internal-use software. Once the software is ready for its intended use, these costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the software’s expected useful life.

     
Note 18
  Long-term debt

JPMorgan Chase issues long-term debt denominated in various currencies, although predominantly U.S. dollars, with both fixed and variable interest rates. The following table is a summary of long-term debt (net of unamortized original issue debt discount and SFAS 133 valuation adjustments):


 

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

109


 

Notes to consolidated financial statements

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.
                                                 
By remaining contractual maturity at December 31,   Under             After     2003     2002  
(in millions)           1 year     1-5 years     5 years     total     total  
 
Parent company
                                               
Senior debt:
  Fixed rate
  $ 2,525     $ 11,205     $ 1,314     $ 15,044     $ 11,516  
 
  Variable rate(a)
    2,558       7,856       282       10,696       8,657  
 
  Interest rates(b)
    1.29 - 6.75 %     0.96 - 7.50 %     1.06 - 6.00 %     0.96 - 7.50 %     0.96% - 7.50 %
Subordinated debt:
  Fixed rate
  $ 715     $ 3,863     $ 9,804     $ 14,382     $ 13,839  
 
  Variable rate
          384       129       513       1,083  
 
  Interest rates(b)
    6.88 - 7.63 %     4.78 - 7.88 %     5.00 - 8.25 %     4.78 - 8.25 %     4.35% - 8.50 %
 
 
  Subtotal
  $ 5,798     $ 23,308     $ 11,529     $ 40,635     $ 35,095  
 
Subsidiaries
                                               
Senior debt:
  Fixed rate
  $ 513     $ 829     $ 1,487     $ 2,829     $ 2,848  
 
  Variable rate(a)
    322       2,890       630       3,842       725  
 
  Interest rates(b)
    6.63 - 7.04 %     2.41 - 10.95 %     1.13 - 13.00 %     1.13 - 13.00 %     1.55% - 13.00 %
Subordinated debt:
  Fixed rate
  $     $ 708     $     $ 708     $ 805  
 
  Variable rate
                            278  
 
  Interest rates(b)
    %     6.13 - 7.00 %     %     6.13 - 7.00 %     4.20% - 7.00 %
 
 
  Subtotal
  $ 835     $ 4,427     $ 2,117     $ 7,379     $ 4,656  
 
Total long-term debt
  $ 6,633     $ 27,735     $ 13,646     $ 48,014 (e)(f)(g)   $ 39,751  
 
FIN 46 long-term beneficial interests:(c)(d)                                        
 
  Fixed rate
  $     $ 249     $ 104     $ 353     NA  
 
  Variable rate
    17       511       1,548       2,076     NA  
 
  Interest rates(b)
    1.12 %     1.39 - 10.00 %     1.77 - 6.35 %     1.12 - 10.00 %   NA  
 
Total FIN 46 long-term beneficial interests
  $ 17     $ 760     $ 1,652     $ 2,429     NA  
 
(a)  
Included are various equity-linked or other indexed instruments. Embedded derivatives separated from hybrid securities in accordance with SFAS 133 are reported at fair value and shown net with the host contract on the balance sheet. Changes in fair value of separated derivatives are recorded in Trading revenue.
(b)  
The interest rates shown are the range of contractual rates in effect at year-end, including non-U.S. dollar fixed and variable rate issuances which excludes the effects of related derivative instruments.
   
The use of these derivative instruments modifies JPMorgan Chase’s exposure to the contractual interest rates disclosed in the table above. Including the effects of derivatives, the range of modified rates in effect at December 31, 2003, for total long-term debt was 0.14% to 10.95%, versus the contractual range of 0.96% to 13.00% presented in the table above.
(c)  
Included on the Consolidated balance sheet in Beneficial interests issued by consolidated variable interest entities.
(d)  
Not applicable for years prior to 2003 since the Firm adopted FIN 46 during 2003.
(e)  
At December 31, 2003, long-term debt aggregating $2.0 billion was redeemable at the option of JPMorgan Chase, in whole or in part, prior to maturity, based on the terms specified in the respective notes.
(f)  
The aggregate principal amount of debt that matures in each of the five years subsequent to 2003 is $6.6 billion in 2004, $9.3 billion in 2005, $5.8 billion in 2006, $6.7 billion in 2007 and $5.9 billion in 2008.
(g)  
Includes $1.1 billion of outstanding zero-coupon notes at December 31, 2003. The aggregate principal amount of these notes at their respective maturities is $4.6 billion.
 

The weighted-average contractual interest rate for total long-term debt was 4.71% and 5.51% as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. In order to modify exposure to interest rate and currency exchange rate movements, JPMorgan Chase utilizes derivative instruments, primarily interest rate and cross-currency interest rate swaps, in conjunction with some of its debt issues. The use of these instruments modifies the Firm’s interest expense on the associated debt. The modified weighted-average interest rate for total long-term debt, including the effects of related derivative instruments, was 2.79% and 3.42% as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

JPMorgan Chase has guaranteed certain debt of its subsidiaries, including both long-term debt and structured notes sold as part of the Firm’s trading activities. These guarantees rank on a parity with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of JPMorgan Chase. Guaranteed liabilities totaled $509 million and $1.5 billion at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures held by trusts that issued guaranteed capital debt securities

At December 31, 2003, the Firm had previously established wholly-owned Delaware statutory business trusts (“issuer trusts”) that issued guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in the Firm’s junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures. Prior to FIN 46, these issuer trusts were consolidated subsidiaries of JPMorgan Chase; the preferred securities were included in JPMorgan Chase’s Consolidated balance sheet in the Liabilities section, under the caption “Guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in capital debt securities issued by consolidated trusts,” and the retained common capital securities of the issuer trusts were eliminated against the Firm’s investment in the issuer trusts. Distributions on the preferred securities were recorded as Interest expense on the Consolidated statement of income.

As a result of the adoption of FIN 46, JPMorgan Chase deconsolidated all the issuer trusts. As a result, the junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures issued by JPMorgan Chase to the issuer trusts, totaling $6.8 billion, are reflected in the Firm’s Consolidated balance sheet in the Liabilities section at



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

110


 

December 31, 2003, under the caption “Junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures held by trusts that issued guaranteed capital debt securities.” JPMorgan Chase records interest expense on the corresponding junior subordinated debentures in its Consolidated statements of income. The Firm also recorded the common capital securities issued by the issuer trusts in Other assets in its Consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2003.

The debentures issued by the issuer trusts to JPMorgan Chase, less the capital securities of the issuer trusts, continue to qualify as Tier 1 capital under interim guidance issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”).

The following is a summary of the outstanding capital securities, net of discount, issued by each trust and the junior subordinated deferrable interest debenture issued by JPMorgan Chase to each trust as of December 31, 2003:



                                                     
($ in millions)                                          
    Amount of   Principal amount           Stated maturity of   Earliest   Interest rate of   Interest
    capital securities,   of debenture,   Issue   capital securities   redemption   capital securities   payment/distribution
Name of trust   issued by trust(a)   held by trust(b)   date   and debentures   date   and debentures   dates
 
Chase Capital I
  $ 600     $ 619       1996       2026       2006       7.67 %   Semiannually
Chase Capital II
    495       511       1997       2027       2017     LIBOR + 0.50 %   Quarterly
Chase Capital III
    296       305       1997       2027       2012     LIBOR + 0.55 %   Quarterly
Chase Capital V
    200       206       1998       2028     Anytime       7.03 %   Quarterly
Chase Capital VI
    248       257       1998       2028     Anytime     LIBOR + 0.625 %   Quarterly
Chase Capital VII
    350       361       1999       2029       2004       7.00 %   Quarterly
Chase Capital VIII
    250       258       2000       2030       2005       8.25 %   Quarterly
JPM Capital Trust I
    750       773       1996       2027       2007       7.54 %   Semiannually
JPM Capital Trust II
    400       412       1997       2027       2007       7.95 %   Semiannually
J.P.Morgan Chase Capital IX
    500       515       2001       2031       2006       7.50 %   Quarterly
J.P.Morgan Chase Capital X
    1,000       1,031       2002       2032       2007       7.00 %   Quarterly
J.P.Morgan Chase Capital XI
    1,075       1,108       2003       2033       2008       5.88 %   Quarterly
J.P.Morgan Chase Capital XII
    400       412       2003       2033       2008       6.25 %   Quarterly
 
Total
  $ 6,564     $ 6,768                                      
 
(a)  
Represents the amount of capital securities issued to the public by each trust, net of unamortized discount.
(b)  
Represents the principal amount of JPMorgan Chase debentures held as assets by each trust, net of unamortized discount.

     
Note 19
  Preferred stock of subsidiary

Chase Preferred Capital Corporation (“Chase Preferred Capital”), a wholly owned subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase Bank, a bank subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase, is a real estate investment trust (“REIT”) established for the purpose of acquiring, holding and managing real estate mortgage assets. On February 28, 2002, Chase Preferred Capital redeemed all 22 million outstanding shares of its 8.10% Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A, at a redemption price of $25 plus accrued and unpaid dividends.

     
Note 20
  Preferred stock

JPMorgan Chase is authorized to issue 200 million shares of preferred stock, in one or more series, with a par value of $1 per share. Outstanding preferred stock at both December 31, 2003 and 2002 was 17.8 million shares. The Firm did not issue, redeem or repurchase any preferred stock during 2003 or 2002.

Dividends on shares of each outstanding series of preferred stock are payable quarterly. All the preferred stock outstanding have preference over JPMorgan Chase’s common stock for the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets in the event of a liquidation or dissolution of JPMorgan Chase.



The following is a summary of JPMorgan Chase’s preferred stock outstanding:

                                                         
    Stated value and   Shares   Outstanding at December 31,   Earliest   Rate in effect at
    redemption price per share(a)   (in millions)   2003   (in millions)   2002     redemption date   December 31, 2003
 
Adjustable rate, Series A cumulative
  $ 100.00       2.42     $ 242             $ 242     See Note (b)     5.00 %(c)
Adjustable rate, Series L cumulative
    100.00       2.00       200               200     See Note (b)     4.50 (c)
Adjustable rate, Series N cumulative
    25.00       9.10       228               228     See Note (b)     4.50 (c)
Fixed/adjustable rate, noncumulative
    50.00       4.00       200               200     See Note (b)     5.46 (c)
6.63% Series H cumulative(d)
    500.00       0.28       139               139       3/31/2006       6.63  
 
Total preferred stock
                  $ 1,009             $ 1,009                  
 
(a)  
Redemption price includes amount shown in the table plus any accrued but unpaid dividends.
(b)  
The shares are redeemable at any time with not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice.
(c)  
Floating rates are based on certain U.S. Treasury rates. The minimum and maximum rates for Series A are 5.00% and 11.50% and for Series L and Series N are 4.50% and 10.50%, respectively. The fixed/adjustable rate preferred stock remained fixed at 4.96% through June 30, 2003; thereafter, the minimum and maximum rates are 5.46% and 11.46%, respectively.
(d)  
Represented by depositary shares.

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

111


 

Notes to consolidated financial statements

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

     
Note 21
  Common stock

JPMorgan Chase is authorized to issue 4.5 billion shares of common stock, with a $1 par value per share. Common shares issued (newly issued or distributed from treasury) by JPMorgan Chase during 2003, 2002 and 2001 were as follows:

                         
December 31, (in millions)   2003     2002     2001  
 
Issued — balance at January 1
    2,023.6       1,996.9       1,940.1  
Newly issued:
                       
Employee benefits and compensation plans
    20.9       25.9       55.0  
Employee stock purchase plans
    0.7       0.8       0.5  
Purchase accounting acquisitions and other
                1.8  
 
                 
Total newly issued
    21.6       26.7       57.3  
Cancelled shares
    (0.8 )           (0.5 )
 
Total issued — balance at December 31
    2,044.4       2,023.6       1,996.9  
 
Treasury — balance at January 1
    (24.9 )     (23.5 )     (11.6 )
Purchase of treasury stock
                (21.9 )
Forfeitures to treasury
    (3.0 )     (3.9 )     (5.8 )
Issued from treasury:
                       
Employee benefits and compensation plans
    25.8       2.1       15.6  
Employee stock purchase plans
    0.3       0.4       0.2  
 
                 
Total issued from treasury
    26.1       2.5       15.8  
 
Total treasury — balance at December 31
    (1.8 )     (24.9 )     (23.5 )
 
Outstanding
    2,042.6       1,998.7       1,973.4  
 

The Firm did not repurchase shares of its common stock during 2003 or 2002. During 2001, the Firm repurchased 21.9 million shares of common stock under a plan which began on July 19, 2001.

As of December 31, 2003, approximately 462 million unissued shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under various employee incentive, option and stock purchase plans.

     
Note 22
  Earnings per share

SFAS 128 requires the presentation of basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) in the income statement. Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income applicable to common stock by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS is computed using the same method as basic EPS, but, in the denominator, common shares outstanding reflect the potential dilution that could occur if convertible securities or other contracts to issue common stock were converted or exercised into common stock. Net income available for common stock is the same computation for basic EPS and diluted EPS as JPMorgan Chase had no convertible securities, and, therefore, no adjustments to net income available for common stock were necessary.

Basic and diluted earnings per share were as follows for the dates indicated:

                         
Year ended December 31,                  
(in millions, except per share data)   2003     2002     2001  
 
Basic earnings per share
                       
Net income
  $ 6,719     $ 1,663     $ 1,694  
Less: Preferred stock dividends
    51       51       66  
 
Net income applicable to common stock
  $ 6,668     $ 1,612     $ 1,628  
Weighted-average basic shares outstanding
    2,008.6       1,984.3       1,972.4  
Net income per share
  $ 3.32     $ 0.81     $ 0.83  
 
Diluted earnings per share
                       
Net income applicable to common stock
  $ 6,668     $ 1,612     $ 1,628  
Weighted-average basic shares outstanding
    2,008.6       1,984.3       1,972.4  
Add: Broad-based options
    4.1       2.8       6.6  
Key employee options
    42.4       22.0       44.6  
 
Weighted-average diluted shares outstanding
    2,055.1       2,009.1       2,023.6  
 
Net income per share (a)
  $ 3.24     $ 0.80     $ 0.80  
 
(a)  
Options issued under employee benefit plans to purchase 335 million, 362 million and 190 million shares of common stock were outstanding for the years ended 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively, but were not included in the computation of diluted EPS because the options’ exercise prices were greater than the average market price of the common shares.
     
Note 23
  Comprehensive income

Comprehensive income is composed of Net income and Other comprehensive income, which includes the after-tax change in unrealized gains and losses on AFS securities, cash flow hedging activities and foreign currency translation adjustments (including the impact of related derivatives).

The following table presents Other comprehensive income (“OCI”) balances:

                                       
                                Accumulated  
Year ended   Unrealized             Cash     other  
December 31,   gains (losses)   Translation   flow     comprehensive  
(in millions)   on AFS securities(a)   adjustments   hedges     income (loss)  
 
Balance December 31, 2000
    $ (244 )     $ 3     NA     $ (241 )
Net change
      109         (5 )   $ (305 )       (201 )
 
                             
Balance December 31, 2001
      (135 )       (2 )     (305 )       (442 )
Net change
      866         (4 )     807         1,669  
 
                             
Balance December 31, 2002
      731         (6 )     502         1,227  
Net change
      (712 )(b)       (c)     (545 )       (1,257 )
 
                             
Balance December 31, 2003
    $ 19       $ (6 )(d)   $ (43 )     $ (30 )
 
(a)  
Represents the after-tax difference between the fair value and amortized cost of the AFS securities portfolio and retained interest in securitizations recorded in Other assets.
(b)  
The net change during 2003 was primarily driven by increasing rates and the recognition of gains on sales of AFS securities.
(c)  
Includes $580 million of after-tax gains on foreign currency translation from operations for which the functional currency is other than the U.S. dollar, which were offset by $580 million of after-tax losses on hedges.
(d)  
Includes after-tax gains and losses on foreign currency translation, including related hedge results from operations for which the functional currency is other than the U.S. dollar.
NA-  
Not applicable as SFAS 133 was adopted effective January 1, 2001.


J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

112


 

The following table presents the after-tax changes for net unrealized holdings gains (losses) and reclassification adjustments in unrealized gains and losses on AFS securities and cash flow hedges. Reclassification adjustments include amounts recognized in net income during the current year that had been previously recorded in Other comprehensive income.

                         
Year ended December 31, (in millions)   2003     2002     2001  
 
Unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securities:
                       
Net unrealized holdings gains (losses) arising during the period, net of taxes (a)
  $ 149     $ 1,090     $ 443  
Reclassification adjustment for gains included in income, net of taxes (b)
    (861 )     (224 )     (334 )
 
Net change
  $ (712 )   $ 866     $ 109  
 
Cash flow hedges:
                       
Net unrealized holdings gains (losses) arising during the period, net of taxes (c)
  $ 86     $ 663     $ (356 )
Reclassification adjustment for (gains) losses included in income, net of taxes (d)
    (631 )     144       51  
 
Net change
  $ (545 )   $ 807     $ (305 )
 
(a)  
Net of tax expense of $92 million for 2003, $758 million for 2002 and $308 million for 2001.
(b)  
Net of tax expense of $528 million for 2003, $156 million for 2002 and $232 million in 2001.
(c)  
Net of tax expense of $60 million for 2003 and $461 million for 2002, and net of tax benefit of $247 million for 2001.
(d)  
Net of tax expense of $438 million for 2003, and net of tax benefit of $100 million for 2002 and $35 million for 2001.
     
Note 24
  Income taxes

JPMorgan Chase and its eligible subsidiaries file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return. JPMorgan Chase uses the asset and liability method required by SFAS 109 to provide income taxes on all transactions recorded in the Consolidated financial statements. This requires that income taxes reflect the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets or liabilities for book and tax purposes. Accordingly, a deferred tax liability or asset for each temporary difference is determined based on the tax rates that JPMorgan Chase expects to be in effect when the underlying items of income and expense are to be realized. JPMorgan Chase’s expense for income taxes includes the current and deferred portions of that expense. A valuation allowance is established to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount JPMorgan Chase expects to be realized.

Deferred income tax expense (benefit) results from differences between assets and liabilities measured for financial reporting and for income tax return purposes. The significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected in the following table:

                 
December 31, (in millions)   2003     2002  
 
Deferred tax assets
               
Employee benefits
  $ 2,245     $ 1,621  
Allowance for loan losses
    1,410       1,675  
Allowance for other than loan losses
    1,152       1,251  
Non-U.S. operations
    741       1,055  
Foreign tax credit carryforward
    23 (a)     25  
 
Gross deferred tax assets
  $ 5,571     $ 5,627  
 
Deferred tax liabilities
               
Leasing transactions
  $ 3,703     $ 3,175  
Depreciation and amortization
    1,037       857  
Fair value adjustments
    538       1,107  
Non-U.S. operations
    687       403  
Other, net
    478       379  
 
Gross deferred tax liabilities
  $ 6,443     $ 5,921  
 
Valuation allowance
  $ 160     $ 165  
 
Net deferred tax asset (liability)
  $ (1,032 )   $ (459 )
 
(a)  
Includes $18 million and $5 million expiring in 2005 and 2007, respectively.

A valuation allowance has been recorded in accordance with SFAS 109, primarily relating to deferred tax assets associated with non-U.S. operations.

The components of income tax expense included in the Consolidated statement of income were as follows:

                         
Year ended December 31, (in millions)   2003     2002     2001  
 
Current income tax expense (benefit)
                       
U.S. federal
  $ 965     $ (1,334 )   $ 598  
Non-U.S.
    741       461       822  
U.S. state and local
    175       93       65  
 
Total current expense (benefit)
    1,881       (780 )     1,485  
 
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)
                       
U.S. federal
    1,341       1,630       (618 )
Non-U.S.
    14       (352 )     (73 )
U.S. state and local
    73       358 (a)     53  
 
Total deferred expense (benefit)
    1,428       1,636       (638 )
 
Total income tax expense
  $ 3,309     $ 856     $ 847  
 
(a)  
The increase in 2002 is principally attributable to the level of income in certain state and local tax jurisdictions in 2002.

The preceding table does not reflect the tax effects of unrealized gains and losses on AFS securities, SFAS 133 hedge transactions and certain tax benefits associated with JPMorgan Chase’s employee stock plans. The tax effect of these items is recorded directly in Stockholders’ equity. Stockholders’ equity increased by $898 million and $541 million in 2003 and 2001, respectively, and decreased by $1.1 billion in 2002 as a result of these tax effects.


 

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

113


 

Notes to consolidated financial statements

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

U.S. federal income taxes have not been provided on the undistributed earnings of certain non-U.S. subsidiaries to the extent such earnings have been reinvested abroad for an indefinite period of time. For 2003, such earnings approximated $326 million on a pre-tax basis. At December 31, 2003, the cumulative amount of undistributed earnings in these subsidiaries approximated $2.3 billion. It is not practicable at this time to determine the income tax liability that would result upon repatriation of these earnings.

The tax expense applicable to securities gains and losses for the years 2003, 2002 and 2001 was $477 million, $531 million and $286 million, respectively.

A reconciliation of the applicable statutory U.S. income tax rate to the effective tax rate for the past three years is shown in the following table:

                         
Year ended December 31,   2003     2002     2001  
 
Statutory U.S. federal tax rate
    35.0 %     35.0 %     35.0 %
Increase (decrease) in tax rate resulting from:
                       
U.S. state and local income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit
    1.6       11.6 (a)     3.0  
Tax-exempt income
    (2.7 )     (6.8 )     (5.8 )
Non-U.S. subsidiary earnings
    (1.0 )     (3.2 )     (3.1 )
General business credits
    (0.9 )     (3.5 )     (1.8 )
Other, net
    1.0       0.9       5.7  
 
Effective tax rate
    33.0 %     34.0 %     33.0 %
 
(a)  
The increase in 2002 was principally attributable to the level of income in certain state and local tax jurisdictions in 2002.

The following table presents the U.S. and non-U.S. components of income before income tax expense:

                         
Year ended December 31, (in millions)   2003     2002     2001  
 
U.S.
  $ 7,333     $ 1,834     $ 1,258  
Non-U.S.(a)
    2,695       685       1,308  
 
Income before income tax expense
  $ 10,028     $ 2,519     $ 2,566  
 
(a)  
For purposes of this table, non-U.S. income is defined as income generated from operations located outside the United States.
     
Note 25
  Restrictions on cash and
  intercompany funds transfers

The Federal Reserve Board requires depository institutions to maintain cash reserves with a Federal Reserve Bank. The average amount of reserve balances deposited by JPMorgan Chase’s bank subsidiaries with various Federal Reserve Banks was approximately $2.6 billion in 2003 and $2.2 billion in 2002.

Restrictions imposed by federal law prohibit JPMorgan Chase and certain other affiliates from borrowing from banking subsidiaries unless the loans are secured in specified amounts. Such secured loans to JPMorgan Chase or to other affiliates generally are limited to 10% of the banking subsidiary’s total capital, as determined by the risk-based capital guidelines; the aggregate amount of all such loans is limited to 20% of the banking sub-

sidiary’s total capital. JPMorgan Chase and its affiliates were well within these limits throughout the year.

The principal sources of JPMorgan Chase’s income (on a parent company-only basis) are dividends and interest from JPMorgan Chase Bank and the other banking and nonbanking subsidiaries of JPMorgan Chase. In addition to dividend restrictions set forth in statutes and regulations, the Federal Reserve Board, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) have authority under the Financial Institutions Supervisory Act to prohibit or to limit the payment of dividends by the banking organizations they supervise, including JPMorgan Chase and its subsidiaries that are banks or bank holding companies, if, in the banking regulator’s opinion, payment of a dividend would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice in light of the financial condition of the banking organization.

At January 1, 2004 and 2003, JPMorgan Chase’s bank subsidiaries could pay, in the aggregate, $4.4 billion and $1.3 billion, respectively, in dividends to their respective bank holding companies without prior approval of their relevant banking regulators. Dividend capacity in 2004 will be supplemented by the banks’ earnings during the year.

In compliance with rules and regulations established by U.S. and non-U.S. regulators, as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, cash in the amount of $3.5 billion and $2.1 billion, respectively, and securities with a market value of $3.1 billion and $3.0 billion, respectively, were segregated in special bank accounts for the benefit of securities and futures brokerage customers.

     
Note 26
  Capital

There are two categories of risk-based capital: core capital (referred to as Tier 1 capital) and supplementary capital (referred to as Tier 2 capital). Tier 1 capital includes common stockholders’ equity, qualifying preferred stock and minority interest less goodwill and other adjustments. Tier 2 capital consists of preferred stock not qualifying as Tier 1, long-term debt and other instruments qualifying as Tier 2, the aggregate allowance for credit losses up to a certain percentage of risk-weighted assets, less investments in certain subsidiaries. Under the risk-based capital guidelines of the Federal Reserve Board, JPMorgan Chase is required to maintain minimum ratios of Tier 1 and total (Tier 1 plus Tier 2) capital to risk-weighted assets, as well as minimum leverage ratios (which are defined as Tier 1 capital to average adjusted on-balance sheet assets). Failure to meet these minimum requirements could result in actions taken by the Federal Reserve Board. Bank subsidiaries also are subject to these capital requirements by their respective primary regulators. Management believes that as of December 31, 2003, JPMorgan Chase and each of its banking subsidiaries met all capital requirements to which each was subject and is not aware of any subsequent events that would alter this classification. The Firm revised its calculation of risk-weighted assets during the third-quarter of 2003; capital ratios for periods prior to June 2003 have not been recalculated.



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

114


 

The following table presents the risk-based capital ratios for JPMorgan Chase and its significant banking subsidiaries:

                                                         
                    Risk-   Adjusted   Tier 1   Total   Tier 1
    Tier 1   Total   weighted   average   capital(c)(e)   capital(c)(e)   leverage(c)(f)
December 31, 2003 (in millions)   capital(b)(c)   capital(c)   assets(d)   assets   ratio   ratio   ratio
 
J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.(a)
  $ 43,167     $ 59,816     $ 507,456     $ 765,910       8.5 %     11.8 %     5.6 %
JPMorgan Chase Bank
    34,972       45,290       434,218       628,076       8.1 %     10.4 %     5.6 %
Chase Manhattan Bank USA, N.A.
    4,950       6,939       48,030       34,565       10.3 %     14.4 %     14.3 %
Well capitalized ratios(g)
                                    6.00 %     10.00 %     5.00 %(h)
Minimum capital ratios(g)
                                    4.00 %     8.00 %     3.00 %
 
(a)  
Assets and capital amounts for JPMorgan Chase’s banking subsidiaries reflect intercompany transactions, whereas the respective amounts for JPMorgan Chase reflect the elimination of intercompany transactions.
(b)  
In accordance with the Federal Reserve Board risk-based capital guidelines, minority interest for JPMorgan Chase includes debentures issued to JPMorgan Chase less the capital securities of the issuer trusts. For a further discussion, see Note 18 on pages 110-111 of this Annual Report.
(c)  
The provisions of SFAS 115 do not apply to the calculations of the Tier 1 capital and Tier 1 leverage ratios. The risk-based capital guidelines permit the inclusion of 45% of the pre-tax unrealized gain on certain equity securities in the calculation of Tier 2 capital.
(d)  
Includes off-balance sheet risk-weighted assets in the amounts of $174.2 billion, $152.1 billion and $13.3 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2003.
(e)  
Tier 1 capital or total capital, as applicable, divided by risk-weighted assets. Risk-weighted assets include assets and off-balance sheet positions, weighted by the type of instruments and the risk weight of the counterparty, collateral or guarantor.
(f)  
Tier 1 capital divided by adjusted average assets (net of allowance for loan losses, goodwill and certain intangible assets).
(g)  
As defined by the regulations issued by the Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC and the OCC.
(h)  
Represents requirements for bank subsidiaries pursuant to regulations issued under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act. There is no Tier 1 leverage component in the definition of a well-capitalized bank holding company.

The following table shows the components of the Firm’s Tier 1 and total capital:

                     
December 31, (in millions)   2003     2002  
 
Tier 1 capital                
Common stockholders’ equity   $ 45,168     $ 40,065  
Nonredeemable preferred stock     1,009       1,009  
Minority interest(a)     6,882       5,520  
Less:
  Goodwill and investments in certain subsidiaries     8,511       8,122  
 
  Nonqualifying intangible assets and other     1,381       902  
 
Tier 1 capital   $ 43,167     $ 37,570  
 
Tier 2 capital                
Long-term debt and other instruments qualifying as Tier 2   $ 12,128     $ 11,801  
Qualifying allowance for credit losses     4,777       5,458  
Less:
  Investment in certain subsidiaries     256       334  
 
Tier 2 capital   $ 16,649     $ 16,925  
 
Total qualifying capital   $ 59,816     $ 54,495  
 
(a)  
Minority interest primarily includes trust preferred stocks of certain business trusts.
     
Note 27
  Commitments and contingencies

At December 31, 2003, JPMorgan Chase and its subsidiaries were obligated under a number of noncancelable operating leases for premises and equipment used primarily for banking purposes. Certain leases contain rent escalation clauses for real estate taxes, they may also contain other operating expenses and renewal option clauses calling for increased rents. No lease agreement imposes any restrictions on the Firm’s ability to pay

dividends, engage in debt or equity financing transactions, or enter into further lease agreements. Future minimum rental payments required, under operating leases with noncancelable lease terms that expire after December 31, 2003, were as follows:

         
Year ended December 31, (in millions)        
 
2004
  $ 805  
2005
    772  
2006
    695  
2007
    619  
2008
    570  
After
    4,772  
 
     
Total minimum payments required
    8,233  
Less: Sublease rentals under noncancelable subleases
    283  
 
Net minimum payment required
  $ 7,950  
 

Total rental expense was as follows:

                         
Year ended December 31, (in millions)   2003     2002     2001  
 
Gross rentals
  $ 1,061     $ 1,012     $ 804  
Sublease rentals
    (106 )     (134 )     (135 )
 
Net rental expense
  $ 955     $ 878     $ 669  
 

At December 31, 2003, assets were pledged to secure public deposits and for other purposes. The significant components of the assets pledged were as follows:

                 
December 31, (in billions)   2003     2002  
 
Reverse repurchase/securities borrowing agreements
  $ 197     $ 199  
Securities
    45       73  
Loans
    48       40  
Other(a)
    96       112  
 
Total assets pledged
  $ 386     $ 424  
 
(a)  
Primarily composed of trading assets.


J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

115


 

Notes to consolidated financial statements

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

JPMorgan Chase and its subsidiaries are named as defendants in a number of legal actions and governmental proceedings arising in connection with their respective businesses. Additional actions, investigations or proceedings may be brought from time to time in the future. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of legal matters, particularly where the claimants seek very large or indeterminate damages or where the cases present novel legal theories or involve a large number of parties, the Firm cannot state with confidence what the eventual outcome of the pending matters will be, what the timing of the ultimate resolution of these matters will be or what the eventual loss related to each pending matter will be. Subject to the foregoing caveat, JPMorgan Chase anticipates, based upon its current knowledge, after consultation with counsel and after taking into account its current litigation reserves, that the outcome of the legal actions, proceedings and investigations currently pending against it should not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition of the Firm. However, the outcome of a particular proceeding or the imposition of a particular fine or penalty may be material to the Firm’s operating results for a particular period depending upon, among other factors, the size of the loss or liability and the level of the Firm’s income for that period.

     
Note 28
  Accounting for derivative instruments
  and hedging activities

Derivative instruments enable end-users to increase, reduce or alter exposure to credit or market risks. The value of a derivative is derived from its reference to an underlying variable or combination of variables such as equity, foreign exchange, credit, commodity or interest rate prices or indices. JPMorgan Chase makes markets in derivatives for its customers, and also is an end user of derivatives in order to manage the Firm’s exposure to credit and market risks.

SFAS 133, as amended by SFAS 138 and SFAS 149, establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments, including derivative instruments embedded in other contracts used for trading and hedging activities. All derivatives, whether designated for hedging relationships or not, are required to be recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. The accounting for changes in value of a derivative depends on whether the contract is for trading purposes or has been designated and qualifies for hedge accounting. In order to qualify for hedge accounting, a derivative must be highly effective at reducing the risk associated with the exposure being hedged. The majority of JPMorgan Chase’s derivatives are entered into for trading purposes. The Firm also uses derivatives as an end-user to hedge market exposures, modify the interest rate characteristics of related balance sheet instruments or meet longer-term investment objectives. Both trading and end-user derivatives are recorded at fair value in Trading assets and Trading liabilities.

Derivatives designated as hedges for accounting purposes must be considered highly effective at reducing the risk associated with the exposure being hedged. Each derivative must be designated as a hedge, with documentation of the risk management objective and strategy, including identification of the hedging instrument, the hedged item and the risk exposure, and how effectiveness is to be assessed prospectively and retrospectively.

For qualifying fair value hedges, all changes in the fair value of the derivative and changes in the fair value of the hedged item for the risk being hedged are recognized in earnings. If the hedge relationship is terminated, then the fair value adjustment to the hedged item continues to be reported as part of the basis of the item and is amortized to earnings as a yield adjustment. For qualifying cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the change in the fair value of the derivative is recorded in Other comprehensive income and recognized in the income statement when the hedged cash flows affect earnings. The ineffective portions of cash flow hedges are immediately recognized in earnings. If the hedge relationship is terminated, then the change in fair value of the derivative recorded in Other comprehensive income is recognized when the cash flows that were hedged occur, consistent with the original hedge strategy. For hedge relationships discontinued because the forecasted transaction is not expected to occur according to the original strategy, any related derivative amounts recorded in Other comprehensive income are immediately recognized in earnings. For qualifying net investment hedges, changes in the fair value of the derivative or the revaluation of the foreign currency-denominated debt instrument are recorded in the translation adjustments account within Other comprehensive income.

JPMorgan Chase’s fair value hedges primarily include hedges of fixed-rate long-term debt, loans, AFS securities and MSRs. Interest rate swaps are the most common type of derivative contract used to modify exposure to interest rate risk, converting fixed-rate assets and liabilities to a floating rate. Interest rate options and swaptions are also used in combination with interest rate swaps to hedge the fair value of the Firm’s MSRs. For a further discussion of hedging, see Note 16 on page 108 of this Annual Report. All amounts have been included in earnings consistent with the classification of the hedged item, primarily Net interest income, Mortgage fees and related income and Other revenue. JPMorgan Chase did not recognize any gains or losses during 2003 on firm commitments that no longer qualify as fair value hedges.

JPMorgan Chase also enters into derivative contracts to hedge exposure to variability in cash flows from floating-rate financial instruments and forecasted transactions, primarily the rollover of short-term assets and liabilities, foreign currency denominated revenues and expenses and anticipated securities transactions. Interest rate swaps, futures, options and forward contracts are the most common instruments used to reduce the impact of interest rate and foreign exchange rate changes on future earnings. All amounts have been included in earnings consistent with the classification of the hedged item, primarily Net interest income.



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

116


 

JPMorgan Chase uses forward foreign exchange contracts and foreign currency-denominated debt instruments to protect the value of its net investments in its non-U.S. subsidiaries in foreign currencies. The portion of the hedging instruments excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness (forward points) is recorded in Net interest income.

The following table presents derivative instrument- and hedging-related activities for the period indicated:

                 
Year ended December 31, (in millions)   2003     2002  
 
Fair value hedge ineffective net gains(a)
  $ 37     $ 441  
Cash flow hedge ineffective net losses(a)
    (5 )     (1 )
Cash flow hedging gains on forecasted transactions that failed to occur
           
 
(a)  
Includes ineffectiveness and the components of hedging instruments that have been excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

Over the next 12 months, it is expected that $124 million (after-tax) of net losses recorded in Other comprehensive income at December 31, 2003, will be recognized in earnings. The maximum length of time over which forecasted transactions are hedged is 10 years, related to core lending and borrowing activities.

In 2001, the adoption of SFAS 133 resulted in an after-tax reduction to net income of $25 million and an after-tax reduction to Other comprehensive income of $36 million. Due to SFAS 133, JPMorgan Chase changed certain hedging strategies and elected not to designate some derivatives utilized to manage economic exposure as accounting hedges. For example, to moderate its use of derivatives, the mortgage business began using AFS securities as economic hedges of mortgage servicing rights. Changes in the fair value of credit derivatives used to manage the Firm’s credit risk are recorded in Trading revenue because of the difficulties in qualifying such contracts as hedges of loans and commitments.

     
Note 29
  Off-balance sheet lending-related
    financial instruments and guarantees

JPMorgan Chase utilizes lending-related financial instruments (e.g., commitments and guarantees) to meet the financing needs of its customers. The contractual amount of these financial instruments represents the maximum possible credit risk should the counterparty draw down the commitment or the Firm fulfill its obligation under the guarantee, and the counter-party were to subsequently fail to perform according to the terms of the contract. Most of these commitments and guarantees expire without a default occurring or without being drawn. As a result, the total contractual amount of these instruments is not, in the Firm’s view, representative of its actual future credit exposure or funding requirements. Further, certain commitments, primarily related to consumer financings, are cancelable, upon notice, at the option of the Firm.

To provide for the risk of loss inherent in commercial-related contracts, an allowance for credit losses is maintained. See Note 12 on page 100 of this Annual Report for a further discussion of the Allowance for credit losses on lending-related commitments.

The following table summarizes the contract amounts relating to off-balance sheet lending-related financial instruments and guarantees at December 31, 2003 and 2002:

Off-balance sheet lending-related financial instruments

                 
December 31, (in millions)   2003     2002  
 
Consumer-related
  $ 176,923     $ 151,138  
Commercial-related:
               
Other unfunded commitments to extend credit(a)(b)
  $ 176,222     $ 196,654  
Standby letters of credit and guarantees(a)
    35,332       38,848  
Other letters of credit(a)
    4,204       2,618  
 
           
Total commercial-related
  $ 215,758     $ 238,120  
 
           
Customers’ securities lent
  $ 143,143     $ 101,503  
 
(a)  
Net of risk participations totaling $16.5 billion and $15.6 billion at December 31, 2003 and 2002.
(b)  
Includes unused advised lines of credit totaling $19 billion at December 31, 2003 and $22 billion at December 31, 2002, which are not legally binding. In regulatory filings with the Federal Reserve Board, unused advised lines are not reportable.

FIN 45 establishes guarantor’s accounting and disclosure requirements for guarantees, requiring that a guarantor recognize, at the inception of a guarantee, a liability in an amount equal to the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. FIN 45 defines a guarantee as a contract that contingently requires the Firm to pay a guaranteed party, based on: (a) changes in an underlying asset, liability or equity security of the guaranteed party, or (b) a third party’s failure to perform under a specified agreement. The Firm considers the following off-balance sheet lending arrangements to be guarantees under FIN 45: certain asset purchase agreements, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees, securities lending indemnifications, certain indemnification agreements included within third-party contractual arrangements and certain derivative contracts. These guarantees are described in further detail below.



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

117


 

Notes to consolidated financial statements

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

As of January 1, 2003, newly issued or modified guarantees that are not derivative contracts have been recorded on the Firm’s Consolidated balance sheet at their fair value at inception. The fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee at inception is typically equal to the net present value of the future amount of premium receivable under the contract. The Firm has recorded this amount in Other Liabilities with an offsetting entry recorded in Other Assets. As cash is received under the contract, it is applied to the premium receivable recorded in Other Assets, and the fair value of the liability recorded at inception is amortized into income as Fees and Commissions over the life of the guarantee contract. The amount of the liability related to guarantees recorded at December 31, 2003, excluding the allowance for credit losses on lending-related commitments and derivative contracts discussed below, was approximately $59 million.

Unfunded commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend only when a customer has complied with predetermined conditions, and they generally expire on fixed dates. The allowance for credit losses on commercial lending-related commitments includes $155 million at December 31, 2003, related to unfunded commitments to extend credit. The majority of the Firm’s unfunded commitments are not guarantees as defined in FIN 45, except for certain asset purchase agreements of $21 billion at December 31, 2003. These agreements are primarily used as a mechanism to provide liquidity to SPEs. Of the $21 billion of asset purchase agreements at December 31, 2003, $18 billion related to multi-seller conduits and structured commercial loan vehicles described in Note 14 on pages 103-106 of this Annual Report. It does not include $6 billion of asset purchase agreements to multi-seller asset-backed commercial paper conduits consolidated in accordance with FIN 46 at December 31, 2003, as the underlying assets of the conduits are reported on the Consolidated balance sheet.

Certain asset purchase agreements can be exercised at any time by the SPE’s administrator, while others require a triggering event to occur. Triggering events include, but are not limited to, a need for liquidity, a market value decline of the assets or a downgrade in the rating of JPMorgan Chase Bank. These agreements may cause the Firm to purchase an asset from the SPE at an amount above the asset’s fair value, in effect providing a guarantee of the initial value of the reference asset as of the date of the agreement. In most instances, third-party credit enhancements of the SPE mitigate the Firm’s potential losses on these agreements. The allowance for credit losses on commercial lending-related commitments related to these agreements was insignificant at December 31, 2003.

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees are conditional lending commitments issued by JPMorgan Chase to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party under certain arrangements, such as commercial paper facilities, bond financings, acquisition financings and similar transactions. More than 80% of these arrangements mature within three years. The Firm

typically has recourse to recover from the customer any amounts paid under these guarantees; in addition, the Firm may hold cash or other highly liquid collateral to support these guarantees. At December 31, 2003, the Firm held collateral relating to $7.7 billion of these arrangements. The allowance for credit losses on lending-related commitments included $167 million related to standby letters of credit and financial guarantees.

JPMorgan Chase holds customers’ securities under custodial arrangements. At times, these securities are loaned to third parties, and the Firm issues securities lending indemnification agreements to the customer that protect the customer against the risk of loss if the third party fails to return the securities. To support these indemnification agreements, the Firm generally obtains from the third party cash or other highly liquid collateral with a market value exceeding 100% of the value of the loaned securities. At December 31, 2003, the Firm held $146.7 billion in collateral in support of these agreements.

In connection with issuing securities to investors, the Firm may enter into contractual arrangements with third parties that may require the Firm to make a payment to them in the event of a change in tax law or an adverse interpretation of tax law. In certain cases, the contract may also include a termination clause, which would allow the Firm to settle the contract at its fair value, thus, such a clause would not require the Firm to make a payment under the indemnification agreement. Even without the termination clause, management does not expect such indemnification agreements to have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition of JPMorgan Chase. The Firm may also enter into indemnification clauses when it sells a business or assets to a third party, pursuant to which it indemnifies that third party for losses they may incur due to actions taken by the Firm prior to the sale. See below for more information regarding the Firm’s loan securitization activities. It is difficult to estimate the Firm’s maximum exposure under these indemnification arrangements, since this would require an assessment of future changes in tax laws and future claims that may be made against the Firm that have not yet occurred. However, based on historical experience, management expects the risk of loss to be remote.

As part of the Firm’s loan securitization activities, as described in Note 13 on pages 100-103 of this Annual Report, the Firm provides representations and warranties that certain securitized loans meet specific requirements. The Firm may be required to repurchase the loans and/or indemnify the purchaser of the loans against losses due to any breaches of such representations or warranties. Generally, the maximum amount of future payments the Firm would be required to make under such repurchase and/or indemnification provisions would be equal to the current amount of assets held by such securitization-related SPEs as of December 31, 2003, plus, in certain circumstances, accrued and unpaid interest on such loans and certain expenses. The potential loss due to such repurchase and/or indemnity is mitigated by the due diligence the Firm performs to ensure that the assets comply



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

118


 

with the requirements set forth in the representations and warranties. Historically, losses incurred on such repurchases and/or indemnifications have been insignificant, and therefore management expects the risk of material loss to be remote.

In connection with Chase Cardmember Services, the Firm is a 50% partner with one of the leading companies in electronic payment services in a joint venture, known as Chase Merchant Services (the “joint venture”) that provides merchant processing services in the United States. The joint venture is contingently liable for processed credit card sales transactions in the event of a dispute between the cardmember and a merchant. If a dispute is resolved in the cardmember’s favor, the joint venture will credit or refund the amount to the cardmember and charge back the transaction to the merchant. If the joint venture is unable to collect the amount from the merchant, the joint venture will bear the loss for the amount credited or refunded to the cardmember. The joint venture mitigates this risk by withholding settlement or obtaining escrow deposits from certain merchants. However, in the unlikely event that: 1) a merchant ceases operations and is unable to deliver products, services or a refund; 2) the joint venture does not have sufficient withholdings or escrow deposits to provide customer refunds; and 3) the joint venture does not have sufficient financial resources to provide customer refunds, the Firm would be liable to refund the cardholder in proportion to its equity interest in the joint venture. For the year ended December 31, 2003, the joint venture incurred aggregate credit losses of $2.0 million on $260 billion of aggregate volume processed. At December 31, 2003, the joint venture held $242 million of collateral. The Firm believes that, based on historical experience and the collateral held by the joint venture, the fair value of the guarantee would not be materially different from the credit loss allowance recorded by the joint venture; therefore, the Firm has not recorded any allowance for losses in excess of the allowance recorded by the joint venture.

The Firm is a member of several securities and futures exchanges and clearinghouses both in the United States and overseas. Membership in some of these organizations requires the Firm to pay a pro rata share of the losses incurred by the organization as a result of the default of another member. Such obligation varies with different organizations. It may be limited to members who dealt with the defaulting member or to the amount (or a multiple of the amount) of the Firm’s contribution to a members’ guaranty fund, or, in a few cases, it may be unlimited. It is difficult to estimate the Firm’s maximum exposure under these membership agreements, since this would require an assessment of future claims that may be made against the Firm that have not yet occurred. However, based on historical experience, management expects the risk of loss to be remote.

In addition to the contracts described above, there are certain derivative contracts to which the Firm is a counterparty that meet the characteristics of a guarantee under FIN 45. These derivatives are recorded on the Consolidated balance sheet at

fair value. These contracts include written put options that require the Firm to purchase assets from the option holder at a specified price by a specified date in the future, as well as derivatives that effectively guarantee the return on a counter-party’s reference portfolio of assets. The total notional value of the derivatives that the Firm deems to be guarantees was $50 billion at December 31, 2003. The Firm reduces its exposures to these contracts by entering into offsetting transactions or by entering into contracts that hedge the market risk related to these contracts. The fair value related to these contracts was a derivative receivable of $163 million and a derivative payable of $333 million at December 31, 2003.

Finally, certain written put options and credit derivatives permit cash settlement and do not require the option holder or the buyer of credit protection to own the reference asset. The Firm does not consider these contracts to be guarantees as described in FIN 45.

     
Note 30
  Credit risk concentrations

Concentrations of credit risk arise when a number of customers are engaged in similar business activities or activities in the same geographic region, or when they have similar economic features that would cause their ability to meet contractual obligations to be similarly affected by changes in economic conditions.

JPMorgan Chase regularly monitors various segments of its credit risk portfolio to assess potential concentration risks and to obtain collateral when deemed necessary. In the Firm’s commercial portfolio, risk concentrations are primarily evaluated by industry, and also by geographic region. In the consumer portfolio, concentrations are primarily evaluated by product, and by U.S. geographic region.

For further information regarding on-balance sheet credit concentrations by major product and geography, see Note 11 on page 99 of this Annual Report. For information regarding concentrations of off-balance sheet lending-related financial instruments by major product, see Note 29 on page 117 of this Annual Report. More information about concentrations can be found in the following tables in the MD&A:

         
 
Commercial exposure
  Page 55
Commercial selected industry concentrations
  Page 56
Selected country exposure
  Page 58
Geographic region:
       
1–4 Family residential mortgage loans
  Page 62
Managed credit card loans
  Page 62
Automobile financings
  Page 62
 


J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

119


 

Notes to consolidated financial statements

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

The table below presents both on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet commercial- and consumer-related credit exposure as of December 31, 2003 and 2002:

                                                 
    2003   2002
    Credit     On-balance     Off-balance     Credit     On-balance     Off-balance  
December 31, (in billions)   exposure     sheet(a)     sheet(b)     exposure     sheet(a)     sheet(b)  
 
Commercial-related:
                                               
Commercial banks
  $ 47.1     $ 36.5     $ 10.6     $ 42.2     $ 33.7     $ 8.5  
Asset managers
    21.8       11.7       10.1       24.9       12.3       12.6  
Securities firms and exchanges
    15.6       9.3       6.3       17.5       11.7       5.8  
Finance companies and lessors
    15.6       3.1       12.5       19.0       4.1       14.9  
Utilities
    15.3       3.7       11.6       17.7       6.4       11.3  
All other commercial
    267.3       102.7       164.6       291.6       106.6       185.0  
 
Total commercial-related
  $ 382.7     $ 167.0     $ 215.7     $ 412.9     $ 174.8     $ 238.1  
 
Consumer-related:
                                               
Credit cards(c)
  $ 157.9     $ 16.8     $ 141.1     $ 143.1     $ 19.7     $ 123.4  
1–4 family residential mortgages
    102.5       73.7       28.8       84.0       64.0       20.0  
Automobile financings
    41.3       38.7       2.6       35.4       33.6       1.8  
All other consumer
    11.6       7.2       4.4       13.4       7.5       5.9  
 
Total consumer-related
  $ 313.3     $ 136.4     $ 176.9     $ 275.9     $ 124.8     $ 151.1  
 
Total exposure
  $ 696.0     $ 303.4     $ 392.6     $ 688.8     $ 299.6     $ 389.2  
 
(a)  
Represents loans, and derivative and other receivables.
(b)  
Represents lending-related financial instruments.
(c)  
Excludes $34.9 billion and $30.7 billion of securitized credit card receivables at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

     
Note 31
  Fair value of financial instruments

The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale.

The accounting for an asset or liability may differ based on the type of instrument and/or its use in a trading or investing strategy. Generally, the measurement framework recorded in financial statements is one of the following:

 
at fair value on the Consolidated balance sheet, with changes in fair value recorded each period in the Consolidated statement of income

 
at fair value on the Consolidated balance sheet, with changes in fair value recorded each period in a separate component of stockholders’ equity and as part of Other comprehensive income

 
at cost (less other-than-temporary impairments), with changes in fair value not recorded in the financial statements but disclosed in the notes thereto

 
at the lower of cost or fair value

The Firm has a well-established and well-documented process for determining fair values. Fair value is based on quoted market prices, where available. If listed prices or quotes are not available, fair value is based on internally developed models that primarily use market-based or independent information as inputs to the valuation model. Valuation adjustments may be necessary to ensure that financial instruments are recorded at fair value.

Valuation adjustments include amounts to reflect counterparty credit quality, liquidity and concentration concerns and are based on defined methodologies that are applied consistently over time.

 
Credit valuation adjustments are necessary when the market price (or parameter) is not indicative of the credit quality of the counterparty. As few derivative contracts are listed on an exchange, the majority of derivative positions are valued using internally developed models that use as their basis observable market parameters. Market practice is to quote parameters equivalent to a AA credit rating: thus, all counterparties are assumed to have the same credit quality. An adjustment is therefore necessary to reflect the credit quality of each derivative counterparty and to arrive at fair value. Without this adjustment, derivative positions would not be appropriately valued.

 
Liquidity adjustments are necessary when the Firm may not be able to observe a recent market price for a financial instrument that trades in inactive (or less active) markets. Thus, valuation adjustments for risk of loss due to a lack of liquidity are applied to those positions to arrive at fair value. The Firm tries to ascertain the amount of uncertainty in the initial valuation based upon the liquidity or illiquidity, as the case may be, of the market in which the instrument trades and makes liquidity adjustments to the financial instruments. The Firm measures the liquidity adjustment based on the following factors: (1) the amount of time since the last relevant pricing point; (2) whether there was an actual trade or relevant external quote; and (3) the volatility of the principal component of the financial instrument.


J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

120


 

 
Concentration valuation adjustments are necessary to reflect the cost of unwinding larger-than-normal market size risk positions. The cost is determined based on the size of the adverse market move that is likely to occur during the extended period required to bring a position down to a nonconcentrated level. An estimate of the period needed to reduce, without market disruption, a position to a nonconcentrated level is generally based on the relationship of the position to the average daily trading volume of that position. Without these adjustments, larger positions would be valued at a price greater than the price at which the Firm could exit the positions.

Valuation adjustments are determined based on established policies and are controlled by a price verification group independent of the risk-taking function. Economic substantiation of models, prices, market inputs and revenue through price/input testing, as well as backtesting, is done to validate the appropriateness of the valuation methodology. Any changes to the valuation methodology are reviewed by management to ensure the changes are justified.

The methods described above may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values. Furthermore, the use of different methodologies to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date.

Certain financial instruments and all nonfinancial instruments are excluded from the scope of SFAS 107. Accordingly, the fair value disclosures required by SFAS 107 provide only a partial estimate of the fair value of JPMorgan Chase. For example, the Firm has developed long-term relationships with its customers through its deposit base and credit card accounts, commonly referred to as core deposit intangibles and credit card relationships. In the opinion of management, these items, in the aggregate, add significant value to JPMorgan Chase, but their fair value is not disclosed in this Note.

The following captions describe the methodologies and assumptions used, by financial instrument, to determine fair value.

Financial assets

Assets for which fair value
approximates carrying value

The Firm considers fair values of certain financial assets carried at cost – including cash and due from banks, deposits with banks, securities borrowed, short-term receivables and accrued interest receivable – to approximate their respective carrying values, due to their short-term nature and generally negligible credit risk.

Assets where fair value differs from cost

JPMorgan Chase’s debt, equity and derivative trading instruments are carried at their estimated fair value. Quoted market prices, when available, are used to determine the fair value of trading instruments. If quoted market prices are not available, then fair values are estimated by using pricing models, quoted prices of instruments with similar characteristics or discounted cash flows.

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements are typically short-term in nature, and as such, for a significant majority of the Firm’s transactions, cost approximates carrying value. This balance sheet item also includes structured resale agreements and similar products with long-dated maturities. To estimate the fair value of these instruments, the cash flows are discounted using the appropriate market rates for the applicable maturity.

Securities

Fair values of actively traded securities are determined by the secondary market, while the fair values for nonactively traded securities are based on independent broker quotations.

Derivatives

Fair value for derivatives is determined based on the following:

 
position valuation, principally based on liquid market pricing as evidenced by exchange-traded prices, broker-dealer quotations or related input parameters which assume all counterparties have the same credit rating;

 
credit valuation adjustments to the resulting portfolio valuation, to reflect the credit quality of individual counterparties; and

 
other fair value adjustments to take into consideration liquidity, concentration and other factors.

Loans

Fair value for loans is determined using methodologies suitable for each type of loan:

 
Fair value for the commercial loan portfolio is based on the assessment of the two main risk components of the portfolio: credit and interest. The cost of credit derivatives is used to estimate the fair value of commercial loans.


J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

121


 

Notes to consolidated financial statements

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

 
Fair values for consumer installment loans (including automobile financings) and 1 - 4 family residential mortgages, for which market rates for comparable loans are readily available, are based on discounted cash flows, adjusted for prepayments. The discount rates used for consumer installment loans are current rates offered by commercial banks. For 1 - 4 family residential mortgages, secondary market yields for comparable mortgage-backed securities, adjusted for risk, are used.

 
Fair value for credit card receivables is based on discounted expected cash flows. The discount rates used for credit card receivables incorporate only the effects of interest rate changes, since the expected cash flows already reflect an adjustment for credit risk.

 
The fair value of loans in the held-for-sale and trading portfolios is generally based on observable market prices and prices of similar instruments, including bonds, credit derivatives and loans with similar characteristics. Otherwise, if market prices are not available, the fair value is based on the estimated cash flows adjusted for credit risk; that risk is discounted, using a rate appropriate for each maturity that incorporates the effects of interest rate changes.

Other assets

This caption includes private equity investments and MSRs.

For a discussion of the fair value methodology for private equity investments, see Note 15 on page 106 of this Annual Report.

For a discussion of the fair value methodology for MSRs, see Note 16 on pages 107-109 of this Annual Report.

Financial liabilities

Liabilities for which fair value approximates carrying value

SFAS 107 requires that the fair value disclosed for deposit liabilities with no stated maturity (i.e., demand, savings and certain money market deposits) be equal to their carrying value. SFAS 107 does not allow for the recognition of the inherent funding value of these instruments.

Fair value of commercial paper, other borrowed funds, accounts payable and accrued liabilities is considered to approximate their respective carrying values due to their short-term nature.

Interest-bearing deposits

Fair values of interest-bearing deposits are estimated by discounting cash flows based on the remaining contractual maturities of funds having similar interest rates and similar maturities.

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements are typically short-term in nature, and as such, for a significant majority of the Firm’s transactions, cost approximates carrying value. This balance sheet item also includes structured repurchase agreements and similar products with long-dated maturities. To estimate the fair value of these instruments, the cash flows are discounted using the appropriate market rates for the applicable maturity.

Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs

Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs (“beneficial interests”) are generally short-term in nature, and as such, for a significant majority of the Firm’s transactions, cost approximates carrying value. The Consolidated balance sheet also includes beneficial interests with long-dated maturities. The fair value of these instruments is based on current market rates.

Long-term debt-related instruments

Fair value for long-term debt, including the guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in the Firm’s junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures, is based on current market rates and is adjusted for JPMorgan Chase’s credit quality.

Lending-related commitments

The Firm estimates the fair value of its commercial commitments to extend credit based on the cost of credit derivatives. The Firm estimates the fair value of its consumer commitments to extend credit based on the primary market prices to originate new commitments. It is the change in current primary market prices that provides the estimate of the fair value of these commitments.

On this basis, at December 31, 2003, the fair value of the Firm’s lending-related commitments approximated the Allowance for lending-related commitments of $324 million. At December 31, 2002, the fair value of the Firm’s lending-related commitments was approximately $1.3 billion, compared with the Allowance for lending-related commitments of $363 million.



J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

122


 

The following table presents the carrying value and estimated fair value of financial assets and liabilities valued under SFAS 107. Accordingly, certain amounts which are not considered financial instruments are excluded from the table.

                                                 
    2003   2002
    Carrying     Estimated     Appreciation/     Carrying     Estimated     Appreciation/  
December 31, (in billions)   value     fair value     (depreciation)     value     fair value     (depreciation)  
 
Financial assets
                                               
Assets for which fair value approximates carrying value
  $ 84.6     $ 84.6     $     $ 76.4     $ 76.4     $  
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements
    76.9       77.2       0.3       65.8       66.0       0.2  
Trading assets
    252.9       252.9             248.3       248.3        
Securities available-for-sale
    60.1       60.1             84.0       84.0        
Securities held-to-maturity
    0.2       0.2             0.4       0.4        
Loans:
                                               
Commercial, net of allowance for loan losses
    80.8       82.1       1.3       88.6       88.7 (a)     0.1  
Consumer, net of allowance for loan losses
    134.2       135.4       1.2       122.4       124.7       2.3  
Other assets
    61.0       61.5       0.5       53.3       53.5       0.2  
 
Total financial assets
  $ 750.7     $ 754.0     $ 3.3     $ 739.2     $ 742.0     $ 2.8  
 
Financial liabilities
                                               
Liabilities for which fair value approximates carrying value
  $ 146.6     $ 146.6     $     $ 145.1     $ 145.1     $  
Interest-bearing deposits
    247.0       247.1       (0.1 )     222.7       223.1       (0.4 )
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements
    113.5       113.6       (0.1 )     169.5       169.5        
Trading liabilities
    149.4       149.4             133.1       133.1        
Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs
    12.3       12.3                          
Long-term debt-related instruments
    54.8       57.0       (2.2 )     45.2       45.5       (0.3 )
 
Total financial liabilities
  $ 723.6     $ 726.0     $ (2.4 )   $ 715.6     $ 716.3     $ (0.7 )
 
Net appreciation
                  $ 0.9                     $ 2.1  
 
(a)  
The fair value has been revised to reflect current valuation methodologies.

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

123


 

Notes to consolidated financial statements

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

     
Note 32
  International operations

The following table presents income statement information of JPMorgan Chase by major geographic areas. The Firm defines international activities as business transactions that involve customers residing outside the United States, and the information presented below is based primarily on the domicile of the customer. However, many of the Firm’s U.S. operations serve international businesses.

As the Firm’s operations are highly integrated, estimates and subjective assumptions have been made to apportion revenue and expense between U.S. and international operations. The estimates and assumptions used to apportion revenue and expense are consistent with the allocations used for JPMorgan Chase’s segment reporting as set forth in Note 34 on pages 126-127 of this Annual Report.

The Firm’s long-lived assets for the periods presented are not considered by management to be significant in relation to total assets. The majority of the Firm’s long-lived assets are located in the United States.



                                         
                    Income (loss)     Net  
For the year ended December 31, (in millions)   Revenue(a)     Expense(b)     before income taxes     income (loss)  
 
2003
                                       
Europe/Middle East and Africa
  $ 6,324     $ 3,940             $ 2,384     $ 1,530  
Asia and Pacific
    1,906       1,750               156       111  
Latin America and the Caribbean
    856       361               495       303  
Other
    52       15               37       22  
 
                               
Total international
    9,138       6,066               3,072       1,966  
Total U.S.
    24,118       17,162               6,956       4,753  
 
Total
  $ 33,256     $ 23,228             $ 10,028     $ 6,719  
 
2002
                                       
Europe/Middle East and Africa
  $ 5,120     $ 4,882             $ 238     $ 157  
Asia and Pacific
    1,900       1,820               80       53  
Latin America and the Caribbean
    685       557               128       85  
Other
    42       34               8       5  
 
                               
Total international
    7,747       7,293               454       300  
Total U.S.
    21,867       19,802 (c)             2,065       1,363  
 
Total
  $ 29,614     $ 27,095             $ 2,519     $ 1,663  
 
2001
                                       
Europe/Middle East and Africa
  $ 6,725     $ 5,128             $ 1,597     $ 1,054  
Asia and Pacific
    1,934       2,229               (295 )     (195 )
Latin America and the Caribbean
    686       703               (17 )     (11 )
Other
    43       38               5       3  
 
                               
Total international
    9,388       8,098               1,290       851  
Total U.S.
    19,956       18,680               1,276       843  
 
Total
  $ 29,344     $ 26,778             $ 2,566     $ 1,694  
 
(a)  
Revenue is composed of Net interest income and noninterest revenue.
(b)  
Expense is composed of Noninterest expense and Provision for credit losses. The amounts include an allocation of Merger and restructuring costs.
(c)  
Includes the $1.3 billion (pre-tax) charge related to the settlement of the Enron surety litigation and the establishment of a litigation reserve for certain material litigation, proceedings and investigations.

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

124


 

     
Note 33
  Parent company

Parent company – statement of income

                         
Year ended December 31, (in millions)   2003     2002     2001  
 
Income
                       
Dividends from bank and bank holding company subsidiaries(a)
  $ 2,436     $ 3,079     $ 2,650  
Dividends from nonbank subsidiaries(a)(b)
    2,688       422       7,904  
Interest income from subsidiaries
    945       1,174       2,090  
Other interest income
    130       148       70  
Other income from subsidiaries, primarily fees:
Bank and bank holding company
    632       277       96  
Nonbank
    385       390       287  
Other income
    (25 )     264       110  
 
Total income
    7,191       5,754       13,207  
 
Expense
                       
Interest expense to subsidiaries(b)
    422       405       491  
Other interest expense
    1,329       1,511       2,436  
Compensation expense
    348       378       244  
Other noninterest expense
    747       699       282  
 
Total expense
    2,846       2,993       3,453  
 
Income before income tax benefit and undistributed net income of subsidiaries
    4,345       2,761       9,754  
Income tax benefit
    474       432       394  
Equity in undistributed net income (loss) of subsidiaries
    1,900       (1,530 )     (8,458 )
 
Income before effect of accounting change
    6,719       1,663       1,690  
Net effect of change in accounting principle
                4  
 
Net income
  $ 6,719     $ 1,663     $ 1,694  
 

Parent company – balance sheet

                 
December 31, (in millions)   2003     2002  
 
Assets
               
Cash with banks
  $ 148     $ 108  
Deposits with banking subsidiaries
    12,554       9,994  
Securities purchased under resale agreements, primarily with nonbank subsidiaries
    285       384  
Trading assets
    3,915       4,087  
Available-for-sale securities
    2,099       1,081  
Loans
    550       60  
Advances to, and receivables from, subsidiaries:
               
Bank and bank holding company
    9,239       9,521  
Nonbank
    24,489       21,094  
Investment (at equity) in subsidiaries:
               
Bank and bank holding company
    43,853       40,709  
Nonbank(b)
    10,399       10,826  
Goodwill and other intangibles
    860       863  
Other assets
    9,213       8,681  
 
Total assets
  $ 117,604     $ 107,408  
 
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
               
Borrowings from, and payables to, subsidiaries(b)
  $ 9,488     $ 7,483  
Other borrowed funds, primarily commercial paper
    16,560       17,587  
Other liabilities
    4,767       4,937  
Long-term debt(c)
    40,635       35,095  
 
Total liabilities
    71,450       65,102  
Stockholders’ equity
    46,154       42,306  
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 117,604     $ 107,408  
 

Parent company – statement of cash flows

                         
Year ended December 31, (in millions)   2003     2002     2001  
 
Operating activities
                       
Net income
  $ 6,719     $ 1,663     $ 1,694  
Less: Net income of subsidiaries
    7,017       1,971       2,096  
 
                 
Parent company net loss
    (298 )     (308 )     (402 )
Add: Cash dividends from subsidiaries(a)
    5,098       2,320       10,554  
Other, net
    (272 )     (912 )     (926 )
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    4,528       1,100       9,226  
 
Investing activities
                       
Net change in:
                       
Deposits with banking subsidiaries
    (2,560 )     (3,755 )     2,557  
Securities purchased under resale agreements, primarily with nonbank subsidiaries
    99       (40 )     953  
Loans
    (490 )     (27 )     24  
Advances to subsidiaries
    (3,165 )     6,172       3,931  
Investment (at equity) in subsidiaries
    (2,052 )     (2,284 )     (5,303 )
Other, net
    12       (37 )      
Available-for-sale securities:
                       
Purchases
    (607 )     (1,171 )     (1,643 )
Proceeds from sales and maturities
    654       1,877       14  
 
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
    (8,109 )     735       533  
 
Financing activities
                       
Net change in borrowings from subsidiaries(b)
    2,005       573       (526 )
Net change in other borrowed funds
    (2,104 )     (915 )     (3,272 )
Proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt
    12,105       12,533       7,258  
Repayments of long-term debt
    (6,733 )     (12,271 )     (10,184 )
Proceeds from the issuance of stock and stock-related awards
    1,213       725       1,429  
Redemption of preferred stock
                (511 )
Treasury stock purchased
                (871 )
Cash dividends paid
    (2,865 )     (2,784 )     (2,697 )
 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    3,621       (2,139 )     (9,374 )
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash with banks
    40       (304 )     385  
Cash with banks at the beginning of the year
    108       412       27  
 
Cash with banks at the end of the year, primarily, with bank subsidiaries
  $ 148     $ 108     $ 412  
 
Cash interest paid
  $ 1,918     $ 1,829     $ 2,950  
 
Cash income taxes paid (refund received)
  $ 754     $ 592     $ (250 )
 
(a)  
Dividends in 2002 include a stock dividend of $1.2 billion from the mortgage business, which was contributed to JPMorgan Chase Bank. Cash dividends in 2001 include funds from Robert Fleming Holdings Limited and The Beacon Group, LLC.
(b)  
Subsidiaries include trusts that issued guaranteed capital debt securities (“issuer trusts”). As a result of FIN 46, the Parent deconsolidated these trusts. In 2003, the Parent received dividends of $11 million from the issuer trusts. For a further discussion on issuer trusts, see Note 18 on pages 110-111 of this Annual Report.
(c)  
At December 31, 2003, all debt that contractually matures in 2004 through 2008 totaled $5.8 billion, $7.8 billion, $4.6 billion, $6.4 billion and $4.5 billion, respectively.
 


J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

125


 

Notes to consolidated financial statements

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

     
Note 34
  Segment information

JPMorgan Chase is organized into five major businesses. These businesses are segmented based on the products and services provided, or the type of customer served, and reflect the manner in which financial information is evaluated by management.

JPMorgan Chase uses shareholder value added (“SVA”) and operating earnings as its principal measures of segment profitability. For a definition of these measurements, see the Glossary of terms on pages 130-131 of this Annual Report.

Operating revenue and expense directly associated with each segment are included in determining the segment’s operating earnings. Guidelines exist for allocating to the segments expenses that are not directly incurred by them, such as corporate overhead. In addition, management has developed a risk-adjusted capital methodology that quantifies the different types of risk — credit, market, operational, business and private equity — within the various businesses and assigns capital accordingly. Each business segment is responsible for its credit costs, including actual net charge-offs and changes in the specific and




Segment results and reconciliation (table continued on next page)

                                                                         
                            Treasury &   Investment Management
Year ended December 31,   Investment Bank   Securities Services   & Private Banking
(in millions, except ratios)   2003     2002     2001     2003     2002     2001     2003     2002     2001  
 
Operating net interest income
  $ 2,277     $ 2,642     $ 2,978     $ 1,219     $ 1,224     $ 1,302     $ 467     $ 446     $ 549  
Operating noninterest revenue
    12,355       9,988       11,916       2,586       2,481       2,289       2,348       2,263       2,531  
Equity-related income(b)
    (1 )     (2 )     (8 )                       1       1        
Intersegment revenue(c)
    (191 )     (130 )     (139 )     187       187       211       62       129       109  
 
Total operating revenue
    14,440       12,498       14,747       3,992       3,892       3,802       2,878       2,839       3,189  
 
Total operating expense
    8,470       8,012       8,789       3,217       2,994       2,961       2,428       2,346       2,566  
 
Operating margin
    5,970       4,486       5,958       775       898       841       450       493       623  
Credit costs
    (181 )     2,393       1,160       1       1       7       35       85       36  
Corporate credit allocation(d)
    (36 )     (82 )     (94 )     36       82       94                    
 
Operating earnings (loss) before taxes
    6,115       2,011       4,704       810       979       928       415       408       587  
 
Income taxes (benefit)
    2,430       708       1,847       290       358       335       147       147       229  
 
Operating earnings (loss)
    3,685       1,303       2,857       520       621       593       268       261       358  
Merger and restructuring costs and special items(e)
                                                                       
Pre-SFAS 142 goodwill amortization(e)                                                        
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 3,685     $ 1,303     $ 2,857     $ 520     $ 621     $ 593     $ 268     $ 261     $ 358  
 
Average allocated capital
  $ 19,134     $ 19,915     $ 20,286     $ 2,711     $ 2,688     $ 2,859     $ 5,454     $ 5,643     $ 5,781  
Average managed assets(f)
    510,894       495,464       510,676       18,993       17,780       18,552       33,685       35,729       36,896  
Shareholder value added
    1,368       (1,109 )     392       192       296       247       (394 )     (423 )     (344 )
Return on allocated capital
    19 %     6 %     14 %     19 %     23 %     21 %     5 %     5 %     6 %
Overhead ratio
    59       64       60       81       77       78       84       83       80  
 
(a)  
Corporate/reconciling items includes Support Units and Corporate and the net effect of management accounting policies.
(b)  
Equity-related income includes equity income of investees accounted for by the equity method.
(c)  
Intersegment revenue includes intercompany revenue and revenue-sharing agreements, net of intersegment expenses. Transactions between business segments are primarily conducted at fair value.
(d)  
Represents an allocation of pre-tax earnings related to certain credit exposures managed within IB’s credit portfolio on behalf of clients shared with TSS.
(e)  
Represents the after-tax amounts.
(f)  
Includes credit card receivables that have been securitized. The impact of securitizations on total average assets was $32.4 billion in 2003, $26.5 billion in 2002 and $18.0 billion in 2001.

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

126


 

expected components of the Allowance for credit losses. The residual component of the Allowance for credit losses, available for losses in any business segment, is maintained at the corporate level.

A summary of the business segment results is shown in the following table. The Corporate/reconciling items column reflects revenue and expense excluded from the determination of the segments’ operating earnings. This column includes the accounting effects remaining at the corporate level after the

application of management accounting policies, including income tax expenses (the difference between the amounts allocated to business units and JPMorgan Chase’s consolidated income tax expense).

For a further discussion concerning JPMorgan Chase’s business segments, see Segment results in the MD&A on pages 27-44 of this Annual Report. Additionally, financial information relating to JPMorgan Chase’s operations by geographic area is provided in Note 32 on page 124 of this Annual Report.




(table continued from previous page)

                                                                                             
                                                Corporate/      
JPMorgan Partners   Chase Financial Services   reconciling items(a)   Total
2003     2002     2001     2003     2002     2001     2003     2002     2001     2003     2002     2001  
 
$ (264 )   $ (302 )   $ (302 )   $ 9,620     $ 8,225     $ 6,765     $ (522 )   $ (416 )   $ (446 )   $ 12,797     $ 11,819     $ 10,846  
  70       (658 )     (1,151 )     5,000       5,198       4,072       (132 )     (112 )     (146 )     22,227       19,160       19,511  
        (2 )     (1 )     2       13       (2 )     100       64       46       102       74       35  
  4       (14 )     (9 )     10       (10 )     (7 )     (72 )     (162 )     (165 )                  
 
  (190 )     (976 )     (1,463 )     14,632       13,426       10,828       (626 )     (626 )     (711 )     35,126       31,053       30,392  
 
  275       299       294       7,264       6,578       5,693       34       (73 )     185       21,688       20,156       20,488  
 
  (465 )     (1,275 )     (1,757 )     7,368       6,848       5,135       (660 )     (553 )     (896 )     13,438       10,897       9,904  
                    3,431       3,159       2,874       124       132       153       3,410       5,770       4,230  
                                                                     
 
  (465 )     (1,275 )     (1,757 )     3,937       3,689       2,261       (784 )     (685 )     (1,049 )     10,028       5,127       5,674  
 
  (172 )     (467 )     (641 )     1,442       1,369       847       (828 )     (372 )     (745 )     3,309       1,743       1,872  
 
  (293 )     (808 )     (1,116 )     2,495       2,320       1,414       44       (313 )     (304 )     6,719       3,384       3,802  
                                                NA     (1,721 )     (1,715 )   NA     (1,721 )     (1,715 )
                                                NA   NA     (393 )   NA   NA     (393 )
 
$ (293 )   $ (808 )   $ (1,116 )   $ 2,495     $ 2,320     $ 1,414     $ 44     $ (2,034 )   $ (2,412 )   $ 6,719     $ 1,663     $ 1,694  
 
$ 5,789     $ 6,293     $ 7,557     $ 8,750     $ 8,612     $ 7,733     $ 1,150     $ (1,783 )   $ (2,692 )   $ 42,988     $ 41,368     $ 41,524  
  8,818       9,677       11,698       215,216       179,635       162,980       20,737       21,591       13,146       808,343       759,876       753,948  
  (1,169 )     (1,759 )     (2,262 )     1,434       1,276       475       78       88       245       1,509       (1,631 )     (1,247 )
  NM     NM   NM     28 %     27 %     18 %   NM   NM   NM     16 %     8 %     9 %
  NM     NM   NM     50       49       53     NM   NM   NM     62       65       67  
 

The tables below present reconciliations of the combined segment information included in the preceding table to JPMorgan Chase’s reported revenue and net income as included in the Consolidated statement of income on page 82 of this Annual Report.

                         
Year ended December 31, (in millions)   2003     2002     2001  
 
Segments’ operating revenue
  $ 35,752     $ 31,679     $ 31,103  
Corporate / reconciling items
    (626 )     (626 )     (711 )
 
Consolidated operating revenue
    35,126       31,053       30,392  
Impact of securitizations
    (1,870 )     (1,439 )     (1,048 )
 
Consolidated revenue
  $ 33,256     $ 29,614     $ 29,344  
 
                         
Year ended December 31, (in millions)   2003     2002     2001  
 
Segments’ operating earnings
  $ 6,675     $ 3,697     $ 4,106  
Corporate / reconciling items
    44       (313 )     (304 )
 
Consolidated operating earnings
    6,719       3,384       3,802  
Merger and restructuring costs and special items(a)
  NA       (1,721 )     (1,715 )
Pre-SFAS 142 goodwill amortization(a)
  NA     NA       (393 )
 
Consolidated net income
  $ 6,719     $ 1,663     $ 1,694  
 
(a)  
Represents the after-tax amounts.


J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. / 2003 Annual Report

127


 

Reproduced below is Management’s Report on Responsibility for Financial Reporting of JPMorgan Chase prepared by JPMorgan Chase and included in its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.

Management’s report on responsibility for financial reporting
and Report of independent auditors J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

To our stockholders:

The management of J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. has the responsibility for preparing the accompanying consolidated financial statements and for their integrity and objectivity. The statements were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The consolidated financial statements include amounts that are based on management’s best estimates and judgments. Management also prepared the other information in the Annual Report and is responsible for its accuracy and consistency with the consolidated financial statements.

Management maintains a comprehensive system of internal control to provide reasonable assurance of the proper authorization of transactions, the safeguarding of assets and the reliability of the financial records. The system of internal control provides for appropriate division of responsibility and is documented by written policies and procedures that are communicated to employees. J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. maintains a strong internal auditing program that independently assesses the effectiveness of the system of internal control and recommends possible improvements. Management believes that at December 31, 2003, J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. maintained an effective system of internal control.

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors reviews the systems of internal control and financial reporting. The Committee, which is comprised of directors who are independent from J.P. Morgan Chase & Co., meets and consults regularly with management, the internal auditors and the independent accountants to review the scope and results of their work.

The accounting firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has performed an independent audit of J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.’s financial statements. Management has made available to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP all of J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.’s financial records and related data, as well as the minutes of stockholders’ and directors’ meetings. Furthermore, management believes that all representations made to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP during its audit were valid and appropriate. The accounting firm’s report appears below.

 
(-s- William B. Harrison, Jr.)
William B. Harrison, Jr.
 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
(-s- Dina Dubion)
Dina Dublon
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
 
January 20, 2004


Reproduced below is the Report of Independent Auditors to the Board of Directors and stockholders of JPMorgan Chase dated January 20, 2004 included in JPMorgan Chase’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.

(PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LOGO)

To the Board of Directors and stockholders of
J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income, of changes in stockholders’ equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2003 and December 31, 2002, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.’s management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America, which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,

evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As discussed in Note 16 to the financial statements, J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. adopted, as of January 1, 2002, Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.

 
(-s- PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP)
January 20, 2004


 


 

Pro Forma Financial Information

Set forth below is unaudited pro forma combined financial information and explanatory notes for JPMorgan Chase and Bank One, which information presents how the combined financial statements of JPMorgan Chase and Bank One may have appeared had the businesses actually been combined as of the date indicated.

 

JPMORGAN CHASE/ BANK ONE

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     The following unaudited pro forma combined financial information and explanatory notes present how the combined financial statements of JPMorgan Chase and Bank One may have appeared had the businesses actually been combined as of the dates indicated. The unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet at March 31, 2004 assumes the merger was completed on that date. The unaudited pro forma combined income statements for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and the year ended December 31, 2003 give effect to the merger as if the merger had been completed on January 1, 2003. The unaudited pro forma combined financial information shows the impact of the merger on JPMorgan Chase’s and Bank One’s combined financial position and results of operations under the purchase method of accounting with JPMorgan Chase treated as the acquiror. Under this method of accounting, JPMorgan Chase will record the assets and liabilities of Bank One at their estimated fair values as of the date the merger is completed.

     The unaudited pro forma combined financial information has been derived from and should be read in conjunction with the historical consolidated financial statements and the related notes of both JPMorgan Chase and Bank One.

     The unaudited pro forma combined financial information is presented for illustrative purposes only and does not indicate the financial results of the combined company had the companies actually been combined for the periods presented and had the impact of possible revenue enhancements, expense efficiencies, asset dispositions and share repurchases, among other factors, been considered. In addition, as explained in more detail in the accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma combined financial information, the allocation of the purchase price reflected in the unaudited pro forma combined financial information is subject to adjustment and will vary from the actual purchase price allocation that will be recorded upon completion of the merger based upon changes in the balance sheet including fair value estimates.

 


 

JPMorgan Chase/Bank One
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Income Statement
For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2004

In millions (except per share data)

                                                 
    JP Morgan             Reporting         Pro Forma         Pro Forma  
    Chase     Bank One     Reclassifications         Adjustments         Combined  
Revenue
                                               
Investment banking fees
  $ 692     $     $ 53     (1)   $         $ 745  
Banking fees and commissions
          486       (486 )   (1,2,3)                
Trading revenue
    1,720       56                           1,776  
Fees and commissions
    2,933             308     (2,5,6,7)     6     (O)     3,247  
Private equity gains
    306             8     (4)               314  
Securities gains
    126       129       (8 )   (4)               247  
Mortgage fees and related income
    244                 (3,8)               244  
Credit card revenue
          900       734     (5)               1,634  
Service charges on deposits
          421       (421 )   (6)                
Fiduciary and investment management fees
          192       (192 )   (7)                
Other revenue
    126       177       29     (8,12,13)     2     (O)     334  
 
                                     
Total noninterest revenue
    6,147       2,361       25           8           8,541  
 
                                     
Interest income
    5,478       3,297                 9     (O)     8,634  
 
                                (150 )   (A)        
Interest expense
    2,648       1,093                 (117 )   (F)     3,554  
 
                                (74 )   (H)        
 
                                4     (O)        
 
                                     
Net interest income
    2,830       2,204                 46           5,080  
 
                                     
Revenue before provision for credit losses
    8,977       4,565       25           54           13,621  
Provision for credit losses
    15       141                           156  
 
                                     
Total net revenue
    8,962       4,424       25           54           13,465  
 
                                     
Noninterest expense
                                               
Compensation expense
    3,370       1,280                 2     (O)     4,677  
 
                                25     (R)        
Occupancy expense
    431       178                 (3 )   (Q)     606  
Technology and communications expense
    819       55       117     (9)     1     (O)     992  
Equipment
          117       (117 )   (9)                
Outside service fees and processing
          322       (322 )   (10)                
Marketing and development
          290       (290 )   (11)                
Amortization of intangibles
          33       79     (14)     (33 )   (J)     402  
 
                                323     (E)        
Other expense
    1,439       388       558     (10,11,12,
13,14)
    9     (O)     2,394  
 
                                     
Total noninterest expense
    6,059       2,663       25           324           9,071  
 
                                     
Income before income tax expense
    2,903       1,761                 (270 )         4,394  
Income tax expense
    973       529                 (103 )   (K,O)     1,399  
 
                                     
Income from continuing operations
  $ 1,930     $ 1,232     $         $ (167 )       $ 2,995  
 
                                     
Income from continuing operations applicable to common stockholders
  $ 1,917     $ 1,232     $         $ (167 )       $ 2,982  
 
                                     
Per common share information
                                               
Basic earnings per share from continuing operations
  $ 0.94     $ 1.11                             $ 0.85  
 
                                         
Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations
  $ 0.92     $ 1.09                             $ 0.83  
 
                                         
Average common shares outstanding
    2,032       1,115                   357     (L)     3,504  
 
                                       
Average diluted common shares outstanding
    2,093       1,135                   363     (L)     3,591  
 
                                       

The notes to unaudited pro forma combined financial information are an integral part of these statements.

 


 

JPMorgan Chase/Bank One
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Income Statement
For the Year Ended December 31, 2003

In millions (except per share data)

                                                 
    JP Morgan             Reporting         Pro Forma         Pro Forma  
    Chase     Bank One     Reclassifications         Adjustments         Combined  
Revenue
                                               
Investment banking fees
  $ 2,890     $     $ 371     (1)   $         $ 3,261  
Banking fees and commissions
          1,795       (1,795 )   (1,2,3)                
Trading revenue (losses)
    4,427       (26 )                         4,401  
Fees and commissions
    10,652             743     (2,5,6,7)     97     (O)     11,492  
Private equity gains
    33             330     (4)               363  
Securities gains
    1,446       122       (330 )   (4)               1,238  
Mortgage fees and related income
    892             86     (3,8)               978  
Credit card revenue
          3,764       2,971     (5)               6,735  
Service charges on deposits
          1,661       (1,661 )   (6)                
Fiduciary and investment management fees
          656       (656 )   (7)                
Other revenue
    579       91       74     (8,12,13)               744  
 
                                     
Total noninterest revenue
    20,919       8,063       133           97           29,212  
 
                                     
Interest income
    23,444       12,661                 41     (O)     35,544  
 
                                (602 )   (A)        
Interest expense
    11,107       4,512                 (469 )   (F)     14,859  
 
                                (297 )   (H)        
 
                                6     (O)        
 
                                     
Net interest income
    12,337       8,149                 199           20,685  
 
                                     
Revenue before provision for credit losses
    33,256       16,212       133           296           49,897  
Provision for credit losses
    1,540       2,045                           3,585  
 
                                     
Total net revenue
    31,716       14,167       133           296           46,312  
 
                                     
Noninterest Expense
                                               
Compensation expense
    11,695       4,765                 42     (O)     16,690  
 
                                188     (R)        
Occupancy expense
    1,912       679                 2     (O)     2,583  
 
                                (10 )   (Q)        
Technology and communications expense
    2,844       213       473     (9)     3     (O)     3,533  
Surety settlement and litigation reserve
    100                                 100  
Equipment
          473       (473 )   (9)                
Outside service fees and processing
          1,153       (1,153 )   (10)                
Marketing and development
          957       (957 )   (11)                
Amortization of intangibles
          137       294     (14)     (137 )   (J)     1,729  
 
                                1,435     (E)        
Other expense
    5,137       1,400       1,949     (10,11,12,
13,14)
    40     (O)     8,526  
 
                                     
Total noninterest expense
    21,688       9,777       133           1,563           33,161  
 
                                     
Income before income tax expense
    10,028       4,390                 (1,267 )         13,151  
Income tax expense
    3,309       1,265                 (482 )   (K,O)     4,092  
 
                                     
Income from continuing operations
  $ 6,719     $ 3,125     $         $ (785 )       $ 9,059  
 
                                     
Income from continuing operations applicable to common stockholders
  $ 6,668     $ 3,125     $         $ (785 )       $ 9,008  
 
                                     
Per common share information
                                               
Basic earnings per share from continuing operations
  $ 3.32     $ 2.78                             $ 2.58  
 
                                         
Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations
  $ 3.24     $ 2.75                             $ 2.54  
 
                                         
Average common shares outstanding
    2,009       1,126                   360     (L)     3,495  
 
                                       
Average diluted common shares outstanding
    2,055       1,135                   363     (L)     3,553  
 
                                       

The notes to unaudited pro forma combined financial information are an integral part of these statements.

 


 

JPMorgan Chase/Bank One
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Consolidated Balance Sheet
March 31, 2004

(In millions)

                                                 
    JP Morgan             Reporting         Pro Forma         Pro Forma  
Assets   Chase     Bank One     Reclassifications         Adjustments         Combined  
Cash and due from banks
  $ 19,419     $ 15,675     $         $ (1,957 )   (M)   33,137  
Deposits with banks
    35,600       4,780                               40,380  
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements
    79,414       10,129       (2,042 )   (1)                 87,501  
Securities borrowed
    49,881             2,042     (1)                 51,923  
Trading assets:
                                             
Debt and equity instruments
    189,549       8,721                               198,270  
Derivative receivables
    58,434       5,464                               63,898  
Securities
    70,747       86,884       (2,393 )   (2)                 155,238  
Interests in purchased receivables
          28,912                             28,912  
Loans, net of allowance
    213,510       134,206                   1,378     (A)     349,094  
Private equity investments
    7,097               2,393     (2)                 9,490  
Accrued interest and accounts receivable
    13,250             (13,250 )   (9)                  
Premises and equipment
          3,061                   (200 )   (Q)     2,861  
Goodwill
    8,730       2,061                   31,885     (C)     40,545  
 
                                (2,061 )   (C)        
 
                                (70 )   (B)        
Other intangibles
    5,955       717                   3,600     (E)     15,980  
 
                                4,900     (E)        
 
                                1,525     (E)        
 
                                (717 )   (D)        
Other assets
    49,492       18,980       13,250     (9)     (823 )   (N)     80,899  
 
                                     
Total assets
  $ 801,078     $ 319,590     $         37,460         $ 1,158,128  
 
                                     
Liabilities                                                
Deposits — U.S. Noninterest-bearing
  $ 87,428     $     $ 24,163     (3,4)   $ (1,957 )   (M)   $ 109,634  
Interest-bearing
    249,458             141,777     (4)     759     (F)     391,994  
Demand
          23,710       (23,710 )   (3)                  
Savings
          103,671       (103,671 )   (4)                  
Time
          22,054       (22,054 )   (4)                  
Foreign Offices
          16,505       (16,505 )   (3,4)                  
Fed funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements
    148,526       14,803                               163,329  
Commercial paper
    14,972             735     (5)                 15,707  
Other borrowed funds
    10,414       41,042       (735 )   (5)                 14,176  
 
                    (34,004 )   (6)                    
 
                    (2,541 )   (7)                    
Trading liabilities:
                                               
Debt and equity instruments
    80,303             2,541     (7)                 82,844  
Derivative payables
    53,883       4,244                               58,127  
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities
    43,656       16,868                   2,216     (G)     62,764  
 
                                94     (P)        
 
                                (70 )   (B)        
Beneficial interests issued by consolidated variable interest entities
    7,543             36,752     (6)                 44,295  
Long-term debt
    50,062       45,312       (6,166 )   (6,8)     2,359     (H)     91,567  
Junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures held by trusts that issued guaranteed capital debt securities
    6,732             3,418     (8)                 10,150  
Insurance policy and claims reserves
          6,783                               6,783  
 
                                     
Total liabilities
    752,977       294,992                 3,401           1,051,370  
 
                                     
Stockholders’ Equity                                                
Preferred stock
    1,009                                     1,009  
Common stock
    2,088       12                   1,474     (I)     3,562  
 
                                (12 )   (I)        
Capital surplus
    14,193       10,518                   57,183     (I)     71,376  
 
                                (10,518 )   (I)        
Retained earnings
    30,878       16,242                   (16,242 )   (I)     30,878  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    177       340                   (340 )   (I)     177  
Deferred compensation
          (332 )                 332     (I)      
Treasury stock
    (244 )     (2,182 )                 2,182     (I)     (244 )
 
                                     
Total stockholders’ equity
    48,101       24,598                 34,059           106,758  
 
                                     
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 801,078     $ 319,590     $         $ 37,460         $ 1,158,128  
 
                                     

The notes to unaudited pro forma combined financial information are an integral part of these statements.

 


 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Note 1 — Basis of Pro Forma Presentation

     The unaudited pro forma combined financial information relating to the merger is presented as of March 31, 2004 and for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and the year ended December 31, 2003. The Reporting Reclassifications column represents the change in presentation of the historical consolidated financial statements of Bank One and JPMorgan Chase to conform with the preliminary presentation for the combined entity. For purposes of identifying the reclassifications between line items on the financial statements, numerical references are provided to reflect where balances have been reclassified. Final determination of financial statement presentation will be completed upon consummation of the merger. During the fourth quarter of 2003, Bank One sold its corporate trust services business to JPMorgan Chase and reported it as discontinued operations. For purposes of the accompanying pro forma financial information, Bank One’s income from discontinued operations has been reclassified to income from continuing operations to reflect the retention of this business in the combined entity. In addition, the gain recognized by Bank One on the sale of the corporate trust business has not been included in these pro forma results.

     JPMorgan Chase and Bank One are in the process of reviewing their accounting and reporting policies and, as a result of this review, it may be necessary to reclassify either JPMorgan Chase’s or Bank One’s financial statements to conform to those accounting policies that are determined by the combined company to be most appropriate. While some reclassifications of prior periods have been included in the unaudited pro forma combined financial information included in this document, further reclassifications may be necessary upon the completion of this review.

     Material intercompany transactions have been eliminated from the accompanying unaudited pro forma combined financial information. However the information does not reflect the elimination of hedge accounting results and positions for intercompany derivatives. Management believes this presentation is more reflective of the pro forma results of the combined entity, as such derivatives qualified for hedge accounting in the periods presented and will continue to qualify as hedges until the date the merger is completed, and it is management’s intent to continue hedging with third parties subsequent to closing.

     The pro forma adjustments include purchase price adjustments and the conversion of Bank One common stock into JPMorgan Chase common stock using an exchange ratio of 1.32 applied to 1.117 billion shares of Bank One common stock outstanding at March 31, 2004 multiplied by the average share price of $39.02 per share of JPMorgan Chase common stock. The share price was computed using the average closing price of JPMorgan Chase common stock for the period commencing two trading days prior to and ending two trading days after the merger was announced on January 14, 2004. Also included in the purchase price is the estimated fair value of $1.135 billion representing 53.1 million vested employee stock options of Bank One that will be converted into options for JPMorgan Chase common stock upon consummation of the merger. The total estimated purchase price for purposes of this pro forma financial information is $58.657 billion.

     The merger will be accounted for using the purchase method of accounting requiring the assets and liabilities of Bank One to be fair-valued as of the date of acquisition.

     The unaudited pro forma combined financial information includes estimated adjustments to record the assets and liabilities of Bank One at their respective fair values and represents management’s best estimates based on information available at this time. The pro forma adjustments may be revised as additional information becomes available and additional analysis is performed. The final allocation of the purchase price will be determined after the merger is completed and after completion of a final analysis to determine the fair values of Bank One’s tangible and identifiable intangible assets and liabilities as of the closing date. The final purchase accounting adjustments may be materially different from the pro forma adjustments presented in this document. Increases or decreases in the fair value of relevant balance sheet amounts including loans, credit card and related intangible assets, securities, deposits and related intangibles and debt will result in adjustments to the balance sheet and/or income statement. Such adjustments compared to the information shown in this document may change the amount of the purchase price allocated to goodwill and other assets and liabilities and may impact the statement of income due to adjustments in yield and/or amortization of the adjusted assets or liabilities.

     The unaudited pro forma combined financial information presented in this document does not necessarily indicate the combined results of operations or the combined financial position that would have resulted had the merger actually been completed as of and for the periods presented, nor is it indicative of the results of operations in future periods or the future financial position of the combined company.

     The merger is expected to result in annual cost savings of approximately $2.2 billion (pre-tax) to be achieved over a three-year period following the consummation of the merger. These expected savings have not been included in the pro forma combined amounts.

     The pro forma financial statements do not currently include any amount related to the estimated $3 billion merger-related costs that are expected to be incurred to combine the operations of JPMorgan Chase and Bank One. The estimated merger-related charges will result from actions taken with respect to both JPMorgan Chase’s and Bank One’s operations, facilities and employees. The charges will be recorded based on the nature and timing of these integration actions. See Note 4 for a further discussion of these charges.

 


 

Note 2 — Reporting Reclassifications

     Income Statements

     1 — Adjustment to reclassify Bank One’s investment banking fees from Banking fees and commissions into Investment banking fees to conform with JPMorgan Chase’s classification.

     2 — Adjustment to reclassify Bank One’s Banking fees and commissions (other than mortgage fees and related income and investment banking fees) into Fees and commissions to conform with JPMorgan Chase’s classification.

     3 — Adjustment to reclassify Bank One’s mortgage fees and related income from Banking fees and commissions to Mortgage fees and related income to conform with JPMorgan Chase’s classification.

     4 — Adjustment to reclassify Bank One’s Private equity gains from Securities gains into Private equity gains to conform with JPMorgan Chase’s classification.

     5 — Adjustment to reclassify JPMorgan Chase’s credit card revenue from Fees and commissions into Credit card revenue to conform with the combined JPMorgan Chase’s classification.

     6 — Adjustment to reclassify Bank One’s Service charges on deposits into Fees and commissions to conform with JPMorgan Chase’s classification.

     7 — Adjustment to reclassify Bank One’s Fiduciary and investment management fees into Fees and commissions to conform with JPMorgan Chase’s classification.

     8 — Adjustment to reclassify Bank One’s mortgage related income within Other revenue to Mortgage fees and related income to conform with JPMorgan Chase’s classification.

     9 — Adjustment to reclassify Bank One’s Equipment expense to Technology and communications expense to conform with JPMorgan Chase’s classification.

     10 — Adjustment to reclassify Bank One’s Outside service fees and processing into Other expense to conform with JPMorgan Chase’s classification.

     11 — Adjustment to reclassify Bank One’s Marketing and development expense into Other expense to conform with JPMorgan Chase’s classification.

     12 — Adjustment to reclassify Bank One’s minority interest from Other revenue to Other expense to conform with JPMorgan Chase’s classification.

     13 — Adjustment to reclassify Bank One’s gains and losses on sale of OREO to Other expense to conform with JPMorgan Chase’s classification.

     14 — Adjustment to reclassify JPMorgan Chase’s amortization of intangible assets from Other expense to Amortization of intangibles to conform with the combined JPMorgan Chase’s classification.

     Balance Sheet

     1 — Adjustment to reclassify Bank One’s Securities borrowed from Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements into Securities borrowed to conform with JPMorgan Chase’s classification.

     2 — Adjustment to reclassify Bank One’s Principal investments from Securities into Private equity investments to conform with JPMorgan Chase’s classification.

 


 

     3 — Adjustment to reclassify Bank One’s Demand deposits and Deposits in Foreign offices to Deposits — U.S. noninterest-bearing to conform with JPMorgan Chase’s classification.

     4 — Adjustment to reclassify Bank One’s Savings, Time deposits and Deposits in Foreign offices to Deposits — U.S. interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing to conform with JPMorgan Chase’s classification.

     5 — Adjustment to reclassify Bank One’s Commercial paper from Other borrowed funds to Commercial paper to conform with JPMorgan Chase’s classification.

     6 — Adjustment to reclassify Bank One’s liabilities related to consolidated variable interest entities to Beneficial interests issued by consolidated variable interest entities to conform with JPMorgan Chase’s classification.

     7 — Adjustment to reclassify Bank One’s Trading liabilities — debt and equity instruments to conform with JPMorgan Chase’s classification.

     8 — Adjustment to reclassify Bank One’s junior subordinated debt from Long-term debt to Junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures held by trusts that issued guaranteed capital debt securities to conform with JPMorgan Chase’s classification.

     9 — Adjustment to reclassify JPMorgan Chase’s Accrued interest and accounts receivable into Other assets to conform with the combined JPMorgan Chase’s classification.

Note 3 — Pro Forma Adjustments

     The unaudited pro forma combined financial information reflects the issuance of 1,474,156,000 shares of JPMorgan Chase common stock with an aggregate value of $57.522 billion and the conversion of approximately 53.1 million Bank One vested employee stock options with a fair value of $1.135 billion at March 31, 2004. The fair value of JPMorgan Chase options that will be issued in exchange for the Bank One options was estimated using a Black-Scholes option pricing model.

 


 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION — (Continued)

Option pricing models require the use of highly subjective assumptions including expected stock price and volatility that, when changed, can materially affect fair value estimates. The more significant assumptions used in estimating the fair value of the JPMorgan Chase stock options to be issued in the exchange for the Bank One stock options include a risk-free interest rate of 2.37%, a dividend yield of 3.24%, a weighted average expected life of 3.0 years and volatility of 41.38%.

                 
    March 31, 2004
    (Dollars in millions except per
    share amount)
Purchase Price: Bank One common stock outstanding (in thousands)
    1,125,242          
Less: Unvested restricted common stock (excludes restricted stock units)
    8,457          
 
             
 
    1,116,785          
Exchange ratio
    1.32          
 
             
Purchase price: JPMorgan Chase common stock to be issued (in thousands)
    1,474,156          
Average purchase price per JPMorgan Chase common share
  $ 39.02          
 
             
 
          $ 57,522  
Fair value of vested employee stock options
            1,135  
 
             
Total purchase price
          $ 58,657  
               
Net assets acquired:
               
Bank One stockholders’ equity
    24,598          
Bank One goodwill and other intangible assets
    (2,778 )        
               
Estimated adjustments to reflect assets acquired at fair value:
               
Loans and leases
    1,378          
Identified intangibles
    10,025          
Pension plan assets
    (823 )        
Premises and equipment
    (200 )        
               
Estimated amounts allocated to liabilities assumed at fair value:
               
Deposits
    (759 )        
Deferred income taxes
    (2,216 )        
Post-retirement plan liabilities
    (94 )        
Long-term debt
    (2,359 )        
 
             
 
            26,772  
 
             
Goodwill resulting from merger
          $ 31,885  
 
             

     The pro forma adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma combined financial information are as follows:

     (A) Adjustment to fair value the Bank One loan portfolio. The adjustment will be recognized over the estimated remaining life of the loan portfolio of 2.29 years. The impact of this adjustment will reduce pre-tax interest income by $150 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and $602 million for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 


 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION — (Continued)

     (B) Adjustment to eliminate JPMorgan Chase payable for additional purchase price related to the acquisition of Bank One’s corporate trust business during the 4th quarter of 2003.

     (C) Adjustment to write off historical Bank One goodwill and to record the goodwill resulting from the merger.

     (D) Adjustment to write off historical Bank One intangible assets (other than goodwill).

     (E) Adjustment to record identifiable intangible assets resulting from the merger based on estimated fair values. The nature, amount and amortization method of various possible identified intangibles are being analyzed by management. The adjustments reflected herein are based on current assumptions and valuations, which are subject to change. For purposes of the pro forma adjustments shown here, management has estimated $10.025 billion of identifiable intangibles that consists of a core deposit intangible of $3.600 billion, credit card related intangibles of $4.900 billion and other customer relationship intangibles of $1.525 billion. Management has estimated the core deposit intangible and credit card related intangibles will be amortized on an accelerated basis not to exceed ten years. Other customer relationship intangibles include a cash management intangible of $375 million to be amortized on an accelerated basis and an asset management intangible of $530 million to be amortized on a straight-line basis, both over periods of up to 20 years. Also included is an indefinite lived asset management intangible of $620 million. Material changes are possible when the analysis is completed. The impact of these adjustments will reduce pro forma pre-tax income from continuing operations by $323 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and $1.435 billion for the year ended December 31, 2003.

     (F) Adjustment to fair-value Bank One deposit liabilities based on current interest rates for similar instruments. The adjustment will be recognized over the weighted average estimated remaining term of the related deposit liabilities of 1.62 years. This adjustment decreases pro forma pre-tax interest expense by $117 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and $469 million for the year ended December 31, 2003.

     (G) Adjustment to accrued expenses represents additional net deferred tax liability of $2.216 billion resulting from the pro forma adjustments. Deferred taxes were recorded using a combined federal and state rate of 38%.

     (H) Adjustment to fair-value Bank One’s long-term debt. The adjustment will be recognized over the weighted average remaining life of the long-term debt instruments of 7.93 years. The impact of the adjustment was a decrease in pro forma pre-tax interest expense by approximately $74 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and $297 million for the year ended December 31, 2003.

     (I) Adjustment to eliminate Bank One’s historical stockholders’ equity. The adjustment also reflects the issuance of JPMorgan Chase common stock and the exchange of JPMorgan Chase vested stock option and vested restricted stock awards for corresponding Bank One awards.

     (J) Adjustment to reverse amortization of intangible assets recorded in Bank One’s historical financial statements.

     (K) Adjustment to record the tax effect of the pro forma adjustments using a combined federal and state tax rate of 38%.

     (L) Weighted average shares were calculated using the historical weighted average shares outstanding of JPMorgan Chase and Bank One for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and the year ended December 31, 2003, adjusted using the exchange ratio. Earnings per share data have been computed based on the combined historical income of JPMorgan Chase, income from continuing operations for Bank One, and the impact of purchase accounting adjustments.

     (M) Adjustment to eliminate intercompany deposits.

 


 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION — (Continued)

     (N) Adjustment to fair value Bank One’s net pension plan assets in excess of plan liabilities resulting in write-down of Bank One’s prepaid pension costs.

     (O) Adjustment to reclassify income from discontinued operations to income from continuing operations.

     (P) Adjustment to fair value Bank One’s net other post-retirement plan liabilities in excess of plan assets.

     (Q) Adjustment to fair value Bank One real estate and to decrease pre-tax occupancy expense for the related effects.

     (R) Adjustment to record additional pro forma compensation expense resulting from the revaluation of 33,139,011 unvested Bank One employee stock options and 11,875,534 unvested Bank One restricted stock awards (includes 3,419,466 of restricted stock units) that will not vest solely upon a change in control. The original valuation of these awards was determined by Bank One at their original grant dates. Upon consummation of the merger these awards will be revalued using current market assumptions. Annual compensation expense related to these awards will be greater than historic compensation expense due to the increase in the value of the awards upon remeasurement. Total compensation expense recognized by Bank One related to these awards for the three months ended March 31, 2004 was $57 million and for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $176 million. Pro forma compensation expense for the combined entity related to these awards for the three months ended March 31, 2004 was $82 million and for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $364 million. In determining pro forma compensation expense an average value of $13.75 for each individual stock option and $41.95 for each restricted stock award was used (both updated for the conversion ratio). For unvested stock options, the average remaining vesting period is 3 years and the average remaining contractual life is 6.8 years. For restricted stock awards, the average remaining vesting period is 3 years. Pursuant to SFAS No. 123 and SFAS No. 148, unvested awards are not considered a component of purchase price and are solely recognized in compensation expense in future periods.

Note 4 — Merger-Related Charges

     In connection with the merger, management has been developing plans to integrate the operations of JPMorgan Chase and Bank One. The total integration costs have been estimated to be $3 billion. The specific details of these plans will continue to be refined over the next several months. Currently, merger integration teams are assessing the two companies’ operations, including information systems, premises, equipment, benefit plans, supply chain methodologies, service contracts and personnel to determine optimum strategies to realize cost savings.

     Merger integration decisions will impact certain existing Bank One facilities (both leased and owned), information systems, supplier contracts and costs associated with the involuntary termination of personnel. Additionally, as part of formulation of the merger integration plan, existing JPMorgan Chase and Bank One information systems, premises, equipment, benefit plans, supply chain methodologies and supplier contracts may be affected, and there may be involuntary termination of personnel. To the extent there are costs associated with these actions, the costs will be recorded based on the nature and timing of these integration actions. Management expects that these merger integration decisions will be completed shortly after the merger. Restructuring charges will be recorded based on the nature and timing of these integration actions.

     Also included in the costs described above are additional integration costs consisting of costs relating to employee retention agreements, conversion costs and incremental communication costs to customers and business partners, among others. It is expected that these costs will be incurred over a two-year period after completion of the merger. These costs will be expensed as incurred.

Item 7. Financial Statements, Pro Forma Financial Information and Exhibits

     (c) Exhibits.

           99.1   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants of J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

 


 

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

  Bank One Corporation
 
  (Registrant)

  By:  /s/ Heidi Miller
 
  Heidi Miller
  Chief Financial Officer

Date: May 18, 2004